.A.IU.
REPORT
OP THE
SEVENTY-THIED MEETING
OF TUB
BRITISH ASSOCIATION
FOR THE
ADVANCEMENT OF SCIENCE
HELD AT
SOtlTHPORT IN SEPTEMBER 1903.
LONDON :
JOHN MlJRPvAY, ALBEMARLE STREET.
1904.
Office of the Association : Burlington Hotise, London, W.
rniNTED BY
SPOTTISWOODE AND CO. I.TD., KliW-STItEET EQUARE
LONDON
CONTENTS.
1*1
Page
Objects and Rules of the Association xxvii
Places and Times of Meeting, with Presidents, Vice-Presidents, and Local
Secretaries from commencement xxxviii
Trustees and General Officers, from 1831 lii
Presidents and Secretaries of the Sections of the Association from 1832 ... liii
List of Evening Discourses Ixxii
Lectures to the Operative Classes Ixxvl
Officers of Sectional Committees present at the Southport Meeting Ixxvii
Committee of Recommendations at the Soitthport Meeting Ixiix
Treasurer's Account \kxx
Table showing the Attendance and Receipts at the Annual Meetings ...... Ixxxii
Officets and Council, 1903-1001 Ixxxiv
Report of the Council to the General Committee Ixxxv
Committees appointed hy the General Committee at the .Southport Meet-
ing in September 1903 xc vii
Communication ordered to be printed in e.vtenso cvi
Resolutions referred to the Council for consideration, and action if desirable cvi
Synopsis of Grants of Money cvili
Places of Meeting in 1904 and 1905 cix
General Statement of Sums which have been paid on account of Grants for
Scientific Purposes , , ex
General Meetings , o cxxviii
AddrosB by the President, Sir Noeman Lockxer, K.C.B., LL.D., F.R.S.... 3
A2
IV
REPOKT — 1903.
KE PORTS ON THE STATE OF SCIENCE.
[An asterisk * indicates tJiat tlie title only is given. Tfie mark f indicates the same,
but with a reference to the Journal or Newspa^per intvhich it is 2>vMished in extenso.]
Page
Investigation of the Uppei' Atmosphere by Means of Kites in co-operation
with a Committee of the Eoyal Meteorological Society. — Second Report of
the Committee, consisting of Dr. W. N. Shaw (Chairman), Mr. AV. H.
Dines (Secretary), Mr. D. Archibald, Mr. C. Vernon Bots, Dr. A.
BucHAN, Dr. II. T. Glazebrook, Dr. H. R. Mill, and Professor A.
Schuster. (Drawn up by the Secretary.) 31
Magnetic Observations at Falmouth. — Report of the Committee, consisting of
sir W. H. Preece (Chairman), Dr. R. T. Glazebrook (Secretary), Pro-
fessor VV. G. Adams, Captain Creak, Mr. W. L. Fox, Professor A.
Schuster, and Sir A. W. Rijcker, appointed to co-operate with the Com-
mittee of the Falmouth Observatory in their Magnetic Observations 32
Experiments for Improving the Construction of Practical Standards for
Electrical Measurements.— Report of the Committee, consisting of Lord
Ratleigh (Chairman), Dr. R. T. Glazebrook (Secretary), Lord Kelvin,
Professors W. E. Atrton, J. Perrt, W. G. Adams, and G. Carey Foster,
Sir Oliver J. Lodge, Dr. A. Muirhead, Sir W. 11. Preece, Professors
J. D. Everett, A. Schuster, J. A. Fleming and J. J. Thomson, Dr.
"VV. N. Shaw, Dr. J. T. Bottomlet, Rev. T. C. Fitzpatrick, Dr. G.
Johnstone Stoney, Professor S. P. Thompson, Mr. J. Rennie, Dr. E. H.
Griffiths, Sir A. W. Rijcker, Professor H. L. Callendae, and Mr.
George Matthey 33
Appendix I. — On the Values of the Resistance of certain Standard
Coils of the British Association. By F. E. Smith. 38
^j II. — On some new Mercury Standards of Resistance. By
F. E Smith 44
in. — On the Platinimi Thermometers of the British Asso-
ciation. By J. A. IIarker, D.Sc 45
IV. — Table of the Resistance found for Pure Annealed
Copper CI
On the Use of Vectorial Methods in Physics. By Professor 0. Heneioi,
))
»
Ph.D., F.R.S.
51
Meteorologicul Observations on Ben Nevis.— Report of the Committee, consist-
ing of Lord M'Laren, Professor A. Crttm Brown (Secretary), Sir John
Murray, I'rofessor Copeland, and Dr. Alexander Buchan. (Drawn
up by Dr. Buchan.) SG
Report on the Theory of Point-groups. Part III. By Frances Hardcastle. 65
CONTENTS. M
Page
Seismological Investigations.— Eighth Report of the Committee, consisting
of Professor J. W. Jtjdd (Chairman), Mr. J. Milne (Secretary), Lord
Kelvin, Professor T. G. Bonnet, Mr. C. V. Boys, Professor G. li.
Darwin, Mi\ Horace Darwin, Major L. Darwin, Professor J. A. Ewing,
Dr. U. T. Glazebrooe, Professor C. G. Knott, Professor R. Meldola,
Mr. R. D. Oldham, Professor J. Perry, Mr. W. E. Plummer, Professor
J. H. Pointing, Mr. Clement Reid, Mr. Nelson Richardson, and
Professor H. H. Turner. (Drawn up by the Secretary,) 77
I. General Notes on Stations and Registers 77
II. The Origin of large Earthquakes recorded in 1902 and since 18!)'J 78
III. Earthquakes and Changes in Latitude 78
IV. Comparison of Records from three Milne Pendulums at Shide ... 81
V. Comparison of Registers from Shide, Kew, Bidston, and Edinburgli 81
VI. Earthquake Commencements as recorded at Strassburg and in
Britain 82
VII. The Velocity of Propagation of Earthquake Vibrations 84
Isomorphous Sulphonic Derivatives of Benzene. — Fourth Report of tlie Com-
mittee, consisting of Professor H. A. Miers (Chairman), Dr. H. E. Arm-
strong (Secretary), Professor W. P. Wynne, and Professor W. J. Pope.
(Drawn up by the Secretary.) 85
Wave-length Tables of the Spectra of the Elements and Compounds. — Report
of the Committee, consisting of Sir H. E. Roscoe (Chairman), Dr. Mar-
shall AVatts (Secretary), Sir J, N. Lockter, Professor J. Dewar, Pro-
fessor G. D. Liveing, Professor A. Schuster, Professor AV. N. Hartley, .
Professor AVolcott Gibbs, and Captain Sir AA''. de W. Abney 87
Absorption Spectra and Chemical Constitution of Organic Substances. — -
Fifth Interim Report of the Committee, consisting of Professor AV. Noel
Hartley (Chairman and Secretary), Professor F. R. Japp, Professor J. J.
DoBBiE, and Air. Alexander Lauder, appointed to investigate the Rela-
tion between the Absorption Spectra and Chemical Constitution of Organic
Substances 1 26
On the Possibility of Making Special Reports more available than at present. —
Report of the Committee, consisting of Mr. AV. A. Shenstone (Chairman),
Dr. M. O. FoRSTER (Secretary), Professors E. Divers and W. J. Pope,
and Dr. A. W. Crossley 169
Duty-free Alcohol for Scientific Research. — Report of the Committee, con-
sisting of Sir H. E. RoscoE (Chairman), Professor H. B. Dixon (Secretary),
Sir Michael Foster, Sir A. W. Rucker, Dr. T. E. Thorpe, Professor
W. H. Perkin, and Professor AV. D. Halliburton 170
Isomeric Naphthalene Derivatives. — Report of the Committee, consisting of
Professor \V. A. Tilden (Chairman) and Dr. H. E. Armstrong (Secretary).
(Drawn up by the Secretary.) 174
The Study of Hydro-aromatic Substances. — Report of the Committee, con-
sisting of Dr. E. Divers (Chairman), Dr. A. AV. Crossley (Secretary),
Professor W. H. Perkin. and Drs. AI. 0. Forster and Le Sueur 170
Recent Work on Hydro- aromatic Substances. By Dr. A. W. Crossley' 179
On Dihydrobenzenes and on Aromatic Compounds derived from Hydro-
aromatic Substances. By Dr. A. W. Crossley 182
Edenvale Caves, co. Clare. — Report of the Committee, consisting of Dr. R. F.
SCHARFF (Chairman), Air. R. Lloyd Praeger (Secretary), Mr. G. Coffey,
Profeissor G. A. J. Cole, Professor D. J. Cunningham, Mr. G. W. Lamp-
lughs Mr. A. McHenry, and Air. R. J. Ussher, appointed to explore Irish
Caves. (Drawn up by Mr. R. J. Ussher.) 183
Vi REPORT — 1903.
Page
Life-zones in the British Carhoniferous Rocks. — Report of the Committee,
consisting of Dr. J. E. Makr (Chairman), Dr. Wheelton Hind (Secretary),
Dr. F. A. Bather, Mr. G. C. Crick, Dr. A. H. Fooed, Mr. H. Fox,
Professor E. .F. Garwood, Dr. G. J. Hinde, Professor P. F. Kendall, Mr.
R. KiDSTON, Mr. G. AV. Lamplugh, Professor G. A. Lebotte, Mr. B. N.
Peach, Mr. A. Strahan, and Dr. H. Woodward. (Drawn up hy the
Secretary.) 185
The Movements of Underground Waters of North-west Yorkshire. — Fourth
Report of the Committee, consisting of Professor V\". W. Watts (Chair-
man), Mr. A. R. DwEERTHOusE (Secretary), Professor A. Smithells, Rev.
E. Jones, Mr. Walter Morrison, Mr. George Bray, Rev. W. Lower
Carter, Mr. T. Fairley, Mr. Percy F. Kendall, and Mr. J. E. Mare.
(Drawn up by the Secretary) 192
Photographs of Geological Interest in the United Kingdom. — Fourteenth
Report of the Committee, consisting of Professor James Geikie (Chair-
man), Professor W. W. Waits (Secretary), Professor T. G. Bonney, Pro-
fessor E. J. Garwood, Professor S. H. Reynolds, Dr. Tempest Anderson,
Mr. Godfrey Bingley, Mr. H. Coates, Mr. A. K. Coomaraswamy,
Mr. C. V. Crook, Mr. J. G. Goodchild, Mr. William Gray, Mr. Robert
Kidston, Mr. J. St. J. Phillips, Mr. A. S. Reid, Mr. J. J. H. Teall,
Mr. R. Welch, and Mr. H. B. Woodward. (Drawn up by the Secretary.) 197
Estuarine Deposits at Kirmington, Lincolnshire. — Preliminary Report of the
Committee, consisting of Mr. G. VV. Lamplugh (Chairman), Mr. J. W.
Stather (Secretary), Mr. F. W. Haemer, Mr. P. F. Kendall, Mr.
Clement Reid, and Mr. Thomas Sheppaed, appointed to investigate the
Estuarine deposits at Kirmington, Lincolnshire, and to consider its position
with regard to the Glacial Deposits. (Drawn up by the Secretary.) 218
Investigation of the Fauna and Flora of the Trias of the British Isles. —
Report of the Committee, consisting of Professor W. A. IIeedman
(Chairman), Mr. J. Lomas (Secretary), Professor W. W. Watts, and
Messrs. P. F. Kendall, E. T. Newton, A. C. Sewaed, and W. A. E.
UssHEE. (Drawn up by the Secretary.) 219
Erratic Blocks of the British Isles. — Eighth Report of the Committee, consisting
of Dr. J. E. Maee (Chairman), Mr. P. F. Kendall (Secretary), Professor
T. Q. BoNNEY, Mr. C. E. De Rance, Professor W. J. Sollas, Mr. R. H.
Tiddeman, Rev. S. N. Haerison, Dr. J. IIorne, Mr. F. M. Burton, Mr.
J. Lomas, Mr. A. R. Dwereyhouse, Mr. J. VV. Stather, Mr. W. T.
Tucker, and Mr. F. W. Haemer, appointed to investigate the Erratic
Blocks of the British Isles, and to take measures for their preservation.
(Drawn up by the Secretary.) 231
Observations on Changes in the Sea Coast of the United Kingdom. — Report
of the Committee, consisting of Sir Archibald Geikie, Captain E. W.
Ceeak, Mr. L. F. Yeenon-Haecouet, Mr. A. T. Walmisley, Mr. W.
Whitakee, and the Geneeal Officers, appointed by the Coimcil 258
Report to the Committee by John Parkinson 259
Occupation of a Table at the Zoological Station at Naples.— Report of
the Committee, consisting of Professor G. B. Howes (Chairman), Mr.
J. E. S. Moore (Secretary), Dr. E. Rat Lankester, Professor W. F. R.
Weldon, Professor S. J. Hiceson, Mr. A. Sedgwick, and Professor W. C.
McIntosh 282
The Oocyte of Tomopteris. By William Wallace, B.Sc 282
Index Generum et Specierum Animalium. — Report of the Committee, consist-
ing of Dr. Henry Woodward (Chairman), Dr. F. A. Bather (Secretary),
Dr. W. E. HoYLE, Mr. R. McLachlan, Dr. P. L. Sclatee, and the
Rev. T. R. R. Stebbing 288
CONTENTS, VJl
Page
Bird Migration in Great Britain and Ireland.— Sixth and Final Report of
the Committee, consisting of Professor Newton (Chairman), Ilev. E. P.
Kntjbley (Secretary), Mr. John A. Haevie-Brown, Mr. 11. M. Bakbing-
TON, Mr. A. H. Evans, and Dr. H. 0. Forbes, appointed to work out the
details of the Observations on the Migration of Birds at Lighthouses and
Lightships, 1880-1887 289
The State of Solution of Proteids.— Pteport of the Committee, consisting of
Professor Halliburton (Chairman), Professor E. Waymouth PiEid
(Secretary), and Professor E. A. Schafer, appointed to investigate the
state of Solution of Proteids 304
The Zoology of the Sandwich Islands.— Thirteenth Report of the Committee,
consisting of Professor Newton (Chairman), Mr. David Sharp (Secretary),
Dr. W. T. Blanford, Professor S. J. Hickson, Dr. P. L. Sclater, Dr. F.
Dt: Cane Godman, and Mr. Edgar A. Smith 305
Coral Reefs of the Indian Region.— Fourth Report of the Committee, con-
sisting of Mr. A. Sedgwick (Chairman), Mr. J. Stanley Gardiner (Secre-
tary), Professor J. W. Jtjdd, Mr. J. J. Lister, Mr. Francis Darwin,
Dr. S. F. Harmee, Profes.sor A. Macalipter, Professor W. A. Heedman,
Professors. J. Hickson, Professor G. B. Howes, and Professor J. Graham
Kerr 305
Investigations in the Laboratory of the Marine Biological Association of the
West of Scotland at Millport.— Report of the Committee, consisting of Sir
John Murray (Chairman), Dr. J. F. Gemmill (Secretary), Professors
Bower, Cossae Ewaet, W. A. Heedman, and M. Laueie, and Messrs.
Alex. Someeville and J. A. Todd 308
Report on the Crustacea collected during the Dredging Cruise of the
Millport Marine Biological Association's Steamer ' Mermaid ' since
May 1902. By A lexandbe Patience 308
The Micro-chemistry of Cells.— Report of the Committee, consisting of
Professor E. A. Schafee (Chairman), Professor A. B. Macallum (Secre-
tary), Professor E. Ray Lankester, Professor W. D. Halliburton, Dr.
G. C. Bourne, and Professor J. J. Mackenzie. (Drawn up by the
Secretary.) 310
Terrestrial Surface Waves.- Report of the Committee, consisting of Dr. J.
Scott Keltie (Chairman'), Dr. Vaughan Coenish (Secretary), Colonel F.
Bailey, Mr. E. A. Floyee, Professor J. Milne, and Mr. W. H. Wheeler.
(Drawn up by the Secretary.) 312
Women's Labour.— Third and Final Report of the Committee, consisting of
Mr. E. AV. Beabrook (Chairman), Mr. A. L. Bowley (Secretary), Miss
A. M. Anderson, Miss Blackburn, Mr. C. Booth, Professor S. J.
Chapman, Miss C. E. Collet, Professor F. Y. Edgewoeth, Mrs. J. R.
MacDonald, Mr. L. L. Peice, Professor VV. Smart, Dr. G. Adam Smith,_
and Mrs. H. J. Tennant, appointed to investigate the Economic Elfect of
Legislation regulating Women's Labour. (Drawn up by the Secretary.) ... 315
Section I.— Effect on Hours Worked by Women 318
„ II.— Effect on Hours Worked by Others 322
III.— Effect on Size of Workshops and Factories 322
IV.— Effect on Employment of Women and Methods of Pro-
auction "•^-■*
(General Statistics, p. 328; Statistics re Bleaching and
Clothing, p. 382)
„ V. — Effect on Wages and Earnings 337
,, VI.— Effect on Efilciency of Women 339
„ Yir. — Effect on Efficiency of Industrial Processes 339
Conclusion 340
Note to Report. By Aliss HEATnER-BiGG..,....,,...,.: 342
viii REPORT — 1903.
Page
Appendix I. — Eeports of Investigators 342
„ II. — Special Report on Laundries. By Miss Andehson... 350
„ III.— The Factory Acts and Infant Mortality 301
,, IV. — Recent Legislation Abroad. By E. W. Brabeook... 364
The Resistance of Road Vehicles to Traction. — Report of the Committee, con-
sisting of Sir J. I. Thokntceoi'T (Chairman), Professor H. S. Hele-Shaw
(Secretary), Mr. T. Aitken, Mr. T. C. Aveling (Treasurer), Professor T.
Hudson Beaee, Mr. "VV. Woebt Beaumont, Mr. J. Beown, Colonel R. E. B.
Ceomptox, Mr. B. J. Diplock, Mr. A. Mallock, Professor J. Peeet, Sir
D. Salomons, Mr. A. R. Sennett, and Mr. E. Sheapnell Smith. (Drawn
up, at the request of the Committee, by the Secretary, assisted by Mr. J. F.
Gill, B.Sc.j 365
I. Results of Trials made with Committee's Dynamometer 365
II. Suggestions by Mr. B. J. Diplock 369
III, Papers read at the Second International Congress on Automobilism,
Paris, 1903 372
IV. Negotiations with the War Office 377
Small Screw Gauge. — Report of the Committee, consisting of Sir W. H.
Peeece (Chairman), Mr. W. A. Peice (Secretary), Lord Kelvin, Sir
F. J. Beamwell, Sir H. Teueman Wood, Major-General Webbek, Colonel
Watkin, Lieut.-Colonel Ceompton, Messrs. A, Steoh, A. Le Neve
FosTEE, C. J. Hewitt, G. K. B. Elphinstone, E. Rigg, C. V. Boys, J.
Maeshall Goeham, O. P. Clements, W. Tatloe, Dr. R. T. Glaze-
brook, and Mr. Mark Baer, appointed to consider means by which
Practical Effect can be given to the introduction of the Screw Gauge pro-
posed by the Association in 1884 378
Anthropometric Investigation in Creat Britain and Ireland. — Report of the
Committee, consisting of Professor J. CJleland (Chairman), Mr. J. Gray
(Secretary), Dr. T. II. Brych, Professor D. J. Cunningham, Professor
A. F. Dixon, Mr. E. N. Fallaize, Dr. A. C. Haddon, Dr. D. Hepbuen,
and Mr. J. L. Myres. 389
Arcbseological and Ethnological Researches in Crete. — Report of the Com-
mittee, consisting of Sir John Evans (Chairman), Mr. J. L. Myres
(Secretary), Mr. A. J. Evans, Mr. D. G. Hogarth, Professor A. Mac-
ALiSTEE, and Professor W. Ridgeway 402
(1) Mr. Aethur Evans's Excavations at Knossos 402
(2) Report on Anthropological Work in Athens and in Crete by W. L. H.
Duckworth, M.A , 404
Silchester Excavations. — Report of the Committee, consisting of Mr. Arthur
J. Evans (Chairman), Mr. J. L. Myres (Secretary), and Mr. E. W. Bra-
beook, appointed to co-operate with the Silchester Excavation Fund
Committee in their Excavations 412
The Lake Village at Glastonbury. — Fifth Report of the Committee, consisting
of Dr. R. MuNEO (Chairman), Professor W. Boyd Dawkins (Secretary),
Sir John Evans, Mr. Aethue J. Evans, Mr. Heney Balfoue, Mr. C. H.
Read, and Mr. A. Bulleid 414
Pigmentation Survey of the School Children of Scotland. — Report of the
Committee, consisting of Mr. E. W. Brabrook (Chairman), Mr. J. Gray
(Secretary), Dr. A. C. Haddon, Professor A. Macalister, Professor D. J.
Cunningham, Mr. J. F. Tocher, and Dr, W. H. R. Rivers 415
The Psychology and Sociology of the Todas and other Tribes of Southern
India. — Report of the Committee, consisting of Professor Ridgeway
(Chairman), Dr. W. H. R. Rivers (Secretary), Dr. A. C. Haddon, and
Mr. W. Crooke 415
CONTENTS. IX
Page
Botanical Photof^raplas.— Report of the Committee, consisting of Professor
L. C. MiALL (Chairman), Professor F. E. Weiss (Secretary), Mr. Feancib
Bakwin, Mr. G. F. Scott-Elliot, and Mr. A. K. CoomaeaswXmy,
appointed to consider and report npon a Scheme for the Registration of
Negatives of Botanical Photographs 410
Investigation of the Cyanophyceee. — Report of the Committee, consisting of
Professor J. B. Faemer (Chairman), Dr. F. F. Blaceman (Secretary), Pro-
fessor Marshall Ward, Mr. Walter Gaedixee, and Dr. D. II. Scott.
(Drawn up by the Secretary.) 419
The Teaching of Botany in Schools. — Report of the Committee, consisting of
Professor L. C. Miall (Chairman), Mr. Haeolb Wagee (Secretary), Pro-
fessor J. R. Green, Mr. A. C. Seward, Professors H. Marshall AVaed,
J. B. Farmer, and T. Johnson, Miss Lilian Claeke, and Dr. C. W.
KiMMINS 420
The Teaching of Science in Elementary Schools. — Report of the Committee,
consisting of Professor H. E. Armsteong (Secretary), Lord Ateburt,
Professor W. R. Dunstan, Mr. George Gladstone, Sir Philip
Magnus, Sir H. E. Roscoe, Professor A. Smithells, and Professor S. P.
Thompson 429
Influence of Examinations. — Interim Report of the Committee, consisting of
the Bishop of Hereford, Sir Michael Foster, Sir P. Magnus, Sir A. W.
RircKER, Sir 0. J. Lodge, Mr. H. W. Eve, Mr. W. A. Shenstone, Mr.
W. D. Eggar, Professor Marshall Ward, Mr. F. II. Neville, Mrs.
AV. N. Shaw, Dr. C. W. Kimmins, Dr. H. E. Armstrong (Chairman),
and Mr. R. A. Gregory (Secretary), appointed to consider and report upon
[ the Influence exercised by Universities and Examining Bodies on Secondary
School Curricula ; also of the Schools on University Requirements. (Drawn
up by the Chairman.) 434
The Conditions of Health essential to the Carrying-on of the Work of
Instruction in Schools. — Report of the Committee, consisting of Professor
C. S. Sherrington (Chairman), Mr. E. AVhite Wallis (Secretary), Mr.
E. AV. Beabeook, Dr. C. W, Kimmins, Professor L. C. Miall, and Miss
A. C. Maitland 455
Appendix. I. — Notes on the Essentials of School Buildings 456
„ II. — Eyesight in School Children 460
„ III. — Need for Appointment of AVomen-inspectors 462
Corresponding Societies Committee. — Report of the Committee, consisting of
Mr. \V. AA'hitakee (Chairman), Mr. F. AV. Ritdlee (Secretary), Sir John
Evans, Rev. J. O. Bevan, Dr. Hoeace T. Brown, Dr. Vaughan Cornish,
Dr. J. G. Garson, Mr. T. V. Holmes, Mr. J. Hopkinson, Professor R.
Meldola, Dr. H. R. Mill, Mr. C. H. Read, Rev. T. R. R. Stebbing, and
Professor W. AV. Watts. (Drawn up by the Secretary.) 465
Report of the Conferences of Delegates of Corresponding Societies held at
Southport, September 1903 467
The Methods and Results of a Botanical Survey of Counties. By AV.
MuNN Rankin, B.Sc. (Lond.) 477
Note on Maps of the Ordnance Survey. By T. V. Holmes, F.G.S 481
A Suggestion with respect to Exploration and Registration Work for
County Local Societies. By AVilliam Cole. F.L.S., Hon. Sec. Essex
Field Club .' 482
y; REPORT — 1903.
TRANSACTIONS OF THE SECTIONS.
Section A.—MATHEMATICAL AND PHYSICAL SCIENCE.
THURSDAY, SEPTEMBER 10.
Page
Address ty Charles Vernon Bots, F.R.S., Tresidcnt of the Section 525
1. On the Electro-ethereal Theory of the Velocity of Light in Gases, Liquids,
and Solids. By Lord Kelvin, O.M., G.C.V.0 535
2. *Discussion on the Nature of the Emanations from Radium. Opened by
Professor E. IIuthekfoed 535
Contribution by Lord Kelvin, O.M., G.C.V.0 535
3. tJber die in der Atmosphilre und im Erdboden enthaltene radioaktive
Emanation. Von T. Elsteb u. 11. Gextel 537
4. Cosmical Radio-activity. By Professor Arthur Scuustek, F.R.S 538
5. Intensification of Chemical Action by the Emanations from Gold and
Platinum. By G. T. Bbildt 539
t^ • FRIDAY, SEPTEMBER 11.
Sub-section — Astronomy and Meteoeologt.
Address by W. N. Shaav, Sc.D., F.R.S., Chairman (Methods of Meteorological
Investigation) 541
1. tOn Simultaneous Solar and Terrestrial Phenomena. By Sir Norman
LocKYER, K.C.B., F.R.S 549
2. *0n the Relation of the Rainfall of Scotland to the Sun-spot Periods,
1855-98. By A. Buchan, M.A., LL.D., F.R.S., F.R.S.E 549
3. Etudes sur les Dt5pressions Barometriques a Diverses Hauteurs. Par
L. Teisserenc de Boet 549
4. The Origin and Forms of Hoar Frost. Bv Kael Grossmann, M.D.,
F.R.C.S., F.G.S., and Joseph Lomas, A.R.C.S., F.G.S 555
Department of Physics.
1. tDiscussion on the Treatment of Irreversible Processes in Thermo-
dynamics. Opened by J. Swinburne, M.Inst.C.E 55G
2. Note on the Rate of Combustion and Explosive Pressure of Cordite. By
J. E. Petavel 556
3. Granular and SpicuJar Structure in Solids. By G. T. Beilbt 557
CONTENTS. XI
MONDAY, SEPTEMBER l4.
Depaetment of Mathematics,
Page
1. On the Differential Invariants of Surfaces and of Space. By Professor
A. R. Forsyth, F.R.S 559
2. On Spherical Curves. By Harold Hilton, M.A 559
3. The Use of Tangential Co-ordinates. By R. W. H. T. Hudson 560
4. *The Determination of Successive High Primes. By Lieut. -Colonel A.
Cunningham, R.E., and H. J. Woodall 561
5. Algebraic Curves on Kummer's 16-nodal Quartic Surface. By R. W. PI.
T. Hudson 561
Sub-section — Astronomy and Meteorology.
1. *Emploie de ITIygrometre a Cheveu au lieu du Psychrometre. By
Hofrath J. M. Pernter 561
2. Was the ' New ' Star in Gemini shining previously as a very Faint Star ?
By Professor H. H. Turner, D.Sc, F.R.S. 562
3. Sur la Circulation generale de I'Atmosphere. Par H. H. Hilde-
BRANDSSON 562
4. Report on the Investigation of the Upper Atmosphere by means of Kites
(p. 31) 565
5. Results of the Exploration of the Air with Kites at Blue Hill Observatory,
Mass., U.S.A., during 1900-2, and the Use of this Method on the
Tropical Oceans. By A. Lawrence Rotch, B.S., M. A 565
6. Work of the International Aeronautical Committee. Bj' Professor H.
Herg esell 566
7. Photographs of the Orion Nebula. By W. E. Wilson, F.R.S 567
8. Lightning and its Spectra. By W. J. S. Loceyee, M.A., Ph.D., F.R.A.S. 567
9. On the Phenomena accompanying the Volcanic Eruptions in the West
Indies. By David Burns 667
TUESDAY, SEPTEMBER 15.
Department of Mathematics .vnd Physics.
1. Report of the Committee on Electrical Standards (p. 33) 568
2. Note on Carbon and Iron Arc Spectra at High Gaseous Pressures. By
R. S. HuTTON and J. E. Petavel , 568
3. How to Exhibit in Optical Instruments the Resolution of Light into its
Component Undulations of Flat Wavelets, and how to Employ this
Resolution as our Guide in Making and in Interpreting Experiments.
By G. Johnstone Stoney, M.A, Hon.Sc.D., F.R.S 568
4. On the Form of Lagrange's Eq^uations for Non-Holonomic Systems.
By Professor Ludavig Boltzmann 569
5. *Wave-propagation in a Dispersive Medium. By Professor A. Schuster,
F.R.S 569
6. Discussion on the Use of Vectorial Methods in Physics. Opened by
Professor O. Hesrici, F.R.S. (p. 51) .'. 569
Contribution to the Discussion on Vectors. By James Swinburne,
M.Inst.C.E 569
xii REPORT — 1903.
Page
7. Consideration of some Points in the Design and Worliing of Ballistic
Galvanometers. By P. H. Powell, B.Sc 570
8. On the Use of Capacities as Multipliers for Electrostatic Voltmeters in
Alternating Current Circuits. By Professor E. W. Makchant, D.Sc,
andG. W. WoEBALL, B.Sc 572
SUB-SECXION OP ASTKONOMY AND MeTEOBOLOGY,
1. Report of the Seismological Committee (p. 77) 573
2. ^Exhibition of Photographs made with the Spectro-PIeliograph of the
Yerkes Observatory. By A. R. Hinks, M.A 573
3. Piadiation through a Foggy Atmosphere. By Professor Aethue
ScHtrsTEE, F.E..S 573
4. *Eclipse Observations of Jupiter's Satellites: a Study of the Ordinary
Observations in Comparison with the Photometric Observations of
Harvard. By Professor R. A. Sampson 574
5. Solar Prominences and Terrestrial Magnetism. By the Rev. A. L.
CoETiE, S.J., F.R.A.S .' 574
G. Comparison of the Spectrum of Nitrogen and of the Aurora. By Dr. A.
Paulsen 575
7. ^Discussion on Kite Observations continued 578
8. Diurnal Range of the Summer Temperature of the Levant. By
Alexandee BucHAN, LL.D., F.R.S., F.R.S.E 578
9. Progress of the Magnetic Survey of the United States. By L. A. Batjee 570
10. tThe Earth's Total Magnetic Energy. By L. A. Bauee 580
WEDNESDAY, SEPTEMBER 16.
1. A Probable Relationship between the Solar Prominences and Corona.
By William J. S. Lockyee, M.A., Ph.D., F.R.A.S 580
2. Report on Meteorological Observations on Ben Nevis (p. 56) 581
3. *Electrical Self-recording Instruments. By Professor H. L. Callendae,
F.R.S 581
4. Effect of Meteorological Conditions upon Audibility. By A. Laaveence
RoTCH, B.S., M.A 681
5. On some Rainfall Problems. By Hugh Robeet Mill, D.Sc, LL.D. ...581
Section B. — CHEMISTRY.
THURSDAY, SEPTEMBER 10.
Address by Professor Waltee Noel Haetley, D.Sc, F.R.S., F.R.S.E.,
President of the Section 583
1. Apparatus for determining Latent Heat of Evaporation. By Professor
J. Campbell Beown, D.Sc 602
2. *0n some Derivatives of Fluorene. By Miss Ida Smedley 603
3. Action of Diastase on the Starch Granules of Raw and Malted Barley.
By Aethue R. Ling, F.I.C 603
4. Action of Malt Diastase on Potato-starch Paste. By Aethue R. Ling,
F.LC 604
CONTENTS. XIU
Page
6. Action of Malt Diastase on Potato-starch Paste. By BeeNARd F. Davis.
B.Sc, and Arthur E. Ling, F.I.C 604
6 The Chemical and Physical Characters of the so-called 'Mad-stone.'
By Dr. H. C. White 605
7 On the Reduction of Nitrates by Sewage. By Professor E. A. Letts,
B.Sc, Ph.D., R. F. Blake, F.I.C, and J. S. Totton, B.A 606
8. On a Method for the Separation of Cobalt from Nickel, and the
Volumetric Determination of Cobalt. By R. L. Taylok, F.I.C 608
9 Report of the Committee on Isomorphous Sulphonic Derivatives of
Benzene (p. 85) 609
10. Report of the Committee on Isomeric Naphthalene Derivatives (p. 174) 609
11. Report of the Committee on the Possibility of making Special Reports
more available than at present (p. 169)
609
FRIDAY, SEPTEMBER 11.
1. *^ Investigations at Low Temperatures :— -(a) Densities of Solid Hydrogen,
Nitrogen, and Oxygen ; (6) Methods of producing Solid Hydrogen and
Nitrogen ; (c) Latent Heats, Specific Heats, and Coefficient of Expansion
of Liquid Hydrogen. By Professor James Dewae, LL.D., F.R.S 609
2. The Application of Low Temperatures to tlie Study of Biological Pro-
blems. By Allan Macfadten, M.D 609
3. Report of the Committee on securing Duty-free Alcohol for Scientific
Research (p. 170) 612
4. The Cause of the Lustre produced on Mercerising Cotton under Tension.
By Julius Hubxee, F.C.S., and William J. Pope, F.R.S 012
5. Stead's recent Researches as to the Causes and Prevention of Brittleness
in Steel. By Professor T. Tuenee, M.Sc 613
6. The Colours of Iodides. By William Ackrotd, F.I.C 014
7. On Essential Oils. By Dr. 0. Silberead 614
8. The Cholesterol Group. By R. H. Pickaed, D.Sc 616
9. On Acrldines. By Professor A. Seniee, Ph.D 616
10. Sur le Spectre de 'Self-induction' du Silicium et ses comparaisons
Astronomiques. Par le Comte A. de GEiMOJfT 620
11. The Theory of Dyeing. By Professor G. VON Geoegikvics 622
MONDAY, SEPTEMBER 14,
1. The Slow Combustion of Methane and Ethane. By William A. Bone,
D.Sc, Ph.D 624
2. Fluorescence as related to the Constitution of Organic Substances. By
John Theodore Heavitt 628
8. Preliminary Note on some Electric Furnace Reactions under High
Gaseous Pressures. By J. E. Petavel and R. S. Hutton 630
4. The Atomic Latent Heats of Fusion of the Metals considered from the
Kinetic Standpoint. By Holland Ceompton 631
5. The Influence of Small Quantities of Water in bringing about Chemical
Reaction between Salts. By Edgae Philip Pbeman, D.Sc 631
6. Report of the Committee on the Relation between the Absorption Spectra
and Chemical Constitution of Organic Substances (p. 126) 632
xiv REPORT— 1903.
TUESDAY, SEPTEMBER 15.
Page
1. Freezing-point Curves for Binary Systems. By James C. Philip, M.A.,
PLD 632
2. A Contribution to the Constitution of Disaceliarides. By Thos. Ptjedie,
F.Ii.S., and James C. Irvine, Ph.D., D.Sc 633
3. Mutarotation in relation to the Lactonic Structure of Glucose. By E.
Feankland Aemsteong, Ph.D 635
4. Synthesis of Glucosides. By W. Sloax Mills, M.A 635
5. Preparation of Oxinaido-compounds. By AV. Sloan Mills, M.A 636
6. The Action of Oxides of Nitrogen on Oximido-compounds. By W. Sloan
Mills, M.A 637
7. Further Investigation on the Approximate Estimation of Minute Quan-
tities of Arsenic in Food. By William Thomson, F.I.C., F.R.S.E. ... 638
8. Report of the Committee on the Study of Hydro-Aromatic Substances
(p. 179) 639
9. Report of the Committee on Wave-length Tables of the Spectra of the
Elements and Compounds (p. 87) 639
10. Experiments and Observations with Radium Compounds. By William
AcKKOYD, F.I.C 639
Section C.-^GEOLOGY.
thursday, september 10.
Address bv Professor W. W. Watts, M.Sc, Sec.G.S., President of the
Section 641
1. The Geology of the Country round Southport. By J. Lomas, A.R.C.S.,
F.G.S. ...: 654
2. Martin Mere. By Harold Brodrick, M.A 656
3. *Report of the Committee on the Registration of Type Specimens of Fossils 656
4. *Report of the Committee on the Structure of Crystals 656
FRIDAY, SEPTEMBER 11.
1. On the Lakes of the Upper Engadine. By Anbre Delebeoque 657
2. On a Preglacial or Early Glacial Raised Beach in County Cork. By
H. B. Muff, B.A., F.G.S., and W. B. Wright, B.A 657
3. Land Shells in the Infra-Glacial Chalk-rubble at Sewerby, near Bridlington.
By G. W. Lampltjgh, F.G.S 659
4. Preliminary Report of the Committee on the Estuarine Deposits at
Kirmington, Lincolnshire (p. 218) 659
C. Report of the Committee on Erratic Blocks (p. 231) 659
0. Report of the Committee appointed to explore Irish Caves (p. 183) 659
7. Report of the Committee on Underground Waters of North-west York-
shire (p. 192) 660
8. Report of the Committee on Geological Photographs (p. 197) 660
9. *0a the Practical Value of certain Species of Molluscs in the Coal Measures.
By Wheelton Hind, M.D., F.R.C.S,, F.G.S 660
CONTENTS, XV
Page
10. Report of the Committee on Life Zones in tlio British Carboniferous
lioclis (p. 185) 660
11. On some Igneous Rocks near Weston-super-Mare, Somersetshire. By
VV. S. BouLTON, B.Sc, A.R.C.S., F.G.S 660
MONDAY, SEPTEMBER 14.
1 . On Dedolomitisation. By J. J. H. Teall, M. A., F.R.S 660
2. Fossil Floras of South Africa. By A. C. Sewaed, F.R.S 6G1
3. On a Carboniferous Acanthodian Fish, Oyracanthides. By A. Smith
Woodward, LL.D., F.R.S 662
4. On some Dinosaurian Bones from South Brazil. By A. Smith Wood-
ward, LL.D., F.R.S 663
5. On Polyzoa as Rock-cementing Organisms. By J. Lomas, A.R.C.S., F.G.S. 663
6. On the Igneous Rocks of the Berwyns. By T. H. Cope and J. Lomas ... 664
7. The Llanvirn Beds in Carnarvonshire. By W. G. Fearnsides 665
8. On the Fossil Flora of the Ardwick Series of Manchester. By E. A,
Newell Aebee, M.A., F.L.S., F.G.S 665
9. Report of the Committee on the Fauna and Flora of the Trias of the
British Isles (p. 219) 665
10. On the Base of the Keuper in South Devon. By AleS. Someevail 665
TUESDAY, SEPTEMBER 15.
1. On the Disturbance of Junction Beds from Differelitial Shrinkage and
similar Local Causes during Consolidation. By G. W. Lamplugh, F.G.S. 660
2. *0n some Contorted Strata occurring on the Coast of Northumberland.
By J. G. GooDCHiLD 667
3. Some Facts bearing on the Origin of Eruptive Rocks. By J. G. Good-
child 667
4. On a Possible Cause of the Lethal Effects produced by the Dust emitted
during the Recent Volcanic Eruptions in the West Indies. By J. G.
GoODCHILD 668
6. *Notes on the Metalliferous Deposits of the South of Scotland. By J. G.
GooDCHiLD and Wilbert Goodchild, M.B 668
6. *Notes on the Glacial Drainage of the Forest of Rossendale. By
A. JowETT 668
7. A Theory of the Origin of Continents and Ocean Basins. By William
Mackie, M.A., M.D 668
WEDNESDAY, SEPTEMBER 16.
1. Report of the Committee on Changes in the Sea Coast of the United King-
dom (p. 258) 669
2. Notes on the Sarsen Stones of the Bagshot District. By Horace
WOOLLASTON MoNOKTON, F.L.S., F.G.S 669
3. On the Occurrence of Stous Implements in the Thames Valley between
Reading and Maidenhead. By Llewellyn Treacher, F.G S 670
4. On the Origin of certain Quartz Dykes in the Isle of Man. By J. Lomas,
A.R,C.S., F.G.S 671
xvl REPORT — 1903.
Page
6. Supplemental'y List of Miaerala oceurring in Ireland. By Henry J.
Seymour, B.A., F.G.S 671
6. The Average Composition of the Ig-neous Rocks. By F. P. Mennell,
F.G.S....! 671
Section D. -ZOOLOGY.
Address by Professor Sydney J. Hickson, M.A., D.Sc, F.R.S., President of
the Section 672
THURSDAY, SEPTEMBER 10.
1. Some Results on the Morphology and Development of Recent and Fossil
Corals. By J. E. DuERDEN, Ph.D., A.R.O.Sc. (Loud.) 684
2. The Coral Formations of Zanzibar and East Africa. By Cyril Crossland 68.5
3. *Notes on the Coral Reefs of the Indian Ocean. By J. Stanley
Gardiner, M.A 687
4. Septal Sequence in the Coral Siderastrtea. By J. E. Duerden, Ph.D.,
A.R.C.Sc. (Lond.) 687
5 Polymorphism in the Pennatulida. By Professor Sydney J. Hickson,
F.R.S. .:. 688
6. The Assimilation and Distribution of Nutriment in Alajonium dtgitatum.
By Edith M. Pratt, M.Sc 688
7. On the Origin of the Epiphysis in Amphibia as a Bilateral Structure. By
John Cameron, M.B 689
8. Final Report of the Committee on the Migration of Birds (p. 289) 690
9 Report of the Committee on the Occupation of a Table at the Zoological
Station at Naples (p. 282) 690
10. Report of the Committee on the Index Animalium (p. 288) 690
11. Report of the Committee on the Zoology of the Sandwich Islands (p. 305) 690
12. Fourtli Report of the Committee on Coral Reefs of the Indian Region
(p. 305) 690
13. 'Interim Report of the Plj'mouth Marine Laboratory Committee 690
14. Report of the Millport Marine Laboratory Committee (p. 308) 690
Department of Physiology,
1. Report of the Committee on the Microchemistry of Cells (p. 310) 690
2. Report of the Committee on the State of Solution of Proteids (p. 304) ... 690
3. *Interim Report of the Committee on the Physiological Efl'ects of Peptone 690
4. *Interim Report of the Committee on the Functions of Visual Purple on
the Retina 690
FRIDAY, SEPTEMBER 11. ;;
Address by the President 672
1. The Bionomics of Convoluta roscoffensis,-w\i\\ special reference to its Green
Cells. By Frederick Keeblb, M.A., and F. W. Gamble, D.Sc 691
2, Note on the Skull of Grampus griseus found on the Coast near Galway. By
Professar Richard J. Anderson, M.D 091
CONTENTS. XVU
Page
3, Note on the Peritoneum in Meles taxus. By Professor EiCHAED J.
Anderson, M.D 692
4. The Skull of Ursus ornatus. By Professor Hichard J. Anderson, M.D. 692
MONDAY, SEPTEMBER 14.
1. *0n the Significance of Progamic Nuclear Divisions. By Professor
Marcus Hartog 693
2. *Nuclear Changes in the Egg oi Alcyoniiim. By M. D, Hill, M.A 093
3. *The Function of Chromatin in Cell Division (Part I. Heterotype). By
Professor Marcus Hartog 693
4. *Discu3sion on Fertilisation 693
5. tOn the Tentacles of Suctoria. By Professor Marcus Hartog 693
6. *Demonstration of Slides showing Conjugation in Dendrocometes. By
Professor S. J. Hickson, F.R.S 693
7. The Effect of Solutions of Salt and other Substances on the Development
of the Frog. By J. AV. Jenkinson, M.A 693
8. Some recent Observations on British Reptiles. By Gerald Leighton,
M.D., F.R.S.E 694
9. fNotea on the Coloration of Malayan Reptiles. By N. Annandale, B.A. 694
10. tNote on the "Walking Fish of the Malay Peninsula. By H. 0. Robinson 694
11. tExbibition of Convergent Series of Malayan Butterflies. By H. C.
Robinson 694
TUESDAY, SEPTEMBER 15.
1. Note on Pearl-formation in ihe Ceylon Pearl Oyster. By Professor
W. A. Herdman, D.Sc, F.R.S. , and James Hoenell 095
2. On a Phosphorescence Phenomenon in the Indian Ocean. By Professor
W. A. Herdman, D.Sc, F.R.S 695
3. Note on Birds now rare in the British Isles. By G. P. Hughes, F.R.G.S. 696
4. Demonstration of A^isual Combination of Complementary Colours. By
C. A. Greaves, M.B., LL.B 696
5. Tlie Epithelial Islets of the Pancreas in Teleostei. By John Rennie,
D.Sc 696
6. On the Echinodermata of the Firth of Clyde and Variation in OpMocoma
nigra. By D. C. McIntosh, M.A , 696
7. Note on the Eggs of the Shanny {Blermius pholis, L.). By Professor
W. C. McIntosh, M.D., F.R.S 697
Department of Physiology.
1. A Physiological Theory to Explain the Winter'whitenuig of Birds and
Mammals in Snowy Countries, and the most Striking Points in the
Distribution of AVhite in Vertebrates generally. By Captain G. E. H.
Barrett-Hamilton 698
2. A New Form of Osmometer for Direct Determinations of Osmotic
Pressure of Colloids. By Professor Benjamin Moore, M. A., D.Sc 699
3. Experiments on the Permeability of Lipoid Membranes. By Professor
Benjamin Moore, M.A. , D.Sc 700
1903. a
xviii REroiiT— 1903.
Page
4. tTlie Cerebrum of Apos. By Professor SHEEElNGTOiir, F.R.S., and A. S.
Geunbatjm, M.D 700
5. The Origin of Water in Saliva. By Joseph Baeceoft, M.A., B.Sc 700
Section E.— GEOGRAPHY.
THURSDAY, SEPTEMBER 10.
Address by Captain Etteick W. Ceeak, C.B., R.N., F.E.S., President of the
Section 701
1. tTlie Recent West Indian Eruptions. By Tempest Andeeson, M.D.,
B.Sc 711
2. The Economic Development of West Africa. By E. D. Moeel 711
FRIDAY, SEPTEMBER 11.
1. The Influence of Ice-melting upon Oceanic Circulation. By Professor
0. Petteesson 712
2. An Experiment on the Melting of Ice in Salt Water. By J. W. Sand-
STBOM 715
3. Report of the Committee on Terrestrial Surface Waves (p. 312) 710
4. *The British Antarctic Expedition. By Lieut. E. Shacklexon 716
5. Explorations and Economic Conditions in Western China. By Lieut. -
Colonel C. C. Manifold 71G
6. The Afforestation of Waterworks Catchment Areas. By Joseph Paeey,
M.Inst.C.E 717
MONDAY, SEPTEMBER 14.
1. Notes and Suggestions on Geographical Surveying suited to present re-
quirements. By E. A. Reeves, E.R.A.S 718
2. *0u Map Projections suited to general purposes. By G. J. Moreison ... 710
3. Henricus Glaveanus (Sixteenth Century Geographer) and his recently
discovered Maps. By Edwaed Heawood, M.A 719
4. The Results of the Expedition to Sokotra and Abd-el-Kuri by Mr. W. 0.
Grant and Dr. II. 0. Forbes. By H. 0. Foebes, LL.D 720
e. On the Origin of Adam's Bridge. By J. Lomas, A.R.C.S., F.G.S 721
6. Geographical Education. By H. J. Mackinder 722
TUESDAY, SEPTEMBER 15.
1. On the Relation and Importance of Botany to Geographical Science. By
Dr. Otto V. Daebishieb 725
2. The Observation of Features of Vegetation in Geo2:raphieal Exploration.
By Dr, W. G. Smith T. 72(3
3. Botanical Survey of the Basins of the Rivers Eden, Tees, Tyne, and
Wear. By Feancis J. Lewis, F.L.S ' 726
4. The Peat Moors of the Southern Pennines : their Age and Origin. By
0. E. Moss, B.Sc :. 727
5. Queensland. By J. P. Thomson 728
CONTENTS. XlX
Section F.— ECONOMIC SCIENCE AND STATISTICS.
THURSDAY, SEPTEMBER 10.
Page
Address ty Edward W. Beabeook, C.B., President of the Section 729
1. The Growth of Rates. By Benedict W. Ginsbueg, M.A., LL.l) 740
2. Depreciation and Sinldng Funds in Municipal Undertakings. By
Stanley Hoesfall Tuenee, M.A 741
Vealth of the Empire, and how it should be used. By Sir Robeet
EN, K.C.B 741
FRIDAY, SEPTEMBER 11.
1. The W(
GiFFEN,
2. Eeport of the Committee on the Economic Eflect of Legislation regu-
lating Women's Labour (p. 315) 743
3. On the Eating of Land Values. By J. D. Choblton < 743,
4. The New Labour Party in its Economic Aspect. By II. B. Lees
Smith, M.A 744
5. A Contribution to the Statistics of Production and Consumption of the
United Kingdom. By S. Rosenbattm, B.Sc j.„...,,,744
MONDAY, SEPTEMBER 14.
1. The Potentialities of Applied Science in a Garden City. By A. R.
Sennett, A.M.Inst.C.E 745
2. The First Garden City : its Economic Results. By Haeold E. Mooee,
F.S.1 746
3. Physical Degeneration and the Poverty Line. By Mrs. H. Bosanquet... 747
4. A Comparison of Exports to the United States, European Protective
States, and our Colonies. By B. Ellin &ee 747
5. The Commercial Relations between Canada and the United Kingdom,
By F. Beadshaw 748
6. Some Economic Aspects of the English Colour Industries. By F. Evee-
soED j.jjj...,, .,..,,,,.,,,,.;...._...... 749
TUESDAY, SEPTEMBER 15.
1. Statistical Methods and the Fiscal Controversy. By A. L. Bowlet,
M.A 750
2. The Failure of Free Traders to Attain their Ideals. By W. Cunning-
ham, D.D 750
3. What is Success in Foreign Trade P By Edwin CANNAif, M.A-j IjL.D..,, 751
l.'l.lfnl.l/. ,./■.)(
Section G.— ENGINEERING,
THURSDAY, SEPTEMBER 10.
Address by Chaeles Hawkslei', M.Inst.C.E., President of the Sectioii 752
1. *King Edward VII. Bridge over the Paver Thames between Brentford
andKew. By Ctjthbeet A. Beeeeton, M.Inst.C.E 773
2. "Illustrations of Graphical Analysis. By J, IIaerisoJ?^ ....i 773
a
Q
XX REPORT — 1903.
FRIDAY, SEPTEMBER 11,
Page
1. *The Equipment of the Manchester Municipal Technical Institute. By
J. H. Reynolds 773
2. Report of the Committee on the Resistance of Road Vehicles to Traction
(p. 365) 773
3. *Improvements in Locomobile Design, By T. Clarkson, A.M.Inst.CE. 773
4. The Problem of Modern Street Traffic. By Lieut,-Golonel Crompton, C,B, 773
MONDAY, SEPTEMBER 14.
1. *The Nature and Quality of some Potable Waters in South-west Lanca-
shire. By Professor J. Campbell Brown 775
2. Protective Devices for High-tension Electrical Systems. By W, B.
WOODHOUSE 775
3. Aluminium as an Electrical Conductor, By J. B. C. Kershaw, F,I.C... 776
4. The Electrical Conductivity of certain Aluminium Alloys as affected by
exposure to the London Atmosphere. By Ernest Wilson 777
5. A .Method for finding the Efficiency of Series Motors. By Ernest
Wilson 777
6. Parallel Working of Alternators. By B. Hopkinson 778
7. On Electrical Propulsion as the General Means of Transport. By James
N. Shoolbred, B.A., M.Inst.C.E 779
8. Report of the Committee on the Small Screw Gauge (p. 378) , 780
TUESDAY, SEPTEMBER 15.
1. *Twenty-five Years' Progress in Final and Sanitary Refuse Disposal. By
W. F, Goodrich 780
2. High Speed Electrical Monorails and the proposed Manchester and Liver-
pool Express Railway. By F. B. Behr 780
3. Oil Fuel. By A.M. Bell 780
4. Further Experiences with the Infantry Range-finder. By Professor
George Forbes, F.R.S 782
5. *Water-supply in South-west Lancashire. By Joseph Parry, M.Inst.C.E. 783
6. Rainfall on the River Bann, County Down, Ireland, at Banbridge, and at
Lough Island Reavy Reservoir, By John Smyth, M.A., M.Inst.C.E.I, 783
7. On the Rate of Fall of Rain at Seathwaite. By Huoh Robert Mill,
D.Sc, LL.D 783
8. Ou the Tidal Regime of the River Mersey. By James N. Shoolbred,
B.A., M.In8t.C,E 784
9. History of the Discovery of Natural Gas in Sussex, Heathfield District.
By Richard Pearson 785
WEDNESDAY, SEPTEMBER 16.
1. The Effect of Traffic and AVeatber ou Macadamised Roads, and the
Prevention of Dust. By T. Aitkbn, Assoc.M.Inst.C.E 787
2. Pendulum Apparatus for Testing Steel as regards Brittleness. By
E. G. IzoD 787
CONTENTS. XXI
Page
3. Permanent Set in Cast Iron due to Small Stresses, and Its Bearing on
the Design of Piston Eings and Springs. By C. H. Wingfield 788
4. A further Note on Gas-engiue Explosions. By H. E. Wimpekis 789
6. Preliminary Experiments on Air Friction. By Wm. Odell, A.R.C.Sc 789
6. On Monophase Induction Repulsion Motors. By William CKAMr,
A.M.I.E.E 790
7. On the Ventilation of Tube Railways. By J. W. Thomas, F.I.C, F.C.S. 790
8. *Experiments in Gas Explosion. By L. Bairstow and A. D. Alexander 791
9. A new Form of Mirror Extensometer. By John Morrow, M.Sc 791
Section H.— ANTHROPOLOGY.
THURSDAY, SEPTEMBER 10,
Address hy Professor Johnson Symington, M.D., F.R.S., F.R.S.E., President
of the Section 792
1. Skulls from Round Barrows in East Yorkshire. By William Weight,
M.B., M.Sc, F.R.C.S 801
2. Some Observations on the Pads and Papillary Ridges on the Palm of the
Hand. By E. J. Evatt 802
3. Some Recent Excavations at Hastings, and the Human Remains found.
By J. G. Gabson, M.D., and W. J. Leavis Abbott 802
4. Remarks on a Collection of Skulls from the Malay Peninsula. By Nelson
Annandale, B.A 802
5. *Grattan's Craniometer and Craniometric Methods. By Professor J.
Symington, M.D., F.R.S 803
6. Anthropometric Measurements in Crete and other parts of the .^gean
Area. By W. L. H. Duckworth, M.A. (p. 404) 803
7. Report of the Committee on Anthropometric Investigation in Great
Britain and Ireland (p. 389) 803
8. Report of the Committee on a Pigmentation Survey of the School Children
of Scotland (p. 415) 803
FRIDAY, SEPTEMBER 11.
1. Palasolithic Implements from the Shelly Gravel Pit at Swanscombe, Kent.
By Mrs. C. Stopes * 803
2. Saw-edged Palseoliths. By Mrs. C. Stopes 804
3. The Survival of Primitive Implements in the Faroes and Iceland. By
Nelson Annandale, B.A 805
4. Coldrum, Kent, and its relation to Stonehenge. By George Clinch ... 805
5. Excavations at Caerwent, Monmouthshire, 1899-1903. By T. Ashby,
jun., M.A 806
0. Ribchester: the Roman Fortress Bremettenacum. By John Gaestans,
B.Litt 807
7. The Roman Fort at Brougli. By John Garstang, B.Litt 808
8. Report of the Committee on the Silchester Excavations (p. 412) 808
9. On a Prehistoric Drinking-vessel found near Burnley. By Tattersall
Williamson 808
10. Antiquities near Kharga, in the Great Oaf is. By Charles S. Myers, M.D. 809
11. Egyptian Burial Customs. By JoHN Gaest4NG, B.Litt 809
Xxii REPORT — 1903.
MONDAY, SEPTEMBER 14.
Page
1. Report of tlie Committee on the Psychology and Sociology of the Todas
(p. 415) 810
2. Toda Kinship and Marriage. By W. If. R. RiVEES, M.D 810
3. The Toda Dairy. By W. H. R. Riveks, M.D 811
4. The Ancient Monuments of Northern Honduras and the adjacent parts of
Yucatan and Guatemala, with some Account of the Former Civilisation
of these regions and the Characteristics of the Races now inhabiting
them. By Dr. T. W. Gann 812
5. The Progress of Islam in India. By William Ceooke, B.A 613
6. The Ethnology of Early Italy and its Linguistic Relations to that of
Britain. By Professor R. Seymour Conwat, Litt.D 814
7. The Origin of Jewellery. By Professor W. Ribgew at 815
TUESDAY, SEPTEMBER 15.
1. Report of the Committee on Archajological and Ethnological Researches
in Crete (p. 402) 810
2. Excavations at Ivnossos in Crete. By A. J. Evans, M.A., D.Litt., F.R.S.
(p. 402) 817
3. Exploration in the East of Crete. By R. C. BosANauET, M.A 817
4. An Early Purple-fishery. By R. C. Bosaxquet, M.A 817
5. On a pre-Mycenaean Sanctuary with Votive Terracottas at Palaeokastro,
in Eastern Crete. By John L. Myres, M.A 818
6. The Temples of Abydos. By Professor W. IM. Flinders Peteie, D.C.L.,
LL.D., F.R.S : 818
7. The Beginning of the Egvptian Kingdom. By Professor W. M. Flindees
Petexe, DC.L., LL.D., F.R.S 819
WEDNESDAY, SEPTEMBER 16.
1. On the Occurrence of Stone Implements in the Thames Valley between
Reading and Maidenhead. By Ll. Teeachee (p. 670) 820
2. The Rapid Evolution of the Jamaica Black. By Miss PtJLLEN-BuERi' ... 820
3. Mongoloid Europeans. By David MacRitchie 821
4. Some Points about Crosses, chiefly Celtic. By Miss A. A. Bulley 822
5. Some Suggestions as to the Origin of the Brooch, and the probable Use
of certain Rings at present called ' Armlets.' By Edward Lovett 822
6. tOn the Ethnology of the Siciutl Indians of British Columbia. By C. Hill
Tout 823
7. tOn the Canadian Indians as they are. By David Boyle 823
8. tOn the Legends of the Dieri and Kindred Tribes of Australia. By
A. W. HowiTT and Orro Siebkrt 823
9. A West Indian Aboriginal Wooden Image. By J. E. Dueeden, Ph.D. 823
10. *0n a Model of the Arbor Low gtone Circle. By H. Balfoue, M.A. ... 823
CONTENTS. XXIU
Section K.— BOTANY.
THURSDAY, SEPTEMBER 10.
Page
Address by A. C. Sewaed, M.A., F.RS., President of the Section 824
1. Keport of the Committee on the Teaching of Botany in Schools (p. 420) 849
2. Report of the Committee on the Investigation of the Oyanophjcese
(p. 419) 849
3. Report of the Committee on Botanical Photographs (p. 416) 849
4. *Report of the Committee on the Respiration of Plants 849
6. The Development of the Ascocarp in Ryparohiua, By B. T. P. Barker,
M.A 849
6. Culture Experiments with Biologic Forms of the Erysiphacece. By
E. S. Salmon 850
7. "Willow-canker. By Professor T. Johnson, D.Sc, F.L S 850
8. On the Occurrence of Ulua laiissima and Enteromorp/ta compressa in
Sewage Effluents, and on Variations in the Composition of the Tissues
of these and Allied Seaweeds. By Professor Letts, D.Sc, Ph.D., and
J. S. ToTTON,B.A 851
9. On the Colonisation of a Dried River-bed. By Miss M. C. Stopes 852
10 *The Botany of Upper Peru. By A. W. Hill, M.A 853
FRIDAY, SEPTEMBER 11.
1. *New Discoveries in Heredity. By AV. Bateson, F.R.S 853
2. * Results of some Cross-breeding Experiments with Plants. By Miss
Edith Saundeks 853
3. Recent Experiments in the Hybridisation of Orchids. By Chaeles C.
Htiest 853
4. *La flenr des Gnetacees. By Professor Ligniee 854
5. 'Parthenogenesis in 6r?ze^Mm w/a. By Dr. Lorsr 854
6. The Sandhill Vegetation of Birkdale. By Otto V. Daebishiee 854
7. The Histology of the Sieve Tubes of Angiospenns. By Aethur W.
Hill, M.A 854
8. The Structure of Leaves of the Bracken from difl'erent habitats. By
L. A. Boodle 855
MOiYDAY, SEPTEMBER 14.
1. Discussion on the Evolution of Monocotyledons 855
i. The Evolution of Monocotyledons. By Ethel Saegant 855
ii. A Consideration of the Bearing of Fertilisation Phenomena and
Embryo Sac Structure on the Origin of Monocotyledons. By Ethel
N. Thomas ". 857
2. *0n Stimulus and Mechanism as Factors of Organisation. By Professor
Faemee, F.R.S 868
3. Alternation of Generations in the Uictyotaceci; and the Cytology of the
Asexual Generation. By J. Llotd Williams 858
xxiv REPORT~1903.
TUESDAY, SEPTEMBER 15.
Page
1. *Modern Views on the Phylojjeny of the Algm, By Dr. F. F. Blackman 858
2. *The new Botanical Laboratory at Cambridge. By Professor H. Mae-
shall Wakd, F.R.S.. 859
3. *The Seed of Lyginodendron. By Dr. D. H. Scott, F.R.S., and Pro-
fessor F. W. Oliveb 859
4. Fruit-dispersal in Adenostemma viscosum, Forst. By R. 11. Yapp, M.A. 859
5. On Homoeomorpliy among Fossil Plants. By E. A. Newell Aebeb,
M.A 859
6. 'Methods of Mapping Plant Distribution. By T. W. Woodhead 860
WEDNESDAY, SEPTEMBER 16.
1. On some Anatomical Features of the ScutoUum in Zea Mais, By
Ethel Saegant and Agnes Robertson 860
2. Experiments with the Staminal Hairs of Tradescantia. By Haeold
AVagee 860
3. On the Localisation of Anthocyan (red-cell sap) in Foliage Leaves, By
J. Paeein, M.A 862
4. The Forest Resources of Australia available for British Commerce. By
E. T. SCAMMELL 862
5. On the Preservation, Seasoning, and Strengthening of Timber by the
Powell Process. By Wm. Powell 863
6. *Plants on the Serpentine Rocks in the North-East of Scotland. By W.
Wilson .,, 864
Section L.— EDUCATIONAL SCIENCE.
THURSDAY, SEPTEMBER 10.
Address by Sir William de W. Abnet, K.C.B., D.C.L., D.Sc, F.R.S ,
President of the Section 865
1. On School Curricula 876
i. By Professor Michael E. Sadlee, M.A., LL.D 876
ii. By Professor J. Adams, M.A., B.Sc 878
iii. By T. E. Page, M.A 879
iv. By G. F. Daniell, B.Sc 880
FRIDAY, SEPTEMBER 11.
1. On Curricula of Girls' Schools 882
i. By Miss S. A. Buestall, B.A 882
ii. By Professor H. E. Aembteong, Ph.D., LL.D., F.R.S 883
2, On School Curricula with Special Reference to Commercial Education ... 885
i. By J. L. Paton, M.A 885
ii. By W. C. Fletchee, M.A 886
CONTENTS. XXV
MONDAY, SEPTEMBER 14.
Page
1. Discussion on the Teaching of Geography. Opened by H. J. Mackindeb,
M.A.(p.722) :888
2. Report on the Teaching of Botany (p. 420) 888
3. Report on the Conditions of Health essential to the carrying on of the
"Work of Instruction in Schools (p. 465) 888
TUESDAY, SEPTEMBER 15.
1. Report on the Influence of Examinations (p. 434) 888
2. Report on the Teaching of Science in Elementary Schools (p. 429) 888
Index 889
LIST OF PLATES.
Plate I.
Illustrating the Report on Seismological Investigations,
Plates II. and III.
Illustrating the Report on tbe Movements of Underground Waters of North-west
Yorkshire.
Plates IV. to VIII. ,
Illustrating the Report on the Fauna and Flora of the Trias of the British Isles,
Plate IX.
Illustrating the Report on Changes in the Sea Coast of the United Kingdom,
Plate X.
Illustrating the Report on Terrestrial Surface Waves.
Plate XI.
Illustrating the Report on the Resistance of Road Vehicles to Traction.
OBJECTS AND RULES
OP
THE ASSOCIATION.
OBJECTS.
TuE Association contemplates no interference with tlio ground occupied
by other institutions. Its objects are : — To give a stronger impulse and
a more systematic direction to scientific inquiry, — to promote the inter-
course of those who cultivate Science in different parts of the British
Empire, with one another and with foreign philosophers, — to obtain a
more general attention to the objects of Science, and a removal of any
disadvantages of a public kind which impede its progress,
RULES.
Admission of Members and Associates.
All persons who have attended the first Meeting shall be entitled
to become Members of the Association, upon subscribing an obligation
to conform to its Rules.
The Fellows and Members of Chartered Literary and Philosophical
Societies publishing Transactions, in the British Empire, shall be entitled,
in like manner, to become Members of the Association.
The OfiBcers and Members of the Councils, or Managing Committees,
of Philosophical Institutions shall be entitled, in like manner, to become
Members of the Association.
All Members of a Philosophical Institution recommended by its Coun-
cil or Managing Committee shall be entitled, in like manner, to become
Members of the Association.
Persons not belonging to such Institutions shall be elected by the
General Committee or Council to become Life Members of the Asso-
ciation, Annual Subscribers, or Associates for the year, subject to the
approval of a General Meeting.
Compositions, SuhsGriptions, and Privileges.
Life Members shall pay, on admission, the sum of Ten Pounds. They
shall receive gratuitously the K-cports of the Association which may be
published after the date of such payment. They are eligible to all the
offices of the Association.
Annual Subscribers shall pay, on admission, the sum of Two Pounds,
and in each following year the sum of One Pound. They shall receive
xxviii REPORT — 1903.
gratuitously the Reports of the Association for the year of their admission
and for the years in which they continue to pay without intermission their
Annnal Subscription. By omitting to pay this subscription in any par-
ticular year, Members of this class (Annual Subscribers) lose for that and
allfiiture years the privilege of receiving the volumes of the Association
gratis ; but they may resume their Membership and other privileges at any
gabsequent Meeting of the Association, paying on each such occasion the
sum of One Pound. They are eligible to all the offices of the Association.
Associates for the year shall pay on admission the sum of One Pound.
They shall not receive gratuitously the Reports of the Association, nor be
eligible to serve on Committees, or to hold any office.
The Association consists of the following classes : —
1. Life Members admitted from 1831 to 1845 inclusive, who have paid
on admission Five Pounds as a composition.
2. Life Members who in 1846, or in subsequent years, have paid on
admission Ten Pounds as a composition.
3. Annual Members admitted from 1831 to 1839 inclusive, subject to
the payment of One Pound annually. [May resume their Membership after
intermission of Annual Payment.]
4. Annual Members admitted in any year since 1839, subject to the
payment of Two Pounds for the first year, and One Pound in each
following year. [May resume their Membership after intermission of
Annual Payment.]
5. Associates for the year, subject to the payment of One Pound.
6. Corresponding Members nominated by the Council.
And the Members and Associates will be entitled to receive the annual
volume of Reports, gratis, or to jJHiY'/iase it at reduced (or Members')
price, according to the following specification, viz. : —
1. Gratis. — Old Life Members who have paid Five Pounds as a compo-
sition for Annual Payments, and previous to 1845 a further
sum of Two Pounds as a Book Subscription, or, since 1845,
a further sum of Five Pounds.
New Life Members who have paid Ten Pounds as a composition.
Annual Members who have not intermitted their Annual Sub-
scription.
2. At reduced or Members' Price, viz., two-thirds of the Publication Price.
— Old Life Members who have paid Five Pounds as a compo-
sition for Annual Payments, but no further sum as a Book
Subscription.
Annual Members who have intermitted their Annual Subscription.
Associates for the year. [Privilege confined to the volume for
that year only.]
3. Members may purchase (for the purpose of completing their sets) any
of the volumes of the Reports of the Association up to 1874,
of which more than 15 copies remain, at 2s. 6d. per volume.*
Application to be made at the Office of the Association.
Volumes not claimed within two years of the date of publication can
only be issued by direction of the Council.
Subscriptions shall be received by the Treasurer or Secretaries.
• A few complete sets, 1831 to ISTi, are on sale at £10 the set.
RULES OS' XHte ASSOCIATION. XXIX
Meetings.
The Association shall meet annnally, for one week, or longer. The
place of each Meeting shall be appointed by the General Committee not
less than two years in advance ' ; and the arrangements for it shall be
entrusted to the Officers of the Association.
General Committee.
The General Committee shall sit during the week of the Meeting, or
longer, to transact the business of the Association. It shall consist of the
following persons : —
Class A. Permanent Members.
1. Members of the Council, Presidents of the Association, and Presi-
dents of Sections for the present and preceding years, with Authors of
Reports in the Transactions of the Association.
2. Members who by the publication of Works or Papers have fur-
thered the advancement of those subjects which are taken into considera-
tion at the Sectional Meetings of the Association. With a view of sub-
mitting new claims under this Rule to the decision of the Council, they must he
sent to the Assistant General Secretary at least one month before the Meeting
of the Association. The decision of the Council on the claims of any Member
of the Association to he placed on the list of the General Committee to be final.
Class B. Temporary Members.^
1. Delegates nominated by the Corresponding Societies under the
conditions hereinafter explained. Claims under this Rule to he sent to the
Assistant General Secretary before the opening of the Meeting.
2. Office-bearers for the time being, or delegates, altogether not ex-
ceeding three, from Scientific Institutions established in the place of
Meeting. Claims under this Rule to be approved by the Local Secretaries
before tfie opening of the Meeting.
3. Foreigners and other individuals whose assistance is desired, and
who are specially nominated in writing, for the Meeting of the year, by
the President and General Secretaries.
4. Vice-Presidents and Secretaries of Sections.
Organising Sectional Committees.^
The Presidents, Vice-Presidents, and Secretaries of the several Sec
tions are nominated by the Council, and have power to exercise the func-
tions of Sectional Committees until their names are submitted to the
General Committee for election.
From the time of their nomination they constitute Organising Com-
mittees for the purpose of obtaining information upon the Memoirs and
Reports likely to be submitted to the Sections,** and of preparing Reports
> Revised by the General Committee, Liverpool, 189G.
"^ Revised, Montreal, 1884.
' Passed, Edinburgh, 1871, revised, Dover, 1899.
■* Notice to Contributors of Meviuim. — Authors are reminded that, under an
arrangement dating from 1871, the acceptance of Memoirs, and the days on which
XXX REPORT — 1903.
thereon, and on the order in wliicli it is desirable that they should be
read. The Sectional Presidents of former years are ex oficio members
of the Organising Sectional Committees.'
An Organising Committee may also hold such preliminary meetino-s as
the President of the Committee thinks expedient, but shall, under°any
circumstances, meet on the first Wednesday of the Annual Meeting at
2 P.M., to appoint members of the Sectional Committee. ^
Constitution of the Sectional Committees. '^
On the first day of the Annual Meeting, the President, Vice-Presi-
dents, and Secretaries of each Section, who will be appointed by the
General Committee at 4 p.m., and those previous Presidents and Vice-
Presidents of the Section who may desire to attend, are to meet, at 2 p.m.,
in their Committee Rooms, and appoint the Sectional Committees by
selecting individuals from among the Members (not Associates) present
at the Meeting whose assistance they may particularly desire. Any
Member who has intimated the intention of attending the Meeting, and
who has already served upon a Committee of a Section, is eligible for
election as a Member of the Committee of that Section at its first
meeting.* The Sectional Committees thus constituted shall have power
to add to their number from day to day.
The List thus formed is to be entered daily in the Sectional Minute-
Book, and a copy forwarded without delay to the Printer, who is charged
with publishing the same before 8 a.m. on the next day in the Journal of
the Sectional Proceedino^s.
Business of the Sectional Committees.
Committee Meetings are to be held on the Wednesday, and on the
following Thursday, Friday, Saturday,'^ Monday, and Tuesday, for the
objects stated in the Rules of the Association. The Organising Committee
of a Section is empowered to arrange the hours of meeting of the Section
and the Sectional Committee except for Saturday. ''
The business is to be conducted in the followina: manner : —
o
1. The President shall call on the Secretary to read the minutes c£
the previous Meeting of the Committee.
they are to be read, are now as far as possible determined by Organising Committees
for the several Sections before the heginning of the Meeting. It has therefore become
necessary, in order to give an opportunity to the Committees of doing justice to the
several Communications, that each author should prepare an Abstract of his Memoir
of a length suitable for insertion in the published Transactions of the Association,
and that he should send it, together with the original Memoir, by book-post, on or
before , addressed to the General Secretaries, at the office of
the Association. 'For Section ' If it should be inconvenient to the Author
that his paper should be read on any particular days, he is requested to send in-
formation thereof to the Secretaries in a separate note. Authors who send in their
MSS. three complete weeks before the Meeting, and whose papers are accepted,
will be furnished, before the Meeting, witli printed copies of their lieports and
abstracts. No Report, Paper, or Abstract can be inserted in tlie Annual Volume
unless it is handed either to the Recorder of the Section or to the Assistant General
Secretary before the conclmioji of the Meethiq.
• Sheffield, 1879. "= Swansea, 1880, revised, Dover, 1899.
3 Edinburgh, 1871, revised, Dover, 1899. ■• Glasgow, 1901.
'■' The meeting on Saturday is optional, Southport, 1383. " Nottingham, 1893.
RULES OF IHE ASSOCIATION. XXXI
2. No paper shall be read until it has been formally accepted by the
Committee of the Section, and entered on the minutes accord-
ingly-
3. Papers which have been reported on unfavourably by the Organ-
ising Committees shall not be brought before the Sectional
Committees.^
At the first meeting, one of the Secretaries will read the Minutes of
last year's proceedings, as recorded in the Minute-Book, and the Synopsis
of Recommendations adopted at the last Meeting of the Association
and printed in the last volume of the Report. He will next proceed to
read the Report of the Organising Committee.^ The list of Communi-
cations to be read on Thursday shall be then arranged, and the general
distribution of business throughout the week shall be provisionally ap-
pointed.* At the close of the Committee Meeting the Secretaries shall
forward to the Printer a List of the Papers appointed to be read. The
Printer is charged with publishing the same before 8 a.m. on Thursday
in the Journal.
On the second day of the Annual Meeting, and the following days,
the Secretaries are to correct, on a copy of the Journal, the list of papers
which have been I'ead on that day, to add to it a list of those appointed
to be read on the next day, and to send this copy of the Journal as early
in the day as possible to the Printer, who is charged with printing the
same before 8 a.m. next morning in the Journal. It is necessary that one
of the Secretaries of each Section (generally the Recorder) should call
at the Printing Office and revise the proof each evening.
Minutes of the proceedings of every Committee are to be entered daily
in the Minute-Book, which should be confirmed at the next meeting of
the Committee.
Lists of the Reports and Memoirs read in the Sections are to be entered
in the Minute-Book daily, which, with all Memoirs and Copies or Abstracts
of Memoirs furnished by Authors, are to be forwarded, at the close of the
Sectional Meetings, to the Assistant General Secretary.
The Vice-Presidents and Secretaries of Sections become ex officio
temporary Members of the General Committee {vide p. xxxi), and will
receive, on application to the Treasurer in the Reception Room, Tickets
entitling them to attend its Meetings.
The Committees will take into consideration any suggestions which may
be ofiered by their Members for the advancement of Science. They are
specially requested to review the recommendations adopted at preceding
Meetings, as published in the volumes of the Association, and the com-
munications made to the Sections at this Meeting, for the purposes of
selecting definite points of research to which individual or combined
exertion may be usefully directed, and branches of knowledge on the
state and progress of which Reports are wanted ; to name individuals or
Committees for the execution of such Reports or researches ; and to state
whether, and to what degree, these objects may be usefully advanced by
the appropriation of the funds of the Association, by application to
Government, Philosophical Institutions, or Local Authorities.
In case of appointment of Committees for special objects of Science,
it is expedient that all Members of the Committee should be named, and
> Plymouth, 1877. ' Kdiiiburgli, 1871.
xxxii REPORT — 1903.
one of them appointed to act as Chairman, who shall have notified per-
sonally or in writing his willingness to accept the oflB.ce, the Chairman to
have the responsibility of receiving and disbursing the grant (if any has
been made) and securing the presentation of the report in due time ; and,
farther, it is expedient that one of the members should be appointed to
act as Secretary, for ensuring attention to business.
That it is desirable that the number of Members appointed to serve on
a Committee should be as small as is consistent with its efficient working.
That a tabular list of the Committees appointed on the recommenda-
tion of each Section should be sent each year to the Recorders of the
several Sections, to enable them to fill in the statement whether the
several Committees appointed on the recommendation of their respective
Sections had presented their reports.
That on the proposal to recommend the appointment of a Committee
for a special object of science having been adopted by the Sectional
Committee, the number of Members of such Committee be then fixed,
but that the Members to serve on such Committee be nominated and
selected by the Sectional Committee at a subsequent meeting.^
Committees have power to add to their number persons whose assist-
ance they may require.
The recommendations adopted by the Committees of Sections are to
be registered in the Forms furnished to their Secretaries, and one Copy of
each is to be forwarded, without delay, to the Assistant General Secretary
for presentation to the Committee of Recommendations. Unless this he
done, the Recommendations cannot receive the sanction of the Association.
N.B. — Recommendations which may originate in any one of the Sections
must first be sanctioned by the Committee of that Section before they can
be referred to the Committee of Recommendations or confirmed by the
General Committee.
Notices regarding Grants of Money?
1. No Committee shall raise money in the name or under the auspices of
the British Association without special permission from the General
Committee to do so ; and no money so raised shall be expended
except in accordance with the Rules of the Association.
2. In grants of money to Committees the Association does not contem-
plate the payment of personal expenses to the Members.
3. Committees to which grants of money are entrusted by the Association
for the prosecution of particular Researches in Science are ap-
pointed for one year only. If the work of a Committee cannot be
completed in the year, and if the Sectional Committee desire the
work to be continued, application for the reappointment of the
Committee for another year must be made at the next meeting of
the Association.
4. Each Committee is required to present a Report, whether final or in-
terim, at the next meeting of the Association after their appoint-
ment or reappointment. Interim Reports must be submitted in
writing, though not necessarily for publication.
' Revised by the General Committee, Bath, 1888.
' Revised by the General Committee at Ipswich, 189C.
RULES OF THE ASSOCIATION. XXXIU
5. In each Committee the Chali-raan is tlie only person entitled to
call on the Treasurer, Professor G. Carey Foster, F.R.S., for
such portion of the sums granted as may from time to time be
required.
6. Grants of money sanctioned at a meeting of the Association expire on
June 30 following. The Treasurer is not authorised after that
date to allow any claims on account of such gi-ants.
7. The Chairman of a Committee must, before the meeting of the Asso-
ciation next following after the appointment or reappointment of
the Committee, forward to the Treasurer a statement of the sums
which have been received and expended, with vouchers. The
Chairman must also return the balance of the grant, if any, which
has been received and not spent ; or, if further expenditure is con-
templated, he must apply for leave to retain the balance.
8. When application is made for a Committee to be reappointed, and to
retain the balance of a former grant which is in the hands of the
Chairman, and also to receive a further grant, the amount of such
further grant is to be estimated as being additional to, and not
inclusive of, the balance proposed to be retained.
9. The Committees of the Sections shall ascertain whether a Report has
been made by every Committee appointed at the previous Meeting
to whom a sum of money has been granted, and shall report to the
Committee of Recommendations in every case where no such
report has been received.
10. Members and Committees who may be entrusted with sums of money
for collecting specimens of any description are requested to re-
serve the specimens so obtained to be dealt with by authority of
the Council.
11. Committees are requested to furnish a list of any apparatus which
may have been purchased out of a grant made by the Association,
and to state whether the apparatus will be useful for continuing
the research in question, or for other scientific purposes.
12. All Instruments, Papers, Drawings, and other property of the Asso-
ciation are to be deposited at the Office of the Association when
not employed in scientific inquiries for the Association.
Business of the Sections.
The Meeting Room of each Section is opened for conversation shortly
before the meeting commences. The Section Rooms and approaches thereio
can he used for no notices, Bxhibitiovs, or other purposes than those of the
Association.
At the time appointed the Chair will be taken, ^ and the reading of
communications, in the order previously made public, commenced.
Sections may, by the desire of the Committees, divide themselves into
Departments, as often as the number and nature of the communications
delivered in may render such divisiotis desirable.
' The Organising Committee of a Section is empowered to arrange the hours
Qf meeting of the Section and o£ the Sectional Committee, except for Saturday.
1903. b
XXxiv REPORT — 1903.
A Report presented to the Association, and read to the Section which
originally called for it, may be read in another Section, at the request of
the Officers of that Section, with the consent of the Author.
Duties of the Doorkeepers,
1. To remain constantly at the Doors of the Rooms to which they are
appointed during the whole time for which they are engaged.
2. To require of every person desirous of entering the Rooms the ex-
hibition of a Member's, Associate's, or Lady's Ticket, or Reporter's
Ticket, signed by the Treasurer, or a Special Ticket signed by the
Assistant General Secretary.
3. Persons unprovided with any of these Tickets can only be admitted
to any particular Room by order of the Secretary in that Room.
No person is exempt from these Rules, except those Officers of the
Association whose names are printed in the Official Programme, p. 1.
Duties of the Messengers.
To remain constantly at the Rooms to which they are appointed dur-
ing the whole time for which they are engaged, except when employed en
messages by one of the Officers directing these Rooms.
Committee of Recommendations.
The General Committee shall appoint at each Meeting a Committee,
which shall receive and consider the Recommendations of the Sectional
Committees, and report to the General Committee the measures which
they would advise to be adopted for the advancement of Science.
The ex officio members of the Comnuttee of Recommendations are the
President and Vice-Presidents of the Meeting, the General and Assistant-
General Secretaries, the General Treasurer, the Trustees, and the Presidents
of the Association in former years.
All Recommendations of Grants of Money, Requests for Special Re-
searches, and Reports on Scientific Subjects shall be submitted to the
Committee of Recommendations, and not taken into consideration by the
General Committee unless previously recommended by the Committee of
Recommendations.
All proposals for establishing new Sections, or altering the titles of
Sections, or for any other change in the constitutional forms and funda-
mental rules of the Association, shall be referred to the Committee of
Recommendations for a report.^
If the President of a Section is unable to attend a meeting of the
Committee of Recommendations, the Sectional Committee shall be
authorised to appoint a Vice-President, or, failing a Vice-President,
some other member of the Committee, to attend in his place, due notice
of the appointment being sent to the Assistant General Secretary.'^
' Passed by the General Committee at Birmingharn, 1803.
« P.asscrl by the General Committee at Leeds, Ifsgo.
fltJLES OP THE ASSOClATtOW. XXXV
Corresponding Societies}
1. Any Society is eligible to be placed on the List of Corresponding
Societies of the Association whicli undertakes local scientific investiga-
tions, and publishes notices of the results.
2. Application may be made by any Society to be placed on the
List of Corresponding Societies. Applications must be addressed to the
Assistant General Secretary on or before the 1st of June preceding the
Annual Meeting at which it is intended they should be considered, and
must be accompanied by specimens of the publications of the results of
the local scientific investigations recently undertaken by the Society.
3. A Corresponding Societies Committee shall be annually nomi-
nated by the Council and appointed by the General Committee for the
purpose of considering these applications, as well as for that of keeping
themselves generally informed of the annual work of the Corresponding
Societies, and of superintending the preparation of a list of the papers
published by them. This Committee shall make an annual report to the
General Committee, and shall suggest such additions or changes in the
List of Corresponding Societies as they may think desirable.
4. Every Corresponding Society shall return each year, on or before the
1st of June, to the Assistant General Secretary of the Association, a
schedule, properly filled up, which will be issued by him, and which will
contain a request for such particulars with regard to the Society as may
be required lor the information of the Corresponding Societies Committee.
5. There shall be inserted in the Annual Report of the Association
a list, in an abbreviated form, of the papers published by the Corre-
sponding Societies during the past twelve months which contain the
results of the local scientific work conducted by them ; those papers only
being included which refer to subjects coming under the cognisance of
one or other of the various Sections of the Association.
6. A Corresponding Society shall have the right to nominate any
one of its members, who is also a Member of the Association, as its dele-
gate to the Annual Meeting of the Association, who shall be for the time
a Member of the General Committee.
Conference of Delegates of Corresponding Societies.
7. The Conference of Delegates of Corresponding Societies is em-
powered to send recommendations to the Committee of Recommen-
dations for their consideration, and for report to the General Committee,
8. The Delegates of the various Corresponding Societies shall con-
stitute a Conference, of which the Chairman, Vice- Chairmen, and Secre-
taries shall be annually nominated by the Council, and appointed by the
General Committee, and of which the members of the Corresponding
Societies Committee shall be ex officio members.
9. The Conference of Delegates shall be summoned by the Secretaries
to hold one or more meetings during each Annual Meeting of the Associa-
tion, and shall be empowered to invite any Member or Associate to take
part in the meetings.
10.2 The Organising Committees of each Section shall be instructed to
' Passed by the General Committee, 1884.
* Revised by the General Committee, 1903.
b2
xxxvi REPORT — 1903.
transmit to the Secretaries of the Conference of Delegates copies of any
recommendations forwarded by the Presidents of Sections to the Com-
mittee of Recommendations bearing npon matters in which the co-operation
of Corresponding Societies is desired ; and the Secretaries of the Conference
of Delegates shall invite the authors of these recommendations to attend
the meetings of the Conference and give verbal explanations of their
objects and of the precise way in which they would desire to have them
carried into effect.
11. It will be the duty of the Delegates to make themselves familiar
with the purport of the several recommendations brought before the Confer-
ence, in order that they and others who take part in the meetings may be
able to bring those recommendations clearly and favourably before their
respective Societies. The Conference may also discuss propositions bear-
ing on the promotion of more systematic observation and plans of opera-
tion, and of greater uniformity in the mode of publishing results.
Local Committees.
Local Committees shall be formed by the Officers of the Association
to assist in making arrangements for the Meetings.
Local Committees shall have the power of adding to their numbers
those Members of the Association whose assistance they may desire.
Offi.cei's.
A President, two or more Vice-Presidents, one or more Secretaries,
and a Treasurer shall be annually appointed by the General Committee.
Council.
In the intervals of the Meetings, the affairs of the Association shall
be managed by a Council appointed by the General Committee. The
Council may also assemble for the despatch of business during the week
of the Meeting.
(1) The Council shall consist of '
1. The Trustees.
2. The past Presidents.
3. The President and Vice-Presidents for the time being.
4. The President and Vice-Presidents elect.
5. The past and present General Treasurers, General and
Assistant General Secretaries.
C. The Local Treasurer and Secretaries for the ensuing
Meeting.
7. Ordinary Members.
(2) The Ordinary Members shall be elected annually from the
General Committee.
' Passed by the General Committee at Belfast, 1874.
RULES OF THE ASSOCIATION. XXXVU
(3) There shall be not more than twenty-five Ordinary Members, of
whom not more than twenty shall have served on the Council,
as Ordinary Members, in the previous year.
(4) In order to carry out the foregoing rale, the following Ordinary
Members of the outgoing Council shall at each annual election
be ineligible for nomination : — 1st, those who have served on
the Council for the greatest number of consecutive years ; and,
2nd, those who, being resident in or near London, have
attended the fewest number of Meetings during the year
— observing (as nearly as possible) the proportion of three by
seniority to two by least attendance.
(5) The Council shall submit to the General Committee in their
Annual Report the names of the Members of the General
Committee whom they recommend for election as Members of
Council.
(6) The Election shall take place at the same time as that of the
Officers of the Association.
Papers and Communications.
The Author of any paper or communication shall be at liberty to
reserve his right of property therein.
Accounts.
The Accounts of the Association shall be audited annually, by Auditors
appointed by the General Committee.
XXXVlll
REPORT — 1903.
I
to
o
00
CO
a
si g
- Cq
«
^
•J Si
to
Si
« or,
to
<»
-<
■<s>
&>
c
09
(/)
6
111 r •
ui ,S
as
^£
w
H
z
9
Ui
q:
0.
I
u
o
>
a
o
e
■a
m
6
cc
P5
P^ .
(/) !-;«>
Q ^^
m «j S
a ►^ «
0. ^§ o
trco
E °
hJ
pa
"I
pa
<u
° 2
o >
6 o
.a CO
pa oj
mO
«S
^ *■*
cc r
.p«
00 o
& &
2^
1^
Sp3
03
03
P3
Pm
• CO
!5 IB
p «
W p
>
P4
p:
<u
ja
E-i
pi^
1^
.■a
•3 to
RH o
^ CD
5 o
\J UJ
W cj
Hens
,F.E
RCO
m O
II
i ^
o a
2>
PlCC>
n
W «
pvtC
CJ -
O S
02 H
OS
P3
P3
o
ja
E-i
-epH
: K
■ a
Ph
^
1 2
m
•i
P5
^ r
O -
t>«
1-5 -H
SI
k) 3
>
PHt>
Spn
C3 [>
' o] eS 'I'
H'coK
03
* CO
P=<'§S
oij a
O ° a
•^ ■*^ 02
►J o
as-?
-?^p;
.73
03°«'
^P^H
pi) a -' d"
o 9 ™
mSW<S
&§^|
<S 0! o o
Ill'
MPi S
PAST PRESIDEISTS, VJCE-PRESIDtNTS. AND LOCAL SECRETAEIES. XXxix
o-iJ
c a) o
« :
m3
pa
pa
aj
«■
P^'
aJ
^'
P3
§
c
P4
s
■B
u
^3
3
a
e8
a
cd
.2
in
*C
c
W
"2
K
Pv
o
-*
00
H
»--
iz
bT
<!
rH
n
^
1
5
i
-<!
4J
CI.
pa
CJ
«
02
«
tT
fe
o
o
C3
CO
CO
3
P
o
O"
rt
-<
3
O
J
H
«ico
pa
•^ -
.pa
c'ja « ■
<S ° <D t->
^ o o .2
i>>-t;pa
owe
-si<!
s3«
Ph'
^ -
^•^
P3 -
OS
re 3
pa 2
|S
>
pa
.a
CO pi
-jj -p;
•at?
r T Ed °
fepH §
?- 1-5
^ .
P^fe
Wo"
>£?
(So
-gW
w
cc .
•« H
r'^_^p;
d4i
I'Sa
C -PP
t-5p5ai
CO
P^S
O'^
HS
PS 3
pa 1-2
wg
CO S
P5
O
iJ
o
.a
H
>;d
^ >3 opa
CJ . ;-- ■
o ^:;i S
><i
^ o °
.2 •3 3
►J I o
«4-l M ^
° -03
i« -
2"^ ^
Hccti
COt--
P3'^
Ph 2
O ,
o'-
P3
<!
EH
to
OJP-
g'o'i-'
to H c: s=
S 2:^ a
:co :
;«■ :
i'^ :
•w" :
•H, •
. ^ •
6 ^ '
.c'a .
«■> :
n.^ .
^ Q •
o'^ .
c :
S o gPl
■Sgs,-
■S g'S !»■
pa^api
o •
c3
CSCO
V l-H
Q "
C-5D
(n
RS3
.a
t4S
o a-
ps
o 1
<;m
w «
pn o
.>i
o
>
P4
o
^
H
O 03 , -
P..9 •"?
o<j :p5
"» -,: r/^ Ph
m
P3
Ph
^ •<*
C«QO
m-
J2
pq »
pa d)
M 9
,S
P^O
!zi
W
o
i-s
P4
■ :3 Ot-J
g.i. c "<u « O
^5So^.2
H iJ Ph x H P^
CO
P3
Ph]^
CO a!
j-tjrH
o t.
CO »
HH .CS
Ph Pi
a"i
^ So
pa S
1-1 w
MS
Oo
Maj
pa
R
o
PJ
&
CO
a
pi
pa
Ph
'•
a"
^PJ
U-4
■a
a
1^
rt
<u
rid
'3
P>5W
cfT
o t-
H
CO
3o
o
*«
fo*
g
O
(1>
P2
1
Wt3
r"
o
OJ
&:<
rH
P3
X
o
pa
o
ca
(M
0(1,
Ph
a
CS
xl
iiEroKT — 1903.
PAST PRESIDENTS, YICE-PHESIDENTS, AND LOCAL SECRETARIES. xli
a
o
O" to
u
. <v
CC * OJ
1-3 Ph?
fe.a
So
ap5
JSoJ
rt 03 -
""•as
.-hh
CO to
"
C3 ffl
HtaoQ
™ rt w
OJ g (U
S 2 °
i-jHPLi
e; o
■<^
W
P
03
<)W
M4
K
s:
i
g
a
'5
f^
+J
o
«
t
p=
-w jq
d
a o J
OC3^^
:a
* «
pq r
o a c3
3 on
2.2-0
C5-a !*■
o O =1-^
■5 aSii
p o . t;
•s-H.
.0 .
Sap
. o w
w
H r
H3H
u
•03
a
-.'H
■p^
c
a
4.g3"
•? >
V O V V
Pm
d
5>-i .^■
■a a o'^
HcCiJPh
o :
fi • .
O ;qo
o :»-
W -P
p-aj
«?•
-<.o •
"^ " ^
o t».5
W-o c
h o
g ta ™
x: 0) to
•<&a
t>OJ o
raj".
•M
':<
!^'
«i r
03 -
.-«
Pi a
p^.
P3
.03
a§P5
-s to Si .
■3.SWP
~ a >>Q
a> CO aj M
PrJOa
.^ ^ • S I
SfaS a<D
^ = ,,•■35
+j o a w>
S§.S>.-3|
1-1 ^^-£M
(U 0) CJ " q)
ja ja ja.a ja
E-IHH03H
b003 .
3csP-i
a r r
O r£i C
«••
1-3 fi;
P3
5
A<
.IS
t>
W
tti
►:!
e«
Q'A
« 3 n
■sis
Hii; a
o
03
6
w
«3
-a o"
r-. (^ to
^ « 4J
PjP^i^
03
M
1-3
.^■g
<i fi . ..
o o m M
j-i — " ^ —
73 tH (H C
— o3 O jS
PWlJ O
<D <B 0) ^
ja jax! ^j
HHHd3
•CO
:«'
:i-i
Pj f5 03 ai
pm of Pi rt
.-« ^ pel
,H«3 •- r-
O <! Q pJ
n^_S«p.i
"•s§.sd
si^^ -
»- kj • . ^
T3 C . . s
— t « t» b. g
^■o £ S §
Q jS W Wg
aH-Osi ■
a3 03E^H-«J
H
P5
O
O
o
gs
PhmT
PH.-C
P^ s
H S
■^^
03 g-
«3m
1^
O o
t— < p;
<!
>i
O
p:
5
03
Ho3'a5
&dc5
-I— ( t-H
m - r
•« ja .0
?a^
p;035
OWo
"2
S oJ
C t. .-
«303
hi
s^
S4
«n
j^N
(^
r-^
Hlii'
csqo
WfiR
>^
a
SI
fi
*~3 q_(
•r*
s-«
ce <u — —
a> o o
ja jaja
:o3
:<
:p5
\^
'.02
:p5
:.3a!^-
:isp=;!^,
•'5 -"S
-< . »« ". o
rt • ° P^ P
■ •a • fci
fe 03 g 03 O
03^«P«I
^ • • *^ rCu
'^.p.pp .
J a „- J to
• .^^ h] «
-£Hd^
ffi aW Sts
o o • J2 a
MJa >■ 3d
■SP5«0^
2 S S o'S
-^
a
CD
P^
>
^ tX)
SI
^^■^
S§
H a
op
^1
P
O
xlii
REPORT — 1903.
05
(S
p^
m
CO
o
iH
■*
P
s
p
•o
i-i
d
(U
d>o.
ta
tt!
5
cT
Ph
cj
M
<(
m
«
>-,
^
•«1
S
-ii
M
iJ
hJ
P t >■
W 9
I' rt o rt,
:(3
.SfiS
0) cj o aj c?
rp
o •
a
feS6
CO
b
rt
m
1,"
p^
o" w
c«fi
iJ
II
1-5
d
n
^1
ij p.
a) E;
PS
-J
W
D
M
3 0) aj
lis
o 3'-'
te ° •
•u c -
° -J
ajd^
« to
r * »^
« ii
-o (-.
■ CJ P« ^'-
^£ o c c J .■^ .
■ • . . ■ ■ « r'^
000000*^7^ "
WMaWWpsMj S
K (5 g S S rt S .3 ^"1
t-i H Eh H H B H P 'I
CO •
O)
P3
CO
pH
iJ •-- 5^
.-(3 S
Jan.
r-S -
CO « >2
SI
o
o
PAST PRESIDENTS, VICE-PRESIDENTS, AND LOCAL SECRETARIES, xliii
l-l
'S
cl^'
.S .^
^^>
ja-a CD
iJ-aJS
PWE-t
£8.2
■« • "m .9
sa
I
, o • p., «^ [» ,
•3„-SSoS2
»- «-. *^ '^ fl, '"^ .'^
W W H H i-j H 1-5 1-3
m
P3
!«' •
r 3
KM g
1-^
i
bo
O
rr
H
O
M
C
n
a^
OS
n
hJ
V
r
■s
«1^
3
S
<i
■s
.a -*^
Hjl-iCU
w
CO
d
M
.il a
n
C8 o ..a ^ -.
a c ^ .
in o'^i^
.a ,a ^ ^
E-iHcocc
»
V
60
'o
■a „
5^
^?
°^
g-S"
'^ a
Pi's
:R3
^^
o-a
- o
.a >
_ o ca
S3 MOM
ffc t> (h
p3 rg ^ " **-'
M
w"
o
o
o
t>
n
O
i4
w .
Eh CO
O
-^ -i
O
5
w
Q
Ci
<1> C P
r d *»
^23
■o-S c
"3 sr °
2 OT a
a o rt
•d
o
rS
p=; =
• § a
.3o
■ o o
:iJ i»
:=« s
« g to pj a
^"a'if^'^
O ^ 'J a
•gfL-J oa3<ii a
^ m .i «j r CT 2
.a ■= cc o
_.Me
^ i^ o -; o
. . i n. ^ -^
o OJ 'O ^ X3 ^^
J3 .t: ^ i ■§ ^
Hco H m 1-5 H
d
M
O
O
w
!zi
o
p
n iJ
in
O
1^
r « •
H 6ois
_r0.fc!
WSri
• w
a^ a)
in
:d
; o
, o
m
m
hi
ai
'■a
o
oia • •
P -c li, '7„ «,
:5^ ^^§ xr*?'
. -■ 5 J^ o 2
W"o^2B
.a -a _, 1^ fe o
".£P.a a iS
g P5 2 i t ^j
j3 .a .i c o kJ
P3
c5
d
o"^
02'-'
43
." «!
^g
S «
O M
3g
P5«
o
CQ
cc
H
o
«
a^
cJ- «5C0
w-a^
- he <u
ister.
rrisor
H.Hi
Hum
W. Ba
naldH
Henrv
Dr.A
>'a>> >■
U OJ OJ o
««««
p-lfl<
■ a3
:f^
rcc
•i-'Q •
rfJ .t; ja ..Sao
H cci E-i o; CO 1-5 1-5
a>
6
CO
(SO
pi
R 2
o
CO
CQ
O
P5
PM
xliv
REPORT — 1903.
;*
UI
K
o
UI
m
<
o
o
Sc
m
"Isl
'♦-' /-\
. o ^
fi '■
hJ he
fee
UJ M
a.
a&
^ O
"73 :
-1
3-5
P .-
•aw
OPS
"• 2
Wh
.a c
O d
W.S
CO
:cc
CO
«^ - .
0«P r
4) <4-i m O
mPnOfq
•? a b b
c o
„ a
OS t" Uj w
-5 >» ca 55
coPP-idi
a
(-
z
111
9
ca
UI
K
a.
o .
CfitC
15 J
SOS
">^
c3 <u a
OHM
°| :
te.!2 o
2w|
tJ'^
^
W
.~;to
o • I
=3 .
m -«
H KWcoP
ortcog*
siTP^-
'^-?:oa
m
PS
h5 .
r::
as
>. to
w -
n
p
n
J3 C .
.0 s
He;pLi
O'
CO
ojP
«q
Mi
■32
.PCM
'-til'*'-
;o
c d d W 3
o o o>« .
mmtn °-g
■*^ '*^ *^ !^ -a
bOtfbjcS'lJ
a) o cj ct Qj
e3
w
p
2;
<;
X
w
«<d
O r
ioi
§&,
(A
en
II-
CO
03
d
P
CO
>-i
_d
cop"
Ph to"
r * "U
- O
en .^
^CQ
■I"
PPM
fe S •«
WW . .
- .^ O' o
-e^^^op
^ a C3 . .
to bDJ3 > >;
"^ -r- O QJ flJ
rt K 2 « P3
J3 ^ .13 ^ jq
E-iHcqHH
CO
pj
W
d
i-j
P bo
^5
^H
H g
1-5 3
P5«
O
cu
CO
w
O
cn
n
a
u
e
ca
DO
s
o
g»w
PO a
P 1-3
•CO
:«"
:^'
ipj
• S
'.pq
•d
OS
P^P5_
O O g-i
WW °
CO . .
6 : :
rt : :
Pel : :
CO • •
pj : :
w : •
; i
P : :
Pco •
§^;
M"? :
°S =
S"^. :
5co :
l«co
!:^co
►S -«'
•^ m W
.b| r
_ P. w
sO
M.
S2a^S:3
oj a; « -^ .
HHE-iSP^
TO
6
f»
pj
W .
dS
^ M
^<
CO J
W
^S
<i«
w«
!z;
W
i-s
CO
dj
W
CO
PJ
Pi'
co'
p?
w
p
p
in
e
.Ed o*
•S„-H
Pl-Jl-J
- J^
• w
:to'
:«■
:w
:to
.pj
:w
:p
:d
pud
Sp'
P B:a
Mi. « B
a
"*- bo
(0 — ^ s*"
o _r ra *-<
OWte^
" ST o
•a:?'-b "-
H •
CO' :
p5 :
^ :
■coco
«d
■p'to
PP3
■dd^
Sp'"^.
Q-'-'tO
iJs r
Iw
t4 ^ o
O Ob-I
WW'"
0) a> <
p p H
& Ix OS
TO
pj
d
hi
d
03"
w
a
p
CO :t°
d :^"
tn • o
o : a
KW2
Eh to 3
P3PJ»
P4
P4
PAST PRESIDENTS, VICE-PRESIDENTS, ANt) LOCAL SECRETARIES. xlv
H
(o to e
SS3
o! cars
:tB : :
S :«: : :
S .fe : :
so r
g,g p o5 aJ
§ -c *< a CO
W« o P g
P5 « .5 .S -S
CO ■
pj :
fe' :
e :
hj :
►^ :
e : •
a' :»-
00
o .'^
to '-S
1^ :§
O • Go
W -5
e3 ."■
UBS
§
-4
«
.- OP
« fS
• « _r.i-
rt to I c5
to to '^ to
n> 4j _ CJ
o S^ o
t, oj O >-.
e-.>-: >-5PL(
tSaf''^
^^fo bo
"J =8 .
.' ■'5 d
U r" .-
■§<= •
°o -
I' .a
O (D '-
rt oj "
Gj S nj
o o OJ
" to -f
t; O <„
.SP2 «
HHtn
-•■«
V
w:^
^ o
02
id
•g.£PaS
SKgJ
SS 2
p ;
►i :
J ;
d •
fi :
■< :
i :|
w :^.
- -^
w • •-*
ocsS
HaJ B
ScQ
(J t
OQ
►4
n
•Scd3
W Hi
CO :
6 :
P5 :
^ :
ai '.
« ■.
f^ •
Hoi
d^' -
h :
CO •
IB •
« :
d '
ajcD
d
3^ S3'-'"?
to f; r^ o rci
1'^ o »g ;
P"-7-J5 .W
o W H —^ .
cj ^ 4) a* ii b£
^ -S j: " = a
to 5 g.sao
J) -ti ,:, ,-2 "^ -^
O .C ^ ^ ^ U
g .».» " S g
k^ jn .a ,^ u u
«Ht-i?P^P-i
W
CO
P3
co'
«
p
►J
p_
p"
s
^
»_; to fc«
pi
o3
d
P
J3
- to
':a
■S^ - t;
.ad
'■6
cQ : :e-i
: ■>-]
a" ■ riJ
CLii-:;
Cd tf iH
« c ■
■s sw
.Sps o
(U V o
o r
■a J
CO
^ d-«
-T to «
C [V] to
tS*^ Ir,
•>a2
gga
H H pi K i-i i-i
. S «
r o to
f^ la-
cs a
K 2 t")
S .--2
"ab
1>IS
pi-
m
c5
-i^.
to-W
u: '^
ts a
S-<i
■a "
>a
PSH
to
pi
CO
d
pjHoSo
o b a >" '
° a M a ^.
g.^ So 9
^.d3-
Pfe'co .
'^ af «■ ►^
Idi^P
•= o" S g
to ^ V U
3 " ■? 'S o
■^Iqlj
23h1 S«
« O O ^ "^
to OJ «J 45 O
C-a — — -a
to-a -p
° aw _-
2 t<-^ 2
P<a3«<PH
to
P5
P
i4
ij
/■
Hi
d
p'
S3
«
w
o
CQ
DQ
3
cm
s
<U L- w:
S "^ "
•■35
■<
«■
pl
fljcQ
0.03
H r
■eAP
ao
a :
da
d* :
cj_- :co
■La -.J
^t2
:c5
:&<■
_/ cj : fa
to -
^0 6,'
to 1^ .
"H a •- S "
o cj a„'3
J >.oP5
o«-<do„
■" >-5 ^ rap
c .-♦^ o-g 5
oE^£h §"
K I. t .» a;
d°
,Pj
P3^
5 a -^ o
HO &. Ph
d
p4
Otg.= |
a -*i c/2
S-5£iJ
oj O t- a
fl) to
li pa to ^
"J to / ^ to
23
PhP<
tn
d
to
«
P'
d
P4
CO
CO a
xlvi
REPORT — 1903.
w
u
K
111
K
U
ui
0)
_I
<
o
O
.2 §3
CO
-is
a o
a : g :
J ;^ :
•^ rK 'C •
•s&;-s :
«tB> :
ojpj cm
c D ^ r
tB . a &<
=^39 •
^.> r
a J "
u^ r o
• ^ .
^Cf S £ o
U)
t-
z
UI
9
0)
ui
q:
0.
Pi ts
* a
hJfH
q's ..
. M3 r3 a
So J3-^
^ a a.
,0j a o
pi
P4
0*3
l» ~
o Sw a-2
. • . . -a
c^j Ph cr: c/: H
Op4 :
0-4 :
^^\
^.^.f^ ■
^•"'q" :
^.^3 :
iiw3 :
I'SpTd
'^ 3 03 r- [
"^ a 5 1-
= Sl^^
O'^'-^ a
+-> . . < — I
b-a a<;
j-J 4J -*^
Q; ^ -a
PdHHH
; .Op
i- o ^^ i^
M-HSR
■? = a* S d a
ij : .
►J -tn
r :«
R "f^"
P^ajR
oR r
R ,cn
p'RR
■a .'1^
SR ■-
— tj" ^
i-r '■" c3
Sw =
03 § r
pa 5? o
n. -i c_i
o Q, :
fi^ ;
■< '^
►fee -2"^
'^'^ S a
R -;3^
. PS a g
f5 f^'S Is
O r.2 2
, PS J3
w
.a
3 :
pf :
d :
M \
K : .
gpSS
mP5 w
-^ rg
PSfii
CQ
ft
V a» CD
■-3 a> •»
iS ■ ^
la
'31-'
R
d^
CO
_ . .«
SR ^»
a - a o
r5 -M r^ "^
■s ■£,5 ^ a ■§ -^ ^
■n ^££'2 •-^'^
2 o o c o - o .-3
:3hqHqj.a =g^
• • • • . 1* "* .
o o o o £ -r? O ^
•03
:p5
SSgSg g S g
OfUOJOOOo'S
^ja J — J3ia S K
en '5
«R
P3e3
r9
'^3
qa
Si
d9
o t> ■3 -
PAST PRESIDENTS, VICE-PRESIDENTS, AND LOCAL SECRETARIES, xlvii
cc
to
a
3
O
&•§. •^- •
s a g J §
« tfi S Mi tn
•^ rt o O
.^ u »-<
tHOpn Ph
p^tc —
bwa
-=i£
r u
^ >L, r^ >-^ CO I-'
. '*^ ■*^ '^ '^ J^**-! O
E-iEHEntHEHHEHcc
J
a •" 3
HW o
III
<< tu S
to te Ph
i ■- "
H oj q;
o >; a
CO
A
fb
1-3
d
O
o
o
to
o
«
.03
3
<i
: cf
• a
■ in
: to
d
3CO'\
= i-5M
. o
Mo
S'Sd
- - n a '^.
M5SSg».
biir.
-^ 't ■". ■3; V. d
-: c (> J? fe -
^ ^ -^a *3 ^ <t^ „^
fi -7-. T-- Tl r-_ • ^ ^ ?^
. .0
: ^.f|^
: :a5
: :>-)
: :&<'
■ 'CC'
: ;M
•cc' o
^co
« '/3 4
^^ o «
-^ 3 S
o - J3
•So"
rP
M .-
dP<
tu"^'
li
O ^'J ^ ^"^ ^^
;s S fS S S q/
cj flJ o o) a)
^ j: J ^ ^ .>:
EhHHHE^cc
~ > o
V O to
S S o
HHPh
'-=■'^.1=;
"^ r _
o r^
nS a <1^
Otog:
GQ
d
as
o o
to cc
in GO
(liP^
!^S
"a
: : :
03
* 'u
: :Q
. 3
•0
CO :o
H :
d .
-
. 0!
fi • 3
Oj :(=i
r^ '.
3
03 •
3
'r!)
id ;^i
•
:o--S;PiQSfc^tB ■
5-
a
0,
c3 :
« - -Pi «
s o
p;j=
oW
,^ — f/j tu - <i y -
o«S'5S2o-e
rffl
2 = oSg§o>5'2.2^
-• 'P '^ -
ei'BJo'bi'bo 5;' b» o 9 ;
•^ rr"^ "n^
i^ ^ d -' •'
.- o'>> 5 m
5p-S«'i|S
g 2 2 o v<t-m
O c =■ ,; a a i
O C O 4) o o ^
0-1
;Hj ^ P5 P^ P5 f^ ^
tC OJ 0) O OJ OJ ^
CnHHHHHcQ
xlviii
HEPORT— 1903.
w
u
IK
<
f
ul
DC
U
<
u
o
S"*^
s
C3
60
O
S
5
V-t
O
:p3
- ^
(A
I-
Z
6
PQ
d .
tt-i
p
% '->
m o
0&;
■gHQ
>-< O rr- rt t- fe . .
'S tn S Oi '^ *i ■ *i
•S S, ??1 5^ =^ S fa
■ tJ
^-■^
n . a fi c ^ "I ~
'S'l '5)'S) MJh' O ^
3|a^3|g
Z
U
9
m
111
K
a.
Hi
d
;o'
a
: :ia
.CO
'.'J
Sea
am
Pi .
r"-. pj « ri
■p3 "
-*^ t-5 ^ 5 "^
o'^ a,W SS 5^-PQ
to 5 to a .t! .t: i . •
m1 'Sb'S) a s a § g
_«, g Qo ™ p. s S L ..
P32«P3oS5i^8
2 2 2 2-S'p'p'o'o
CO ;
o
(^5
fi-S
Coot
-1 V a 2
BSMw
Occ £
B MM O
U JJ o
oT r r
J- tft «
OSS'
Son
5dR
w
« in
Q Q c i^ ±i
■^ X7ifi5
J! o'-' -.a
^ O.T3 - -
Sii^
:0 o
PS -St; ,
T5
P35«,S
,S o o o
ccp;
. o o
* o 1^
■ Si s
:£g
; <SP<
Kco
■fe .
&:M Sq
.M
ij o-g
IR
o q ■ -
• . • • -"< X- a rt
C >■ c
M«toW^°='H
;-j3
■cc
'=(l^
(U
o
.a
Eh
bo M M tc ^ c?^ 2
5gS5pi2te^
J= .a — — — -Q .b .i;
E-iHHHBEHtctc
P o >.
mEh P
C3^
Pi's
^^
mi"
ws
CO eg
O »(»"
€»■«- p
P55<J
y S c
■^ a C3
mA
!^P
PASr I'HESIUENTS, VlCE-PRESlDENtS, AND LOCAL SECRETARIES, xli:^
h-l
<
• to c*
d ^ CO
U S HI
6mf4
m
: :a
. . d
.2 SB +3
togs, *6;p^
•Si
05 :
T-t •»
So
H5
p^ .
«^
..a
Q <U
._. u. .„ iJJ"! ■« M "Ij
«2 >.|>3 i-^a
^■|«35tS^
t3 ,
W
a
Bd 9'-' o ° O f|
°M-gWWW«2
c^ >:^ j3^ t . t^
i«.
■ rS "
O
ja ja jO . .S ^
Eh E-i E-i 1-5 03 PM
t
I
■^
►4 :
d •
« :
m :
o :
w :
to
03
>3 :
OD
o •
i-(
H
r-T
»4 •
»-«
<Ja3
"d
3
cofe
-2
■0) r
£•
)-]<»
C56
§«;
Bf^
^
r
(0
«2
Oh
^S
Sp^
.'
Sd
A.*^
-«^
O
Ph
^.
i(
n
0!
c
•E
W
W
Sp§
«!
^
2.3
pa
d^
Si
Sw
1^
o 3
£•0
« "5
O C
>^ OJ
ag
•^ O
GJW
^1
Rtt!
o o
ta CSO.Q
• o.
• >■
d
O!
„-3>J«
cc
wwowas ->..
..:.... ^ 'r -3 s s ^<
(J
d
n
B
cc
H cu o
H'G »"
cc o «
t-l CO w
'^— ii
P<P5
Si
^^ ■
a
3
s>.2 g § t.
; ♦^ « oj t^ t-
a H a a ci -
5 o o o o o
rn O C; O) <U
rr J3 J3 J J3
WHEhHH
■ ^-g
I OS <« g
S Shi
ccPh
CQ
d
p
m
2^H
is
ea
M
SB
Ph &
St
-ipq
-^ :
cc •
t/3 Q .- ;
"it T '
rt 'C 1-1 p
o ; r
p .Cft
- Si .fcl -
S:5cB
S t- o 5
2 ^ ° s
tn«a g
"t^ "S ■♦^ w
a> a; «
— -a^.b
EhE-iHco
M W -g 03 f^^
t-iO y XM
■^ S'Sq -
~ b '3 [^ S?
.= — x
Sf in CT O
_, d O Qj^
•sal's s
oj aj 4j ^ "S
fl.a^'S S
HEnHnP-i
dS
r a*
03-2
w 1
oS
O oc
B|
?^
I— <
U3
903 J
REPORT— 1903.
?
Ill
u
Ul
at
-I
<
o
o
n
h oa
if
OS
z Sw
111 S ^
9 -S &
0) S S
UJ o-g
Q. O C3
UJ o-"
o - °
u >-«
: 3 :<!
:6 :f4
i :o
cci-1
f-1 ^^
= to
o-
eS o
"1 s
WH
50
a E
a s
o fe .
P a =
oOffi
QJ (U 0)
O '
l> aW
aj s .
tH O O
t> . s
<i>7 o
-a.t! C
Eh CO Pi
M
.W
S
wg
pq
gM
g
1"
Z4 It
SB'S
CCHdCt^
H
w
02
m
a
P3
f»
^
02
M
.o
PQ' -
p"
a'i
Hi
eS t>
•s
(3^
g
g
•§1
p
ii
.a
s"§
tc
P^Ph
•
- . >
:pqfeS
tt rP
O
ScSJ
.P
[A cfl a
ea o o r^
So
gp
be .-
a(a
♦- +J ■— Q <U
^^ J3(J >••? „ g
a) « 0) a & "^"^
E-iHE-tcOf* coS
. - . .a?
■p'dP
PS.WP'O
P a .=r
— oS o a
'S :^ a J' o
a A o
._. .« C3 O M
CCOQfT-sfLi
m
Pi
a>
t-
z
Ul
Q
m
Ul
IE
Ol
w :
d :
w :
« : =
w ■ <=
H --J
o
•eo
^
.'"'
»1
• ;2
^
; s
^
s
ft
/is-
o -
Ph
»4
fo :
a : _
03 • o
§ :«"
p -.a
5 :^
i-i :cQ
^ .o
'^Poa
«^
§ r
CQ>J
Sq
§P
g
Ul
P .
rS
4|
«l
. «;
• o
o
00
01
o
fAST PRESIDENTS, VICE-PRESIDENTS, AND LOCAL SECRETARIES. li
^
fd
3
. OS
C'r'
ai
WO
K
" N
\^
oS
tc
3 cu
i
60.2
■■
b< S
o
■^ u
m
3
s-«
^
-a o
^
O ;h
^
ocu
1]
l«
CO .*3
'^ to
2S
O u
g
-S
3
• s
3
• OJ
•|-(
s
w
:a
•w
C5
W
:!S
n
:w
o
<y
<1
: a
" ^ o
S 2 C « a
P3
r'
d
— tis /S '^
•« <" .9 •tS'^ ^ ut^
. ^ _ 03 _* r« -r;
tSJ" ?^ ^'■
^ pd 2 -*j oCrtH ii^
-□ Jd ^ ?S '^ "uj « "
•ti-riti,a iS S o o
— ^ O L, «J WJ
^ W) bjj Mb 5 £ s K
^ Pi « rt £ J fn S S
R .
iJo
i-iS
->1a
3„^
„-o
Kcl
<J i«
> o,
Wtc
Wh
^«
a
o
02
m
H
Hh
O
p;
P^
:ai.2
'As.
•R o)
. * o
:Mi
• - CJ
• 00 C3
.0)3
. ^^
d§P.
^.^:^
r a '■'
fio g
««-< 14-1 CU
oi CS Cj
9 a; oj
+3 -*J .»a
:t>
: :b
d
R
d
a oiJ
coi-IR
o o;
:o3
•3.9
:o
:r'
s r :^
,0 a-'-»
^^ 5-1 - = I
e« rt J S '
M M "^ ^nC
° ° 5 ■ •- • -LkJ "J
.*3.*343 S-k^-*^ fc*,9^5 <"r7) Cjl-P^ u>.
• -r ' ?5, H 5
x = g
o» s
O a
!5 '
Ill
REPom — 1903.
TRUSTEES AND GENERAL OFFICERS, 1831-]903.
TRUSTEES.
1832-70 (Sir) R. I. MUSCHISON (Bart.),
F.R.S.
1832-62 John Tayloe, Esq., F.R.S.
1832-39 C. Babbage, Esq., F.R.S.
1839-44 F. Baily, Esq., F.R.S.
1844-58 Rev. G. Peacock, F.R.S.
1858-82 General E. Sabine, F.R S.
1862-81 Sir P. Egerton, Bart., F.R.S.
1872 Sir J. Lubbock, Bart, (now Lord
AVEBUKY), F.R.S.
1881-83 W. Spottiswoode, Esq., Pres.
R.S.
1883 Lord Rayleigh, F.R.S.
1883-98 Sir Lyon (afterwards Lord)
Playfaie, F.R.S.
1898 Prof. (Sir) A. W. RiJCKEK, F.R.S.
GENERAL TREASURERS.
■1 831 Jonathan Gbay, Esq.
1832-G2 John Taylok, Esq., F.R.S.
1862-74 W. Spottiswoode, Esq., F.R.S.
1874-91 Prof. A. W. Williamson, F.R.S.
1891-98 Prof. A. W. RiJCKER, F.R.S.
1898 Prof. G. C. Foster, F.R.S.
GENERAL SECRETARIES.
1832
1835
-36
183C-37
Rev. W.
F.R.S.
Rev. W.
F.R.S.,
F.R.S.
Rev. W.
Vernon Haecourt,
Veenon Harcourt,
and F. Baily, Esq.,
1837-39
1839-45
1845-
1850-
1852-
1853-
1859-
1861-
1862-
1863-65
1865-
1866-
Vernon Haecourt,
F.R.S., and R. I. Murchison,
E.sq., F.R.S.
R. L Murchison, Esq., F.R.S.,
and Rev. G. Peacock, F.R.S.
Sir R. I. MuECHisoN, F.R.S.,
and Major E. Sabine, F.R.S.
50 Lieut.-Colonel E.Sabine, F.R.S.
52 General E. Sabine, F.R.S., and
J. F. ROYLE, Esq., F.R.S.
53 J. F. Royle, Esq., F.R.S. •
59 General E. Sabine, F.R.S.
01 Prof. R. Walker, F.R.S.
62 W. Hopkins, Esq., F.R.S.
63 W. Hopkins, Esq., F.R.S., and
Prof. J. Phillips, F.R.S.
W. Hopkins, Esq., F.R.S., and
F. Galton, Esq., F.R.S,
F. Galton, Esq., F.R.S.
F. Galton, Ei5q., F.R.S., and
Dr. T. A. Hirst, F.R.S.
1868-71 Dr. T. A. Hibst, F.R.S., and Dr.
T. Thomson, F.R.S.
1871-72 Dr.T.THOMSON,F.R.S.,andCapt.
Douglas Galton, F.R.S.
1872-76 Capt. D. Galton, F.R.S.. and
Dr. Michael Foster, F.R.S.
1876-81 Capt. D. Galton, F.R.S., and
Dr. P. L. SCLATER, F.R.S.
1881-82 Capt. D. Galton, F.R.S., and
Prof. F. M. BALFOUR, F.R.S.
1882-83 Capt. Douglas Galton, F.R.S.
1883-95 Sir Douglas Galton, F.R.S.,
and A. G.Vernon Harcol'RT,
Esq., F.R.S.
1895-97 A. G. Vernon Haecoubt, Esq.,
F.R.S., and Prof. E. A.
SCHAFEE, F.R.S.
1897- Prof. SCHAFER, F.R.S., and Sir
1900 W.C.ROBERTS-AUSTEN,F.R.S.
1900-02 Sir W. C. Robeets-Austen,
F.R.S., and Dr. D. H. Scott,
F.R.S.
1902-03 Dr. D. H. Scott, F.R.S., and
MajorP. A. MacMahon, F.R S.
1903 Major P. A. MacMahon, F.R.S.,
and Prof. W. A. Herdman,
F.R.S.
ASSISTANT GENERAL SECRETARIES.
1831 John Phillips, Esq., Secretary.
1832 Prof. J. D. Forbes, Acting
ScCT'CijQ.T'lJ
1832-62 Prof. John Phillips, F.R.S.
1862-78 G. Griffith, Esq., M.A.
1878-80 J. E. H. Gordon, Esq., B.A.,
Assittant Secretary.
1881 G. Griffith, Esq., M.A., A.ctmg
Sccretari/,
1881-85 Prof. T. G. BoNNEY, F.R.S.,
Secretary/.
1885-90 A. T. Atchison, Esq., M.A,,
Secretary.
1890 G. Griffith, Esq., M.A., Acting
Secretary.
1890-1902 G. Griffith, Esq,. M.A.
1902 J. G, Gaeson, Esq., M.D.
PRESIDENTS AND SECRETARIES OF THE SECTIONS.
liii
Presidents and Secretaries of the Sections of the Association.
Date and Place
Presidents
Secretaries
MATHEMATICAL AND PHYSICAL SCIENCES.
COMMITTEE OF SCIENCES, I. — MATHEMATICS AND GENERAL PHYSICS.
1832. Oxford
1833. Cambridge
1834. Edinburgh
Davies Gilbert, D.C.L., F.E.S.
Sir D. Brewster, F.R.S
Kev. W. ■\\Tiewell, F.R.S.
Eev. H. Coddington.
Prof. Forbes.
Prof. Forbes, Prof. Lloyd.
SECTION A. — MATHEMATICS AND PHYSICS.
1835. Dublin
1836. Bristol
1837. Liverpool...
1838. Newcastle
1839. Birmingham
1840. Glasgow ...
1841. Plymouth
1842. Manchester
1843. Cork
1844. York
1845. Cambridge
1846. Southamp-
ton.
1847. Oxford
1848. Swansea ...
1849. Birmingham
1850. Edinburgh
1851. Ipswich ...
1852. Belfast
1853. Hull
1854. Liverpool...
1855. Glasgow ...
1856. Cheltenham
1857. Dublin
Rev. Dr. Robinson
Rev. William Whewell, F.R.S.
Sir D. Brewster, F.R.S
Sir J. F. "W. Herschel, Bart.,
F.R.S.
Rev. Prof . Whewell, F.R.S....
Prof. Forbes, F.R.S
Rev. Prof. Lloyd, F.R.S
Very Rev. G. Peacock, D.D.,
Prof. M'bulloch, M.R.I.A. ...
The Earl of Rosse, F.R.S. ...
The Very Rev. the Dean of
Ely.
Sir John F. W. Herschel,
Bart., F.R.S.
Rev. Prof. Powell, M.A.,
-p T> O
Lord Wrotte-sley, F.R.S. .
William Hopkins, F.R.S..
Prof. J. D. Forbes, F.R.S.,
Sec. R.S.E.
Rev. W. Whewell, D.D.,
F.R.S.
Prof. W. Thomson, M.A.,
F.R.S., F.R.S.E.
The Very Rev. the Dean of
Ely, F.R.S.
Prof. G. G. Stokes, M.A., Sec.
R.S.
Rev. Prof. Kelland, M.A.,
F.R.S., F.R.S.E.
Rev. R. Walker, M.A., F.R.S.
Rev. T. R. Robinson, D.D.,
F.R.S., M.R.I.A.
Prof. Sir W. R. Hamilton, Prof.
Wheatstone.
Prof. Forbes, W. S. Harris, F. W.
Jerrard.
W. S. Harris, Rev. Prof. Powell,
Prof. Stevelly.
Rev. Prof. Chevallier, Major Sabine,
Prof. Stevelly.
J. D. Chance, W. Snow Harris, Prof.
Stevelly.
Rev. Dr. Forbes, Prof. Stevelly,
Arch. Smith.
Prof. Stevelly.
Prof. M'Culloch, Prof. Stevelly, Rev.
W. Scoresby.
J. Nott, Prof.' Stevelly.
Rev. Wm. Hey, Prof. Stevelly.
Rev. H. Goodwin, Prof. Stevelly,
G. G. Stokes.
John Drew, Dr. Stevelly, G. G.
Stokes.
Rev. H. Price, Prof. Stevelly, G. G.
Stokes.
Dr. Stevelly, G. G. Stokes.
Prof. Stevelly, G. G. Stokes, W.
Ridout Wills.
W. J .Macquorn Rankine.Prof . Smyth ,
Prof. Stevelly, Prof. G. G. Stokes.
S. Jackson, W. J. Macquorn Rankine,
Prof. Stevelly, Prof. G. G. Stokes.
Prof. Dixon, W. J. Macquorn Ran-
kine, Prof. Stevelly, J. Tyndall.
B. Blaydes Haworth, J. D. Sollitt,
Prof. Stevelly, J. Welsh.
J. Hartnup, H. G. Puckle, Prof.
Stevelly, J. Tyndall, J. Welsh.
' Rev. Dr. Forbes, Prof. D. Gray, Prof.
Tyndall.
C. Brooke, Rev. T. A. Southwood,
Prof. Stevelly, Rev. J. C. Turnbull.
Prof. Curtis, Prof. Hennessy, P. A.
Ninnis, W. J. Macquorn Rankine,
I Prof. Stevelly.
liv
REPORT — 1903.
Date and Place
1858. Leeds
Presidents
Rev. W. Whewell,
V.P.E.S.
Secretaries
1859. Aberdeen...
1860. Oxford
1861. Manchester
1862. Cambridge
1863. Newcastle
1864. Bath
1865. Birmingham
1866. Nottingham
1867. Dundee ...
1868. Norwich ...
1869. Exeter
1870. Liverpool...
D.D., Eev. S. Earnshaw, J. P. Hennessy,
Prof. Stevelly, H. J. S. Smith, Prof.
Tyndall.
TheEarlof Rosse, M.A.,K.P., J. P. Hennessy, Prof. Maxwell, H.
F.R.S.
Rev. B. Price, M.A.
J. S. Smith, Prof. Stevelly.
F.R.S... .Rev. G. C. Bell, Rev. T. Rennison,
Prof. Stevelly.
,G. B. Airy, M.A., D.C.L., iProf. R. B. Clifton, Prof. H. J. S.
F.E.S. Smith, Prof. Stevelly.
Prof. G. G. Stokes, M.A.,iProf. R. B. Clifton, Prof. H. J. S.
I F.R.S. ; Smith, Prof. Stevelly.
! Prof. W.J. MacquornRankine, Rev.N.Ferrers,Prof.Fuller,F.Jenkin,
C.E., F.R.S
Prof. Cayley,
F.R.A.S.
W. Spottiswoode,M.A.,F.R.S.,
F.R.A.S.
Prof. Wheatstone,
F.R.S.
Prof. Stevelly, Rev. C. T. Whitley.
M.A., F.R.S., : Prof . Fuller, F. Jenkin, Rev. G.
Buckle, Prof. Stevelly.
Rev. T. N. Hutchinson, F. Jenkin, G.
S. Mathews, Prof. H. J. S. Smith,
J. M. Wilson.
D.C.L.,FleemingJenkin,Prof.H. J. S.Smith,
Rev. S. N. Swann.
Prof. Sir W.Thomson, D.C.L.,1 Rev. G. Buckle, Prof. G. C.Foster,
Tyndall, LL.D.
! F.R.S.
Prof. J,
F.R.S.
Prof. J. J. Sylvester,
I F.R.S.
J. Clerk Maxwell,
I LL.D., F.R.S.
1872. Brighton...
1873. Bradford..,
1874. Belfast ,
1875. Bristol
1876. Glasgow ..
1877. Plymouth..
1878. Dublin.. ..
1879. Sheffield ..
1880. Swansea ..
1881. York
Prof. Fuller, Prof. Swan.
Prof. G. C. Foster, Rev. R. Harley,
R. B. Hayward.
LL.D., Prof. G. C. Foster, R. B. Hayward,
W. K. CliflEord.
M.A., Prof. W. G. Adams, W. K. Clifford,
Prof. G. C. Foster, Rev. W. Allen
Whitworth.
Prof. W. G. Adams, J. T. Bottomley,
Prof. W. K. Clifford, Prof. J. D.
Everett, Rev. R. Harley.
Prof. W. K. Cliiford, J. W. L. Glaisher,
Prof.A.S.Herschel,G.F.Rodwell.
Prof. H. J. S. Smith, F.R.S. .{Prof. W. K. Clifford, Prof. Forbes, J.
! W.L. Glaisher, Prof. A. S.Herschel.
I Rev. Prof. J. H. Jellett, M.A., ! J.W.L.Glaisher,Prof .Herschel, Ran-
i M.R.I.A. 1 dal Nixon, J. Perry, G.F.Rodwell.
Prof. Balfour Stewart, M.A., Prof. W.F.Barrett, J. W.L. Glaisher,
1871. Edinburgh Prof. P. G. Tait, F.R.S.E.
W. De La Rue, D.C.L., F.R.S.
LL.D., F.R.S.
Prof. Sir W. Thomson, M.A.
D.C.L., F.R.S.
C. T. Hudson, G. F. Rodwell.
Prof. W. F. Barrett, J. T. Bottomley.
Prof. G. Forbes, J. W. L. Glaisher,
T. Muir.
Prof, G. C. Foster, B.A., F.R.S., j Prof. W. F. Barrett, J. T. Bottomley,
Pres. Physical Soc. J. W. L. Glaisher, F. G. Landon.
Rev. Prof. Salmon, D.D., ' Prof. J. Casey, G. F. Fitzgerald, J,
D.C.L., F.R.S. I W. L. Glaisher, Dr. O. J. Lodge.
George Johnstone Stoney, A. H. Allen, J. W. L. Glaisher, Dr.
M.A., F.R.S. I 0. J. Lodge, D. MacAlister.
Prof.W. Grylls Adams, M.A.,iw. E. Ayrton, J. W. L. Glaisher,
F.R.S. j Dr. 0. J. Lodge, D. MacAlister.
Prof. Sir W. Thomson, M.A.,; Prof. W. E. Ayrton, Dr. O.J. Lodge
1882. Southamp-
ton.
1883. Southport
1884. Montreal .,
LL.D., D.C.L., F.R.S.
Rt. Hon. Prof. Lord Rayleigh,
M.A., F.R.S.
Prof.O.Henrici, Ph.D., F.R.S.
D. MacAlister, Rev. W. Routh.
W. M. Hicks, Dr. O. J. Lodge, D.
MacAlister, Rev. G. Richardson.
W. M. Hicks, Prof. O. J. Lodge,
D. MacAlister, Prof. R. C. Rowe.
Prof. Sir W. Thomson, M.A..Ic. Carpmael, W. M. Hicks, A. John-
LIj.D., D.C.L., F.R.S. i son, O. J. Lodge, D. MacAlister.
PRESIDENTS AND SECRETARIES OF THE SECTIONS.
Iv
Date and Place
1885.
1886.
1887.
1888.
1889.
1890.
1891.
1892.
1893.
1894.
1895.
1896,
1897.
1898.
1899.
1900.
1901.
1902,
1903.
Aberdeen. . .
Birmingham
Manchester
Bath
Presidents
Newcastle
upon-Tyne
Leeds
Cardiflf
Edinburgh
Nottingham
Oxford
Ipswich ...
Liverpool...
Toronto ...
Bristol
Dover
Bradford . . .
Glasgow ...
Belfast
Southport
Prof. G. Chrystal, M.A.,
F.R.S.E.
Prof. G. H. Darwin, M.A.,
LL.D., F.R.S.
Prof. Sir R. S. Ball, M.A.,
LL.D., F.E.S.
Prof. G. F. Fitzgerald, M.A.,
F.R.S.
Capt. W. de W. Abney, C.B.,
R.E., F.R.S.
J. W. L. Glaisher, Sc.D.,
F.R.S., V.P.R.A.S.
Prof. 0. J. Lodge, D.Sc,
LL.D., F.R.S.
Prof. A. Schuster, Ph.D.,
F.R.S., F.R.A.S.
R. T. Glazebrook, M.A., F.R.S.
Prof.A.W.Rucker, M.A.,F.R.S.
Prof. W. HI. Hicks, M.A.,
F.R.S.
Prof. J. J. Thomson, M.A.,
D.Sc, F.R.S.
Prof. A. R. Forsyth, M.A.,
F E, S
Prof. W. E. Ayrton, F.R.S. ...
Prof. J. H. Poynting, F.R.S.
Dr. J. Larmor, F.R.S.— ZJe^^.
of Astronomy, Dr. A. A.
Common, F.R.S.
Major P. A. MacMahon, F.R.S.
— Bep. of Astronomy, Prof.
H. H. Turner, F.R.S.
Prof. J. Purser,LL.D.,M.R.I.A.
— Dep. of Astronomy, Prof.
A. Schuster, F.R.S.
C. Vernon Boys, F.R.S.— 2>e^.
of Astrotiomy and Meteor-
ology, Dr. W. N. Shaw,
F.R.S.
Secretaries
R. E. Baynes, R. T. Glazebrook, Prof.
W. M. Hicks, Prof. W. Ingram.
R. E. Baynes, R. T. Glazebrook, Prof .
J. H. Poynting, W. N. Shaw.
R. E. Baynes, R. T. Glazebrook, Prof.
H. Lamb, W. N. Shaw.
R. E. Baynes, R. T. Glazebrook, A.
Lodge, W. N. Shaw.
R. E. Baynes, R. T. Glazebrook, A.
Lodge, W. N. Shaw, H. Stroud.
R. T. Glazebrook, Prof. A. Lodge,
W. N. Shaw, Prof. W. Stroud.
R. E. Baynes, J. Larmor, Prof. A.
Lodge, Prof. A. L. Selby.
II. E. Baynes, J. Larmor, Prof. A.
Lodge, Dr. W. Peddie.
W. T. A. Emtage, J. Larmor, Prof.
A. Lodge, Dr. W. Peddie.
Prof. W. H. Heaton, Prof. A. Lodge,
J. Walker.
Prof. W. H. Heaton, Prof. A. Lodge,
G. T. Walker, W. Watson.
Prof. W. H. Heaton, J. L. Howard,
Prof. A. Lodge, G. T. Walker, W.
Watson.
Prof. W. H. Heaton, J. C. Glashan, J.
L. Howard, Prof. J. C. McLennan.
A. P. Cha:ttock, J. L. Howard, C. H.
Lees, W. Watson, E. T. Whittaker.
J. L. Howard, C. H. Lees, W. Wat-
son, E. T. Whittaker.
P. H. Cowell, A. Fowler, C. H. Lees,
C. J. L. Wagstaffe, W. Watson,
E. T. Whittaker.
H. S. Carslaw, C.H. Lees, W. Stewart,
Prof. L. R. Wilberforce.
H. S. Carslaw, A. R. Hinks, A.
Larmor, C. H. Lees, Prof. W. B.
Morton, A. W. Porter.
D. E. Benson, A. R. Hinks, R. W.
H. T. Hudson, Dr. C. H. Lees, J.
Loton, A. W. Porter.
CHEMICAL SCIENCE.
COMMITTEE OF SCIENCES, II. — CHEMISTRY, MINEKALOGT.
18.S2. Oxford
1833. Cambridge
1834. Edinburgh
John Dalton, D.C.L., F.R.S.
John Dalton, D.C.L., F.R.S.
Dr. Hope
James F. W. Johnston.
Prof. Miller.
Mr. Johnston, Dr. Christison.
1835. Dublin.
1836. Bristol.
SECTION B. — CHEMISTRY AND MINERALOGY.
Dr. T. Thomson, F.R.S. ..
Rev. Prof. Gumming
1837. Liverpool..
Michael Faraday, F.R.S..
Dr. Apjohn, Prof. Johnston.
Dr. Apjohn, Dr. C. Henry, W. Hera-
path.
Prof. Johnston, Prof. MiJler, Dr,
Reynolds.
Ivi
BEPORT — 1903.
Date and Place
1838 Newcastle
1839. Birmingham
1840. Glasgow ...
1841. Plymouth...
1842. Manchester
1843. Cork
1844. York
1845. Cambridge
1846. Southamp-
ton.
1847. Oxford
1848. Swansea ...
1849. Birmingham
1850. Edinburgh
1851. Ipswich ...
1852. Belfast
1853. Hull
1854. Liverpool
1855. Glasgow ...
1856. Cheltenham
1857. Dublin
1858. Leeds
1859. Aberdeen...
1860. Oxford
1861. Manchester
1862. Cambridge
1863. Newcastle
1864. Bath
1865. Birmingham
1866. Nottingham
1867. Dundee ...
1868. Norwich ...
1869. Exeter
1870. Liverpool...
1871. Edinburgh
1872. Brighton...
Presidents
Rev. "William Whe well,F.R. S.
Prof. T. Graham, F.R.S
Dr. Thomas Thomson, F.R.S.
Dr. Daubeny, F.R.S
John Dalton, D.C.L., F.R.S.
Prof. Apjohn, M.R.LA
Prof. T. Graham, F.R.S
Secretaries
R3V. Prof. Cumming
Michael Faraday, D.C.L.,
F.R.S.
Rev. W. V. Harcourt, M.A.,
F.R.S.
Richard Phillips, F.R.S
John Percy, M.D., F.R.S
Dr. Christison, V.P.R.S.E. ...
Prof. Thomas Graham, F.R.S.
Thomas Andrews,M.D.,F.R.S.
Prof. J. F. W. Johnston, M.A.,
F.R.S.
Prof.W. A.Miller, M.D.,F.R.S.
Dr. Lyon Playfair,C.B.,F.R.S.
Prof. B. C. Brodie, F.R.S. ...
Prof. Apjohn, M.D., F.R.S.,
M.R.LA.
Sir J. F. W. Herschel, Bart.,
D.C.L.
Dr. Lyon Playf air, C. B., F.R. S.
Prof.B. C. Brodie, F.R.S
Prof. W.A.Miller, M.D.,F.R.S.
Prof. W.H.Miller, M.A.,F.R.S.
Dr. Alex. W. Williamson,
F R S
W. bdling, M.B., F.R.S
Prof. W. A. Miller, M.D.,
V.P.E.S.
H. Bence Jones, M.D., F.R.S.
Prof. T. Anderson, M.D.,
F.R.S.E.
Prof. E. Frankland, F.R.S.
Dr. H. Debus, F.R.S
Prof. H. E. Roscoe, B.A.,
I F.R.S.
Prof. T. Andrews,M.D.,F.R.S.
Dr. J. H. Gladstone, F.R.S....
Prof. Miller, H. L. Pattinson, Thomas
Richardson.
Dr. Golding Bird, Dr. .L B. Melson.
Dr. R. D. Thomson, Dr. T. Clark,
Dr. L. Playfair.
J. Prideaux, R. Hunt, W. M. Tweedy.
Dr. L. Playfair, R. Hunt, J. Graham.
R. Hunt, Dr. Sweenj'.
Dr. L. Playfair, E. Solly, T. H.
Barker.
R. Hunt, J. P. Joule, Prof. Miller,
E. Solly.
Dr. Miller, R. Hunt, W. Randall.
B. C. Brodie, R. Hunt, Prof. Solly.
T. H. Henry, R. Hunt, T. Williams.
R. Hunt, G. Shaw.
Dr. Anderson, R. Hunt, Dr. Wilson.
T. J. Pearsall, W. S. Ward.
Dr. Gladstone, Prof. Hodges, Prof.
Ronalds.
H. S. Blundell, Prof. R. Hunt, T. J.
Pearsall.
Dr. Edwards, Dr. Gladstone, Dr.
Price.
Prof. Frankland, Dr. H. E. Roscoe.
J. Horsley, P. J. Worsley, Prof.
Voelcker.
Dr. Davy, Dr. Gladstone, Prof. Sul-
livan.
Dr. Gladstone, W. Odling, R. Rey-
nolds.
J. S. Brazier, Dr. Gladstone, G. D.
Liveing, Dr. Odling.
A. Vernon Harcourt, G. D. Liveing,
A. B. Northcote.
A. Vernon Harcourt, G. D. Liveing.
H. W. Elphinstone, W. Odling, Prof.
Roscoe.
Prof. Liveing, H. L. Pattinson, J. C.
Stevenson.
A. V. Harcourt, Prof. Liveing, R.
Biggs.
A. V. Harcourt, H. Adkins, Prof.
Wanklyn, A. Winkler Wills.
J. H. Atherton, Prof. Liveing, W. J.
Russell, J. White.
A. Crum Brown, Prof. G. D. Liveing,
W. J. Russell.
Dr. A. Crum Brown, Dr. W. J. Rus-
sell, F. Sutton.
Prof. A. Crum Brown, Dr. W. J.
Russell, Dr. Atkinson.
Prof. A. Crum Brown, A. E. Fletcher,
Dr. W. J. Russell.
J. Y. Buchanan, W. N. Hartley, T.
E. Thorpe.
Dr. Mills, W. Chandler Roberta, Dr.
W. J. Russell, Dr. T. Wood.
rilESIDENTS AND SECKETAKIES OF THE SECTIONS.
Ivii
Date and Place
Presidents
►
1873.
1874.
1875.
1876.
1877.
1878.
1879.
1880.
1881.
1882.
1883.
1884.
1885.
1886.
1887.
1888.
1889.
1890.
1891.
1892.
1893.
1894.
Bradford ...
Belfast
Bristol
Glasgow ...
Plymouth...
Dublin
Sheffield ...
Swansea ...
York
Southamp-
ton.
Southport
Prof. W. J. Russell, F.R.S....
Prof. A. Crum Brown, M.D.,
F.R.S.E.
A. G. Vernon Harcourt, M.A.,
F.R.S.
W. H. Perkin, F.R.S
F. A. Abel, F.R.S
Prof. Maxwell Simpson, M.D.,
F.R.S.
Prof. Dewar, M.A., F.R.S. ...
Joseph Henry Gilbert, Ph.D.,
F.R.S.
Prof. A. "W.Williamson, F.R.S.
Prof. G. D. Liveing, M.A.,
F.R.S.
Dr. J. H. Gladstone, F.R.S...
Prof. Sir H. E. Roscoe, Ph.D.,
LL.D.. F.R.S.
Prof. H. E.Armstrong, Ph.D.,
F.R.S., Sec. C.S.
W. Crookes, F.R.S., V.P.C.S.
Montreal ...
Aberdeen . . .
Birmingham
Manchester Dr. E. Schunck, F.R.S.
Bath
Newcastle-
upon-Tyne
Leeds
Cardiff
Edinburgh
Nottingham
Oxford
Prof. W. A. Tilden, D.Sc,
F.R.S., V.P.C.S.
Sir I. Lowthian Bell, Bart.,
D.C.L., F.R.S.
Prof. T. E. Thorpe, B.Sc,
Ph.D., F.R.S., Treas. C.S.
Prof. W. C. Roberts-Austen,
C.B.. F.R.S.
Prof. H. McLeod, F.R.S
Prof. J. Emerson Reynolds,
M.D., D.Sc, F.R.S.
Prof. H. B. Dixon, M.A., F.R.S.
Secretaries
Dr. Armstrong, Dr. Mills, W. Chand-
ler Roberts, Dr. Thorpe.
Dr. T. Cranstoun Charles, W. Chand-
ler Roberts, Prof. Thorpe.
Dr. H. E. Armstrong, W. Chandler
Roberts, W. A. Tilden.
W. Dittmar, W. Chandler Roberts,
J. M. Thomson, W. A. Tilden.
Dr. Oxland, W. Chandler Roberts,
J. M. Thomson.
W. Chandler Roberts, J. M. Thom-
son, Dr. C. R. Tichborne, T. Wills.
H. S. Bell, \V. Chandler Roberts,
J. M, Thomson.
P. P. Bedson, H. B. Dixon, W. R. E.
Hodgkinson, J. M. Thomson.
P. P. Bedson, H. B. Dixon. T.Gough.
P. Phillips Bedson, H. B. Dixon,
J. L. Notter.
Prof. P. Phillips Bedson, H. B.
Dixon, H. Forster Morley.
Prof. P. Phillips Bedson, H. B. Dixon,
T. McFarlane, Prof. W. H. Pike.
Prof. P. Phillips Bedson, H. B. Dixon,
H.ForsterMorley,Dr. W. J. Simpson .
P. P. Bedson, H. B. Dixon, H.F. Mor-
ley,W.W..T.Nicol, C.J. Woodward.
Prof. P. Phillips Bedson, H. Forster
Morley, W. Thomson.
Prof. H. B. Dixon, H. Forster Morley,
R. E. Moyle, W. W. J. Nicol.
H. Forster Morley, D. H. Nagel, W.
W. J. Nicol, H. L. Pattinson, jun.
C. H. Bothamley, H. Forster Morley,
D. H. Nagel, W. W. J. Nicol.
C. H. Bothamley, H. Forster Morley,
W. W. J. Nicol, G. S. Turpin.
J. Gibson, H. Forster Morley, D. H.
Nagel, W. W. J. Nicol.
J. B. Coleman, M. J. R. Dunstan,
D. H. Nagel, W. W. J. Nicol.
A. Colefax, W. W. Fisher, Arthur
Harden, H. Forster Morley.
SECTION B (continued). — chemistry.
r
1895. Ipswich
1896. Liverpool
1897. Toronto
1898. Bristol...
1899. Dover ...
1900. Bradford
1901. Glasgow
Prof. R. Meldola, F.R.S
Dr. Ludwig Mond, F.R.S.
Prof. W. Ramsay, F.R.S
Prof. F. R. Japp, F.R.S
Horace T. Brown, F.R.S
Prof. W. H. Perkin, F.R.S. ...
Prof. Percy F. Frankland,
F.R.S.
E. H. Fison, Arthur Harden, C. A.
Kohn, J. W. Rodger.
Arthur Harden, C. A. Kohn.
Prof. W. H. Ellis, A. Harden, C. A.
Kohn, Prof. R. F. Ruttan.
C. A. Kohn, F. W. Stoddart, T. K.
Rose.
A. D. Hall, C. A. Kohn, T. K. Rose,
Prof. W. P. Wynne.
W. M. Gardner, F. S. Kipping, W.
J. Pope, T. K. Rose.
W. C. Anderson, G. G. Henderson,
W, J. Pope, T. K. Rose.
Iviii
REPORT — 1903.
Date and Place
Presidents
1902. Belfast |Prof. E. Divers, F.R.S
1903. Southport
Secretaries
R, F. Blake, M. O. Forster, Prof.
G. G. Henderson, Prof. W. J. Pope.
Prof. W. N. Hartley, D.Sc.,|Dr. M. O. Forster, Prof. G. G. Hen-
F.R.S. I derson, J. Ohm, Prof. W. J. Pope.
GEOLOGICAL (and, until 1851, GEOGRAPHICAL) SCIENCE.
COMMITTEE OP SCIENCES, III. — GEOLOGY AND GEOGEAPHY.
1832. Oxford IR. I. Murchisou, F.R.S John Taylor.
1833. Cambridge. iG. B. Greenough, F.R.S |W. Lonsdale, John Phillips.
1834. Edinburgh . Prof . Jameson J. Phillips, T. J. Torrie, Rev. J. Yates.
SECTION C. — GEOLOGY AND GEOGRAPHY.
1835. Dublin
1836. Bristol
1837. Liverpool...
1838. Newcastle..
1839. Birmingham
1840. Glasgow ...
1841. Plymouth...
1842. Manchester
1843. Cork
1844. York
1845. Cambridge.
1846. Southamp-
ton.
1847. Oxford
1848. Swansea ...
1849.Birmingham
1850. Edinburgh"
R. J.Griffith
Rev. Dr. Buckland, F.R.S.—
^Vrti/.jR.I.Murchison.F.R.S.
Rev. Prof. Sedgwick, F.R.S.—
<?<!0^.,G.B.Greenough,F.R.S.
C. Lyell, F.R.S., V.P.G.S.—
Geography^ Lord Prudhoe.
Rev. Dr. Buckland, F.R.S.—
<7<;oi7.,G.B.Greenough,F.R.S.
Charles liyell, F.R.S.— fi'eo/?.,
G. B. Greenough, F.R.S.
H. T. De la Beche, F.R.S. ...
R. I. Murchison, F.R.S
Richard E. Griffith, F.R.S. ...
Henry Warburton, Pres. G. S.
Rev. Prof. Sedgwick, M.A.
F.R.S.
Leonard Horner, F.R.S.
Very Rev.Dr.Buckland.F.R.S.
Sir H. T. De la Beche, F.R.S.
Sir Charles Lyell, F.R.S
Sir Roderick I. Murchison,
F.R.S.
Captain Portlock, T. J. Torrie.
William Sanders, S. Stutchbury,
T. J. Torrie.
Captain Portlock, R. Hunter. — Geo-
graphy, Capt. H. M. Denham.R.N.
W. C. Trevelyan, Capt. Portlock.—
Gcoqraphy, Capt. Washington.
George Lloyd, M.D., H. E. Strick-
land, Charles Darwin.
W. J. Hamilton.D. Milne, H. Murray,
H. E. Strickland, J. Scoular.
W. J. Hamilton, Edward Moore, M.D.,
R. Hutton.
E. W. Binney, R. Hutton, Dr. R.
Lloyd, H. E. Strickland.
F. M. Jennings, H. E. Strickland.
Prof. Ansted, E. H. Bunbury.
Rev. J. C. Cumming, A. C. Ramsay,
Rev. W. Thorp.
Robert A. Austen, Dr. J. H. Norton,
Prof. Oldham, Dr. C. T. Beke.
Prof. Ansted, Prof. Oldham, A. C.
Ramsay, J. Rusk in.
S.Benson, Prof. 01dham,Prof. Ramsay
J. B. Jukes, Prof. Oldham, A. C.
Ramsay.
A. Keith Johnston, Hugh Miller,
Prof. Nicol.
1851. Ipswich
1852, Belfast..
1853. Hull
1854. Liverpool.
1855. Glasgow .
SECTION (contimied). — geology.
WilliamHopkins,M.A.,F.R.S.
Portlock, R.E.,
Lieut. -Col.
F.R.S.
Prof. Sedgwick, F.R.S
Prof. Edward Forbes, F.R.S.
Sir R. L Murchison, F.R.S....
C. J. F. Bunbury, G. W. Ormerod,
Searles Wood.
James Bryce, James MacAdam,
Prof. M'Coy, Prof. Nicol.
Prof. Harkness, William Lawton.
John Cunningham, Prof. Harkness,
G. W. Ormerod, J. W. Woodall.
J. Bryce, Prof. Harkness, Prof. Nicol.
■Geography was constituted a separate Section, see page Ixv.
PEESIDENTS AND SECBETATIIES OF THE fiECTJONS.
lijt
Date and Place
Presidents
1856. Cheltenham
i
1857.
1858.
1859.
1860.
1861.
1862.
1863.
1864.
1865.
1866.
1867.
1868.
1869.
1870.
1871,
1872.
1873.
1874.
*1875.
1876.
1877.
1878.
1 1879.
1880.
1881.
1882.
1883.
1884.
1885.
1886.
1887.
Dublin
Leeds
Aberdeen . . .
Oxford
Manchester
Cambridge
Newcastle
Bath
Birmingham
Nottingham
Dundee ...
Norwich ...
Exeter
Liverpool...
Edinburgh
Brighton...
Bradford
Belfast...
Bristol...
Glasgow
Plymouth
Dublin...
Sheffield
Swansea
York
Southamp-
ton.
Southport
Montreal ...
Aberdeen . . .
Birmingham
Manchester
Prof. A. C. Eamsay; F.R.S....
The Lord Talbot de Malahide
William Hopkins,M. A., F. R. S.
Sir Charles Lyell, LL.D.,
D.C.L., F.R.S.
Rev. Prof. Sedgwick, F.R.S...
Sir E. I. Murchison, D.C.L.,
LL.D., F.R.S.
J. Beete Jukes, M.A., F.R.S.
Prof. Warington W. Smyth,
F.R.S., F.G.S.
Prof. J. Phillips, LL.D.,
F.R.S., F.G.S.
Sir R. I. Murchison, Bart.,
K.C.B., F.R.S.
Prof. A. C. Ramsay, LL.D.,
F.R.S.
Archibald Geikie, F.R.S
R. A. C. Godwin-Austen,
F.R.S., F.G.S.
Prof. R. Harkness, F.R.S.,
F.G.S.
Sir Philip de M.Grey Egerton,
Bart., M.P., F.R.S.
Prof. A. Geikie, F.R.S., F.G.S.
R. A. C. Godwin-Austen,
F.R.S., F.G.S.
Prof. J. Phillips, F.R.S
Prof. Hull, M.A., F.R.S.,
Dr. T.Wright, F.R.S.E., F.G.S
Prof. John Young, M.D
W. Pengelly, F.R.S., F.G.S.
John Evans, D.C.L., F.R.S.,
F.S.A., F.G.S.
Prof. P. M. Duncan, F.R.S.
H. C. Sorby, F.R.S., F.G.S....
A. C. Ramsay, LL.D., F.R.S.,
R. Etheridge, F.R.S., F.G.S.
Prof. W. C. Williamson,
LL.D., F.R.S.
W. T. Blanford, F.R.S., Sec.
G.S.
Prof. J. W. Judd, F.R.S., Sec.
G.S.
Prof. T. G. Bonney, D.Sc,
LL.D., F.R.S., F.G.S.
Henry Woodward, LL.D,,
F.R.S., F.G.S.
Secretaries
Rev. P. B. Brodie, Rev. R. Hep-
worth, Edward Hull, J. Scougall,
T. Wright.
Prof. Harkness, G. Sanders, R. H.
Scott.
Prof. Nicol, H. C. Sorby, E. W.
Shaw,
Prof. Harkness, Rev. J. Longmuir,
H. C. Sorby.
Prof. Harkness, E. Hull, J. W.
Woodall.
Prof. Harkness, Edward Hull, T.
Rupert Jones, G. W. Ormerod.
Lucas Barrett, Prof. T. Rupert
Jones, H. C. Sorby.
E. F. Boyd, John Daglish, H. C.
Sorby, Thomas Sopwith.
W. B. bawkins, J. Johnston, H. C.
Sorby, W. Pengelly.
Rev. P. B. Brodie, J. Jones, Rev. E.
Myers, H. C. Sorby, W. Pengelly.
R. Etheridge, W. Pengelly, T. Wil-
son, G. H. Wright.
E. Hull, W. Pengelly, H. Woodward.
Rev. O. Fisher, Rev. J. Gunn, W.
Pengelly, Rev. H. H. Winwood.
W. Pengelly, W. Boyd Dawkins,
Rev. H. H. Winwood.
W. Pengelly, Rev. H. H. Winwood,
W. Boyd Dawkins, G. H. Morton.
R. Etheridge, J. Geikie, T. McKenny
Hughes, L. C. Miall.
L. C. Miall, George Scott, William
Topley, Henry Woodward.
L.C.Miall,R.H.Tiddeman,W.Topley.
F. Drew, L. C. Miall, R. G. Symes,
R. H. Tiddeman.
L. C. Miall, E. B. Tawney, W. Topley.
J. Armstrong, F. W. Rudler, W.
Topley.
Dr. Le Neve Foster, R. H. Tidde-
man, W. Topley.
E. T. Hardman, Prof. J. O'Reilly,
R. H. Tiddeman.
W. Topley, G. Blake Walker.
W. Topley, W. Whita,ker.
J. E. Clark, W. Keeping, W. Topley,
W. Whitaker.
T. W. Shore, W. Topley, E. West
lake, W. Whitaker.
E. Betley, C. E. De Ranee, W. Top
ley, W. Whitaker.
F. Adams, Prof. E. W. Claypole, W
Topley, W. Whitaker.
C. E. De Ranee, J. Home, J. J. H
Teall, W. Topley.
W. J. Harrison, J. J. H. Teall, W
Topley, W. W. Watts.
J. E. Marr, J. J. H. Teall, W. Top
ley, W. W. Watts.
Ix
REPonT— 1903.
Date and Place
1888.
1889.
1890.
1891.
1802.
1893.
1894.
1895.
1896.
1897.
1898.
1899.
1900.
1901.
1902.
Bath.
Newcastle-
upon-Tyne
Leeds
Cardiff
Edinburgh
Nottingham
Oxford...
Ipswich
Liverpool
Toronto
Bristol ...
Dover ...
Bradford
Glasgow
Belfast...
1903. Southport
Presidents
Prof.W. Boyd Dawkins, M.A.,
F.E.S., F.G.S.
Prof. J. Geikie, LL.D., D.C.L.,
F.R.S., F.G.S.
Prof. A. H. Green, M.A.,
F.E.S., F.G.S.
Prof. T. Kupert Jones, F.R.S.,
F.G.S.
Prof. C. Lapworth, LL.D.,
F.R.S., F.G.S.
J. J. H. Teall, M.A., F.R.S.,
F.G.S.
L. Fletcher, M.A., F.R.S. ...
W. Whitaker, B.A., F.R.S. ...
J. E. Mart, M.A., F.R.S
Dr. G. M. Dawson, C.M.G.,
VV. H. Hudleston, F.R.S
Sir Archibald Geikie, F.R.S.
Prof. W. J. Sollas, F.R.S. ...
John Home, F.R.S
Lieut.-Gen. C. A. McMahon,
F.R.S.
Prof. W. W. Watts, M.A.,
M.Sc.
Secretaries
Prof. G. A. Lebour, W. Topley, W.
\V. Watts, H. B. Woodwjtrd.
Prof. G. A. Lebour, J. E. Marr, W.
W. Watts, H. B. Woodward.
J. E. Bedford, Dr. F. H. Hatch, J.
E. Marr, W. W. Watts.
W. Galloway, J. E. Marr, Clement
Reid, W. W, Watts.
H. M. Cadell, J. E. Marr, Clement
Reid, W. W. Watts.
J. W. Carr, J. E. Marr, Clement
Reid, W. W. Watts.
F. A. Bather, A. Harker, Clement
Reid, W. W. Watts.
F. A. Bather, G. W. Lamplugh, H.
A. Miers, Clement Reid.
J. Lomas, Prof. H. A. Miers, C. Reid.
Prof. A. P. Coleman, G. W. Lamp-
lugh, Prof. H. A. Miers.
G. W. Lamplugh, Prof. H. A. Miers,
H. Pentecost.
J. W. Gregory, G. W. Lamplugh,
Capt. McDakin. Prof. H. A. Miers.
H. L. Bowman, Rev. W. L. Carter,
G. W. Lamplugh, H. W. Monckton.
H. L. Bowman, H. W. Monckton.
H. L. Bowman, H. W. Monckton,
J. St. J. Phillips, H. J. Seymour.
H. L. Bowman, Rev. W. L. Carter,
J. Lomas, H. W. Monckton.
BIOLOGICAL SCIENCES.
COMMITTEE OF SCIENCES, IV. — ZOOLOGY, BOTAKT, PHYSIOLOGY, ANATOMY.
1832. Oxford iRev. P. B. Duncan, F.G.S. ...iRev. Prof. J. S. Henslow.
1833. Cambridge' Rev. W.L. P. Garnons, F.L.S. C. C. Babington, D. Don.
1834. Edinburgh . Prof . Graham W. Yarrell, Prof. Burnett,
SECTION D. — ZOOLOGY AND BOTANY.
1835. Dublin.
1836. Bristol.
1837. Liverpool...
1838. Newcastle
1839. Birmingham
1840. Glasgow ...
1841. Plymouth...
1842. Manchester
1843. Cork.
Dr. Allman
Rev. Prof. Henslow
W. S. MacLeay
Sir W. Jardine, Bart.
J. Curtis, Dr. Litton,
J. Curtis, Prof. Don, Dr, Riley, S.
Rootsey.
C. C. Babington, Rev. L. Jenyns, W.
Swainson.
J. E. Graj', Prof. Jones, R. Owen,
I Dr. Richardson.
Prof. Owen, F.R.S !e. Forbes, W. Ick, R. Patterson.
Sir W. J. Hooker, LL.D Prof. W. Couper, E. Forbes, R. Pat-
[ terson.
John Richardson, M.D., F.R.S. J. Couch, Dr. Lankester, R. Patterson,
Hon. and "Very Rev. W. Her- Dr. Lankester, R. Patterson, J. A.
bert, LL.D., F.L.S. j Turner.
William Thompson, F.L.S, ... G. J. Allman, Dr. Lankester, E,
Patterson.
• At this Meeting Physiology and Anatomy were made a separate Committee,
for Presidents and Secretaries of which see p. Ixiv.
PRESIDENTS AND SECRETARIES OF THE SECTIONS.
1X1
Date and Place
Presidents
Secretaries
1844. York Very Rev. the Dean of Man- Prof. Allman, H. Goodsir, Dr, King,
I Chester. Dr. Lankester.
1845. Cambridge JRev. Prof. Henslow, F.L.S.... Dr. Lankester, T. V. Wollaston.
1846. Southamp- Sir J. Richardson, M.D.,
ton. I F.R.S.
1847. Oxford.
H. E. Strickland, M.A., F.R.S.
Dr. Lankester, T. V. Wollaston, H.
Wooldridge.
Dr. Lankester, Dr. Melville, T. V.
Wollaston.
1849. Birmingham
1850. Edinburgh
1851. Ipswich ...
1852. Belfast
Rev. Prof. Henslow, M.A.,
F.R.S.
W. Ogilby
1853. Hull
1854. Liverpool...
1855. Glasgow ...
1856. Cheltenham
SECTION D (continued). — ZOOLOG? AND BOTANY, INCLUDING PHYSIOLOGY.
[For the Presidents and Secretaries of the Anatomical and Physiological Sub-
sections and the temporary Section E of Anatomy and Medicine, see p. Ixiv.]
1848. Swansea ... L. W. Dillwyn, F.R.S | Dr. R. Wilbraham Falconer, A. Hen-
I frey, Dr. Lankester.
William Spence, F.R.S Dr. Lankester, Dr. Russell.
Prof. Goodsir, F.R.S. L. &E. Prof. J. H. Bennett, M.D., Dr. Lan-
kester, Dr. Douglas Maclagan.
Prof. Allman, F. W. Johnston, Dr. E.
Lankester.
Dr. Dickie, George C. Hyndman, Dr.
Edwin Lankester.
Robert Harrison, Dr. E. Lankester.
Isaac Byerley, Dr. E. Lankester.
William Keddie, Dr. Lankester.
Dr. J. Abercrombie, Prof. Buckman,
Dr. Lankester.
Prof. J. R. Kinahan, Dr. E. Lankester,
Robert Patterson, Dr. W. E. Steele.
Henry Denny, Dr. Heaton, Dr. E.
Lankester, Dr. E. Perceval Wright.
Prof. Dickie, M.D., Dr. E. Lankester,
Dr. Ogilvy.
W. S. Church, Dr. E. Lankester, P.
L. Sclater, Dr. E. Perceval Wright.
Dr. T. Alcock, Dr. E. Lankester, Dr.
P. L. Sclater, Dr. E. P. Wright.
Alfred Newton, Dr. E. P. Wright.
Dr. E. Charlton, A.Newton, Rev. H.
I B. Tristram, Dr. E. P. Wright.
H. B. Brady, C. E. Broom, H. T.
Stainton, Dr. E. P. Wright.
Dr. J. Anthony, Rev. C. Clarke, Rev.
H. B. Tristram, Dr. E. P. Wright.
1857. Dublin
1858. Leeds
1859. Aberdeen...
1860. Oxford
1861. Manchester
1862. Cambridge
1863. Newcastle
1864. Bath.
1865. Birming-
ham '
C. C. Babington, M.A., F.R.S.
Prof. Balfour, M.D., F.R.S....
Rev. Dr. Fleeming, F.R.S.E.
Thomas Bell, F.R.S., Pres.L.S.
Prof. W. H. Harvey, M.D.,
F.R.S.
C. C. Babington, M.A., F.R.S.
Sir W. Jardine, Bart., F.R.S.E.
Rev. Prof. Henslow, F.L.S....
Prof. C. C. Babington, F.R.S.
Prof. Huxley, F.R.S
Prof. Balfour, M.D., F.R.S....
Dr. John E. Gray, F.R.S.
T. Thomson, M.D., F.R.S.
SECTION D (continued). — BIOLOGY.
1866. Nottingham Prof. Huxley, F.R.S.— JOe/?.
of Physiol., Fiot. Humphry,
F.R.S. — Bep. of Anthrojjol.,
A. R. Wallace.
1867. Dundee ... Prof. Sharpey, M.D., Sec. R.S.
— Bep. of Zool. a/nd Bot.,
George Busk, M.D., F.R.S.
1868. Norwich ... Rev. M. J. Berkeley, F.L.S.
— Dep, of Physiology, W.
H. Flower, F.R.S.
Dr. J. Beddard, W. Felkin, Rev. H.
B. Tristram, W. Turner, E. B.
Tylor, Dr. E. P. Wright.
C. Spence Bate, Dr. S. Cobbold, Dr.
M. Foster, H. T. Stainton, Rev.
H. B. Tristram, Prof. W. Turner.
Dr. T. S. Cobbold, G. W. Firth, Dr.
M. Foster, Prof. Lawson, H. T.
Stainton, Rev. Dr. H. B. Tristram,
Dr. E. P. Wright.
ThQ title of Sectign D was changed to Biology,
Ixii
Mtoux—lOOo.
Date and Place
Presidents
1869. Exeter,
1870. Liverpool...
1871. Edinburgh
1872. Brighton
1873. Bradford ...
1874. Belfast .
1878. Dublin ,
1881. York.
Secretaries
1875. Bristol ...
1876. Glasgow ...
1877. Plymouth.
1879. Sheffield ..
1880. Swansea ..
George Busk, F.E.S., F.L.S.
— Bc}). of Bot. and Zool.,
C. Spence Bate, F.R.S.—
Deji.ofEthno., E. B. Tylor.
Prof. G. Rolleston, M.A., M.D.,
F.R.S., Y.lj.^. — Dcp. of
Anat. and Physiol.,FiofM.
Foster, M.D., F.lj.S.—Dep.
of Etkno., J. Evans, F.R.S.
Prof. Allen Thomson, M.D.,
F.R.S. — Dep. of Bot. ami
.2'otfZ.,Prof.WyvilleThomson,
F.R.S. — Dcp. of Anthropol.,
Prof. W. Turner, M.D.
Sir J. Lubbock, Bart.,F.R.S.—
Bep. of Anat. and Physuil.,
Dr. Burdon Sanderson,
F.B,.S.—Bep. ofAnthropol,
Col. A. Lane Fox, F.G.S.
Prof. Allman, F.R.S.— i^t'j;. of
Anat.and PhydoUVxoi. B.n-
therf ord, M .D .— -De_/;. o/^ «-
thropol. Dr. Beddoe, F.R.S.
Prof. Redfern, ^.J).—Bep. of
Zool. and Bot., Dr. Hooker,
C.^.,Vres.^.^.—B(p.ofAn-
throp., Sir W. R. Wilde,
M.D.
P. L. Sclater, Y.^.'^.—Bep.of
Anat. and Physiol., Prof.
Cleland, Y.^.'&.—Bep. of
^/ia.,Prof.Rolleston,F.R.S.
A. Russel Wallace, F.L.S.—
Bep. of Zool. and Bot.,
Prof. A. Newton, F.R.S.—
B(p. of Anat. and Phydol.,
Dr. J. G. McKendrick.
J. Gwyn Jeffreys, F.R.S.—
Bep. of Anat. and PhysioL,
Prof. Macalister.— i)^;/;. of
AntnTojfol.,^. G&\ton,¥.B..h.
Prof. W. H. Flower, F.R.S.—
Bep. of Anthropol., Prof.
Huxley, Sec. B..^.—Bep.
of Anat. and Phydol., R.
McDonnell, M.D., F.R.S.
Prof. St. George Mivart,
'P.B,.^.—Bep. of Anthropol.,
E. B. Tylor, D.C.L., F.R.S.
— Bep. of Anat. and Phy-
siol., Dr. Pye-Smith.
A.C. L. Gunther,F.R.S.— -Z>fi>.
of Anat. .J- Phydol., F. M.
Balfour, F.R.S.— i>c/7. of
Anthropol., F. W. Rudler.
R. Owen, F.R.S.— i)«/A ofAn-
thropol., Prof. W.H. Flower,
F.R.S. — Bep. of Anat. and
Phydol., Prof. J. S. Burdon
Sanderson, F.R.S.
Dr. T. S. Cobbold, Prof. M. Foster,
E. Ray Lankester, Prof. Lawson,
H. T. Stainton, Rev. H. B. Tris-
tram.
Dr. T. S. Cobbold, Sebastian Evans,
Prof. Lawson, Thos. J. Moore, H.
T. Stainton, Rev. H. B. Tristram,
C. Staniland Wake, E. Ray Lan-
kester.
Dr. T. R. Eraser, Dr. Arthur Gamgee,
E. Ray Lankester, Prof. Lawson,
H. T. Stainton, C. Staniland Wake,
Dr. W. Rutherford, Dr. Kelburne
King.
Prof. Thiselton-Dyer,H. T. Stainton,
Prof. Lawson, F. W. Rudler, J. H.
Lamprey, Dr. Gamgee, E. Ray
Lankester, Dr. Pye-Smith.
Prof. Thiselton-Dyer, Prof. Lawson,
R. M'Lachlan, Dr. Pye-Smith, E.
Ray Lankester, F. W. Rudler, J.
H. Lamprey.
W. T. Thiselton-Dyer, R. 0. Cunning-
ham, Dr. J. J. Charles, Dr. P. H.
Pye-Smith, J. J. Murphy, F. W.
Rudler.
E. R. Alston, Dr. McKendrick, Prof.
W. R. M'Nab, Dr. Martyn, F. W.
Rudler, Dr. P. H. Pye-Smith, Dr.
W. Spencer.
E. R. Alston, Hyde Clarke, Dr.
Knox, Prof. W. R. M'Nab, Dr.
Muirhead, Prof. Morrison Wat-
E. R. Alston, F. Brent, Dr. D. J.
Cunningham, Dr. C. A. Kingston,
Prof. W. R. M'Nab, J. B. Rowe,
F. W. Rudler.
Dr. R. J. Harvey, Dr. T. Hayden,
Prof. W. R. M'Nab, Prof. J. M.
Purser, J. B. Rowe, F. W. Rudler.
Arthur Jackson, Prof. W. R. M'Nab,
J. B. Rowe, F. W. Rudler, Prof.
Schafer.
G. W. Bloxam, John Priestley,
Howard Saunders, Adam Sedg-
wick.
G. W. Bloxam, W. A. Forbes, Rev.
W. C. Hey, Prof. W. R. M'Nab,
W. North, John Priestley, Howard
Saunders, H. E. Spencer.
PRESIDENTS AND SECRETARIES OF THE SECTIONS.
Ixiii
Date and Place
1882. Southamp-
ton.
1883. Southport"
1884. Montreal ...
1885. Aberdeen...
1886. Eirmingham
1887. Manchester
1888. Bath
1889. Newcastle-
upon-Tyne
1890. Leeds ,
1891. Cardiff.
I
1892. Edinburgh
1893. Nottingham'
1894. Oxford" ...
Presidents
Prof. A. Gamgee, M.D., F.R.8.
— Bej}. of. Zool. and Bot.,
Prof. M. A. Lawson, F.L.S.
— BejJ. of Anthrojml., Prof.
W. Boyd Dawkins. F.R.S.
Prof. E. EayLankester, M.A.,
F.R.S. — Bej). of Anthropol.,
W. Pengelly, F.R.S.
Prof. H. N. Moseley, M.A.,
F.R.S.
Prof. W. C. M'Intosh, M.D.,
LL.D., F.R.S., F.R.S.E.
VV. Carruthers, Pres. L.S.,
F.R.S., F.G.S.
Prof. A. Newton, M.A., F.R.S.,
F.L.S., V.P.Z.S.
W. T. Thiselton-Dyer, C.M.G.,
F.R.S., F.L.S.
Prof. J. S. Burdon Sanderson,
M.A., M.D., F.R.S.
Prof. A. Milnes Marshall,
M.A., M.D„ D.Sc, F.R.S.
Francis Darvvin, M.A., M.B.,
F.R.S., F.L.S.
Prof. W. Rutherford, M.D.,
F.R.S., F.R.S.E.
Rev. Canon H. B. Tristram,
M.A., LL.D., F.R.S.
Prof. I. Bayley Balfour, M.A.,
F.R.S,
Secretaries
G. W. Bloxam, W. Heape, J. B.
Nias, Howard Saunders, A. Sedg-
wick, T. W. Shore, jun.
G. W. Bloxam, Dr. G. J. Haslam,
W. Heape, W. Hurst, Prof. A. M.
Marshall, Howard Saunders, Dr.
G. A. Woods.
Prof. W. Osier, Howard Saunders, A.
Sedgwick, Prof. R. R. Wright.
W. Heape, J. McGregor-Robertson,
J. Duncan Matthews, Howard
Saunders, H. Marshall Ward.
Prof. T. W. Bridge, W. Heape, Prof.
W. Hillhouse. W. L. Sclater, Prof.
H. Marshall Ward.
C. Bailey, F. E. Beddard, S. F. Har-
mer, W. Heape, W. L. Sclater,
Prof. H. Marshall Ward.
F. E. Beddard, S. F. Harmer, Prof.
H. Marshall Ward, W. Gardiner,
Prof. W. D. Halliburton.
C. Bailey, F. E. Beddard, S. F. Har-
mer, Prof. T. Oliver, Prof. H. Mar-
shall Ward.
S. F. Harmer, Prof. W. A. Herdman,
S. J. Hickson, F. W. Oliver, H.
Wager, H. Marshall Ward.
F. E. Beddard, Prof. W. A. Herdman,
Dr. S. J. Hickson, G. Murray, Prof.
W. N. Parker, H. Wager.
G. Brook, Prof. W. A. Herdman, G.
Murray, W. Stirling, H. Wager.
G. C. Bourne, J. B. Farmer, Prof.
W. A. Herdman, S. J. Hickson,
W. B. Ransom, W. L. Sclater.
W. W. Benham, Prof. J. B. Farmer,
Prof. W. A. Herdman, Prof. S. J.
Hickson, G. Murray, W, L. Sclater.
SECTION D {continued). — ZOOLOGY.
Prof, W. A. Herdman, F.R.S. jG. C. Bourne, H. Brown, W. E.
I Hoyle, W. L. Sclater.
Prof. E. B. Poulton, F.R.S. ,,. H. O. Forbes, W. Garstang, W. E.
Hoyle.
W. Garstang, W. E. Hoyle, Prof.
E. E. Prince.
Prof, R. Boyce, W. Garstang, Dr.
i A. J. Harrison, W. E. Hoyle.
1899. Dov^f I Adam Sedgwick, F.R.S W. Garstang, J. Graham Kerr.
1895. Ipswich ..
1896^ Liverpool..
18l97v Toronto ..
1«98. Bristol, ...
Prof. L. C. Miall, F.R.S
Prof. W. F. R. Weldon, F.R.S.
IWOO. Btadford..
J
r
I
1»01. tJlasgow ..,
Dr. R. H. Traquair, F.R.S. ...
Prof. J. Cossar Ewart, F.R.S.
W. Garstang, J. G. Kerr, T. H.
Taylor, Swale Vincent.
J. G. Kerr, J. Rankin, J. Y. Simpson.
' Anthropology was made a separate Section, see p. Ixxi.
* Physiology was made a separate Section, see p. Ixxii.
" The title of Section D was changed to Zoology
J:siv
Report— 1903.
Date and Place
1902. Belfast
1903. Southport
Presidents
Secretaries
Prof. G. B. Howes, F.R.S. ... Prof. J. G. Kerr, R. Patterson, J. V.
Simpson.
Prof. S. J. Hickson, F.R.S. ... | Dr. J. H. Ashworth, J. Barcroft, A.
Quayle, Dr. J. Y. Simpson, Dr.
H. W. M. Tims.
ANATOMICAL AND PHYSIOLOGICAL SCIENCES.
COMMITTEE OF SCIENCES, V. — ANATOMY AND PHTSIOLOGY.
1833. Cambridge jDr.J. Haviland IDr. H. J. H. Bond, Mr. G. E. Paget.
1834. Edinburgh iDr. Abercrombie |Dr. Roget, Dr. William Thomson.
SECTION E (until 1847). — ANATOMY AND MEDICINE.
1835. Dublin IDr. J. C. Pritchard
183C. Bristol 'Dr. P. M. Roget, F.R.S
1837. Liverpool... [Prof. W. Claik, M.D
1838. Newcastle iT. E. Headlam, M.D
1839. Birmingham John Yelloly, M.D., F.R.S. .
1810. Glasgow ...! James Watson, M.D
Dr. Harrison, Dr. Hart.
Dr. Symonds.
Dr. J. Carson, jun., James Long,
Dr. J. R. W. Vose.
T. AL Greenhow, Dr. J. R. W. Vose.
Dr. G. O. Rees, F. Ryland.
Dr.J.Brown, Prof. Couper, Prof. Reid.
1811. Plymouth...
1812. Manchester
1813. Cork
1844. York
1815. Cambridge
1846. Southamp-
ton.
1847. Oxford' ...
SECTION E. — PHYSIOLOGY.
P. M. Roget, M.D.. Sec. R.S. J. Butter, J. Fuge, R. S. Sargent.
Edward Holme, M.D., F.L.S. Dr. Chaytor, Dr. R. S. Sargent.
Sir James Pitcairn, M.D.
J. C. Pritchard, M.D
Prof. J. Haviland, M.D. ..
Prof. Owen, M.D., F.R.S.
Prof. Ogle, M.D., F.R.S. ..
Dr. John Popham, Dr. R. S. Sargent.
I. Erichsen, Dr. R. S. Sargent.
Dr. R. S. Sargent, Dr. Webster.
C. P. Keele, Dr. Laycock, Dr. Sar-
gent.
T. K. Chambers, W. P. Ormerod.
PHYSIOLOGICAL SUBSECTIONS OF SECTION D.
1850.
1855.
1857.
1858.
1859.
1860.
1861.
1862.
1863.
1864.
1865.
Edinburgh
Glasgow ...
Dublin
Leeds
Aberdeen...
Oxford
Manchester
Cambridge
Newcastle
Bath
Birming-
ham •*
Prof. Bennett, M.D.,F.R.S.E.
Prof. Allen Thomson, F.R.S.
Prof. R. Harrison, M.D
Sir B. Brodie, Bart., F.R.S.
Prof. Sharpey, M.D., Sec. R.S.
Prof. G.Rolleston,M.D., F.L.S.
Dr. John Davy, F.R.S
G. E. Paget, M.D
Prof. Rolleston, M.D., F.R.S.
Dr. Edward Smith, F.R.S.
Prof. Acland, M.D., LL.D.,
F.R.S.
Prof. J. H. Corbett, Dr. J. Stnitliers.
Dr. R. D. Lyons, Prof. Redfern.
C. G. Wheelhouse.
[Prof. Bennett, Prof. Redfern.
I Dr. R. M'Donnell, Dr. Edward Smitli.
Dr. W. Roberts, Dr. Edward Smith
Ig. F. Helm, Dr. Edward Smith.
I Dr. D. Embleton, Dr. W. Turner.
J. S. Bartrum, Dr. W. Turner.
iDr. A. Fleming, Dr. P. Heslop,
I Oliver Pembleton, Dr. W. Turner.
' Sections D and E were incorporated under the name of ' Section D — Zoology
and Botany, including Physiology ' (see p. Ixi). Section E, being then vacant,
was assigned in 1851 to Geography,
2 Vide note on page 1.x i.
fRESlDENlS AND SECRETARIES OF THE SECTIONS.
hv
t)ate and Place
Presidents
Secretaries
GEOGRAPHICAL AND ETHNOLOGICAL SCIENCES.
[For Presidents and Secretaries for Geography previous to 1851) see Section G,
p. Iviii.]
ETHNOLOGICAL SUBSECTIONS OP SECTION D.
1846. Southampton
1847. Oxford
1848. Swansea ...
1849. Birmingham
1850. Edinburgh
Dr. J. C. Prit chard
Prof. H. H. Wilson, M.A.
Vice-Admiral Sir A. Malcolm
Dr. King.
Prof. Buckley.
G. Grant Francis,
Dr. R. G. Latham.
Daniel Wilson.
1851. Ipswioii
1852. Belfast..
1853. Hull
SECTION E. — GEOGRAPHY AND ETHNOLOGY.
Sir E. I. Murchison, F.K.S.,|R. Cull, Rev. J. W. Donaldson, Dr.
Pres. R.G.S. i Norton Shaw.
Col. Chesney, R.A., D.C.L., R. Cull, E. MacAdam, Dr. Norton
F.R.S.
R. G. Latham, M.D., F.R.S.
1856. Cheltenham
1857. Dublin
1858. Leeds
1859. Aberdeen...
1854. Liverpool...] Sir R. L Murchison, D.C.L.,
I F.R.S.
1855. Glasgow ... Sir J. Richardson, M.D.,
I F.R.S.
' Col. Sir H. C. Rawlinson,
K.C.B.
; Rev. Dr. J. Henthorn Todd,
Pres.R.I.A.
Sir R. I. Murchison, G.C.St.S.,
F.R.S.
Rear - Admiral Sir James
Clerk Ross, D.C.L., F.R.S.
.1860. Oxford Sir R. L Murchison, D.C.L..
F.R.S.
1861. Manchester John Crawfurd, F.R.S
1862. Cambridge Francis Gallon, F.R.S
1863. Newcastle |sir R. I. Murchison, K.C.B.,
F.R.S.
f864. Bath Sir E. I. Murchison, K.C.B.,
! F.R.S.
1865. Birmingham Major-General Sir H. Raw-
linson, M.P., K.O.B., F.E.S.
1866. Nottingham Sir Charles Nicholson, Bart.,
LL.D.
1867. Dundee
UeS. Norwich
Sir Samuel Baker, F.R.G.S.
Shaw.
R. Cull, Rev. H. W. Kemp, Dr.
Norton Shaw.
Richard Cull, Rev. H. Higgins, Dr.
Ihne, Dr. Norton Shaw.
Dr. W. G. Blackie, E. Cull, Dr.
Norton Shaw.
E. Cull, F. D. Hartland, W. H.
Rumsey, Dr. Norton Shaw.
E. Cull, S. Ferguson, Dr. E. R.
Madden, Dr. Norton Shaw.
R. Cull, F. Galton, P. O'Callaghau,
Dr. Norton Shaw, T. Wright.
Richard Cull, Prof.Geddes, Dr. Nor-
ton Shaw.
Capt. Burrows, Dr. J. Hunt, Dr. C.
Lempri^re, Dr. Norton Shaw.
Dr. J. Hunt, J. Kingsley, Dr. Nor-
ton Shaw, W. Spottiswoode.
J.W.Clarke, Rev. J. Glover, Dr. Hunt,
Dr. Norton Shaw, T. Wright.
C. Carter Blake, Hume Greenfield,
C. R. Markham, R. S. Watson.
H. W. Bates, C. R. Markham, Capt.
R. M. Murchison, T. Wright.
H. W. Bates, S. Evans, G. Jabet,
C. R. Markham, Thomas Wright.
H. W. Bates, Rev. E. T. Cusins, R.
H. Major, Clements R. Markham,
D. W. Nash, T. Wright.
H. W. Bates, Cyril Graham, C. R.
Markham, S. J. Mackie, R. Sturrock.
Capt. G. H. Richards, R.N., T. Baines, H. W. Bates, Clements E.
F.E.S. j Markham, T. Wright.
SECTION E {c07ltimled)i — GEOGRAPHY.
^869. Exeter I Sir Bartle Frere, K. C.B., ; H. W. Bates, Clements R. Markham
1 LL.D., F.R.G.S. I J. H. Thomas.
1870. Liverpool,.. Sir R.I.Murchison,Bt.,K.C.B., H.W.Bates, David Buxton, Albert J.
i LL.D., D.C.L., F.E.S.,F.G.S. I Mott, Clements E. Markham.
1903. d
Ixvi
REFOftt — 1903.
Date and Place
1871.
1872.
1873.
1874.
1875.
1876.
1877.
1878.
1879.
1880.
1881.
1882.
1883.
1884.
1885.
1886.
1887.
1888.
1880.
1890.
1891.
1892.
1893.
1894.
1895.
1896.
1897.
1898.
1899.
1900.
1901.
Edinburgh
Brigliton ...
Bradford ...
Belfast
Bristol
Glasgow ...
Plymouth...
Dublin
Sheffield ..
Swansea ..
York.
Southamp-
ton.
Southport
llontreal ...
Aberdeen...
Birmingham
Manchester
Bath
Presidents
Secretaries
Newcastle-
upon-Tyne
Leeds
Cardiff
Edinburgh
Nottingham
Oxford
Ipswich . . .
Liverpool...
Toronto ...
Bristol
Dover
Bradford . . .
Glas{.ow ...
Colonel Yule, C.B., F.R.G.S.
Francis Gallon, F.R.S
Sir Rutherford Alcock, K.C.B.
Major Wilson, R.E., F.R.S.,
F.R.G.S.
Lieut. - General SIrachcy,
R.E., C.S.I., F.R.S., F.R.G.S.
Capt. Evans, C.B., F.R.S
Adm. Sir E. Ommanney, C.B.
Prof. Sir C. "Wyville Thom-
son, LL.D.,F.R.S., F.R.S.E.
Clements R. Markliam, C.B.,
F.R.S., Sec. R.G.S.
Lieut.-Gen. Sir J. H. Lefroy,
C.B., K.C.M.G.,R.A., F.R.S.
Sir J. D. Hooker, K.C.S.L,
C.B., F.R.S.
Sir R. Temple, Bart., G.C.S.L,
F.R.G.S.
Lieut.-Col. H. H. Godwin-
Austen, F.R.S.
Gen. Sir J. H. Lefroy, C.B.,
K.C.M.G., F.R.S., V.P.R.G.S.
Gen. J. T. Walker, C.B., R.E.,
LL.D., F.R.S.
Maj.-Gen. Sir. F. J. Goldsmid,
K.C.S.L, C.B., F.R.G.S.
Col. Sir C. Warren, R.E.,
G.C.M.G., F.R.S., F.R.G.S.
Col. Sir C. W. Wilson, R.E.,
K.C.B., F.R.S., F.R.G.S.
Col. Sir F. de Winton,
K.C.M.G., C.B., F.R.G.S.
Lieut.-Col. Sir R. Lambert
Playfair, K.C.M.G., F.R.G.S.
E. G. Ravenstein, F.R.G.S.,
F.S.S.
Prof. J. Geikie, D.C.L., F.R.S..
V.P.R.Scot.G.S.
H. Seebohm, Sec. R.S., F.L.S.,
F.Z.S.
Capt. W. J. L. Wharton, R.N.,
F.R.S.
H. J. Mackinder, M.A.,
F.R.G.S.
Major L. Darwin, Sec. R.G.S.
J. Scott Keltic, LL.D.
Col. G. Earl Church, F.R.G.S.
Sir John Murray, F.R.S.
Sir George S. Robertson,
K.C.S.L
Dr. H. R. Mill, F.R.G.S.
A. Buchan, A. Keith Johnston, Cle-
ments R. Markliam, J. H. Thomas.
11. AV. Bates, A. Keith Johnston,
Rev. J. Newton, J. H. Thomas.
H. W. Bates, A. Keith Johnston,
Clements R. Markham.
E. G. Ravenstein, E. C. Rye, J. H.
Thomas.
n. W. Bates, E. C. Rye, F. F.
Tuckett.
H. W. Bates, E. C. Rye, R. O. Wood.
H. W. Bates, F. E. Fox, E. C. Rye.
John Coles, E. C. Rj-e.
H. W. Bates, C. E. D. Black, E. C.
Rye.
H. W. Bates, E. C. Rye.
J. AV. Barry, H. AV. Bates.
E. G. Ravenstein, E. C. Eye.
John Coles, E. G. Ravenstein, E. C.
Rye.
Rev.AbbeLaflamme, J.S. O'HaUoran,
E. G. Ravenstein, J. F. Torrance.
J. S. Keltic, J S. O'Halloran, E. G.
Ravenstein, Rev. Q. A. Smith.
F. T. S. Houghton, J. S. Keltic.
E. G. Ravenstein.
Rev. L. C. Casartelli, J. S. Keltic,
H. J. Mackinder, E. G. Ravenstein.
J. S. Keltic, H. J. Mackinder, E. G.
Ravenstein.
J. S. Keltic, H. J. Mackinder, R.
Sulivan, A. Silva AVhite.
A. Barker, John Coles, J. S. Keltic,
A. Silva AVhite.
John Coles, J. S. Keltie, H. J. Mac-
kinder, A. Silva AVhite, Dr. Yeats.
J. G. Bartholomew, John Coles, J. S.
Keltie, A. Silva AVhite.
Col. F. Bailey, John Coles, H. 0.
Forbes, Dr. H. R. Mill.
John Coles, AV. S. Dalgleish, H. N.
Dickson, Dr. H. R. Mill.
John Coles. H. N. Dickson, Dr. H.
R. Mill, W. A. Taylor.
Col. F. Bailev. H. N. Dickson, Dr.
H. R. Mill, E. C. DuB. Phillips.
Col. F. Bailey, Capt. Deville, Dr.
H. R. Mill, J. B. Tvrrell.
H. N. Dickson, Dr. H. R. Mill, H. C.
Trapnell.
H. N. Dickson, Dr. H. O. Forbes,
Dr. H. R. Mill.
H. N. Dickson, E. Heawood, E. R,
We they.
H. N. Dickson, E. Heawood, G,
Saudeman, A. C. Turner.
PRESIDENTS ANt> SECRETARIES OP THE SECTIONS
Ikvii
Date and Place
1902. Belfast ..
1903. Houthport
Presidents
Secretaries
Sir T. H. Holdich, K.C.B. ... G. G. Chisholm, E. Heawood, Dr.
A. J. Herbertson, Dr. J. A. Lindsay.
Capt. E. W. Creak, E.N., C.B., E. Heawood, Dr. A. J. Herberstson.
F.R.S.
B. A. Reeves, Capt. J. C. Under-
wood.
1833,
1834.
STATISTICAL SCIENCE.
tJOMMITTEE OP SCIENCES, VI. — STATISTICS.
Cambridge j Prof. Babbage, F.Pi.S J. E. Drinkwater.
Edinburgh I .Sir Charles Lemon, Bart i Dr. Cleland, C. Hope Maclean.
SECTION P. — STATISTICS.
1835. Dublin Charles Babbage, F.R.S W. Greg, Prof. Longfield.
1836. Bristol SirChas. Lemon, Bart., F.R.S. Rev. J. E. Bromby, C. B. FrijDp,
I James Heywood.
Rt. Hon. Lord Sandon
1837. Liverpool...
18.38
1839
1840.
1811.
1842.
1843.
1844.
184.5.
1846.
1847.
1848.
1849
Newcastle
Birmingham
Glasgow ...
Plymouth...
Manchester
Cork
York
Cambridge
Southamp-
ton.
Oxford
Swansea ...
Birmingham
18.50. Edinburgh
1851.
1852.
1853.
1854.
1855.
Ipswich ...
Belfast
Colonel Sykes, F.R.S
Henry Hallam, F.R.S
Lord Sandon, M.P., F.R.S.
Lieut.-Col. Sykes, F.R.S
G. W. Wood, BI.P., F.L.S. .
Sir C. Lemon, Bart., M.P.
W. R. Greg, W. Langton, Dr. W. C.
Tayler.
W. Cargill, J. Heywood, W.R. Wood.
F. Clarke, R. W. Rawson, Dr. W. C,
Tayler.
C. R. Baird, Prof. Ramsay, R.W.
Rawson.
Rev. Dr. Byrth, Rev. R. Luney, R.
W. Rawson.
Rev. R. Luney, G. W. Ormerod, Dr.
W. C. Tayler.
Dr. D. Bullen, Dr. AV. Cooke Tayler,
Lieut.-Col. Sj'kes, F.R.S., J. Fletcher, J. Heywood, Dr. Lay-
F.L.S. j cock.
Rt. Hon. the Earl Fitzwilliam ' J. Fletcher, Dr. W. Cooke Tayler.
G. R. Porter, F.R.S J. Fletcher, F. G. P. Nelson, Dr. W.
i C. Tayler, Rev. T. L. Shapcott.
Travers Twiss, D.C.L., F.R.S. j Rev. W. H. Cox, J. J. Danson, F. G.
' P. Neison.
J. H. Vivian, M.P., F.R.S. ... J. Fletcher, Capt. R. Shortrede.
Rt. Hon. Lord Lyttelton Dr. Finch, Prof. Hancock, F. P. G.
Neison.
Very Rev. Dr. John Lee, Prof. Hancock, J. Fletcher, Dr. J.
V.P.R.S.E. Stark.
Sir John P. Boileau, Bart. ... J. Fletclier, Prof. Hancock.
His Grace the Archbishop of Prof. Hancock, Prof. Ingram, James
Duljlin. i MacAdam, jun.
Hull 'James Heywood, M.P., F.R.S.! Edward Cheshire, W. Newmarch.
Liverpool... Thomas Tooke, F.R.S E. Cheshire, J. T. Danson, Dr. W. H.
Duncan, W. Newmarch.
Glasgow ... E. Monckton Milnes, M.P. ... J. A. Campbell, E. Cheshire, W. New-
I i march, Prof. R. H. Walsh.
SECTION p (continued). — economic science and statistics.
1856. Cheltenham Rt. Hon, Lord Stanley, M.P.
1867, Dublin His Grace the Archbishop of
! Dublin, M.R.LA,
1858. Leeds Edward Baines
Rev. C. H. Bromby, E. Cheshire, Dr.
W. N. Hancock, W, Newmarch, W.
M, Tartt.
Prof. Cairns, Dr. H. D. Hutton, W.
Newmarch,
T. B, Baines, Prof, Cairns, S, Brown,
Capt. Fishbourne, Dr. J. Strang.
d 2
Ixviu
REPORt — 1903.
Date and Place
Presidents
1859.
i860.
1861.
1862.
1863.
186J.
1865
1866.
1867.
1868.
1869.
1870.
1871.
1872.
1873.
1874.
1875.
1876.
1877.
1878.
1879.
1880.
1881.
1882.
1883.
1884.
1885.
1886.
1887.
1888.
1889.
1890.
Aberdeen . . .
Oxford
Blanchester
, Cambridge
Newcastle .
Bath
Birmingham
Col. Sykes, M.P., F.E.S
Nassau W. Senior, M.A
William Newmarch, F.R.8....
Edwin Chadwick, C.B
William Tite, M.P., F.R.S, ...
W. Farr, M.D., D.C.L., F.rv.8.
Rt. Hon. Lord Stanley, LL.D.,
M.P.
Prof. J. B.T. Rogers
Secretaries
Nottingham
Dundee M. E. Grant-Duff, M.P
Norwich ..
Exeter ....
Liverpool...
Edinburgh
Brighton ...
Bradford ...
Belfast
Bristol
Glasgow ...
Plymoutli...
Dublin
Sheffield ...
Swansea ...
York
Southamp-
ton.
Southport
Montreal ..,
Aberdeen...
Birmingham
Manchester
Samuel Brown
Rt. Hon. Sir Stafford H. North-
cote, B.art., O.B., M.P.
Prof. W. Stanley Jevons, M.A.
Rt. Hon. Lord Neaves
Prof. Henry Fawcett, M.P. ...
Rt. Hon. W". E. Forster, M.P.
Lord O'Hagan
Bath .
Newcastle-
upon-Tyne
Leeds
1891. Cardiff,
James Hevwood, M.A,,F.R.S.,
Pres. S.S.
Sir George Campbell, K. C. S.I. ,
M.P.
Rt. Hon. the Earl Fortescue
Prof. J. K. Ingram, LL.D. ...
G. Shaw Lefevre, M.P., Pres.
S.S.
G. W. Hastings, M.P
Rt. Hon. M. B. Grant-DufE.I
M.A., F.R.S.
Rt. Hon. G. Sclater-Booth,
M.P., F.R.S. 1
R. H. Inglis Palgrave, F.R.S.
Sir Richard Temple, Bart.,
G.C.S.I., CLE., F.R.G.S.
Prof. H. Sidgwick, LL.D.,
Litt.D.
J. B. Martin, M.A., F.S.S.
Robert Qiffen, LL.D.,V.P.S.S.
Rt. Hon. Lord Bramwell,
LL.D., F.R.S.
Prof. F. Y. Edgeworth, M.A.,
F.S.S.
Prof. A. M.arshall, M.A., F.S.S.
Prof. W. Cunningham, D.D.,
I D>Sc., F.S.S.
Prof. Cairns, Edmund Macrory, A. M;
Smith, Dr. John Strang.
Edmund Macrory, W. Newmarch,'
Prof. J. E. T. Rogers.
David Chadwick, Prof. R. C. Christie;
E. Macrory, Prof. J. E. T. Rogers;
H. D. Macleod, Edmund Macrory.
T. Doubleday, Edmund Macrory;
Frederick Purdy, James Potts.
E. Macrory, E. t. Payne. F. Purdy.
G. J. D. Goodman, G; J. JoHnstoti;
E. Macrorj'.
R. Birkin, jun., Prof. Leone Levi, E.
Macror}'.
Prof. Leone Levi, E. Macrory, A. J,
Wstrdeiii
Rev. W; Ci Ddvie, Prof. Leone Levi.
B. Ma6toi-y, F. Purdy, C. T. D.
Aclarid.
Chas. R. Dudley Baxter, E. Macrory,
J. MilBf? Moss.
J. G. Fitdhj J^ames Meikle.
J. G. Filch, Barclay Phillips.
J. G. Fitch, Swire Smith.
Prof. Donnell, F. P. Fellows, Hans
MacMordie.
F. P. Fellows, T. G. P. Hallett, E.
Macrory.
A. M'Neel Caird, T. G. P. Hallett, Dr.
W. Neilson Hancock, Dr. W. .Tack.
W. F. Collier, P. Hallett, J. T. Pirn.
W. J. Hancock, C. Molloy, J. T. Pim.
Prof. Adamson, R. E. Leader, C.
Molloy.
N. A. Humphreys, G. Molloy.
C. Molloy, W. W. Morrell, J. F..
Moss.
G. Baden- Powell, Prof. H. S. Fox-
well, A. Milnes, C. Molloy.
Rev. W. Cunningham, Prof. H. S.
Foxwell, J. N. Keynes, C. Molloy.
Prof. H. S. Foxwell, J. S. McLennan,
Prof. J. Watson.
Rev. W. Cunningham, Prof. H. S.
Foxwell, C. McCombie, J. F. Moss.
F. F. Barham, Rev. W. Cunningham,
Prof. H. S. Foxwell, J. F. Moss.
Rev. W. Cunningham, F. Y. Edge-
worth, T. H. Elliott, C. Hughes,.
J. E. C. Munro, G. H. Sargant.
Prof. F. Y. Edgeworth, T. H. Elliott.
H. S. Foxwell, L. L. F. R. Price.
Rev. Dr. Cunningham, T. H. Elliott,.
F. B. Jevons, L. L. F. R. Price.
W. A. Brigg, Rev. Dr. Cunningham,.
T. H. Elliott, Prof. J. E. C. Munro,
L. L. F. R. Price.
Prof. J. Brough, E. Cannan, Prof.
E. C. K. Gonner, H. LI. Smith,.
Prof. W. R. Sorley.
PRESIDENTS AND SECRETARIES OF THE SECTIONS.
Ixix
Date and Place
Presidents
Secretaries
1892.
Edinburgh
Hon. Sir C. W. Fremantle.
Prof. J, Brough, J. R. Findlay, Prof.
K.C.B.
E. C. K. Gonner, H. Higgs,
L. L. F. R. Price.
1893.
Nottingham
Prof. J. S. Nicholson, D.Sc,
Prof. E. C. K. Gonner, H. de B.
F.S.S.
Gibbins, J. A. H. Green, H. Higgs,
L. L. F. R. Price.
1894.
Oxford
Prof. C. F. Bastable, M.A.,
E. Cannan, Prof. E. C. K. Gonner,
F.S.S.
W. A. S. Hewins, H. Higgs.
1895.
Ipswich ...
L. L. Price, M.A
E. Cannan, Prof. E. C. K. Gonner,
H. Higgs.
1896.
Liverpool...
Rt. Hon. L. Courtney, M.P....
E. Cannan, Prof. E. C. K. Gonner,
W. A. S. Hewins, H. Higgs.
1897.
Toronto ...
Prof. E. C. K. Gonner, M.A.
E. Cannan, H. Higgs, Prof. A. Shortt.
1898.
r>ristol
J. Bonar, M.A., LL.D.
E. Cannan, Prof. A. W. Flux, H.
Higgs, W. E. Tanner.
1899.
Dover
H. Higgs, LL.B
A. L. Bowley, E. Cannan, Prof. A.
W. Flux, Rev. G. Sarson.
1900.
Bradford ...
Major P. G. Craigie, V.P.S.S.
A. L. Bowley, E. Cannan, S. J.
Chapman, F. Hooper.
1901.
Glasgow ...
Sir R. Giffen, K.C.B., F.R.S.
W. W. Blackie, A. L. Bowley, E.
Cannan, S. J. Chapman.
1902.
Belfast ...
E. Cannan, M.A. , LL.D. ...
A. L. Bowley, Prof. S. J. Chapman,
Dr. A. DutBn.
1903.
Southport
E. W. Brabrook, C.B
A. L. Bowley, Prof. S. J. Chapman,
Dr. B. W. Ginsburg, G. Lloyd.
SECTION G.— MECHANICAL SCIENCE.
1 836. Bristol I Davies Gilbert, D.C.L., F.R.S,
1837. Liverpool... 'Rev. Dr. Robinson
1838. Newcastle [ Charles Babbage, F.R.S
1 839. Birmingham Prof. Willis, F.R.S., and Robt.
Stephenson.
1840. Glasgow ....Sir .Tohn Robinson
1841. Plymouth John Taylor, F.R.S
1842. Manchester Rev. Prof. Willis, F.R.S
1843. Cork Prof. J. Macneill, M.R.I.A....
1844. York John Taylor, F.R.S
184.5. Cambridge George Rennie, F.R.S
1846. Southanjp- Rev. Prof. Willis, M.A., F.R.S.
ton
1847. Oxford Rev. Prof, Walker, M.A.,F.R.S.
1848. Swansea ... Rev. Prof. Walker, M.A.,F.R.S.
1849. Birmingham Robt. Stephenson, M.P.,F.R.S.
185C. Edinburgh | Rev. R. Robinson
1851. Ipswicli ... William Cubitt, F.R.S, ,
18.52. Belfast .John Walker, C.E., LL.D.,
F.R.S.
18.53. Hull j William Fairbairn, F.R.S.
1854. Liverpool... 'John Scott Russell, F.R.S. ...
18.5.5. Glasgow ... W. J. M. Rankine, F.R.S. ...
18.56. Cheltenham I George Rennie, F.R.S
1857. Dublin ' Rt. Hon. the Earl of Rosse,
I F.R.S.
1858. Leeds : William Fairbairn, F.R.S. ...
1859. AbPTfleen...lRev. Ppf. Willi?, M.A.,F-R.«-
T. G. Bunt, G. T. Clark, W. West.
Charles Vignoles, Thomas Webster.
R. Hawthorn, C.Vignoles. T.Webster.
W. Carpmael, William Hawkes, T.
Webster.
J. Scott Russell, J. Tliomson, J. Tod,
C. Vignoles.
Henry Chatfield, Thomas Webster.
J. F. Bateman, J. Scott Russell, J,
Thomson, Charles Vignoles.
James Thomson, Robert Mallet.
Charles Vignoles, Thomas Webster.
Rev. W. T.^Kingsley.
William Betts, jun., Charles Manby.
J. Glynn, R. A. Le Mesurier.
R. A. Le Mesurier, W. P. Struve.
Charles Manby, W. P. Marshall.
Dr. Lees, David Stephenson.
John Head, Cbarles Manby.
John F. Bateman, C. B. Hancock,
Charles Manby, James Thomson.
J. Oldham, J. Thomson, W. S. Ward.
J. Grantham, J. Oldh.am, J.Thomson.
L. Hill, W. Ramsay, J. Thomson.
C. Atherton, B. Jones, H. M. Jeifery.
Prof. Downing, W.T. Doyne, A. Tate,
James Thomson, Henry Wright.
J. C. Dennis, J. Dixon, H. Wright.
R. Abernethj', P. Le ISTeve Fo.'^ter, H
Wright,
ilxs
REPORT — 1903.
Date and Place
1860.
1861.
1862,
1863.
1864.
1865,
1866.
1867.
1868.
1869.
1870.
]871.
1872.
1873.
1874,
1875.
1876.
1877.
1878.
1879.
ISSO.
1881.
1882.
1883.
1884.
1885.
1886.
1887.
J888.
1889.
1890.
1891.
1892.
Oxford
Manchester
Cambridge .
Newcastle .
Bath
Birmingham
Nottingham
Dundee
Norwich ...
Exeter
Liverpool...
Edinburgh
Brighton ...
Bradford ...
Belfast
Bristol
Glasgow . . .
PljTnouth...
Presidents
Prof .W. J. Macqnorn Rankine,
LL.D., F.R.S.
J. F. Bateman, C.E., F.R.S... .
William Fairbairn, F.R.S.
Rev. Prof. Willis, M.A., F.R.S.
J. Hawkshaw, F.R.S
Sir W. G. Armstrong, LL.D.,
F.R.S.
Tliomas Hawksle}', V.P. Inst.
C.E., F.G.S.
Prof. W.J. Macquorn Rankine,
LL.D., F.R.S.
G. P. Bidder, C.E., F.R.G.S.
Secretaries
C. W. Siemens, F.R.S
Chas. B. Vignoles, C.E., F.R.S.
Prof. Fleeming Jenkiu, F.R.S.
F. J. Bramwell, C.B
W. H. Barlow, F.R.S
Prof, .Tames Thomson, LL.D.,
C.E., F.R.S.E.
W. Froude, C.E., M.A., F.R.S.
C. W. Merrifield, F.R.S
Edward Woods, C.E
Dublin Edward Easton, C.E.
P. Le Neve Foster, Rev. F. Harrison,
Henry Wright.
P. Le Neve Foster, John Robinson,
H. Wright.
W. M. Fawcett, P. Le Neve Foster.
P. Le Neve Foster, P. Westmacott,
J. F. Spencer.
P. Le Neve Foster, Robert Pitt.
P. Le Neve Foster, Henry Lea,
W. P. Marsliall, Walter May.
P. Le Neve Foster, J. F. Iselin, M,
O. Tarbotton.
P. Le Neve Foster, John P. Smith,
W. W. Urquhart.
P. Le Neve Foster, J. P. Iselin, C.
Manby, W. Smith.
P. Le Neve Foster, H. Bauerman.
H. Bauerman, P. Le Neve Foster, T.
King, J. N. Shoolbred.
H. Bauerman, A. Leslie, J. P. Smith,
H. M. Brunei, P. Le Neve Foster,
J. G. Gamble. J. N. Shoolbred.
C.Barlow,H.Bauermau.E.H.Carbutt,
J. C. Hawkshaw, J. N. Shoolbred.
A. T. Atchison, J. N, Shoolbred, John
Smyth, jun.
W. R. Browne, H. M. Brunei, J. G.
Gamble, J. N. Shoolbred.
W. Bottomley, jun., W. J. Millar,
J, N, Shoolbred, J, P. Smith.
A. T. Atchison, Dr. Merrifield, J. N.
Shoolbred.
A. T. Atchison, R. G. Symes, H. T.
Wood.
Sheffield ... ' J. Robinson, Pres. Inst. Mech. : A. T. Atchison, Emerson Bainbridge,
' Enar. ' 11. T. Wood.
Swansea ... J.Abernethy, F.R.S.E
York Sir W. G. Armstrong, C.B.,
LL.D., D.C.L.. F.r':s.
Southamp- i John Fowler, C.E., F.G.S. ...
ton.
Southport , I J. Brunlees, Pres.Inst.C.E.
Montreal ...'Sir F. J. Bramwell, F.R.S.,
V.P. Inst. C.E.
Aberdeen... IB. Baker, M.Inst.C.E
A. T. Atchison, H. T. Wood.
A. T. Atchi.son, J. P. Stephenson,
H. T. Wood.
A. T. Atchison, F. Churton, H. T.
Wood.
A. T. Atchison, E. Rigg,H. T.Wood.
A. T. Atchison, W. B. Dawson, J.
Kenned.y, H. T. Wood.
A. T. Atchison, F. G. Ogilvie, E.
i j Rigg, J. N. Shoolbred.
Birmingham Sir J. N. Douglass, M.Inst. C. W. Cooke, J. Kenward, W. B.
C.E _ I Marshall, E. Rigg.
Manchester Prof. Osborne Keynolds,M.A.,| C. F. Budenberg, W. B. Marshall,
' LL.D., F.R.S. E. Rigg.
Bath W. H. Preece, F.RS.,lc. W. Cooke, W. B. Marshall, E.
M.Inst.C.E. I Rigg, r. K. Stothert.
Newcastle- W. Anderson, M.Inst.C.E. ...'c. W. Cooke, W. B. Marshall, Hon.
upon-Tyne C. A. Parsons, E. Rigg.
Leeds , Capt. A. Noble, C.B., F.R.S., E. K. Cl.ark, C. W. Cooke, W, B.
F.R.A.S. 1 M.arshall, E. Rigg.
Cardiff T. Forster Brown, M.Inst.C.E. iC. W. Cooke, Prof. A. C. Elliott,
' W. B. Marshall, E. Rigg.
Edifibttrgh jProf. W. C. Unwin, F.R.S., C. W. Cooke, W. B. Marshall, W. C.
! M.Inst.C.E, I PoppleweJl. E, Rieg.
PRESIDENTS AND SECRETARIES OP THE SECTIONS.
ixxi
Date and Place
1893
1894.
1895.
1896.
1897.
1898.
1899.
1900.
1901.
1{J02.
1903,
Iggl.
1885.
1886.
1687.
1888.
1889.
1800.
1891.
1892.
1893.
Presidents
Nottingham
Oxford
Ipswich ...
Liverpool...
Toronto ...
Bristol
Dover
Bradford ...
Glasgow ...
Belfast ...
Southport
Montreal ..
Aberdeen..
Birmingham
. Manchester
Bath
Newcastle-
upon-Tyne
Leeds
Cardiff
Edinburgh
Nottingham
Jeremiah Head, M.Inst.C.E.,
F.C.S.
Prof. A. B. W. Kennedj',
F.R.S., M.Inst.C.E.
Prof. L, F. Vcrnon-Harcourt,
M.A„ M.Inst.C.E.
Sir Douglas Fox, V.P.Inst.C.E.
G. F. Deacon, M.Inst.C.E.
Sir J. Wolfe-Barry, K.C.B.,
Sir w!' White, K.C.B., F.R.S.
Sir Alex. R. Binnie, M.Inst.
C.E.
R. E. Crompton, M.Inst.C.E.
Prof. J. Perry, F.R.S
C. Hawksley, M.Inst.C.E. ...
Secretaries
C. W. Cooke, W. B. Marshall, E.
Rigg, H. Talbot.
Prof.'^T. Hudson Bearc, C. W. Cooke,
W. B. Marshall, Rev. F. J. Smith,
Prof. T. Hudson Beare, C. W. Cooke,
W. B. Marshall, P. G. M. Stoney,
Prof. T. Hudson Beare, C. W. Cooke,
S. Dunkerley, W. B. Marshall.
Prof. T. Hudson Beare, Prof. Callen.-
dar, W. A. Price.
Prof. T. H. Beare, Prof. J. Munro,
H. W. Pearson, W. A, Price.
Prof. T. H. Beare, W. A. Price, H.
E. Stilgoe.
Prof. T. H. Beare, G. F. Charnock,
Prof. S. Dunkerloy, W. A. Price.
H. Bamford, W.E. Dalby, W. A. Price.
M. Barr, W. A. Price, J. Wylio.
Prof. W. E. Dalby, W. T. Maccall,
W. A. Price.
1894.
1895.
1896.
1897.
1898.
1899.
1900.
1901.
1902.
1903.
Oxford
Ipswich ...
Liverpool...
Toronto ...
Bristol
Dover
SECTION H— ANTHEOPOLOGY.
E B. Tjdor, D.C.L., F.R.S. ... 1 G. W. Bloxam, W. Hurst.
, Francis Galton, M.A., F.R.S. !g. W. Bloxam, Dr. J. G. Garson, W
I Hurst. Dr. A. TiIacgTegor.
Sir G. Campbell, K. C.S.I., G. W. Bloxam, Dr. J. G. Garson, W.
M.P., D.C.L., F.R.G.S. Hurst, Dr. R. Saundby.
Prof. A. H, Sayce, M.A G. W. Bloxam, Dr. J. G. Garson, Dr.
A. M. Paterson.
Lieut..General Pitt-Rivers, G. W. Bloxam, Dr. J. G. Garson. J.
D.C.L., F.R.S. Harris Stone.
Prof. Sir W. Turner, M.B., G. W. Bloxam, Dr. J. G. Garson, Dr.
LL.D., F.R.S. R. Morison, Dr. R. Uowden.
Dr. J. Evans, Treas. R.S., G. W. Bloxam, Dr. C. M. Chadwick.
F.S.A., F.L.S., F.G.S. ; Dr. J. G. Garson.
Prof. F. Max Miiller, M.A. ... G. W. Bloxam, Prof. R. Howden, H.
Ling Roth, E. Seward.
Prof. A, Macalister, M.A., G.W. Bloxam, Dr. D. Hepburn, Prof.
M D , F.R.S. 1 R. Howden, H. Ling Roth.
Dr. R. Munro, M.A., F.R.S.E.G. W. Bloxam, Rev. T. W. Davies,
I Prof. R. Howden, F. B. Jevons,
1 J. L. Myres.
Sir W. H. Flower, K.C.B,,: H. Balfour, Dr. J. G. Garson, II. Ling
F.R.S. i Roth.
Prof. W. M. Flinders Petrie, ' J. L. Myre.5, Rev. J. J. Raven, H.
D.C.L
Arthur J. Evans, F.S.A
Sir W. Turner, F.R.S. ,
E. W. Brabrook, C.B. ,
C. H. Read. F.S.A.
Ling Roth.
Prof. A. C. Haddon, J. L. Myres,
Prof. A. ]\I. Paterson.
A. F. Chamberlain, H. O. Forbes,
Prof. A. C. H.iddon. J. L. Myres.
H. Balfour, .T. L. Mvres, G. Parker.
H. B.all'our, W. H. East, Prof. A. C.
Had Ion, J. L. Myres.
Rev. E. Armit.age, H. Balfour, W.
Crooke, J. L. Myres.
Prof. D. J. Cunningham, W. Crooke, Prof. A. F. Dixon, J. F.
Bradford ... I Prof. John. Rhys, M.A
Glasgow ...
Belfast ...
Sonthport
F.R.S.
Dr. A. C. Haddon, F.R.S.
Prof. J. Symington, p.R.S.
Gemmill, J. L. Myres.
R. Campbell, Prof. A. F. Dixon,
J. L. Myrgs.
E. N. Fallaizp, H. S. Kingsfo^-d,
|]. 1\I. Utn^y, J. L. Myres.
Ixxii
REPORT — 1903.
Pate and Place
Presidents
Secretaries
SECTION I.— PHYSIOLOGY (iuclutling Expehimknta;,
PATHOl^OGY AND EXPERIMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY).
1894. Oxford Prof. E. A. Schiifer, F.R.S., Prof. F. Gotch, Dr. J. S. Haldano,
1 M.R.C.S.
1896. Liverpool... 1 Dr. W. H. Gaskell, F.R.S,
1897. Toronto ... Prof. Michael Foster, F.R.S.
1899. Dover ..,
1^01. Glasgpw
}90?. Belfast
I J. N- Langley, F.R.S.
JPvof. J. G. McKendriok
Prof. W. D. Halliburton,
F.R.S.
M. S. Pembrey.
Prof. R.Boyce, Prof. C.S.Sherrington.
1 Prof, R. Boyce, Prof. C. S. Sherring-
j ton. Dr. L. E. Shore.
j Dr. Howden, Dr. L. E. Shore, Dr. E.
' H. Starling.
W. B. Brodie, W. A. Osborne, Prof.
W. H. Thompson.
J. Barcroft, Dr. W. A, Ogborne, Dr,
C. Shaw.
SECTION K.— BOTANY.
1895. Ipswich ...
1896. Liverpool...
W. T. Thiselton-Dyer, F.R.S.
Dr. p. H. Scott, F.R.S
1897. Toronto ,.. [Prof. Marshall Ward, F.R.S.
1898. BristoL
1899. Dover
1900. Bradford..,
JSQl. Glasgow ...
1902. Belfast ...
}903. Southport
I Prof. F. O. Bower, F.R.S. ...
Sir George King, F.R.S
Prof. S, H. Vines, F.R.S
Prof, I. B. Balfour, F.K.S. ...
I Prof. J. R. Green, F.RS
A. C. Seward, F,R.S
A. C. Seward, Prof. F. E. Weiss.
Prof. Harvey Gibson, A. C. Seward,
Prof. F. E. Weiss.
Prof. J. B. Farmer, E. C. Jeffrey,
A. C. Seward, Prof. F. E. Weiss.
A. 0. Seward, H. Wager, J. W. White.
Ct. Dowker, A- C, Seward, H. Wager,
A. C. Seward, H. Wager, W. West.
D. T. Gwynne-Vaughan.G. F. Scott-
Elliot, A. C. Seward, H. Wager.
A. G. Tansley, Rev. C. H. Waddell,
H. Wager, R. H. Yapp.
H. Ball, A. G. Tansley, H. Wager,
R. H. Yapp.
4U01. Glasgow
1902. Belfast
1?03. Sputhport
SECTION L.— EDUCATIONAL SCIENCE.
Sir John E. Gorst, F.R.S. ... R. A. Gregory, W. M. Heller, R. Y.
Howie, C. W. Rirnmins, Prof.
H. L. Withers.
Prof. R. A. Gregory, W. i\I. Heller,
R. M. Jones, Dr. C. W. Kimmins,
Prof. H. L. Withers.
Sir W. de W. Abney, K.C.B., i Prof . R. A. Gregory, W. M. Heller,
Prof. H. E. Armstrong, F.R.S.
F.R.S.
Dr. C. W. Kimmins, Dr. H. L.
Suape.
LIST OF EVENING DISCOUESES.
Date and Place
Lecturer
Subject of Discourse
1842. Manphester
Charles Vignoles, F.R.S
Sir M. L Branel
The Principles and Construction of
Atmospheric Railways.
The Thames Tunnel.
R. I. Murchison
The Geology of Russia.
The Dinornis of New Zealand.
1843. Cor]c
P'rof. Owen, M.D., F.R.S
Prof. E. Forbes, F.R.S
Dr. RobipsoR...., ,
The Distribution of Animal Life ifl
the .^gean Sea.
f hp flafl of iiosse's Jgle^popg,
LIST OP EVENING DISCOURSES.
Ixxiii
Date and Place
Lecturer
1844. York ,
1845. Cambridge
1846. Southamp-
ton.
1847. Oxford.
1848.
1849.
1850.
Swansea ...
Birmingham
Edinburgh
1851. Ipswich
1862. Belfast.
1853, Hull.
1854.
1855.
1856.
1857.
1^68.
Liverpool...
Glasgow ...
Cheltenham
Charles Lyell, F.R.S
Dr. Falconer, F.R.S
G.B.Airy,F.R.S.,Astron.Eoyal
R. L Murchison, F.R.S
Prof. Owen, M.D., F.R.S. ...
Charles Lyell, F.R.S
W. R. Grove, F.R.S
Rev. Prof. B. Powell, F.R.S.
Prof. M. Faraday, F.R.S
Hugh E. Strickland, F.G.S....
John Percy, M.D., F.R.S
W. Carpenter, M.D., F.R.S....
Dr. Faraday, F.R.S
Rev. Prof. Willis, M.A., F.R.S.
Prof. J, H. Bennett, M.D.,
F.R.S.E.
;Dr. Mantell, F.R.S
iProf. R. Owen, M.D., F.R.S.
G.B.Airy,F.R.S.,Astron. Royal
Prof. G. G. Stokes, D.C.L.,
F.R.S.
Colonel Portlock, E.E., F.R.S.
Prof.J.Phillips,LL.D.,F.R.S.,
F.G.S.
Robert Hunt, F.R.S
Prof. R. Owen, M.D., F.R.S.
CoL E. Sabine, V.P.R.S
Dr. W. B. Carpenter, F.R.S.
Lieut.-Col. H. Rawlinson ...
Dublin
Leeds
Aberdeen..
Subject of Discourse
Col. Sir H. Rawlinson
I860. Oxford.
W. R. Grove, F.R.S
Prof. W. Thomson, F.R.S, ...
Rev. Dr. Livingstone, D.C.L.
Prof. J. Phillips,LL.D.,F.R.S.
Prof. R. Owen, M.D., F.R.S.
Sir R. I. Murchison, D.C.L... .
Rev. Dr. Robinson, F.R.S. ...
Rev. Prof. Walker, F.R.S. ...
Captain Sherard Osborn. R.N,
Geology of Nortli America.
The Gigantic Tortoise of the Siwalik
Hills in India.
Progress of Terrestrial Magnetism.
Geology of Russia.
Fossil Mammaliaof the British Isles.
Valley and Delta of the Mississippi.
Propertiesof theExplosiveSubstance
discovered by Dr. Schonbein ; also
some Researches of his own on the
Decomposition of Water by Hent.
.Shooting Stars.
Magnetic and Diamagnetic Pheno-
mena.
The Dodo {Diclus hicjjtiis).
Metallurgical Operations of Swansea
and its Neighbourhood.
Recent Microscopical Discoveries.
Mr. Gassiot's Battery.
Transit of different Weights with
varying Velocities on Railways.
Passage of the Blood through the
minute vessels of Animals in con-
nection with Nutrition.
Extinct Birds of New Zealand.
Distinction between Plants and
Animals, and their changes of
Form.
Total Solar Eclipse of July 28,
1851.
Recent Discoveries in the properties
of Light.
Recent Discovery of Rock-salt at
Carrickfergus, and geological and
practical considerations connected
with it.
Some peculiar Phenomena in the
Geology and Physical Geography
of Yorkshire.
The present state of Photography.
Anthropomorphous Apes.
Progress of Researches in Terrestrial
Magnetism.
Characters of Species.
Assyrian and Babylonian Antiquities
and Ethnology.
Recent Discoveries in Assyri.a and
Babylonia, with the results of
Cuneiform Research up to the
present time.
Correlation of Physical Forces.
The Atlantic Telegr.apli.
Recent Discoveries in Africa.
The Ironstones of Yorkshire.
The Fossil Mammalia of Australia.
Geology of the Northern Highlands,
Electrical Discharges in highly
rarefied Media.
Physical Constitution of tjie Suij,
Arctjc Discovery.
Ixxiv
REPORT — 1903.
Date and Place
1861. Manchester
1862. Cambridge
Lecturer
Prof. W. A. Miller, M.A.,F.E.S,
G. B. Airy, F.E.S., Astron.
Royal.
Prof. Tyndall, LL.D., F.R.S.
jProf. Odling, F.E,.S
186.^. Newcastle Prof. Williamson, F.R.S
James Glaisher, F.R.S
1864. Bath Prof. Roscoe, F.R.S
Dr. Livingstone, F.R.S
1865. Birmingham J. Beete Jukes, F.R.S
Subject of Discourse
1866. Nottingham
1367. Dundee
1868. Norwich ...
1869. Exeter
1870. Liverpool...
1871. Edinburgh
1872. Brighton ...
187."?. Bradford ...
1874. Belfast
1875. Bristol
1876. Glasgow ..,
1877. Plymouth...
William Huggins, F.R.S
Dr. J. D. Hooker, F.R.S.......
Archibald Geikie, F.R.S..
Alexander Herschel, F.R.A.S.
J. Fergusson, F.R.S
Dr. W. Odling, F.R.S
Prof. J. Pliillips, LL.D,,
F.R.S.
J. Norman Lockyer, F.R.S. ..
Prof. J. Tyndall, LL.D., F.R.S.
Prof .V/. J. Macquorn Rankine,
LL.D., F.R.S.
P.A.Abel, F.R.S
E. B. Tylor, F.R.S. ...,
Prof. P. Martin Duncan, M.B.,
F.R.S.
Prof. W. K.Clifford...,
1878. Dublin
J879, SjiePSelc} ..,
Prof. W. C.Williamson, F.R.S.
Prof. Clerk Maxwell, F.R.S.
Sir John Lubbock, Bart. .M.P.,
F.R.S.
Prof. Huxley, F.R.S
W.Spottiswoode,LL.D.,F.R.S.
F. J. Bramwcll, F.R.S
Prof. Tail. F.R.S.E
Sir WyviUe Thomson, F.R.S.
W. Warington Smyth, M.A.,
"Cl T» (J
Prof. Odling, F.R.S
G. J. Romanes, F.L.S
Prof. Dewar, F.R.S
W. Crookes, F.R.S
,Prof.E. Ray Lankesler, F.R.S.
Spectrum Analysis.
The late Eclipse of the Sun.
The Forms and Action of Water.
Organic Chemistry.
The Chemistry of the Galvanic Bat-
tery considered in relation to
Dj'namics.
The Balloon Ascents made for the
British Association.
The Chemical Action of Light.
Recent Travels in Africa.
Probabilities as to the position and
extent of the Coal-measures be-
ueath the red rocks of the Mid-
land Counties.
The results of Spectrum Analysis
applied to Heavenly Bodies.
Insular Floras.
The Geological Origin of the present
Scenery of Scotland.
The present state of Knowledge re-
garding Meteors and Meteorites.
Arclueology of the early Buddliist
Monuments.
Reverse Chemical Actions.
Vesuvius.
The Physical Constitution of the
Stars and Nebulas.
The Scientific Use of the Imagina-
tion.
Stream-lines and Waves, in connec
tion with Naval Architecture.
Some Recent Investigations and Ap-
plications of Explosive Agent.s.
Tlie Relation of Primitive to Modern
Civilisation.
Insect Metamorphosis.
The Aims and Instruments of Scien-
tific Thought.
Coal and Coal Plants.
Molecules.
Common Wild Flowers considered
in relation to Insects.
The H.ypothesis that Animals are
Automata, and its History.
The Colours of Polarised Light.
Railwaj' Safety Appliances.
Force.
The ' Challenger' Expedition.
Physical Phenomena connected with
the Mines of Cornwall and Devon.
The New Element, Gallium.
Animal Intelligence.
Dissociation, or Modern Ideas of
Chemical Action.
Radiant Matter.
Degeper^tion.
LIST OF EVENING DISCOURSES.
Ixxv
Date and Place
1880. Swansea ..,
1881, York ,
18,82. Southamp-
ton.
1883. Sonthport
1884. Montreal...
1885. Aberdeen...
1886. Birmingham
1887. Manchester
1888. Bath
1889. Newcastle-
upon-Tyne
1890. Leeds
1891. CardifiE
1892. Edinburgh
1893. Nottingham
1894. Oxford
1805. Ipswich ...
189C. Liverpool...
1S97. Toronto ...
Subject of Discourse
1898. Bristol...,
1899. Dover ....
1900. Bradford.
1901. Glasgow .
Prof .W.Boyd Dawkins, F.R.S.
B^raucis Galton, F.Pu.S
Prof. Hu.xley, Sec. 11. S
\V. Spottiswopde, Pres. R.S....
Prof. Sir Win. Thomson, F.E.S.
Prof. H. N. Moseley, F.U.S.
Prof. E. S. Ball, F.ll.S
Prof. J. G. McKendrick
Prof. O. J. Lodge, D.Sc
Rev. W. H. Dallinger, F.R.S.
Prof. W. G. Adams, F.R.S. ...
John Muna3', F.R.S. E
A. W. Riicker, M.A., F.R.S.
Prof. W. Rutherford, M.D. ...
Prof. H. B. Dixon, F.R.S. ...
Col. Sir F. de Winton
Prof. W. E. Ayrton, F.R.S. ...
Prof. T. G. Bonney, D.Sc.
F.R.S.
Prof. W. C. Roberts-Austen,
F.E.S.
Walter Gardiner, M.A
E. B. Poulton, M.A., F.R.S....
PrDf. C. Vernon Boys, F.R.S.
Prof. L. C. Miall, F.L.S., F.G.S.
Prof.A.AV.Rucker,M.A.,F.R.S.
Prof. A. M. Marshall, F.R.S.
Prof. J.A.Ewing.M.A., F.R.S.
Prof. A. Smithells. B.Sc.
Prof. Victor Hor.sley, F.R.S.
J. W. Gregory, D.Sc, F.G.S.
Prof. J.Shield Nicholson, M.A.
Prof. S. P. Thompson, F.R.S.
Prof. Percy F. Frankland,
F.E.S.
Dr. F. Elgar, F.R.S
Prof. Flinders Petrie, D.C.L.
Prof. W. C. Roberts-Austen,
F.R.S.
J. Milne, F.R.S
Prof. W. J. Sollas, F.R.S. ..
Herbert Jackson
Prof. Charles Richet
Prof. J. Fleming. F.R.S
Prof. F. Gotch.^.R.S
Prof. W. Stroud
Prof. W. Ramsay, F.R.S. ...
,F. Darwin, F.R.S
Primeval Man.
Mental Imagery.
The Rise and Progress of Palteon-
tology.
The Electric Discharge, its Forms
and its Functions.
Tides.
Pelagic Life.
Recent Researches on the Distance
of the Sun.
Galvanic and Animal Electricity.
Dust.
The Modern Microscope in Re-
searches on the Least and Lowest
Forms of Life.
The Electric Light and Atmospheric
Absorjption.
The Great Ocean Basins.
Soap Bubbles.
The Sense of Hearing.
IJhe Rate of Explosions in Gases.
Explorations in Central Africa.
The Electrical Transmission of Power.
The Foundation Stones of the Earth's
Crust.
The Hardening and Tempering of
Steel.
How Plants maintain themselves in
the Struggle for E.^istence.
Mimicry,
Quartz Fibres and their Applications.
Some DitBculties in the Life of
Aquatic Insects.
Electrical Stress.
Pedigrees.
]\Iagnetic Induction.
Flame.
The Discovery of the Physiology of
the Nervous System.
Experiences and Prospects of
African Exploration.
Historical Progress and Ideal So-
cialism.
Magnetism in Rotation.
The Work of Pasteur and its various
Developments.
Safetj^ in Ships.
Man before Writing.
Canada's Metals.
Earthquakes and Volcanoes,
Funafuti : the Study of a Coral Island.
Phosphorescence.
La vibration nerveuse.
TheCentenary of the ElectricCurrent.
Animal Electricity.
Range Finders.
The Inert Constituents of the
Atmosphere.
The Movements of Plap.ts.
Ixxvi
REPORT— 1903.
Date and Place
1902. Belfast ...
li)03. South port
Lecturer
Prof. J. J. Thomson, F.R.S....
Prof. W. F. 11. Weldon, F.R.S.
Dr. R, Munro
Dr. A. Rowe
Subject of Discourse
Becquerel Rays and Radio-activity.
Inheritance.
Man as Artist and Sportsman in the
Paleolithic Period.
The Old Chalk Sea, and some of its
Teachings.
LECTURES TO THE OPERATIVE CLASSES.
Date and Place
1867.
1868.
1869.
1870,
1872.
1873.
1874.
187.5.
1876.
1877.
1879.
1880.
1881.
1882.
1883.
1884.
1885.
1886.
1887.
1888.
1889.
1890.
1891.
1892.
1893.
1894.
1895.
1896.
1897.
1898.
Dundee..
Norwich
Exeter ..
Liverpool .
Brighton .
Bradford .
Belfast
Bristol
Glasgow .
Plymouth .
Sheffield .
Swansea .
York
Southamp-
ton.
Southport
Montreal ...
Aberdeen ...
Birmingham
Manchester
Bath
Newcastle-
upon-Tyne
Leeds
Cardiff
Edinburgh
Nottingham
Oxford
Ipswich ...
Liverpool...
Toronto ...
Bristol
1900.
1901.
1902.
1903.
Bradford ..
Glasgow .,
Belfast ..
Southport
Subject of Discourse
Prof. J. Tyndall, LL.D..F.R.S.
Prof. Huxley, LL.D., F.R.S.
Prof. Miller, M.D., F.R.S. ...
Sir John Lubbock,Bart.,F.R.S.
\V.Spottiswoode,LL.D., F.R.S.
C.W. Siemens, D.C.L., F.R.S.
Prof. Odling, F.R.S
Dr. W. B. Carpenter, F.R.S.
Commander Cameron, C.B....
W. H. Preece
W. E. Ayr ton
H. Seebohm, F.Z.S
Prof. Osborne Reynolds,
F.R.S.
John Evans, D.C.L.,Treas.R.S.
Sir F. J. Bramwell, F.R.S. ...
Prof. R. S. Ball, F.R.S
H. B. Dixon, M.A
Prof. W. C. Roberts-Austen,
F.R.S.
Prof. G. Forbes, F.R.S
Sir John Lubbock,Bart., F.R.S.
B. Baker, M.Inst.C.E
Prof. J. Perry, D.Sc, F.R.S.
Prof. S. P. Thompson, F.R.S.
Prof. C. Vernon Boys, F.R.S.
Prof. Vivian B. Lewes
Prof. W. J. Sollas, F.R.S. ...
Dr. A. H. Fison
Prof. J. A. Fleming, F.R.S....
Dr. H. O. Forbes
Prof. E. B. Poulton, F.R.S.
Prof. S. P. Thompson, F.R.S.
H. J. Slackinder, M.A
Prof. L. C. Miall, F.R.S.
Dr. J. S. Flett
Matter and Force,
A Piece of Chalk.
The modes of detecting the Com-
position of the Sun and otlier
Heavenly Bodies by the Spectrum,
Savages.
Sunshine, Sea, and Sky.
Fuel.
The Discovery of Oxygen,
A Piece of Limestone.
A Journey through Africa.
Telegraphy and the Telephone,
Electricity as a Motive Power,
The North-East Passage.
Raindrops, Hailstones, and Snow-
flakes.
Unwritten History, and how to
read it.
Talking by Electricity— Telephones,
Comets.
The Nature of Explosions.
The Colours of Metals and their
Alloys.
Electric Lighting.
The Customs of Savage Races.
The Forth Bridge.
Spinning Tops.
Electricity in Mining.
Electric Spark Photographs.
Spontaneous Combustion.
Geologies and Deluges.
Colour,
The Earth a Great Magnet.
New Guinea.
The ways in which Animals Warn
their enemies and Signal to their
friends.
Electricity in the Industries.
The Movements of Men by Land
and Sea.
Gnats and Mosquitoes.
Martinique and St. Vincent: the
Eruptions of 1902.
Ixxvii
OFFICERS OF SEdtlONAL COMMITTEES PRESENT AT
THE SOUTHPORT MEETING.
SECTION A. — MATHEMATICAL AND PHYSICAL SCIENCE.
President. — Charles Vernon Boys, F.R.S.
Vice-Presidents. — Prof. L. Boltzmann ; Prof. 0. Henrici, F.R.S. ; Prin-
cipal Griffiths, F.R.S. ; Prof. E. Mascart ; Prof. Simon Newcomb ;
Dr. W. N. Shaw, F.R.S. ; Prof. H. H. Turner, F.R.S.
Secretaries.— T>. E. Benson ; A. R. Hinks, M.A. ; R. W. H. T. Hudson,
M.A. ; C. H. Lees, D.Sc. {Recorder) ; J. Loton, M.A. ; A. W.
Porter, B.Sc.
SECTION B. — CHEMISTRY.
President.— Vroi. Walter Noel Hartley, D.Sc., F.R.S.
Vice-Presidents. — Prof. J. Campbell Brown, D.Sc. ; Prof. E. Diverts, F.R.S.;
Prof. F. Stanley Kipping, F.R.S. ; Prof. Sydney Young, F.R.S.
Secretaries. — M. O. Forster, Ph.D. ; Prof. G. G. Henderson,D.Sc. ; James
Ohm, M.A. ; Prof. W. J. Pope, F.R.S. {Recorder).
SECTION C— GEOLOGY.
President.— VtoL W. W. Watts, M.A., M.Sc.
Vice-Presidents. — Prof. W. Boyd Dawkins, F.R.S. ; G. W. Lamplugh ',
Clement Reid, F.R.S. ; A. S. Woodward, F.R.S.
Secretaries. — H. L. Bowman, M.A. ; Rev. W. L. Carter, M.A. ; J. Lomas ;
H. W. Monckton {Recorder).
SECTION D. — ZOOLOGY.
President. — Prof. Sydney J. Hickson, F.R.S.
Vice-Presidents. — F. E. Beddard, F.R.S. ; J. Stanley Gardiner, M.A. ;
Prof. G. B. Howes, F.R.S. ; D. Sharp, F.R.S.
Secretaries. — J. H. Ashworth, D.Sc. ; J. Barcroft, M.A., B.Sc. ; Alfred
Quayle ; J. Y. Simpson, D.Sc. {Recorder) ; H. W. Marett Tims, M.D.
SECTION E. — GEOGRAPHY.
President.— Q&^t. Ettrick AV. Creak, R.N., C.B., F.R.S.
Vice-Presidents. — Tempest Anderson, M.D. ; H. R. Mill, D.Sc. ; Com-
mander D. Wilson-Barker, R.N.R., F.R.S.E.
Secretaries. — Edward Heawood, M.A. {Recorder) ; A. J. Herbertson ;
E. A. Reeves ; Capt. J. C. Underwood.
Ixxviii REPORT — l90o.
SECTION F. — ECONOMIC SCIENCE AND StATlSTlOS.
'President.— Bdward "W. Brabrook, C.B.
Vice-Presidents.— Y.. Caiman, LL.D. ; Sir Robert Giffen, K.C.B., F.R.S. 5
Sir Bosdin T. Leech.
■Secretaries. — A. L. Bowley, M.A. (Recorder) ; Prof. S. J. Chapman, M.A. }
B. AV. Ginsburg, M.A., LL.D. ; George Lloyd.
SECTION G. — ENGINEERING.
'President.— G. Hawksley, M.Inst.C.E.
Vice-Presidents.— Vrot J. Perry, F.R.S. ; Capt. H. Riall Sankey, R.A. ;
Sir J. I. Thorneycroft, F.R.S.
■Secretaries.-'Pvoi. W. E. Dalby, M.A. ; W. T. Maccall, M.Sc. ; W. A-
Price, M.A. {Recorder).
SECTION H, — ANTHROPOLOGY.
President.— Tiol Johnson Symington, M.D., F.R.S., F.R.S.E.
Vice-Presidents. — H. Balfour, M.A. ; E. Sydney Hartland ; Prof. W.
Ridgeway, M.A.
Secretaries.— K N. Fallaize, M.A. ; H. S. Kingsford, B.A. ; R. M
Littler, F.R.C.S. ; J. L. Myres, M.A. (Recorder).
SECTION K.— BOTANY.
President. — ^ Albert Charles Seward, M.A., F.R.S.
Vice-Presidents. — Prof. R. J. Harvey Gibson, M.A. ; Prof. J. R. Green,
F.R.S. ; Prof. H. Marshall Ward, F.R.S.
Secretaries. — Henry Ball; A. G. Tansley, M.A. ; Harold Wager (Re-
corder) ; R. H. Yapp, M.A.
SECTION L. — EDUCATIONAL SCIENCE.
President.— Sir William de W. Abney, K.C.B., F.R.S.
Vice-Presidents.— Tvoi. H. E. Ai-mstrong, F.R.S. ; H. W. Eve, M.A. ;
J. L. Holland, B.A. ; Sir Oliver J. Lodge, F.R.S.
Secretaries. — Prof. R. A. Gregory ; W. M. Heller, B.Sc. (Recorder) ;
C. W. Kimmins, D.Sc. ; H. Lloyd Snape, D.Sc.
Committee oi^ recommendations. Ixxix
COMMITTEE OF RECOMMENDATIONS.
The President and Vice-Presidents of the Meeting ; the Presidents of
former years ; the Trustees ; the General and Assistant General
Secretaries ; the General Treasurer ; the Presidents of the Sections ;
Prof. A. R. Forsyth ; Prof. Schuster ; Prof. H. B. Dixon ; Prof.
Pope ; G. W. Lamplugh ; J. J. H. Teall : Dr. D. Sharp ; Dr. J. Y.
Simpson ; Dr. H. R. Mill ; E. Heawood ; Sir R. Giffen ; A. L.
Bowley ; Prof. J. Perry ; W. A. Price ; H. Balfour ; J. L. Myres ;
H. Wager ; Prof. Marshall Ward ; Prof. H. E. Armstrong >
W. M. Heller ; W. Whitaker ; Prof. Sherrington ; J. Barcroft.
L.
XXX
REPORT — 1903.
Dr.
THE GENERAL TREASURER'S ACCOUNT,
1902-1903. RECEIPTS.
£ 5. rf.
Balance brought forward 1565 1!) 11
Life Compositions (including Transfers) 351
New Annual Members' Subscriptions 202
Annual Subscriptions 58(5
iSale of Associates' Tickets (535
Sale of Ladies' Tickets 305
Sale of Publications 141 7
Dividend on Consols 167 12 4
Dividend on India 3 per Cents 101 5
Interest on Deposit 37 11 6
Unexpended Balance of Grant returned by Committee on
the Zoology and Botany of the West India Islands 25
£4117 II 4
Investineuf*.
£ s. d.
Consols 6501 10 6
India 3 per Cents 3600
£10,101 10 5
G. Caeey Foster, Gemral Treasurer.
GENERAL TREASURER'S ACCOUNT. Ixxxi
from July 1, 1902, to June 30, 1003. Or,
1902-1003. EXPENDITURE.
£ s. if
Expenses of Belfast Meeting (including Printing, Adver-
tising, Payment of Clerks, i&c, ito.) 148 11
Rent and Office Expenses 91 1
Salaries, &c 52G 9
Printing, Binding, &c 1107 1 4
Contribution to Antarctic Expedition 750
Payment of Grants made at Belfast :
& s. d.
Electrical StaiiiliirJs 35 U
Seismoloftical Oljsei-vations 40 U U
Iiivcstigationof the Upper Atmiisiihere by means of Kites 75 U
Magnetic Observations at Falmouth . , , 4U U U
Study of Hydroaromatic Substances 20
Erratic Blocks lU U
Exploration of Irish Caves 40
Uudergronnd Waters of North-west Yorlcshire 40
Life-zones in British Carboniferous Rooks 5 li
Geological Photographs 10
Tableat the Zoological Station, Naples 100
Index Generum et Specierum Animalinm 100
Tidal Bore, Sea Waves, and Beaches 15
Scottish National Antarctic Expedition 50
Legislation affecting Women's Labour 25
Researches in Crete luo
Age of Stone Circles 3 13 2
Anthropometric Investigation 5
Antliropometry of the Todas and other Tribes of
•Southern India 50
The State of Solution of Proteids 20
Investigation of the Oyanophycea! 25
Bespiration of Plants 12
Conditions of Health essential for School Instruction , . 5
Corresponding Societies Committee 20
845 l.S 2
3408 7 9
Balance at Bank of England (Western Branch) £G98 7 3
XeM Cheque not presented 52 10
645 17 3
Cash in hand 3 4 4
649 1 7
£4117 9 4
I have examined the above Account with the books and vouchers of the Associa-
tion, and certify the same to be correct. I have also verified the balance at the
Bankers', and have ascertained that the Investments are registered in the names
of the Trustees.
•
Approved— W. B. Keen, Chartered Aceovntant,
L. L. Price. ] , ,. 3 Church Court, Old Jewry, E.C.
B. W Bbabbook, J ^"«»f"''«- j„iy 23, 1903.
1903. e
Ixxxii
REPORT— 1903.
Table shovnng the Attendance and Receipts
Date of Meeting
Where held
1R31, Sept. 27 York ..
1832, June 19 i Oxfonl
1833, June 25 | Oambriilge
Edinburgh
Dulilin
Bristol
Liverpool
Newcastle-on-Tyne..
Birmingham
(llasgow.
1834, Sept. 8
1835, Ang. 10
183G, Aug. 22
1837, Sept. 11
1838, Aug. 10
1839, Aug. 2C
1840, Sept. 17
1841, .fuly 20 Plymouth
1842, June 23 : Mauclie.ster
Cork
York
Canibriilge ....
Southampton .
Oxford
Swansea
Birmingham .
Eduiburgh ....
Ipswich
Belfast
Hull
Liverpool
Glasgow
Clieltenham ....
Dublin
Leeds
Aberdeen
Oxforil
Manchester ....
Presidents
Old Life
Members
1843, Aug. 17
1844, Sept. 2C
1845, June 19
184U, Sept. 10
1847, June 23
1848, Aug. 9
1849, Sept. 12
185U, July 21
1851, July 2...
1852, Sept. 1
1853, Sept. 3
1,854, Sept. 20
1855, Sept. 12
185G, Aug. G
1857, Aug. 26
1858, Sept. 22
1859, Sept. 14
1801), June 27
18Ul,Sept. 4
1802, Oct. 1 Cambridge
18U3, Aug. 26 ! Newcastle-on-Tyne.,
1864, Sept. 13 ' Bath
1805, Sept. 6 Birmingham
1866, Aug. 22 Nottingham
1867, Sept. 4 Dundee
1808, Aug. 19 1 Norwich
1809, Aug. 18 Eseter
1870, Sept. 14 Liverpool
1871, Aug. 2 Edinburgh
1872, Aug. 14 Brighton
1873, Sept. 17 Bradford
1874, Aug. 19 1 Belfast
1875, Aug. 25 1 Bristol
1876,Sept.6 | Glasgow
1877, Aug. 15 1 Plymouth
1878, Aug. 14 : Dublin
1879, Aug. 20 1 Sheffield
1880, Aug. 25 ! Swansea
1881, Aug. 31 York
1882, Aug. 23 Southaiupton
l.SSsi Sept. 19 , Southport
1884, Aug. 27 1 Montreal
1885, Sept. 9 1 Aberdeen
1880, Sept. 1 Birmingham
1887, Aug. 31 Manchester
1888, Sept. 5 B.ath
1889, Sept. 11 Newcastle-on-Tyne.
1890, Sept. 3 Leeds
1891, Aug. 19 ' Cardiff
1892, Aug. 3 Edinburgh
1893, Sept. 13 Nottingham
1894,Aug.8 j Oxford
1895, Sept. 11 1 Ipswich
1896, Sept. 16 Liverpool
1897, Aug. 18 Torouto
1898, Seyit. 7 'Bristol
1899, Sept.l3 : Dover
1900, Sept. 5 Bradford
1901, Sept. 11 Glasgow
1902, Sept. 10 .
1903, Sept. 9
Belfast
Southport .
The Earl Fitzwilliam, D.O.L.. F.E.8.
The nev. W. Buckland, IMl.S
The Rev. A. Sedgwick. F.R.S
Sir T. M. Brisbane, D.C.L., F.R.S. ...
The Rev. Provost Llo.yd.LL.D., F.R.S.
The Marquis of Lan.sdowue, F.R.S... .
The Earl of Burlington, F.R.S
The Duke of Xorthumberiand, F.R.S.
The Rev. W. Vcrn.in Harciiurt, F.R.S.
The Manpiis of Rreadalliane, F.R.S.
Tlie Rev. W. WheweU, F.R.S
The Lord Francis Egerton, F.G.S. ...
The Earl of Rosse, F.R.S
The Rev. G. Peacock, D.D., F.R.S. ...
Sir .Tohn F. W.Hcrschel, liart., F.R.S,
Sir Roderick I.Mundiisou,liart.,F.R.S.
Sir Robert H. Inglis, Bart., F.R.S. ...
TheMarquisofNorthamiiton.Pres.R.S,
The Rev. T. R. Robinson, D.D.. F.R.S,
Sir David Brewster, K.H., F.R.S
(r. B. Airy, Astronomer Royal, F.R.S.
Lieut.-General Sabine, F.R.S
William Hopkins, F.R.S.
The Earl of Harrowbv, F.R.S
The Duke of .\rgvll, F.R.S
Prof. (". G. B. Dau'benv, M.D., F.R.S....
The Rev. H. Lloyil, D.D.. F.R.S
Richaril Owen, M.D., D.C.L., F.R.S....
H.R.ir. The Prince Consort
The Lord Wrotteslev, M.A., F.R.S. ...
William Fairli.airn, LL.D., F.R.S
The Rev. Profi's.scir Wmi.s,M.A.,F.R.S.l
SirWilliam G. Armstrong.C.L!., F.R.S.
Sir ( 'harles Lyi-ll, Hart., M.A., F.R.S.
Prof. .). I'liillips, M.A., LL.D., F.R.S.
William R. Grove, Q.C., F.R.S
The Kuke of Buocleuch, K.C.B.,F.R.S.
Dr. .lost-ph D. Hooker. F.R.S
Prof. G.G. Stokes, D.(\L., F.R.S
Prof. T. H. Huxley, LL.D., F.R.S. ...
Prof. Sir W. Thomson, LL.D., F.R.S.
Dr. W. B. Carpenter, F.R.S
Prof. A. W. Williaiusou, F.R.S
Prof. ,r. Tvndall. LL.D., F.R.S
Sir John Hawksliaw, F.R.S
Prof. T.Andrews, M.D., F.R.S
Prof. A. Thomson, M.D., F.R.S
W. Spottiswoodc, M.A., F.R.S
Prof. G. .). Allman, M.D.. F.R.S
A. C. Rarasav, LL.D., F.R.S
Sir .ToVin Lubbock, B.art., F.R.S
Dr. C. W. Siemens F.R.S
Prof. A. Cavlev, D.C.L., F.R.S
Prof. Lord Rayleigh, F.R.S
Sir Lyon Playfair. K.C.B., F.R.S.
Sir J.' W. Daw.son, C.M.G., F.R.S.
Sir H. B. Roseoe, D.C.L., F.R.S
Sir F. J. Bramwell, F.R.S
Prof. W. H. Flower, O.B., F.R.S.
Sir P. A. Abel, C.B., F.R.S
Dr. W. Huggins, F.R.S
Sir A. Geikie, LL.D., F.R.S
Prof. J. S. Burdon Sanderson, F.R.S,
i The Marquis of Sali3burv,K.G.,F.R.S.
Sir Douglas Galtou, K.C.B., F.R.S. ...
! Sir Joseph Lister. Bart., Pres. R.S. ...
Sir John Evans, K.O.B., F.R.S
Sir W. Crookes, F.R.S
! Sir Michael Foster, K.C.B., See.R.S....
Sir WiUiam Turner, D.O.L., F.R.S. ...
Prof. A. W. Riicker. D.Sc, SecR.S. ...
' Prof. J. Dewar, LL.D., F.R.S
I Sir Nonuau Lockyer, K.C.B., F.R.S,
New Life
Members
169
65
303
169
1U9
28
220
150
313
36
241
10
314
18
149
3
227
12
235
9
172
8
164
10
141
13
238
23
194
38
182
14
236
15
222
42
184
27
28(i
21
321
113
239
15
203
30
287
40
292
44
207
31
167
25
196
18
204
21
314
39
246
28
245
38
212
27
102
13
239
36
221
35
173
19
201
18
184
16
144
11
272
28
178
17
203
60
235
20
225
18
314
25
428
86
266
36
277
20
259
21
189
24
280
14
201
17
327
21
214
13
330
31
120
8
281
19
296
20
267
13
310
37
243
21
250
21
> Ladies were not admitted by purchased tickets until 1843. f Tickets of Admission to Sections only.
ATTENDANCE AND HECEIPTS AT ANNUAL MEETINGS. Ixxxiii
at Annual Meetings of the Association.
oia
Annual
Members
46
75
71
45
94
66
197
54
93
128
CI
63
56
121
142
104
156
111
125
177
184
150
154
182
215
218
193
226
229
303
311
280
237
232
307
331
238
290
239
171
313
253
330
317
332
428
510
399
412
308
341
413
328
435
290
3S3
286
327
324
297
374
314
319
New
Annual
Members
Asso-
ciates
Ladies Foreigners Total
1100*
317
z
60*
376
33t
331*
185
.
100
190
9t
200
22
407
172
39
270
196
40
495
203
25
376
197
33
447
237
42
510
273
47
244
141
60
510
292
57
367
236
121
765
524
101
1094
543
48
412
346
120
900
509
91
710
509
179
1206
821
59
636
463
125
1589
791
57
433
242
209
1704
1004
103
1119
1058
149
766
508
105
960
771
118
1163
771
117
720
682
107
678
600
195
1103
910
127
976
754
80
937
912
99
796
601
85
817
630
93
884
672
185
1265
712
59
446
283
93
1285
674
74
529
349
41
389
147
176
1230
514
79
516
189
323
952
841
219
826
74
122
1053
447
179
1067
429
244
1985
493
100
039
509
113
1024
579
92
680
334
152
6,-2
107
141
733
439
57
773
208
69
941
451
31
493
261
139
1384
S73
125
082
100
96
1051
039
C8
548
120
45
801
482
131
794
2)0
80
047
305
90
C88
365
34
40
28
35
36
53
15
22
44
37
9
6
10
26
9
26
13
22
47
15
25
25
13
23
11
7
45+
17
14
21
43
11
12
17
25
11
17
13
12
24
21
5
:2G&00H.§
11
92
12
21
12
35
50
17
77
22
41
41
33
27
9
20
6
I 21
353
900
1298
1350
1840
2400
1438
1353
891
1315
1079
857
1320
819
1071
1241
710
1108
870
1802
2133
1115
2022
1698
2564
1689
3138
1161
3335
2802
1997
2303
2444
2004
1856
2878
2463
2533
1983
1951
2248
2774
1229
2578
1404
915
2557
1253
2714
1777
2203
2453
3S38
1984
2437
1775
1497
2070
1601
2321
1324
3181
1302
2)10
1403
1915
1912
1020
1754
Amount
I'eeeiverl
during the
Meeting
Grants j
for Scientific I
Purposes I
Tear
£707
963
1085
620
1085
903
1882
2311
1098
2015
1931
2782
1004
3944
1089
3040
2905
2227
2409
2013
2042
1931
3096
2575
2649
2120
1979
2397
3023
1268
2013
1425
899
2089
1280
3309
1855
2256
2532
4330
21(17
2141
1776
1004
20U7
1053
2175
1230-
3228
1398
?:*99
132S
I]
'
(I
I)
(I
j
1.
£20
107
435
922 12
932 2
1595 11
1540 16
1235 10 11
1449 17 8
1565 10
981 12
831 9
685 16
208 5
275 1
159 19
345 18
391 9
304 6
205
380 19
480 10
734 13
507 15
618 IS
084 11
700 19
1111 5 10
1293 16 6
1008 3 10
1289 15 8
1591 7 10
1750 13
1739 4
1940
1022
1572
1472
1285
1085
1151 10
900
1092 4 2
1128 9 7
725 10 6
1080 11 11
731 7 7
8 1
1 11
3 3
1801
2(110
((
1C.44
1762
476
1120
1083
1173 4
1385 (]
995 6
1180 18
1511 5
1117 (I 11
789 Ii; 8
11129 111
801 1(1 II
907 15 6
583 15
977 15
U'll
1059 111
1212 II
1430 14
1072 1(1
9ir. II
917 II
845 13
1831
1832
1833
1834
1835
1830
1837
1838
1839
1840
1841
1842
1843
1844
1845
1846
1847
1848
1849
1850
1851
1852
1853
1854
1855
1850
1857
1858
1859
1800
1801
1802
1803
1864
1805
IHOO
1H07
1868
1809
1870
1S71
1872
1873
1874
1875
1870
1877
1878
1879
1880
1881
1882
1883
1884
1885
1S80
1887
1888
1889
1M9U
IS'.ll
1 892
1893
1894
1895
1 HilO
1S'I7
1 K98
1 «99
191 II I
1901
190 2
1903
X Including Ladies. | Fellows of tlie American As9oointion were admitted ns Hon. Membci s for tliis Mcetins.
o 2
OFFICERS AND COUNCIL, 1903-1904.
PRESIDENT.
Sm NOIIUAN LOCKYER, K.C.B., LL.D., F.R.S., Corrosponaaut de I'lustitiit tie France,
VICE-PRESIDENTS.
The Right Hon. the Eaiu, of Derby, K.G., G.O.B.
The Right Hon. the Eari. (if Crawford and
Balcarrks, K.T., LL.D., F.R,S.
The Right Hon. the BAtir. Si'EXCER, K.G., LL.D.,
Chancellor of the Victoria University.
The Ritrht Hon. the Earl of Seftox.
The Right Hon. the Earl of Latho.m.
Sir Henry Roscoe, B.A., Ph.D., LL.D., D.O.L.,
F.R.S.
Sir George A. Pilkington.
Sir C]iAni,R.s Scarisbrick, J.P.
Alfred HorKiN.soN, Ksq., LL.D., K.C, V ice-
Chancellor of the Victoria University.
T. T. L. SiARisuRicK, Esq., Mayor of Southport.
E. Marshall Hall, Esq., K.O., M.P. for South-
port.
Charlks H. B. Hesketr, Esq.
Charles Weld-Blhndell, Esq.
PRESIDENT ELECT.
The Rlglit Hon, A. J. Balfour, D.C.L., JI.P., F.R.S., Cliancellor of the University of Edinburgh.
VICE-PRESIDENTS ELECT.
His Grace the DttKK op Devonshire, K.G., LL.D.,
F.R.S., Chancellor of the University of Cam-
bridge.
Alexander Peckover, Esq., LL.D., Lord Lieu-
tenant of Cambridgeshire.
The Right Rev. the Lord Bl^hop op Ely, D.D.
The Right Hon. Lord Walsingham, LL.D.,
P.R S., High Steward of tlie University of
Oamotidge.
The Right Hon. and Rev. Lord Braybrooke,
Master of llagdalene.
The Right Hon, Lord Rayleigh, D.C.L., LL.D.,
F.R.S.
The Right Hon. Lord Kelvin-, G.O.V.O., D.C.L.,
LL.D., F.R.S.
The Rev. F. H. Ch.^se, D.D., Vice-Ghancellor of the
University of Cambridge.
The Right Rev. H. Montagu Butler, D.D.,
Master of Trinity.
J. H. CHKSSiiYRE Daltos, Esq., M.D , Mayor of
Cambridge.
Robert Stephenson, Esq , Chairman of the Cani-
bridge.sliire County Council.
Joseph Martin, Esq., Chairman of the Isle of Ely
County Council.
P. H. Young, Esq., Deputy Mayor of Cambridge.
GENERAL TREASURER.
Professor G. Carey Foster, LL.D., D.Sc, F.R.S., Burlington House, London, W.
GENERAL
Major P. A. MacMahon, R.A., D.Sc, F.R.S.
SECRETARIES.
I Professor W.
A, Herdman, D.Sc, F.R.S.
ASSISTANT GENERAL SECRETARY,
J. G. Garson, M.D., Burlington House, Lomlon, W.
LOCAL TREASURERS FOR THE MEETING AT CAMBRIDGE.
E. H. Parker, Esq., M..\. | A. E. Shiilky, Esq., M.A.
LOCAL SECRETARIES FOR THE MEETING AT CAMBRIDGE.
S. R. Gkn, Esq. I S. Skinner, Esq., M.A,
A. O. Seward, Esq., M.A., F.R.S. | ,1. E. L. Whitehead, Esq., M.A
ORDINARY MEMBERS
Abnky, Sir W„ K.O.B., P.R.S,
Armstrong, Professor H. E., F.R.S.
BONAR, J., Esq., LL.D.
Bourn-e, G. C., Esq., M.A.
Bower, Professor F. O., F.R.S.
Brabrook, E. W., Esq., C.B.
Callendar, Professor H. L., F.R.S.
Cunningham, Professor D. J., F.R.S.
Darwin, Major L., See. R.G.S.
GoTCH, Professor F., F.R.S.
Haddon, Dr. A. 0., F.R.S.
Hawkslky, C, Esq., M.Inst.C.E.
Howes, Professor G. B., P.RS.
OF THE COUNCIL.
Kkltie, J. Scopi', Esq., LL.D.
Macalister, Professor A., F.R.S.
McKENDRirK, Professor J. G., F.R.S.
Noble, Sir A., Bart., K.C.B., F.R.S.
Perkin, Professor W. H., F.R.S.
Perry, Professor John, F.R.S.
Price, L. L., Esq., M.A.
Seward, A. C, Esq., F.R.S.
Tilden-, Professor W. A., F.R.S.
WAT-rs, Professor W. W., M.A.
Wolpk-Barry, Sir John, K.C.B., F.R.S.
Woodward, Dr. A. S.mith, F.R.S.
EX-OFFICIO MEMBERS OF THE COUNCIL.
The Trustees, the President and President Elect, the Presidents of former years, the Vice-Presidents and
Vice-Presidents Elect, the General and Assistant General Secretaries for the present and former years,
the General Ticasurers for the present and former years, and the Local Treasurer and Secretaries for
the ensuing Meeting.
TRUSTEES (PERMANENT).
The Right Hon. Lord Aveeurt, D.C.L., LL.D., F.R.S., P.L.S.
The Right Hon. Lord Rayleigh, M.A., D.C.L., LL.D., F.R.S., P.R.A.S.
Sir Arthur W. Rijceer, M.A., D.Sc, F.R.S.
PRESIDENTS OF FORMER YEARS.
Sir Joseph D. Eiooker, G.C.S.I.
Lord Kelvin, G.C.V.O., F.R,S.
Prof. A. W, Williamson, F,a.S.
Lord Avebury, D.O.L., F.R.S.
Lord Rayleigh, D.C.L., P.R.S.
Sir H. E. Roscoe, D.C.L., F.R.S.
Sir Wm. Hnggins,K.O.B.,Pres.R.S.
Sir Archibald Geikie, Sec.B.S.
Sir J. S. Burdou Sanderson, Bart.,
F R S
Lord Lister, D.O.L., F.R.S.
Sir John Evans, K.C.B., F.R.S.
Sir William Orookes, P.R.S.
Sir Michael Foster, K.O.B., F.R.S.
Sir W. Turner, K.O.B., F.R.S.
Sir A. W. RUoker, D.Sc., F.R.S.
Prof. J. Dewar, LL.D., F.R.S.
GENERAL OFFICERS OF FORMER YEARS.
F. Gallon, Esq., D C.L., F.R.S.
air Aiichael Foster, K.C.B., F.R.S.
P. L. Sclater, Esq., Ph.D., P.R.S.
Prof. T. G. Bonney, D.Sc, F.R.S. | Sir A. W. RUcker, D.Sc, F.R S.
Prof. A. W. Williamson, F,R.S. | Prof. E. A. Sohiifer, F.R.S.
A. Vernon Harcourt, Esq., P.R.S. | Dr. D. H. Scott, M.A., P.R.S.
E. W. Brabrook, Esq., C.B.
AUDITORS.
1
L. L. Price, Esq., M.A.
llEPORT OF THE COUNCIL. IxxxV
Report of the Council for the Year 1902-1903, ■presented to the General
Committee at Sonthport on Wednesday, September 9, 1903.
The following resolutions were referred to the C<.»uncil by tlie General
Committee for consideration, and action if desirable : —
I. ' That the Council be requested to impress upon His Majesty's
Government the desirability of appointing an Inspector of Ancient
Monuments under the Ancient Monuments Act in the place of the
late Lieut. -General Pitt-Rivei's.'
II. ' That the Council be requested to call the attention of His
Majesty's Government to the destruction of Ancieno Monuments,
especially on Dartmoor, which is authorised under the terms of the
Highway Act, 5 & 6 Wm. IV., c. 50, the provisions of which are
unrepealed by later Acts ; and to urge the repeal of this section of
the Act.'
III. ' That the attention of the Royal Irish Academy be drawn
to the importance of organising and carrying out a Pigmentation
Survey of School Children in Ireland.'
A Committee, consisting of the General Officers and Dr. A. C.
Haddon, was appointed to draw up a Memorandum to give effect to these
resolutions, and with the approval of the Council the following letter was
addressed to the First Commissioner of Works and Public Buildings : —
' British Association for the Advancement of Science,
' Burlington House, London, W.,
' March 31, 1903.
' Sir, — I am desired by the Council of the British Association for
the Advancement of Science to inform you that in their opinion it is
very desirable that an Inspector under the Ancient Monuments Act be
appointed in succession to the late General Pitt-Rivers.
' Since the death of the late Inspector of Ancient Monuments there
is no one with scientific knowledge of the subject whose business it is to
superintend the operations of the Act.
' The ancient monuments of Great Britain as a whole are not subject
to any regular official inspection, and this lack of a personal interest in
the monuments generally results in their neglect by their owners and by
local authorities. The Council feel confident if an active and enthusiastic
scientific Inspector of Ancient Monuments were appointed many more
monuments would be placed under the Act, and would thereby be
preserved for and by the nation.
' I have the honour to be your obedient Sei'vant,
(Signed) 'James Dewar, President.'
To this letter the following reply was received : —
' H.M. Office of Worlcs, April 8, 1903.
'Sir, — With reference to your letter of the 31st ultimo I am directed
by the First Commissioner of His Majesty's Works, A'c, to acquaint you,
ixxxvi . REPORT — i908.
for the information of the Council of the British Association, ttiat
the question of the appointment of an Inspector under the Ancient
Monuments Act is now engaging the attention of the Board.
' I am, Sir, your obedient Servant,
(Signed) ' Scuombkkg K. McDonnell.'
On the Resolution II. the following letter was, with the approval of the
Council, addressed to the President of the Local Government Board : —
'British As-sociation for the Advancement of Science,
'Burlington House, London, \V.,
'March 31, I'JOS.
' Sir, — I am desired by the Council of the British Association for the
Advancement of Science to call your attention to the fact that in different
parts of the country, and especially on Dartmoor, much damage has been
and is still being done to Ancient Monuments by the materials of which
they are constructed being taken for mending roads in the vicinity under
cover of the Highway Act, 5 it 6 Wm. IV., c. 50, ss. li.-liv.
' As the surface stones near to the highways become used up, and
road-mending material has to be brought from greater distances, the
destruction of Ancient Monuments, particularly those in the vicinity of
the highways, has proceeded apace by the hands of the contractors'
' The Council desire in the name of this Association to express their
opinion that the Act above mentioned should be amended, or other means
taken to secure as speedily as possible the protection of Ancient Monu-
ments of all kinds from further destruction in the manner indicated.
' I am, Sir,
' Your obedient Servant,
(Signed) ' James DewaR.
'To the Rt. Hon.
' Prcbident of the Local Government Board.'
To the above letter the following replies have been received :—
' Local Government Board,
' Whitehall, S.W.. April 22. 1903.
' Hik, — I am diiected by the Local Government Board to advert to
yciur letter of the 31st ultimo with respect to the protection of Ancient
Monuments atid to state that the amendment of the Highway Act sug-
gested in your letter will be noted by the Board.
' I am to add that, having regard to the provisions of the Ancient
Monuments Protection Acts, the Board have sent a copy of your letter to
the Commissioners of Works.
' I am also to suggest that, looking to the terms of the Ancient Monu-
tnents Protection Act of 1900, the Association might bring the matter
Under the notice of the respective County Councils.
' I am. Sir,
' Your obedient Servant,
(Signed) ' H. C. Howes,
'Assistant Secretary.
'Professor Dewar, F.R.S.'
REPOlif OF THE dOUNClL. Ixxxvii
' H.M. Office of Works,
' April 30, 1903.
« Sir,— A copy of your letter of the 31st ultimo to the President of the
Local Government Board having been forwarded to this Department, I am
directed by the First Commissioner of His Majesty's Works, &c., to state
that it appears to this Board that the prevention of the damage to Ancient
Monuments, to which you invite attention, is a matter in which the
County Councils could most effectively take action, certain powers ^being
conferred on those bodies by the Ancient Monuments Act 1900 (63 & 64
Vic, c. U).
' I am, Sir,
' Your obedient Servant,
(Signed) ' Schomberg K. McDonnell.
'Professor Dewar, F.R.S.'
On the Resolution III. the following letter was addressed, with the
approval of the Council, to the President of the Royal Irish Academy :—
' British Association for the Advancement of Science,
' Burlington House, London, W.,
'March 31, 1903.
' Dear Sir,— I am desired by the Council to inform you that at the
meeting of the British Association for the Advancement of Science held
last year at Belfast the question of the desirability of organising a
Pigmentation Survey of the School Children in Ireland was discussed on
the reading of a paper on that subject by INIr. J. F. Tocher, a copy of
which is herewith inclosed.
' The Council venture to hope that the Royal Irish Academy, having
for many years interested itself practically in tlie investigation of the
Ethnography of Ireland, will carefully consider the scheme outhned in
the paper, and may be induced to take up the work.
' The Council are of opinion that as a Pigmentation Survey of the
School Children in Scotland is at present being conducted, a correspond-
ing survey of the School Children in Ireland would be of considerable
scientific value, and could not be carried out under better auspices than
those of the Royal Irish Academy.
' I am. Sir,
' Yours faithfully,
(Signed) ' James Dewak, President.
' To the President of the
' Royal Irish Academy, Dublin.'
The following letter was received from the Colonial Secretary for
Bermuda : —
' Colonial Secretary's Office, Hamilton, Bermuda,
• October 17, 1902.
I Sir,— I am directed by His Excellency the Governor of Bermuda to
request you to be good enough to submit the following matter for the
consideration of the British Association for the Advancement of Science.
' A Committee of the Legislature of this Colony, appointed to consider
and report what steps it would be desirable to take locally with a view
to the establishment and maintenance of a Marine Biological Station in
these islands, has reported in favour of the establishment of such a station,
and has recommended that the Legislature should make provision for its
Jtxxviii REtORT — 1903.
erection and ordinary equipment. This report has been adopted by the
House of Assembly.
' The Committee has in its report further recommended that before
the Legislature decides to take any definite action in the matter steps
should be taken to endeavour to ascertain whether certain eminent
scientific bodies and institutions both in the United Kingdom and in
the United States of America would view with approval the establish-
ment of such a station in these islands for purposes of scientific research,
and to inquire also to what extent such institutions would be prepared
to co-operate with this Colony in the matter, and to a.ssist in making the
atation one of an international character and suitable for the prosecu-
tion of advanced scientific research.
' It is possible that the British Association might consider it desirable
to encourage the establishment and maintenance of the proposed Biological
Station, and I am requested to invite you to be good enough to submit
this communication to that body for their information and consideration,
' I have the honour to be, Sir,
' Your obedient Servant,
(Signed) ' Eyre Hutson,
' Colonial Secrelanj.''
The letter was referred to a Connnittee consisting of Professor Howes,
Dr. Kay Lankcster, Professor Herdman, Mr. G. Murray, and the General
Othcers, from whom the following report was received : —
' The Committee have to report that in their opinion the establish-
ment of a Marine Biological Laboratory at Bermuda is very desirable,
the island being most favourably situated for the purpose, inasmuch as
it permits of the study of coral reefs and the many other interesting
forms and problems of marine life associated therewith under climatic
conditions excellently adapted for European workers.
' It appears from the letter of the Colonial Secretary of Bermuda that
the Legislature of the Colony has resolved to erect and equip the labora-
tory, and that the support asked for is a contribution in the form of a
grant or grants towards its maintenance.
' The Committee consider it desirable that the attention of the Com-
mittees of Sections concei-ned in marine problems of research be directed
to the matter for the purpose of determining whether any definite re-
searches could be usefully engaged in at the laboratory under the auspices
of the Association, and to what degree these may be usefully advanced
by the appropriation of the funds of the Association.
' The Comnuttee are of opinion that in return for any subsidy given
arrangements should be made with the Colonial Government to give
accommodation and special facilities in the laboratory to workers ap-
pointed by the British Association.'
The report was adopted by the Council and has been referred to the
Organising Committees of Sections for the consideration of those Sections
interested in marine problems of research at the Southport Meeting.
A considerable number of notifications of alterations in coast outline
having been received from the coastguard stations of the United King-
dom, the Committee on Coast Erosion, consisting of Sir Archibald Geikie,
REPORt OF THE COtJNCIL. IxxXl^
Captain Creak, Professor L. Vernon Harcourt, Mr. Whitaker, Mr. A. T.
Walmisley, and the General Officers, were reappointed.
On the recommendation of the Committee, the Council asked Mr. John
Parkinson, F.G.S., of Cambridge, to undertake the tabulation of the
returns at a fee of ten guineas, and a further sum of 5^. was placed at the
disposal of the Committee for expenses in connection with the work.
A valuable report and map have been prepared by Mr. Parkinson,
which the Committee have incorporated in their report to the Council.
The Council recommend that the report be read in the Geological Section
at South port, and published in the Report of the Association, and that the
Lords of the Admiralty be apprised of the valuable information which
has been collected with their assistance and co-operation.
The following letter was received from the then Secretary of the
Corresponding Societies Committee : —
' British Association for the Advancement of Science,
' Biulington House, London, \V.,
'July 4, 1902.
' Dear Sirs, — The Corresponding Societies Committee are of opinion
that some improved means of giving information to the Societies as to
how they can aid by local investigations the work of Committees is very
desirable.
' By the present arrangements the Societies are little more than
placed in a position to communicate with those from whom they can
obtain information regarding the work they could undertake.
* My Committee therefore desire to suggest that each of the Organ-
ising Committees of Sections be asked to consider what local work could
be usefully undertaken by Corresponding Societies, and draw up a pro-
gramme of that work, with directions as to the method of doing it, which
in course would come before the Sectional Committee, and be forwarded
for communication to the Conference of Delegates. The schemes of the
several Sections would then be incorporated in the Report of the Con-
ference sent to the Societies after the Meeting, and so come directly to
their notice.
' If this suggestion be approved of by the Council, my Committee
desire to further suggest that it could be best given effect to by direct
communication from the Council to the Organising Committees of
Sections.
' I am, yours faithfully,
'The General Secretaries, J. G. Garson.
' British Association.'
The letter was referred to a Committee, consisting of the President,
President-elect, the General Officers, Professor Armstrong, Professor
Meldola, and Professor Perry, to consider, and to report thereon to the
Council.
The Committee recommended —
'1. That the work at present intrusted to the Secretaries of the
Sectional Committees under Rule X. should devolve upon the
Organising Committees.
XC REPORT — I9OB4
' 2. That an official invitation on behalf of the Council bfe addressed
to the Societies, through the Corresponding Societies Committee,
asking them to appoint standing British Association Sub-Com-
mittees to be elected by themselves with the object of dealing with
all those subjects of investigation common to their Societies and to
the British Association Committees, and to look after the general
interests of science and scientific education throughout the provinces
and provincial centres.
'They appended the following remarks to their recommendation : —
' The Committee have considered the communication from the Corre-
sponding Societies Committee referred to them by the Council, and have
examined into the general character of the work carried on by the Cor-
responding Societies, and the nature of the subjects discussed at the
Conferences of Delegates held annually under the auspices of the British
Association since the year 1885. They are of opinion that the range of
subjects very fairly covers most of the branches of scientific investigation
in which local Societies might be expected to bear a part. New subjects
are added from time to time, and means have been taken by the Corre-
sponding Societies Committee to give ^^ublicity to suggestions for any
suitable line of investigation instigated by the Corresponding Societies
themselves. (Jf the numerous branches of inquiry being carried on by
British Association Committees in whidi the Corresponding Societies are
invited year by year to take a part, some have been materially assisted by
the Corresponding Societies or their individual members. The subjects
suitable for investigation by local Societies are necessarily governed in
their scope by local conditions, but among those already brought under
the notice of the Corresponding Societies there are some of a general
character which miglit very well be taken up systematically all over the
country. The Committee do not consider it necessary to furnish the
Council with a complete list of such specific subjects, as these are already
included in the various Reports of the Corresponding Societies Com-
mittee. They desire, however, to call the attention of the Council to the
necessity for systematic co-operation among the local Societies for the
carrying out of investigations of such general importance as the vaiious
surveys, archaeological, ethnographic, photographic, and botanical, which
have on several occasions been brought under the notice of the Corre-
sponding Societies at the Conference of their Delegates. These and other
investigations of a similarly wide range which may from time to time
be suggested furnish ample work for the Corresponding Societies, and the
Committee find that in certain districts considerable progress has been
already made, or that steps are now being taken to organise the work
already suggested.
' The Committee have further considered the nature of the organisa-
tion at present in existence for bringing the official representative of the
Corresponding Societies into communication with each other and with the
Sectional Committees at the meetings of the Association, and they are of
opinion that it would tend to bring about a more systematic co-ordination
of the general investigations which are now being carried on, or which it
is desirable should be carried on, by the Corresponding Societies if
strenuous efforts were made to bring the Delegates into more intimate
personal relationship with the expert organisers of these various subjects
REPORT OK THE COUNCIL. XCl
of general interest to all local Societies. The Rules at present provide •
for such co-operation between the Sectional Committees (through their
Secretaries) and the Conference of Delegates ; but your Committee are of
opinion that, owing to the stress of work thrown upon the Sectional
Secretaries at the meetings of the Association, the Delegates cannot
derive the full benefit of such expert assistance as they may require in
connection with jjarticular lines of work in which their Societies are
engaged. For the same reason the Secretaries of the Sections are unable
to give full effect to any new schemes suitable for local investigation
which may originate in their Section, and which, if duly considered
beforehand and brought under the notice of the Delegates, might be of
use both to the Corresponding Societies and to the Association. Your
Committee recommend, therefore, that the work at present entrusted to
the Secretaries of the Sectional Committees under E,ule X. should devolve
upon the Organising Committees. These Committees already comprise
the Sectional Secretaries by virtue of their constitution,- so that no
additional work woukl be thrown upon these Secretaries, but the gentle-
men undertaking this ofSce would be enabled to give more deliberate
consideration to the work of the Corresponding Societies and to ensure
before the meeting of the Association that their various Sectional Com-
mittees, as well as the originator's of investigations requiring the co-opera-
tion of the Corresponding Societies, sliall be fully and authoritatively
represented at the Conference of Delegates. Your Committee propose,
in order to give practical effect to this suggestion, that the opening clause
of Rule 10 relating to Corresponding Societies be modified so as to
read : —
' "The Organising Committees of each Section shall be instructed
to transmit to the Secretaries of the Sections, and through these to
the Secretaries of the Conference of Delegates, copies of any recom-
mendation, ikc." '
' Notice of this modification, if approved by the Council as recom-
mended by your Committee, must be brought before the General Com-
mittee at the next meeting.
' In view of the increasing importance of science to the nation at large,
your Committee desire to call the attention of the Council to the fact
that in ths Corresponding Societies the British Association has gathered
in the various centres represented by these Societies practically all the
scientific activity of the provinces. The number of members and
Associates at present on the list of the Corresponding Societies
approaches 25,000, and no organisation is in existence anywhere in the
country better adapted than the British Association for stimulating, en-
couraging, and co-ordinating all the work being carried on by tlie seventy
Societies at present enrolled. Y''our Committee are of opinion that further
encouragement should be given to these Societies and their individual
working members by every means within the power of the Association,
and with the object of keeping the Corresponding Societies in more
permanent touch with the Association they suggest that an official
invitation on behalf of the Council be addressed to the Societies through
the Corresponding Societies Committee asking them to appoint stand -
' Rule 10, Corresponding Societies. * Rule XC.
xeil REPORT — 1903.
ing British Association Sub-Committees to be elected by themselves
with the object of dealing with all those subjects of investigation
common to their Societies and to the British Association Committees,
and to look after the general interests of science and scientific education
throughout the provinces and provincial centres. Your Committee may
point out that the only permanent bodies carrying out systematic
scientific work under the auspices of the Association are the various
Committees appointed by the Sections to undertake particular investiga-
tions and to report thereon to their respective Sections. The proposal
now submitted is equivalent to a request that the Corresponding Societies
should themselves appoint such Standing Committees for stimulating
every branch of inquiry in which these Societies are co-operating with
the Association. It is believed that the active workers in every Society
would by this means be brought to realise more fully that their labours
are contributing to the general advancement of science ; and since the
subjects at present brought under the notice of the Corresponding
Societies cover practically every department of science represented by the
Sections of the Association, it is hoped that these new British Association
Sub-Committees of the Corresponding Societies may serve as nuclei for
creating and maintaining locallj' public interest in every branch of scien-
tific knowledge.
' Your Committee desire to lay special emphasis on the necessity for
the extension of the scientific activity of the Corresponding Societies and
the expert knowledge of many of their members in the direction of
scientific education. They are of opinion that immense benefit would
accrue to the country if the Corresponding Societies would keep this
requirement especially in view with the object of securing adequate
representation for scientific education on the Education Committees now
being appointed under the new Act. The Educational Section of the
Association having been but recently added, the Corresponding Societies
have as yet not had much opportunity for taking part in this branch of
the Association's work, and in view of the reorganisation in education
now going on all over the country your Committee are of opinion that no
more opportune time is likely to occur for the influence of scientific
organisations to make itself felt as a real factor in national education.
They do not at the present juncture think it desirable to formulate any
definite scheme detailing precise methods by which the Corresponding
Societies might be of service to the cause of scientific education. Some
Societies might prefer to unite to form Educational Consultative Com-
mittees of their own, and to place their services at the disposal of the
Education Authority of their County or Borough. Others might prefer that
individual members of their Societies should be added to the Education
Committee, and others again might prefer to act indirectly by helping to
foster public opinion in favour of that kind of education which it is the
chief function of a scientific corporation such as the British Association
to promote. In view of the importance which your Committee attach to
this branch of the work now proposed for the Corresponding Societies, it
is suggested that the circular issued by the Council in accordance with
the recommendation in this Report should invite special expressions of
opinion from the Societies through their Delegates at the next Conference
at Southport, so that if it is considered desirable that local effort in the
cause not only of Science but also of scientific education would be
strengthened if backed up by the authority of the Association, the
REPORT OF THE COUXCIL. XCIU
necessary steps may Ije taken by the Council to bring pressure to bear
upon the Educational Committees through tlie Board of Education.
' The standing British Association Sub-Committees of and appointed
by the Corresponding Societies, whether for educational or any other
branch of work, would, through the Corresponding Societies Committee,
be in touch with the Association, and it would always be open for these
Sub-Committees to forward to the Corresponding Societies Committee
suggested subjects for investigation or for discussion at the Conference.
Your Committee are also of opinion that it would help to reassure the
Corresponding Societies that the Association has a real interest in their
welfare if the General Officers of the Association were made members ex
officio of the Corresponding Societies Committee, so that thpy might keep in
touch with the work of this Committee and also take part in the Conference
of Delegates, and they recommend that in future the Council in nominating
the members of this Committee add the General Officei-s to the list,'
The Council recommend that the opening clause of Rule 10, relating
to Corresponding Societies, be modified so as to read : —
' " The Organising Committees of each Section shall be instructed
to transmit to the Secretaries of the Sections, and through these to
the Secretaries of the Conference of Delegates, copies of any recom-
mendations, &c." '
On the invitation of the Organising Committee of the International
Congress for Applied Chemistry, to be held in June 1903 at Berlin, the
Council appointed the President (Pi-ofessor James Dewar), Sir Henry
Roscoe, and Professor Meldola to represent the British Association as
Delegates.
The Council have nominated the Right Hon. the Earl Spencer,
K.G., LL.D., Chancellor of the Victoria University, the Right Hon. the
Earl of Sefton, Sir George Pilkington, Alfred Hopkinson, LL.D., K.C.,
Vice-Chancellor of the Victoria IJnivei'sity, and Mr. E. Marshall Hall,
K.C., M.P., Vice-Presidents of the Association for the Meeting at
Southport.
The Council nominate Mr. W. Whitaker B.A., F.R.S., Chairman ; the
Rev. J. O. Bevan, M.A., Vice-Chairman ; and Mr. F. VV. Rudler,
Secretary, to the Conference of Delegates of the Corresponding Societies,
to be held during the Meeting at Southport.
A Report from the Corresponding Societies Committee for the past
year, together with the list of the Corresponding Societies and the titles
of the more important papers, especially those referring to Local
Scientific Investigations, published by those Societies during the year
ending May 31, 1903, has been received.
The Corresponding Societies Committee, consisting of Mr. W.
Whitaker (Chairman), Mr. F. W. Rudler (Secretary), Professor R.
Meldola, Mr. T. V. Holmes, Sir John Evans, Mr. J. Hopkinson, Dr.
H. R. Mill, Mr. Horace T. Brown, Rev. J. O. Bevan, Professor W. W.
Watts, Rev. T. R. R. Stebbing, Mr. C. H. Read, Dr. Vaughan Cornish,
and the General Officers of the Association, are hereby nominated for
reappointment by the General Committee.
The Council nominate the Right Honoui-able Arthur James Balfour,
D.C.L., F.R.S., as President for the Cambridge meeting in 190 i.
xciv REPORT — 1903.
An invitation for the Meeting of 1905 will be presented from Cape
Town. After very full consideration of the matter the Council recom-
mend that the invitation to hold the Annual Meeting of the Association
in South Africa in 1905 be accepted.
The President having approached Sir Donald Currie with the object of
ascertaining how far transit rates to South Africa might be reduced on
behalf of the Association and its Members, received the following letter
in reply ; —
' 4 Hyde Park Place, London, W.,
'June 11, 190.S.
' Dear Professor Dewar, — "With reference to the call with which you
favoured me the other day and to our interview of this morning, I write
to let you know that, as I have to leave for Scotland to-morrow, I shall
now put in writing the arrangement which 1 propose in order to carry out
your wishes on behalf of the Association.
' I understand from you that the Association contemplate a visit to
South Africa the year after next, and that you have to some extent made
the necessary preparations, but that you have been very anxious to have
the assurance from me that the terms for the conveyance of the Members
of the Council and their friends shall be such as can have your entire
approval, and enable you to have a successful visit to South Africa of a
representative character.
' Further, I understand from you that it is possible that other friends
will be prepared to assist the funds which will be required to make the
visit successful and not onerous to those who may engage in it.
' You have suggested that you will call the Council together and that
I may be invited to meet them at Burlington House, but owing to the
jjereavement we have suffered I am hardly likely to be able to get back
to London for the time you have suggested, hence the desire which I had
to let you know in writing and without delay what T have to say in order
to assist you in the proposed visit of the Association to South Africa. In
the first place, in regard to the terms, I propose to you that our Mail
Company shall make a reduction of 30 per cent, upon the ordinary return
fares which we charge to the public, this reduction to be in favour of the
official Delegates. In addition, ordinary Members of the Association and
members of their families may wish to accompany them, and for their
passage I propose that the price shall be reduced 25 per cent.
' It is very gratifying to me to be in a position to assist. I am well
aware of the immense impetus that has been given to scientific investiga-
tion in the United Kingdom by the annual meetings of this Association ;
and it is thoroughly in accord with the spirit of Imperialism that the
Mother Country should encourage Colonial scientific effort by a visit of
the British Association to South Africa. There is another reason I am
happy to be of service to that body of vigorous workers who by their inve.sti-
gations advance their respective sciences, and by their lectures and teaching
keep us in touch with the progress made in this country and in others.
' The efforts of such intelligent workers as yourselves are not prompted
by a love of gain and a spirit of commercial enterprise, and I venture to
say that all who have received practical advantages and benefits from such
researches, studies, and developments should be ready to acknowledge
gratefully your successes in every way in their power.
' I can lay no claim personally to having taken any part in such
scientific research ; but it has fallen to my lot during the many years I
have been connected with steamship enterprise and Colonial mining work,
RErORT OF THE nOTTNCII.. XCV
in which I aui largely interested, to take advantage, af3 I have said, of the
lessons in practical science which the exertions of scientists have de-
veloped. In regard to the material for the construction of ships, whether
of steel or of iron, to the advance in naval architecture, to the adaptation
of power to produce suitable results, to the inquiry into the means of
securing the maximum advantage in the consumption of fuel, to the
application of electricity as a motive and illuminative power, and to the
utilisation of telegraphy in all its forms, men like myself who have been
benefited by the practical applicatif)n of such discoveries are really bound
to do all we can to assist you in any scheme such as you now contemplate
to enlarge the scope of your aims and operations.
' In addition to the terms for the conveyance of yourselves and friends
of the deputation to and from South Africa, which you will approve of as
favourable, I shall be glad to subscribe 500/. to any fund which you will,
I think, find it desirable to collect in order that all the expenses of your
visit to South Africa may be fully covered.
' Believe me, yours very truly,
'Donald Cuerie,
' Professor Dewar,
* President of the British Association.'
To this letter the following reply was sent : —
' British Association for the Advancement of Science,
' Burlington House, London, W., June 12, 190."?.
'Dear Sir Donald Currie, — I am in receipt of your most noble
response to my appeal for aid and support on behalf of the project of a
visit of the British Association for the Advancement of Science to South
Africa in the year IQOn, and will forthwith communicate the same to the
Council. May I at once, as the President, express on behalf of the
Council and the Association the profound gratitude which I am sure they
would desire me to convey for your generous appreciation of the work of
Science, and the helpful and fatherly way in which you have responded
to pecuniary difficulties.
' Yours very faithfully,
'James Dewar.
The Council have received the following important letter from Sir
Frederick Bramwell, Bart., F.R.S., which they desire to record in their
Report : —
' 5 Great George Street, Westminster, S.W.,
' July 2, 190:i
' My dear President,— It may, perhaps, be in the recollection of a
few of the older Members of Section G that, at the Jubilee Meetin"',
York, 1881, I said (in a " comraunicatioii " ordered to be printed in
cxtenso), speaking of the Steam Engine, that " a change in the pi'oduction
of power from fuel appears to be impending, if not in the immediate
future, at all events in a time not very far remote ; and however much
the Mechanical Section of the British Association may to day contemplate
with regret even the mere distant prospect of the Steam Engine becoming
a thing of the past, I very much doubt whether those who meet here fifty
years hence will then speak of that motor except in the character of a
curiosity to be found in a museum. " '
' British Association Proceedings, 1S81 Volume, page .'503.
XCvi REPORT — 1903.
' In saying this, I no doubt then thought I was speaking somewliat
hyperbolically, but from the close attention I have paid to the subject of
internal-combustion engines, and from the way in which that attention
has revealed a continuous and, year by year, a largely increasing develop-
ment of such engines, I feel assured that although there may still be steam
engines remaining in work in 1931, the output of steam engines in that
year will be but small as compared with the output of internal -combustion
engines.
' I wish to keep alive the interest of the Association in this subject,
and for this purpose I should be glad to be allowed to now present to the
Association 50/., which I suggest should be invested in 2^ per cent. Self-
accumulative Consols, amounting in 1931 to about 100/., which sum, or
whatever other sum may be to the credit of the account at that time, I
should like to be paid as an honorarium to a gentleman to be selected by
the Council to prepare a Paper having my utterances in 1881 as a sort of
text, and dealing with the whole question of the prime movers of 1931,
and especially with the then relation between steam engines and internal-
combustion engines.
' I enclose a cheque drawn in your favour for .50/.
' Believe me to be, yours very truly,
' Fredkrick Bramwell.
' Professor James Dewar, M.A., LL.D , F.R.S., kc, &c.,
' President of the British Association for tlie Advancement of Science.'
The Council, having been informed by Dr. D. H. Scott that he does
not intend to offer himself for re-election as General Secretary after the
Southport Meeting, desire to record their sense of the valuable services
he has rendered to the Association during the years he has held that
otRce.
The Council recommend that Professor W. A. Herdman, D.Sc, F.R.S.,
be appointed General Secretary in succession to Dr. D. H. Scott.
In accordance with the regulations the retiring Members of the
Council will be : —
St/ leant Attendance.
Sir Oliver Lodge.
Professor Sollas.
Bjl Seniority.
Captain E. W. Creak.
Hon. Sir C. W. Fremantle.
Professor W. D. Halliburton.
The Council recommend the re-election of the other ordinary Members
of the Council, with the addition of the gentlemen whose names are dis-
tinguished by an asterisk in the following list : —
Abney, Sir W., K.C.B., F.R.S.
Armstrong, Professor H. E., F.R.S.
Bonar, J., Esq., LL.D.
♦Bourne, G. C, Esq., M.A.
Bower, Profes.sor F. O.. F.R.S.
*Brabrook, E. W., Esq., C.B.
Callendar, Professor H. L., F.R.S.
Cunningham, Professor D. J., F.R.S.
Darwin, Major L., Sec. R.G.S.
Gotch, Professor F., F.R.S.
Haddon, Dr. A. C, F.R.S.
Hawksley, C, Esq., M.Inst.C.E.
Howes, Professor G. B., F.R.S.
Keltie, .1. Scott, Esq., LL.D.
Macalister, Professor A., F.R.S
*McKendrick, Professor J. G., F.R.S.
*Noble, Sir A., Bart., K.C.B., F.R.S.
Perkin. Professor W. H.. F.R.S.
Perry, Professor John, F.R.S.
Price, L. L., Esq., SLA.
Seward, A. C, Esq., F.R.S.
Tilden, Professor W. A., F.R.S.
Watts, Professor W. W., F.G.S.
Wolfe-Barry, Sir John, K.C.B., F R.S.
♦Woodward, Dr. A. S., F.R.S.
COMMITTEES APPOINTED BY THE GENERAL COMMITTEE. XCvii
Committees appointed by the General Committee at the
SouTHPORT Meeting in September 1903.
1. Receiving Grants of Money.
Subject for Investigation or Purpose
Members of the Committee
Section A.— MATHEMATICS AND PHYSICS.
Making Experiments for improv-
ing the Construction of Practical
Standards for use in Electrical
Measurements
Seismological Observations.
To co-operate with the Royal
Meteorological Society in ini-
tiating an Investigation of the
Upper Atmosphere by means
of Kites.
To co-operate with the Committee
of the Falmouth Observatory
in their Magnetic Observations.
1903.
Chairman.- — Lord Raj'leigh.
Secretary. — Dr. R. T. Glazebrook.
Lord Kelvin, Professors W. E.
Ayrton, J. Perry, W. G, Adams,
and G. Carey Foster, Sir Oliver
Lodge, Dr. A. Muirhead,
Sir W. H. Preece, Profes-
sors J. D. Everett and A.
Schuster, Dr. J. A. Fleming,
Professor J. J. Thomson, Dr.
W. N. Shaw, Dr. J. T. Bot-
tomley. Rev. T. C. Fitzpatrick,
Dr. G. Johnstone Stonej', Pro-
fessor S. P. Thompson, Mr. J.
Rennie, Principal E. H. Griffiths,
Sir A. W. Riicker, Professor H.
L. Callendar, and Mr. G.
Matthey.
Chairman. — Professor J. W. Judd.
Secretary. — Mr. J. Milne.
Lord Kelvin, Professor T. G.
Bonney, Mr. C. V. Boys, Pro-
fessor G. H. Darwin, Mr.
Horace Darwin, Major L. Dar-
win, Professor J. A. Ewing,
Dr. R. T. Glazebrook, Professor
C. G. Knott, Professor R.
Meldola, Mr. R. D. Oldham,
Professor J. Perry, Mr. W. E.
Plummer, Professor J. H.
Poynting, Mr. Clement Reid,
Mr. Nelson Richardson, and
Professor H. H. Turner.
Chairman. — Dr. W. N. Shaw.
Secretary. — Mr. W. H. Dines.
Mr. D. Archibald, Mr. C. Ver-
non Boys, Dr. A. Buchan, Dr.
R. T. Glazebrook, Dr. H. R. Mill,
and Dr. A. Schuster.
Chairman. — Sir W. H. Preece.
Secretary .— Dr. R. T. Glazebrook.
Professor W. G. Adams, Captain
Creak, I\Ir. W. F. Fox, Professor
A. Schuster, and Sir A. W.
Riicker.
£ s. d.
Balance
in hand.
40
50
and bal-
ance in
band.
60
xcvm
REPORT — 1903.
1. Receiring Grants of Money — continued.
Subject foi' Liivestigsitiou or Purpose
Members of the Committee
Grants
Section B.— CHEMISTRY.
Preparing a new Series of Wave-
length Tables of the Spectra
of the Elements.
The Stuqly of Hydro-aromatic Sub-
stances.
Cliairman. — Sir H. E. Roscoe.
Secretary. — Dr. Marshall Watts.
Sir Norman Lockyer, Professors J.
Dewar, G. D. Liveing, A.Schus-
ter, AV. N. Hartley, and Wol-
cott Gibbs, Sir W. de W. Abney,
and Ur. W. E. Adeney.
Cliairman. — Professor E. Divers.
Secretary. — Dr. A. W. Crossley.
Professor W. H. Parkin, Dr. M. O.
Forster, and Dr. Le Sueur.
£
10
s. d.
25
Section C— GEOLOGY.
To investigate the Erratic P. locks
of the British Isles, and to take
measui'es for their preservation.
To explore Irish Caves. (Collec-
tions to be placed in tlie Science
and Art Museum, Dublin.)
The movements of Underground
Waters of North-west York-
shire.
To study Life-zones in the British
Carboniferous Rocks.
Chairman.— Mr. J. E. Marr. ' 10
Secretary. —Mr. P. F. Kendall. and bal-
Profes.sor T. G. I'.onney, Mr. C. E. ' ance in
DeRance.ProfessorW. J.Sollas, hand.
Mr. R. H. Tiddeman, Rev. S. N.
Harrison, Mr. J. Home, Mr.
F. M. Burton, Mr. J. Lomas,
Mr. A. R. Dwerryhouse, Mr.
J. W. Stather, Mr. W. T. Tucker,
and Mr. F. W. Harmer.
Cliairman. — Dr. R. F. Scharff. Balance
Secretary. — Mr. R. Lloyd Praeger. in hand.
Mr. G. Coffey, Professor Grenville
Cole, Dr. Cunningham, Mr. G.
W. LampUigh, Mr. A. McHenry,
and Mr. R. J. Ussher.
Chairman. — Prof essorW.W. Watts. Balance
Secretary. — Mr. A. R. Dwevry- in hand.
house.
Professor A. Smithells, Rev. E.
Jones, Mr. Walter Morrison,
l\Ir. G. Bray, Rev. W. Lower
Carter, Mr. f. Fairley, Professor
P. F. Kendall, and Mr. J. E.
Marr.
Chairman. — Jlr. J. E. Marr. ?5
Secretan/. — Dr. Wheelton Hind.
Mr. F. A. Bather, Mr. G. C. Crick,
Mr. A. H. Foord, Mr. H. Fox,
Professof E. J. Garwood, Dr. G. J.
Hinde, Professor P. F. Kendall,
Mr. R. Kidston, Mr. G. W. Lam-
plugh, Professor G. A. Lebour,
Mr. B. N. Peach, Mr. J. T. Stobbs,
Mr. A. Strahan, and Dr. H.
\Voodward.
COMMITTEES APPOINTED BY THE GENERAL COMMITTEE.
1. Beeeiving Grants of Mimey — continued.
XCIX
Subject for Investigation or Purpose
To report upon the Fauna and
Flora of the Trias of the British
Isles.
To investigate the Fossiliferous
Drift Deposits at Kirmington, j
Lincolnshire, and at various !
localities in the East Riding of ;
Yorkshire.
Members of the Committee
Grants
Chairman. — Professor W. A. Herd-
man.
Secretary. — Mr. J. Lomas.
Professors W. W. Watts and P. F.
Kendall, and Messrs H. C. [
Beasley, E. T. Newton, A. C. •
Seward, and W. A. E. Ussher. j
Chairman. —Mr. G. W. Lamplugh. !
Secretary.— Mr. J. W. Statlier.
Dr. Tempest Anderson, Professor !
J. W. Carr, Rev. W. Lower i
Carter, Messrs. A. R. Dwerry-
house, F. W. Harraer, and J. H.
How.nrth, Rev. W. Johnson, and
Messrs. P. F. Kendall, E. T.
Newton, H. M. Platnauer, Cle-
ment Reid, and T. Sheppard.
£
10
s. tl.
50
Section D.— ZOOLOGY.
To aid competent Investigators
selected bj- the Committee to
carry on definite pieces of work
at the Zoological Station at
Naples.
Compilation of an Index Generum
et Specierum Animalium.
To enable Mr. J. W. Jenkinson to
continue his Researches on the
Influence of Salt and other
Solutions on the Development
of the Frog.
To enable Dr. F. W. Gamble to con-
duct Researches on the Colour
Physiology of Higher Crustacea.
Chairman. — Professor S. J. Hick-
son.
Sec7-etary. — Mr. J. E. 8. Moore.
Professor E. Ray Lankester, Pro-
fessor W. F. R. AVeldon, Pro-
fessor G. B. Howes, Mr. A.
Sedgwick, and Professor W. C.
Mcintosh.
Chairman. — Dr. H. Woodward.
Secretary.— Dr. F. A. Bather.
I Dr. P. L. Sclater, Rev. T. R. R.
Stebbing, Mr. R. McLachlan,
I and Mr. W. E. Hoyle.
1
Chairman. — Professor Weldon.
Secretary.— Mr. J. W. Jenkinson.
Professor S. J. Hickson.
100
GO
15
Chairman. — Professor S. J. Hick- 15
son.
Secretary.— Dr. F. W. Gamble. [
Dr. Hoyle and Dr. F. W. Keeble.
Section F,— ECONOMIC SCIENCE AND STATISTICS.
The Accuracy and Comparability
of British and Foreign Statistics
of International Trade.
Chairman. — Dr. E. Cannan.
Secretary. — Dr. B. Ginsburg.
Mr. A. L. Bowley, Professor S. J.
Chapman, Sir R. Giffen, and
Mx. R. H. Inglis Palgrave.
25
f 2
REPORT — 1903.
1. Reeeiving Grants of Money — continued
Subject for Investigation or Purpose
Members of the Commiltee
Grants
Section G.— ENGINEERING.
To investigate tlie Resistance of
Road Vehicles to Traction.
Chairman.— Sir J. I. Thorn3-croft.
Secretary. — Professor H. S. Hele-
Sliaw.
Mr. T. Aitken, Mr. T. C. Aveling,
Professor T. Hudson Beare, Mr.
W. W. Beaumont, Mr. J. Brown,
Colonel R. E. Cromplon, Mr. ]!.
J. Diplock. Mr. A. Mallock, Pro-
fessor J. Perry, Sir D. Salomons,
Mr. A. R. Sennett.Mr.E. Shrap-
nell Smitli, and Professor W. C.
Unwin.
Section H.— ANTHROPOLOGY.
To conduct Archreological and
Ethnological Researches in
Crete.
To invest:g?te the Lake Village
at Gla.sronbury, and to report
on the best method of publica-
tion of the result.
To conduct Anthropometric In-
vestigations among the Native
Troops of the Egyptian Army.
To co-operate with Local Com-
mittees in Excavations on
Roman Sites in Britain.
To organise Anthropometric In-
vestigation in Great Britain and
Ireland.
Chairman. — Sir John Evans.
Secretary. — Mr. J. L. Myres.
Mr. R. C. Bosanquet, Mr. A. J.
Evans, Mr. D. G. Hogarth, Pro-
fessor A. Macalister, and Pro-
fessor W. Ridgeway.
Chairman. — Dr. R. Munro.
Secretary. — Professor W. Boyd
Dawkins.
Sir John Evans and Messrs.
Arthur J. Evans, C. H. Re.ad,
H. Balfour, and A. Bulleid.
Chairman. — Professor A. Alac-
alister.
Secretary. — Dr. C. S. Myers.
Sir John Evans and Professor
D. J. Cunningham.
Chairman. — Dr. A. J. Evans.
Secretary. — Mr. J. L. M}Tes.
Professor Boyd Dawkins, Mr. E.
W. Brabrook, and Mr. T. Ashby.
Chairman. — Professor D. J. Cun-
ningham.
Secretary.— My. J. Gray.
Mr. Annandale, Dr. A. C. Haddon,
Dr. C. S. Myers, Mr. J. L. Myres,
Professor A. F. Dixon, Mr. E.
N. Fallaize, Mr. Randall Mac-
Iver, Professor J. Symington,
and Dr. Waterston.
DO
s. d.
100
25
10
25
Balance
in hand.
COMMITTEES APPOINTED BY THE GENEHAL COMMITTEE. CI
1. Receiving Grants of Money — continued.
Subject for Investigation or Purpose
Members of the Committee
Grants
Section I.— PHYSIOLOGY.
The State of Solution of Proteids.
To enable Professor Starling, Pro-
fessor Brodie, Dr. Hopkins, Mr.
Fletcher, Mr. Barcroft, and
others to determine the ' Meta-
bolic Balance Sheet ' of the
Individual Tissues.
Chairman. — Professor \V. D. Halli-
burton.
Seoretari/. — Professor E. Way-
mouth Reid.
Professor E. A. Schiifer.
(liairman. — Professor Gotch.
Secretary. — Mr. J. Barcroft.
Sir Michael Foster and Professor
Starling.
£
20
s. d.
40
Section K.— BOTANY.
To carry out the scheme for the
Registration of Negatives of
Botanical Photographs.
The Respiration of Plants.
To assist Mr. Alfred Fryer in the
completion of a Monograph on
the genus Potainogeton.
E.xperimental Studies in the Physi-
ology of Heredity.
Chairman Professor L. C. Miall. 6 0!
Secretary. — Professor F. E. Weiss.
Mr. Francis Darwin, Dr. W. G.
Smith, and Mr. A. G. Tansley.
Chairman. — Professor H. Marshall 15
Ward.
Secretary. — Mr. H. Wager.
Mr. Francis Darwin and Professor
J. B. Farmer.
Chairman — Professor S. H. Vines. 10
Secretary. — Dr. D. H. Scott.
Professor H. Marshall Ward and
Professor I. Bayley Balfour.
Chairman. — Professor H. Marshall 35
Ward.
Secretary. — Mr. A. C. Seward.
Professor J. B. Farmer and Dr.
D. Sharp.
CORRESPONDING SOCIETIES.
Corresponding Societies Com-
mittee for the preparation of
their Report.
Chairman.— Mt. W. Whitaker.
Secretary. — Mr. F. W. Rudler.
Sir John Evans, Rev. J. O. Bevan,
Dr. H. T. Brown, Dr. Vaughan
Cornish. Mr. T. V. Holmes, Mr.
J. Hopkinson, Professor R. Mel-
dola, Dr. H. R. Mill, Mr. C. H.
Read, Rev. T. R. R. Stebbing,
Prof. W. W. Watts, and the
General Officers.
20
Cll
repoM— ly03.
2. Not receiving Grants of Money.
Subject for InvestSgation or Purpose
Members of the Committee
Section A.— MATHEMATICS AND PHYSICS.
Co-oi3erating with the Scottish Bleteoro-
logical fciociety in making Meteoro-
logical Observations on Ben Nevis.
The Bate of Increase of Underground
Temperature downwards in various
I/ocalities of Dry Land and under
Water.
That Miss Hardcastle be requested to
continue lier Report on the present
state of the Theory of Point-groups.
Considering the best Methods of Re-
cording the Direct Intensity of Solar
Radiation.
The Consideration of the Teaching of
Elementary Mechanics, and the Im-
provement which niiglit be effected
in such Teachintr.
Chairman. — Lord McLaren .
Secretarij. — Professor Crum Brown.
Sir John Murray, Dr. A. Buchan, Pro-
fessor R. Copeland, and Mr. Omond.
Chair man and Secretary. — Professor J. D.
Everett.
Lord Kelvin, Sir Archibald Geikie, Pro-
fessor Edward Hull, Dr. C. Le Neve
Foster, Professor A. S. Herschel, Pro-
fessor G. A. Lebour, Mr. A. B. Wynne,
Mr.W. Galloway, Sir. Joseph Dickinson,
Mr. G. F. Deacon, Mr. Edward Wethe-
red, Jlr. A. Strahan, Professor Michie
Smitli, Professor H. L. Callendar, and
Mr. B. H. Brough.
Chairman. — Dr. G. Johnstone Stoney.
Srcrctari/. — Professor H. McLeod.
Professor A. Schuster, Sir H. E. Roscoe,
Captain Sir W. de W. Abney, Dr. C.
Chree, Professor H. L. Callendar, Mr.
W. E. AVilson, and Professor A. A.
Rambaut,
Cliairman. — Professor Horace Lamb.
St'crctanj. — Professor J. Perry.
Mr. C. Vernon Boys, Professors Chrystal,
Ewing, G. A. Gibson, and Greenhill,
Principal Griffiths, Professor Henrici,
Dr. E. AV. Hobson, Mr. C. S. Jackson,
Sir Oliver Lodge, Professors Love,
Minchin, and Schuster, and Mr. A.
W. Siddons.
Section B.-^CHEMISTRY.
The Nature of Alloys.
Isomeric Naphthalene Derivatives.
The Study of Isomorphous Sulphonic
Derivatives of Benzene.
Chairman and Secretary. — Mr. F. H.
Neville
Mr. C, T. Heycock and Principal E. H.
Griffiths.
Chairman. — Professor W. A. Tilden.
Secretary. — Professor H. E. Armstrong.
Chairman. — Professor H. A. Miers.
Secretari/. — Professor H. E. Armstrong.
Dr. W. P. Wynne and Mr. W. J. Pope.
COMMITTEES APPOlNTEt) BY THE GENERAL COMMITTEE.
2. Nut receiving Grants of Mime>/-- continuedi.
cm
Subject te* Iftvestigation or Purpose
The Relation between the Absorption
Spectra RHfl Chemical Constitution of
Organic yubstances.
Members of the CSoinmlttfee
CJiairmin, and Secretary. — Professor W.
Noel Hartley.
Professor F. R. Japp, Professor J. J.
Dobbie, and Mr. Alexander Lauder.
Section C— GEOLOGY.
The Collection, Preservation, and vSys-
tematic Registration of Photographs
of Geological Interest.
Chdirman. — Professor J. Geikie.
Secretary. — Professor W. W. Watts.
Professor T. G. Bonney, Dr. T. Anderson,
Professors E. J. Garwood and S. H.
Reynolds, and Messrs. A. S. Reid, W.
Gray, H. B. Woodward, K. Kidston,
J. J. H. Te^ll, J. G. Goodchild, H.
Coates, C. V. Crook, G. Bingley, R.
Welch, A. K. Coomaraswamy, and
W. J. Harrison.
To report upon the present state of i Chairman. — Professor N. Story Maske-
our Knowledge of the Structure of I lyne.
Crystals. ' Secretary. — Professor H. A. Miers.
Mr. L. Fletcher, Professor W. J. Sollas,
Mr. W. Barlow, Mr. G. F. H. Smith,
the Earl of Berkeley, and Mr. H. L.
Bowman.
To promote the Registration of Type
Specimens of Fossils in the British
Isles.
Chairnmn. — Dr. H. Woodward.
Secretary. — Dr. A. Smith Woodward.
Rev. G. F. Whidborne, Mr. R. Kidston,
. Professor H. G. Seeley, Mr. H. Wcods,
and Rev. J. F. Blake.
Section D.— ZOOLOGY.
To investigate the structure, formation,
and growth of the Coral Reefs of the
Indian Region, with special observa-
tions on the inter-relationship of the
reef organisms, the depths al which
they grow, the food of corals, effects
of currents and character of the ocean
bottom, &c. The land tloraand fauna
will be collected, and it is intended
that oljservations shall be made on the
manners, &c., of the natives in the
different parts of the Maldivc group.
To enable Miss Igcsna Solla.s, of Newn-
ham College, Cambridge, to study
certain points in the development of
Ophiusoids, and to enable other com-
petent naturalists to perform delinite
pieces of work at the Marine Labora-
tory, Plymouth.
Chairman. — Mr. A. Sedgwick.
Secretary. — l\Ir. J. Stanley Gardiner.
Professor J. W. Jndd, Mr. J. J. Lister,
Mr. Fr,ancis Darwin. Dr. S. F. Harmer,
and Professors A. Macalister, W. A.
Herdman, and S. J. Uickaon.
Chairman and Secretary. — Mr. W. Car-
stang.
Professor E. Ray Lankester, Mr. A. Sedg-
wick, Professor Sydney H. Vines, and
Professor W. F. R. Weldon.
CIV
REPOKT — 1903;
2. Not receiving Grants of Money — continued.
Subject for Investigation or Purpose
To continue the investigation of the
Zoology of the Sandwich Islands,
with power to co-operate with the
Committee appointed for the purpose
by the Roj'al Society, and to avail
themselves of such assistance in their
investigations as may be offered by
the Hawaiian Government or the
Trustees of the Museum at Honolulu.
The Committee to have power to dis-
pose of specimens where advisable.
To conduct an Investigation into the
Madreporaria of the Bermuda Islands.
Members of the Committee
Chairman. — Professor A. Newton.
Secretary. — Dr. David Sharp.
Dr. W. 'T. Blanford, Professor S. J.
Hickson, Dr. P. L. Sclater, Mr. F.
Du Cane Godman, and Mr. Edgar
A. Smith.
Chairman. — Professor S. J. Hickson.
Secretari/.—Dr. AV. E. Hoyle.
Dr. F, F. Blackman, Mr. J. S. Gardiner,
Professor W. A. Herdman, Mr. A. C.
Seward, Professor C. S. Sherrington,
and Mr. A, G. Tansley.
Section E.— GEOGRAPHY.
Terrestrial Surface Waves.
The Geography of the Antarctic Regions
in the area to be explored by the
Scottish National Antarctic Expedi-
tion.
Chairman. — Dr. J. Scott Keltie.
Secretary. — Dr. Vaughan Cornish.
Lieut.-Col. F. Bailey, Mr. B. A. Floyer,
Mr. John Milne, and Mr. W. H.
Wheeler.
Chairman.-~^\r T. H. Holdich.
Secretary. — Lieut.-Col. F. Bailey.
Mr. W. S. Bruce.
Section G.— ENGINEERING.
To obtain Information respecting the
present Tidal R6gime of the River
Mersey, with the object of submitting
the data so obtained to Harmonic
Analysis.
Chairman. — Lord Kelvin.
Secretary. — Mr. J. N. Shoolbred.
Professors G. H. Darwin, H. S. Hele-
Shaw, Osborne Reynolds, and W. C.
Unwin.
Section H.— ANTHROPOLOGY.
To conduct Explorations with the ob-
ject of ascertaining the Age of Stone
Circles.
The Collection, Preservation, and Sys-
tematic Registration of Photographs
of Anthropological Interest.
Chairman. — Mr. C. H. Read.
Secretary.— Mt. H. Balfour.
Sir John Evans, Dr. J. G. Garson, Pro-
fessor Meldola, Mr. A. J. Evans, Dr. R.
Munro, Professor Boyd Dawkins, and
Mr. A. L. Lewis.
Chairman, — Mr. C. H. Read.
Secretary. — Mr. J. L. Myres.
Dr. J. G. Garson, Mr. H. Ling Roth, Mr. H.
Balfour, Dr. A. C. Haddon, Mr. E. S.
Hartland. Mr. E. Heawood, Mr. H. S.
Kingsford, and Professor Flinders
Petrie-
COMMITTEES APPOINTED BY THE GENERAL COMMITTEE.
CV
2. Not receiving Grants of Monoj — continued.
Subject for Investigation or Purpose
The present state of Anthropological
Teaching in the United Kingdom and
elsewhere.
To organise an Ethnological Survey of
Canada.
Members of the Committee
To report on the present state of know-
ledge of tlie Ethnography, Folklore,
and Languages of the Peoples of the
PaciSc.
Chairman. — Professor E. B. Tjlor.
Secretary. — Mr. J. L. Myrps.
Professor A. Macalister, Dr. A. C. Had-
don, Mr. C. H. Read, Mr. H. Balfour,
Mr. F. W. Kudler, Dr. K. Munro, Pro-
fessor Flinders Petrie, Mr. H. Ling
Roth, and Professor D. J. Cunningham.
Cliairman. — Professor D. P. Peuhallow.
Secretary.— Mt. C. Hill-Tout.
Mr. E. W. Brabrook, Dr. A. C. Haddon,
Mr. E. S. Hartland, Mr. 15. Suite, Mr.
David Boyle, Mr. C. N. Bell, Professor
E. B. Tylor, Trofessor J. Mavor, Mr. A. F.
Hunter, Dr. W. F. Ganong, Rev. Father
Monies, Rev. Father A. G. Morice,
Mr. W. Crooke, and Mr. J. L. Myres.
Chairman. — Professor E. B. Tylor.
Secretary. — Dr. A. C. Haddon.
Mr. H. Balfour and Mr. J. Stanley Gar-
diner.
Section I.— PHYSIOLOGY.
The Physiological Effects of Peptone
and its Precursors when introduced
into the circulation.
To investigate the Functions of the
Rods and Cones in the Mammalian
Retina with reference to the Visual
Purple.
Chairman. — Professor E. A. Schiifer.
Secretary. — Professor W. H. Thompson.
Professors R. Boyce and C. S. Sherring-
ton.
Chairman. — Professor J. G. McKendrick
Secretary. — Dr. F. W. Edridge-Green
Professors E. H. Starling and A.
Waller.
D.
Section L.— EDUCATIONAL SCIENCE.
The conditions of Health essential to
the carrying on of the work of in^
struction in schools.
To consider and report npon the influ-
ence exercised bj' Universities and
Examining Bodies on .secondarj' school
curricula, and also of the schools on
university requirements.
Chairman. — Professor Sherrington.
Secretary. —Mr. E. White Wallis.
Dr. C. W. Kimmins, Professor L. C.
Miall, Miss Findlay, Miss Alice Raven-
hill, Miss Maitland, Dr. Clement Dukes,
Dr. Rivers, Mr. J. Russell, Dr. Sydney
Stephenson, Dr. C. Childs, Dr. C.
Shelley, and Mr. E. W. Brabrook.
Chairman. — Dr. H. E. Armstrong.
Secretary. — Mr. R. A. Gregory.
The Bishop of Hereford, Sir Michael
Foster, Sir P. Magnus, Sir A. W.
Riicker, Sir 0. J. Lodge, Mr. H. \V. Eve,
Mr. W. A. Shenstone, Mr. W. D. Eggar,
Professor Marshall Ward, Mr. F. H.
Neville, Mrs. W. N. Shaw, and Dr. C.
W. Kimmins.
CVl
HfiPORT— 1903.
2. Not receiving Grants of Money — continued.
Subject for Investigation or Purpose
Members of the Committee
The Teaching of Botany in Schools.
To report upon the Course of Experi-
mental, Observational, and Practical
Studies most suitable for Elementary
; Schools.
Chairman. — Professor L. C. Miall.
St'crefari/. — Mr. Harold Wager.
Professor J. R. Green, Mr. A. C. Seward,
Professors H. M. Ward, J. B. Farmer,
and T. Johnson, Miss Lilian Clarke,
and Dr. C. W. Kimmins.
Chairman. — Sir Philip Magnus.
Secret ar I/.— Mv. W. M. Heller.
Sir W. de W. Abney, Jlr. K. H. Adie,
Professor H. E. Armstrong, Miss A. J.
Cooper, Miss L. J. Clarke, BIr. George
Fletcher, Professor R. A. Gregory,
Principal Griffiths, Mr. A. D. Hall, Mr.
A. J. Herbertson, Dr. C. W. Kimmios,
Professor J. Perry, Mrs. W. N. Shaw, !
Professor A. Smithells, Dr. Lloyd
Snape, Principal Reichel, Mr. U.
Richardson, Mr. Harold Wager, and ,
Professor W. W. Watts. j
Communication ordered to be 2>')'inted in extenso.
On the Use of Vectorial Methods in Physics. By Professor Henrici, F.R.S.
JttesohUions referred to the Council for consideration, and action
if denirahle.
(i.) ' That, as ur^ed by the President in his yS^ddress, it is desirable that Scientific
workers, and persons interested in Science, be so organised that they nia3' exert per-
manent influence on public opinion, in order more effectively to carry out the third
object of this Association originally laid down by the Founders, viz., " to obtain a
more general attention to the objects of Science, and a removal of any disadvantages
of a public kind which impede its progress," and that the Council be recommended
to take steps to promote such organisation.'
(ii.) 'That the Council be requested to consider the desirability of urging upon
the Government, by a deputation to the First Lord of the Treasury or otherwise, the
importance of increased national provision being made for University Education.'
(iii.) ' The Committee of Section A, having received a communication from the
International Meteorological Committee, is of opinion that the introduction of inter-
national uniformity in the units adopted for the records of meteorological observa-
tions would be of great practical advantage to Science, and that the Council be re-
quested to take such steps as they may think tit toward giving effect to the resolu-
tion.'
[Translation of Extract from the Proccs Verbal of the International Meteoro-
logical Committee at their Meeting on September 11, 1903, referred to above ; —
' Section 6. — Dr. Shaw moved that the attention of Section A of the British
Association be called by the International Meteorological Committee to the utility
which would result from obtaining more uniformity in the units adopted in Meteoro-
logy, and to inquire if the Section did not consider that the moment had come for
bringing about this uniformity.'
' After discussion, the T'ommittee decided to call the attention of Section A of
the British Association to the inconveniences which arise from the lack of uniformity
in the units adopted in Meteorological observations, and to ask it to consider if the
I imc has not come for bringing about this uniformity.']
eOMMllTEES APl'OmTED BY tHE GENERAL C0.MM1TTE£. CVU
(iv.) ' The Committee of Section A desire to express their opinion that the system-
atic investigation of the upper currents of the atmosphere by means of kites or
balloons is of great importance to Meteorology; and ask the Council to take such
steps as they may think fit to urge upon the Treasury the importance of providing the
Meteorological Council with the funds necessary for the purpose.'
(v.) ' That the Council be asked to consider the desirability of permitting the
publication of the whole of the Sectional programmes in the ' Daily Journal' at as
early a date as possible.'
(vi.) 'That it is desirable that further steps should betaken to make the Keports
of Committees (as distinguished from papers) communicated to the Association more
accessil)le to the general public by the provision of Indices to the published volumes
and otherwise ; and that the Council be asked to consider the conditions upon which
Reports of Committees and Proceeilings of Sections might be published separately if
required.'
(vii.) 'That the Sectional Committees be continued in existence until the new
Sectional Committees are appointed, and be authorised to bring to the notice of the
Council in the interval between the Annual Meetings of the Association any matter
on which the action of the Council may be desired in the interests of the several
Sections, and tiiat a t^ommittee may be summoned at any time by the President of
the Section or by the Council.'
Cviii REPORT — 1903.
Synopsis of Grants of Moneij appropriated to Scientific Purposes by the
General Committee at the Southport Meeting, September 1903. The
Names of the Memhers entitled to call on the General Treasurer
for the 7'esp)ective Grants are prefixed.
Mathematics and PJii/sics,
£ s. d.
*Rayleigh, Lord — Electrical Standards (Unexpended balance) —
*Judd, Professor J. W. — Seismological Observations 40
*Shaw, Dr. W. N. — Upper Atmosphere Investigations (Un-
expended balance and) 50
*Preece, Sir W. H. — Magnetic Observations 60
Chemistry.
*Roscoe, Sir H.— Wave-length Tables of Spectra 10
*Di vers, Prof. E. — Study of Hydro- Aroniatics 25
Geology.
*Marr, Mr. J. E.— Erratic Blocks (Balance in hand and) 10
*Scharff, Dr. R. F. — To Explore Irish Caves (Balance in hand) —
*Watts, Professor W. — Movenienis of Underground Waters
(Balance in hand) —
*Marr, Mr. J. E. — Life-zones in Carboniferous Rocks ?>^)
*Herdnian, Professor — Fauna and Floia of British Trias 10
Lamplugh, Mr. G. W. — To investigate Fossiliferous Drifts... 50
Zoology.
*Hickson, Professor S. J. — Zoological Table at Naples 100
* Woodward, Dr. H. — Index Animalium GO
Weldon, Professor — Investigations in Development in the
Frog 15
Hickson, Professor S. J. — Researches on the Higher Crustacea 15
Economic Science and Statistics.
Cannan, Dr. E. — British and Foreign Statistics of Interna-
tional Trade r. 25
Engineering.
*Thornycroft, Sir J. J. — Resistance of Road Vehicles to Trac-
tion 90
Carried forward 1^595
* ileappointed.
SYNOPSIS OF GRANTS OF MONEV, cix
£ s. d.
Brought forward 595
Ayithrojjology.
•Evans, Sir John — Archseological and Ethnological Researches
in Crete 100
♦Munro, Dr. H. — Researches in Glastonbury Lake Village ... 25
*Macalister, Professor A. — Anthropometric Investigation on
Egyptian Troops 10
Evans, Dr. A. J. — Excavations on Roman Sites in Britain... 25
Physiology.
♦Halliburton, Professor— The State of Solution of Proteids ... 20
Gotch, Professor — Metabolism of Individual Tissues 40
Botany.
Vines, Professor S. H.— Completion of Monograph on Pota-
mogeton 10
*Miall, Professor L, C. — Botanical Photographs 5
* Ward, Professor Marshall — Respiration of Plants 15
Ward, Professor M. — Experimental Studies in Hei-edity ... 35
Corresponding Societies.
* W hitaker, Mr. W. — Preparing Report, &c 20
^900
* Reappointed.
The Annual Ifeeting in 1904.
The Annual Meeting of the Association in 1904 will be held at
Cambridge, commencing August 17.
The Annual Meeting in 1905.
The Annual Meeting of the Association in 1905 will be held in
South Africa.
ex
REPORT — 1903.
General Statement of Sums ivhich have been -paid on account of
Grayits for Scientific Purposes
1834.
Tide Discussions
£ s. d.
20
1835.
Tide Discussions C2
Britisli Fossillclithj-ology ... 105
±1(J7
183G.
Tide Discussions 163
British Fossil Ichthyology ... 105
Thermometric Observations,
&c .TO
Experiments on Long-con-
tinued Heat 17 1
Rain-g.auges il 13
Refraction Experiments 15
Lunar Nutation (jO
Thermometers 15 6
£'135
1837.
Tide Di.scussions 2S4
Chemical Constants 24
Lunar Nutation 70
Observations on Waves 100
Tides at Bristol 150
Meteorology and Subterra-
nean Temperat ure fi3
Vitrilication Experiments ... 150
Heart Experiments 8
Barometric Observations 30
Barometers 11
1
13
6
12
3
4
C
18
6
£'922 12 (5
1S38.
Tide Discussions 29
British Fossil Fishes 100
Meteorological Observations
and Anemometer (construc-
tion) 100
Cast Iron (Strength of) 60
Animal and Vegetable Sub-
stances (Preservation of) ... 19
Railway Constants 41
Bristol Tides ,50
Growth of Plants 75
Mud in Rivers 3
Education Committee 60
Heart Experiments 5
Land and Sea Level 267
Steam- vessels 2 00
Meteorological Committee ... 31
1
10
o
10
6
c
3
8
t
9
5
£932 2 -2
1839.
£
Fossil Ichthyology 110
Meteorological Observations
at Plymouth, 1.^'C 63
Mechanism of Waves 144
Bristol Tides 35
Meteorology and Subterra-
nean Temperature 21
Vitrification Experiments ... 9
Cast-iron Experiments 103
Railway Constants 28
Land and Sea Level 274
Steam-vessels' Engines 100
Stars in Histoire Celeste 171
Stars in Lacaille 11
Stars in R.A.S. Catalogue ... 166
Animal Secretions 10
Steam Engines in Cornwall... 50
Atmospheric Air 16
Cast and Wrought Iron 40
Heat on Organic Bodies 3
Gases on .Solar Spectrum 22
Hourly Meteorological Ob-
serv.alions, Inverness and
Kingussie 49
Fossil Reptiles 118
Mining Statistics 50
.V.
d.
10
2
18
6
11
4
7
7
1
2
4
18
6
16
10
6
1
2 9
£1595 11
1840.
Bristol Tides 100
Subterranean Temperature ... 13 13 6
Heart Experiments 18 19
Lungs Experiments 8 13
Tide Discussions 50
Land and Sea Level 6 11 1
Stars (Histoire Celeste) 242 10
Stars (Lacaille) 4 15
Stars (Catalogue) 264
Atmospheric Air 15 15
Water on Iron 10
Heat on Organic Bodies 7
Meteorological Observations . 52 17 6
Foreign Scientitic Memoirs... 112 1 6
Working Population 100
School Statistics .50
Forms of Vessels 184 7
Chemical and Electrical Phe-
nomena 40
Meteorological Observations
at Plymouth 80
Magnetical Observations 185 13 9
:ei546 16 4
GENERAL STATEMENT.
CXI
1841.
£ s. d.
Observations on Waves 30
Meteorology and Subterra-
nean Temperature 8 8
Actinometers 10
Earthquake Shocks 17 7
Acrid Poisons 6
Veins and. Absorbents 3
Mud in Rivers 5
Marine Zoology 1.5 12 8
Skeleton Maps 20
Mountain Barometers C 18 6
Stars (Histoii-e Celeste) 185
Stars (Lacaille) 79 5
Stars (Nomenclature of) 17 19 6
Stars (Catalogue of ) 40
Water on Iron 50
Meteorological Observations
at Inverness 20
Meteorological Observations
(reduction of) 25
Fossil Reptiles 50
Foreign Memoirs 62 6
Railway Sections 38 1
Forms of Vessels 193 12
Meteorological Observations
at Plymouth 65
Magnetical Observations 61 18 8
Fishes of the Old Red Sand-
stone 100
Tides at Leith 50
Anemometer at Edinburgh ... 69 1 10
Tabulating Observations 9 6 3
Races of Men 5
Radiate Animals 2
£1235 10 11
I
1842.
Dynamometric Instruments. . 113
Anoplura P.ritanniaj 52
Tides at Bristol 59
Gases on Light 30
Chronometers 26
Marine Zoology 1
British Fossil MammaHa 100
Statistics of Education 20
Marine Steam-vesaels' En-
gines 28
Stars (Histoire Celeste) ...... 69
Stars (Brit. Assoc. Cat. of) ... 110
Railway Sections 161
British Belemnites 60
Fossil Reptiles (publication
of Report) 210
Forms of Vessels 180
Galvanic Experiments on
Rocks 5
Meteorological Experiments
at Plymouth 68
Constant Indicator and Dyna-
mometric Instruments 90
11
2
12
8
14
7
17
6
5
10
8
6
Force of Wind 10
Light on Growth of Seeds ... S
Vital Statistics 50
Vegetative Power of Seeds ... 8
Questions on Human Race ... 7
?.
d.
1
U
9
£1449 17 8
184.3.
Revision of the Nomenclature
of St.ars 2
Reduction of Stars, British
Association Catalogue 25
Anomalous Tides, Firth of
Forth 120
Hourly Meteorological Obser-
vations at Kingussie and
Inverness 77 12 8
Meteorological Observations
at Plymouth 55
Whewell's Meteorological Ane-
mometer at Plymouth 10
Met corological Observations,
Osier's Anemometer at Ply-
mouth 20
Reduction of Meteorological
Observations 30
Meteorological Instruments
and Gratuities 39 6
Construction of Anemometer
at Inverness 56 12 2
Magnetic Co-operation 10 8 10
Meteorological Recorder for
Kew Observatory 50
Action of Gases on Light 18 16 1
Establishment at Kew Ob-
servatory, Wages, Repairs,
Furniture, and Sundries ... 133 4 7
Experiments by Captive Bal-
loons 81 8
Oxidation of the Rails of
Railwaj's 20
Publication of Report on
Fossil Reptiles 40
Coloured Drawings of Rail-
way Sections 147 18 3
Registration of Earthquake
«liocks 30
Report on Zoological Nomen-
clature 10
Uncovering Lower Red Sand-
.stone near Manchester 4 4 6
Vegetative Power of Seeds ... 5 3 8
Marine Testacea (Habits of) .10
Marine Zoology 10
Marine Zoology 2 14 11
Preparation of Report on Bri-
tish Fossil Mammalia 100
Physiological Operations of
Medicinal Agents 20
Vital Statistics 36 5 »
CXll
REPORT — 1903.
£ s. d.
Aclditional Experiments on
the Forms of Vessels 70
Additional Experiments on
the Forms of Vessels 100
Reduction of Experiments on
the Forms of Vessels 100
Morin's Instrument and Con-
stant Indicator 69 14 10
Experiments on the Strength
of Materials ■■ 60
£1565 10 2
1844.
Meteorological Observations
at Kingussie and Inverness 12
Completing Observations at
Plymouth 35
Magnetic and Meteorological
Co-operation 25
Publication of the British
Association Catalogue of
Stars 35
Observations on Tides on the
East Coast of Scotland ... 100
Revision of the Nomenclature
of Stars 1842 2
Maintaining the Establish-
ment at" Kew Observa-
tory 117
Instruments for Kew Obser-
vatory •''6
Influence of Light on Plants 10
Subterraneous Temperature
in Ireland .•• 5
Coloured Drawings of Rail-
way Sections 15
Investigation of Fossil Fishes
of the Lower Tertiary Strata 100
Registering the Shocks of
Earthquakes 1842 2?>
Structure of Fossil Shells ... 20
Badiata and Mollusca of the
^gean and Red Seas 1842 100
Geographical Distributions of
Marine Zoology 1842
Marine Zoology of Devon and
Cornwall 10
Marine Zoology of Corfu 10
Experiments on the Vitality
of Seeds 9
Experiments on the Vitality
of Seeds 1842 8
Exotic Anoplura 15
Strength of Materials 100
Completing Experiments on
the Forms of Ships 100
Inquiries into Asphyxia 10
Investigations on the Internal
Constitution of Metals 50
Constant Indicator and Mo-
rin's Instrument 1842 10
£981
8
4
9
6
17 3
7
3
17
6
11
10
10
7
3
12 8
1845.
£ s. d.
Publication of the British As-
sociation Catalogue of Stars 351 14 6
Meteorological Observations
at Inverness 30 18 11
Magnetic and Meteorological
Co-operation 16 16 8
Meteorological Instruments
at Edinburgh 18 11 9
Reduction of Anemometrical
Observations at Plymouth 25
Electrical Experiments at
Kew Observatory 43 17 8
Maintaining the Establish-
ment at Kew Observatory 149 15
For Kreil's Barometrograph 25
Gases from Iron Furnaces... 50
The Actinograph 15
Microscopic Structure of
Shells 20
Exotic Anoplura 1843 10
Vitality of Seeds 1843 2 7
Vitality of Seeds 1844 7
Marine Zoology of Cornwall . 10
Physiological Action of Medi-
cines 20
Statistics of Sickness and
Mortality in York 20
Earthquake Shocks 1843 15 14 8
£831 9 9
1846.
British Association Catalogue
of Stars 1844 211 15
Fossil Fishes of the London
Clay 100
Computation of the Gaussian
Constants for 1829 50
Maintaining the Establish-
ment at Kew Observatory 14616 7
Strength of Materials 60
Researches in Asphyxia 6 16 2
Examination of Fossil Shells 10
Vitality of Seeds 1844 2 15 10
Vitality of Seeds 1845 7 12 3
Marine Zoology of Cornwall 10
Marine Zoology of Britain ... 10
Exotic Anoplura 1844 25
Expenses attending Anemo-
meters — 11 7 6
Anemometers' Repairs 2 3 6
Atmospheric Waves 3 3 3
Captive Balloons 1844 8 19 8
Varieties of the Human Race
1814 7 6 3
Statistics of Sickness r,nd
Mortality in York 12
£685 16
GENEMAL STATEMENT.
cxul
1847.
£
Computation of the Gaussian
Constants for 1829 50
Habits of Marine Animals ... 10
Physiological Action of Medi-
cines 20
Marine Zoology of Cornwall 10
Atmospheric Waves 6
Vitality of Seeds 4
Maintaining the Establish-
ment at Kew Observatory 107
£208"
9
3
7
7
8
6
5
4
1848.
Maintaining the Establish-
ment at Kew Observatory 171
Atmospheric Waves 3
Vitality of Seeds 9
Completion of Catalogue of
Stars 70
On Colouring Matters 5
On Growth of Plants 15
£275"
15
11
10
9
15
1
8
1849.
Electrical Observations at
Kew Observatory 50
Maintaining the Establish-
ment at ditto 76 2
Vitality of Seeds 5 8
On Growth of Plant s 5
Registration of Periodical
Phenomena 10
Bill on Account of Anemo-
metrical Observations 13 9
£159 19~
1850.
Maintaining the Establish-
ment at Kew Observatory 255
Transit of Earthquake Waves 50
Periodical Phenomena 15
Meteorological Instruments,
Azores 25
£345
18
1851.
Maintaining the Establish-
ment at Kew Observatory
(includes part of grant in
1849) 309
Theory of Heat 20
Periodical Phenomena of Ani-
mals and Plants 5
Vitality of Seeds 3
Influence of Solar Radiation 30
Ethnological Inquiries 12
Researches on Annelida 10
£391
1903.
2
3
1
1
6
4
1
9
7
1852.
£ s. d.
Maintaining the Establish-
ment at Kew Observatory
(including balance of grant
for 1850) 233 17 S
Experiments on the Conduc-
tion of Heat 5 U 9
Influence of Solar Radiations 20
Geological Map of Ireland ... 15
Researches on the British An-
nelida 10
Vitality of Seeds 10 6 2
Strength of Boiler Plates 10
£304~6~7
1853.
Maintaining the Establish-
ment at Kew Observatory 165
Experiments on the Influence
of Solar Radiation 15
Researches on the British
Annelida 10
Dredging on the East Coast
of Scotland 10
Ethnological Queries 5
£205" 0^0
1854.
Maintaining the Establish-
ment at Kew Observatory
(including balance of
former grant) 330 15 4
Investigations on Flax ]l o
Effects of Temperature on
Wrought Iron 10
Registration of Periodical
Phenomena 10
British Annelida 10
Vitality of Seeds 5 2 3
Conduction of Heat 4 2
£380 19 ""7
1855.
Maintaining the Establish-
ment at Kew Observatory 425
Earthquake Movements 10
Physical Aspect of the Moon 118 5
Vitality of Seeds IQ 7 H
Map of the World 15
Ethnological Queries 5
Dredging near B elf ast 4
£480 16^4
1856.
Maintaining the Establish-
ment at Kew Observa-
tory :—
1854 £ 75 01 „^ ^
1855 £500 Of ^^^ ^
CJJIV
REPORt — 1903.
£ s. d.
Strickland's Ornithological
Synonyms 100
Dtedging and Dredging
Fol-ms 9 13
Chemical Action of Light ... 20
Strength of Iron Plates 10
Registration of Periodical
Phenomena 10
Ptopagation of Salmon 10
£734 1 a 9
1857.
Maintaiilihg the Establi.sh-
thent at Kew Observatory 350
Earthquake Wave Experi-
ments 40
Dredging near Belfast 10
l)redging on the West Oodst
of Scotland 10
InvestigEttions into th6 Mol-
litsba of dalifornia ....:.... 10
EXpel-ithtints on I^lax 6
Jjatutal flistory of Mada-
gascar 20
Researches on Btitish Anne-
lida 25
Repolt oil Natural Products
imported into Liverpool ... 10
Attiticial Propagation of Sal-
mon 10
Temperatiire of Mines 7 8
Thermometers for Subterra-
nean Observations
Life-boats
5
7
4
. 5
£507
15
4
1899.
Maintaining the Establish-
ment at Kew Observatory 500
bredging near Dublin 15
1858.
Maintaining the Establish-
ment at Kew Observatory 500
Earthquake Wave Experi-
ments 25
Dredging on the West Coast
of Scotland 10
Dredscing near Dublin 5
Vitality of Seed 6 5
Dredging near Belfast 18 13 2
Report on the British Anne-
lida 25
Experiments on the produc-
tion of Heat by Motion in
Fluids 20
Report on the Natural Pro-
ducts imported into Scot-
land 10 0_0
£618 18 2
£ *. d.
Osteology of Bitds 50
Ilish Tilnicata 5
Blanure Experiments 30
British Medusidse 5
Dredging Committee 5
Steam-vessels' Performance... 3
Marine Fauna of South and
West of Iteland 10
Photographic Chemistry ...... 10
Lanarkshire Fossils 20 1
Balloon Ascents .39 11
£684 11 i
1860.
Maintaining the Establish-
ment at Kew Observatory 500
Dredging near Belfast 16 (3
Dredging in t)Ublin Bay 15
Inquiry into the Petformdnce
of Steam-vessels 124
Explorations in the Yellow
Sandstone of Dura Den ... 20
Chemico-mechanical Analysis
of Rocks and Minerals 25
Researches on the Growth of
Plants 10
Researches on the Solubility
of Salts 30
Researches on theConstituents
of Manures 25
Balance of Captive Balloon
Accounts 1 13 6
£766 19^~6
1861.
Maintaining the Establish-
ment at Kew Observatory. . 500
Earthquake Experiments 25
Dredging North and East
Coasts of Scotland 23
Dredging Committee : —
I860 £50 1
1861 £22 0/
Excavations at Dura Den 20
Solubility of Salts 20
Steam- vessel Performance ... 150
Fossils of Lesmahagow 15
Explorations at Uriconium... 20
Chemical Alloys 20
Classified Index to the Trans-
actions 100
Dredging in the Mersey .and
Dee 5
Dip Circle 30
Photoheliograjihic Observa-
tions 50
Prison Diet 20
Gauging of Water 10
Alpine Ascents 6
Constituents of Manures 25
£1111
72
5
10
5
10
GENERAL STATEMENT.
CXV
1862.
£ s. d.
Maintaining- tlie Establish-
ment at Kew Observatory 500
Patent Laws 21 G
Moll iisca of N.-W. of America 10
Natural History by Mercantile
Marine 5
Tidal Observations 25
Photolieliometer at Kcvv 40
PhotoL;Tapliic Pictures of the
Sun 150
Ptocks of Donegal 25
Dredging Durham and North-
umberland Coasts 25
Connection of Storms 20
Dredging North-east Coast
of Scotland 6 9 6
Ravages of Teredo 3 110
Standards of Electrical Re-
sistance 50
Railway Accidents 10
Balloon Committee 200
Dredging Dublin Bay 10
Dredging the Mersey 5
Prison Diet 20
Gauging of Water 12 10
Steamships' Performance 150
Thermo-electric Currents ... 5
£1293 16~1;
1803.
Maintaining the Establish-
ment at Kew Observatory... 600
Balloon Committee deficiency 70
Balloon Ascents (other ex-
penses) 25
Entozoa 25
Coal Fossils 20
Herrings 20
Granites of Donegal 5
Prison Diet 20
Vertical Atmospheric Blove-
ments 13
Dredging Shetland 50
Dredging North-east Coast of
Scotland 25
Dredging Northumberland
and Durham 17
Dredging Committee superin-
tendence 10
Steamship Performance 100
Balloon Committee 200
Carbon underpressure 10
Volcanic Temperature 100
Bromide of Ammonium S
Electrical Standards 100
Electrical Construction and
Distribution 40
Luminoixs Meteors 17
Kew Additional Buildings for
Photoheliograph 100
3 10
£ s. d.
Thermo-electricity 15
Analysis of Rocks 8
Hydroida 10
£1608 3~T0
1864.
Maintaining the Establisli-
ment at Kcav Observatory.. 600
Coal Fossils 20
Vertical Atmospheric Move-
ments 20
Dredging, Shetland 75
Dredging, Northumberland... 1'5
Balloon Committee 2()(t
Carbon under presstire 10
Standards of Electric Re-
sistance 100
Analysis of Rocks 10 ()
Hydroida 10
Askham's Gift 50 o
Nitrite of Amyle 10
Nomenclature Committee ... 5
Rain-gauges 19 1.5 S
Cast-iron Investigation 20
Tidal Observations in the
Humbcr 50
Spectral Rays 45
Luminous Meteors 20
£1289 15 8
1865.
Maintaining the Establish-
ment at Kew Observatory.. GOO
Balloon Committee 100
Hydroida 13
Rain-gauges 30
Tidal Observations in the
Humber 6
Hexylic Compounds 20
Amyl Compounds 20
Irish Flora 25
American Mollueca 3
Organic Acids 20
Lingula Flags Excavation ... 10
Eurypterus 50
Electrical Standards 100
Malta Caves Researches 30
Oyster Breeding 25
Gibraltar Caves Researches... 150
Kenfs Hole Excavations 100
Moons Surface Observations 35
Marine Fauna 25
Dredging Aljerdeensliire 25
Dredging Channel Islands ... 50
Zoological Nomenclature 5
Resistance of Floating Bodies
in Water 100
Bath Waters Analysis 8
Luminous Meteors 40
£1591
8
9
(J
10
7
10
g3
tXVl
HEPORT — 1903.
1866.
£ s. d.
Maintaiuinfr the Establish-
ment at Kew Observatory. . 600
TiUnar Committee 64 13 4
lialloon Committee 50
Metrical Committee 50
British Eainfall 50
Kilkenny Coal Fields 16
Alum l*ay Fossil Leaf -bed ... 15
Luminous Meteors 60
Lingula Flags Excavation ... 20
Chemical Constitution of
Cast Iron 50
Arayl (!omi30unds 25
Electrical (Standards 100
Malta Caves E.xploration .SO
Kent's Hole Exploration 200
Marine Fauna, &c., Devon
and Cornwall 25
Dredging Aberdeenshire Coast 25
Dredging Hebrides Coast ... 50
Dredging the Mersey 5
Resistance of Floating Bodies
in Water 50
Pol}-cyanidesof Organic Radi-
cals 2a
Rigor Mortis 10
Irish Annelida 15
Catalogue of Crania 50
Didine Lirds of Mascarene
Islands 50
Typical Crania Researches ... 30
Palestine E.xploration Fund... 100
£1750 13 4
1868.
£
Maintaining the Establish-
ment at Kew Observatory. . 600
Lunar Committee 120
Metrical Committee 60
Zoological Record 100
Kent's Hole Explorations ... 150
Steamship Performances . .. 100
British Rainfall 50
Luminous Meteors 50
Organic Acids (JO
Fossil Crustacea 25
Methyl Series 25
Mercury and Piile 25
Organic Remains in Lime-
stone Rocks 25
Scottish Earthquakes 20
Fauna, Devon and Cornwall.. 30
British Fossil Corals 50
Bagshot Leaf-beds 60
Greenland Explorations U)0
Fossil Flora 25
Tidal Observations 100
Underground Temperature... 50
Spectroscopic Investigations
of Animal Substances 6
Secondary Reptiles, &c 30
British Marine Invertebrate
Fauna 100
i^l940
£ *. d.
1867.
Maintaining the Establish-
ment at Kew Observatory.. 600
Meteorulogical Instruments,
Palestine 50
Lunar Committee 120
Metrical Committee 30
Kent's Hole Explorations ... 100
Palestine Exploiations ...'. 60
Insect Fauna, Palestine 30
British Rainfall 60
Kilkenny Coal Fields 25
Alum Bay Fossil Leaf -bed ... 25
Luminous Meteors 50
Bournemouth, &c., Leaf-beds 30
Dredging Shetland 75
Steamship Reports Condensa-
tion 100
Electrical Standards 100
Ethyl and Methyl Series 25
Fossil Crustacea 25
Sound under Water 24 4
North Greenland Fauna 75
Do. Plant Beds 100
Iron and Steel Manufacture... 25
Patent Laws 30
£1739 4
1869.
Maintaining the Establish-
ment at Kew Observatorj'. . 600
Lunar Committee 50
Metrical Committee 25
Zoological Record 100
Committee on Gases in Deep-
well Water 25
British Rainfall 50
Thermal Conductivity of Iron,
&c 30
Kent's Hole Explorations 150
Steamship Performances 30
Chemical Constitution of
Cast Iron 80
Iron and Steel Manufacture 100
Methyl Series 30
Organic Remains in Lime-
stone Rocks 10
Earthquakes in Scotland 10
British Fossil Corals 50
Bagshot Leaf -beds 30
Fossil Flora 25
Tidal Observations 100
Underground Temperature... 30
Spectroscopic Investigations
of Animal Substances 5
Organic Acids 12
Kiltorcan Fossils 20
GENERAL STATEMENT.
CXVll
Chemical Coustitution and
Physiological Action Rela-
tions 15
Mountain Limestone Fossils 25
Utilisation of Sewage 10
Troducts of Digestion 10
£1622
1870,
Maintaining the Establish-
ment at Kew Observatorj 6o0
Metrical Committee 25
Zoological Record 100
Committee on Marine B^auna 20
Ears in Fishes 10
Chemical Katiire of Cast
Iron 80
Luminous Meteors 30
Heat in the Blood 15
Britisli Rainfall 100
Thermal Conductivity of
Iron, &c 20
British Fossil Corals 50
Kent's Hole Explorations ... 150
Scottish Earthquakes 4
Dagshot Leaf-beds 15
Fossil Flora 25
Tidal Observations 100
Underground Temperature ... 50
Kiltorcan Quarries Fossils ... 20
Mountain Limestone Fossils 25
Utilisation of .Sewage 50
Organic Chemical Compounds 30
Onny River Sediment 3
Mechanical Equivalent of
Heat 60
£1572~
1871.
Maintaining the Establish-
ment at Kew Observatory 600
Monthly Reports of Progress
in Chemistry 100
Metrical Committee 25
Zoological Record 100
Thermal Equivalents of the
Oxides of Chlorine 10
Tidal Observations 100
Fossil Flora 25
Luminous Meteors 30
British Fossil Corals 25
Heat in the Blood 7
British Rainfall 50
Kent's Hole Explorations ... 150
Fossil Crustacea 25
Meth)d Compounds 25
J-ui)ar Objects 30
2
6
£
Fossil Coral Sections, for
Photographing 20
Bagshot Leaf -beds 20
Moab Explorations 100
Gaussian Constants 40
d.
£1472 2 G
1872.
Maintaining the Establish-
ment at Kew Observatory 300
Metrical Committee 75
Zoological Record 100
Tidal Committee 200
Carboniferous Corals 25
Organic Chemical Compounds 25
Exploration of Moab 100
Terato-embryological Inqui-
ries 10
Kent's Cavern Exploration.. 100
Luminous Meteors 20
Heat in the Blood 15
Fossil Crustacea 25
Fossil Elephants of Malta ... 25
Lunar Objects 20
Inverse Wave-lengths 20
British Rainfall 100
Poisonous Substances Anta-
gonism 10
Essential Oils, Chemical Con-
stitution, &c 40
Mathematical Tables 50
Thermal Conductivity of Me-
tals 25
£1285
1873.
Zoological Record 100
Chemistry Record 200
Tidal Committee 400
Sewage Committee 100
Kent's Cavern Exploration ... 150
Carboniferous Corals 25
Fossil Elephants 25
Wave-lengths 150
British Rainfall 100
Essential Oils :>0
Matliematical Tables KM)
Gaussian Constants 10
Sub-Wealden Explorations... 25
Underground Temperature... 150
Settle Cave Exploration 50
Fossil Flora, Ireland 20
Timber Denudation and Rain-
fall 20
Luminous Meteors 30
£1685
CXVlll
REPORT — 1903.
187i.
£
Zoological llecoi-fl 100
Chemistry Itecord 100
Mathematical Tables 100
Klliptic Functions 1 00
Liglitning' (lonductors 10
Tliermal Conductivity of
Roclvs 10
Anthropological Instructions 50
Kent's Cavern Exploration... 150
Luminous Meteors 30
Intestinal Secretions 15
British Rainfall 100
Essential Oils 10
Hub-Wealdcn Explorations... 25
Settle Cave Exploration 50
Maiiritius Meteorology 100
Magnetisation of Iron 20
Marine Organisms -''O
Fossils, North-West of Scot-
land 2
Physiological Action of Light 20
Trades Unions 25
Mountain Limestone-corals 25
Erratic Bloclcs 10
Dredging, Durliam and York-
shire Coasts 28
High Temperature of Bodies .SO
Kiemens"s Pyrometer 3
Labyrinthodonts of Coal-
measures 7
£1151
1875. — —
Elliptic Functions 100
Magnetisation of Iron 20
British Rainfall 120
Luminous Meteors ?0
Chemistry Record 100
Specific Volume of Liquids... 25
Estimation of Potash and
Phosphoric Acid 10
Isometric Crcsols 20
Sub-Wealden Explorations... 100
Kent's Cavern Kxplriration... 100
Settle Cave Exploration 50
Earthquakes in Scotland 15
Underground Waters 10
Development of Myxinoid
Fishes . .^ 20
Zoological Record 100
Instructions for Travellers ... 20
Intestinal Secretions 20
Palestine Exploration 100
£960
1876.
Printing Mathematical Tables 1 59
British Rainfall 100
Ohm's Law 9
Tide Calculating iMachine ... 200
Specific Volume of Liqili^s... 25
X.
(I.
10
5
6
15
4
2
5
Q
16
£ s. a.
Isomeric Cresols 10
Action of Etliyl Bromobuty-
rate on Ethyl Sodaccto-
acetate 5
Estimation of Potash and
Pliosplioric Acid IH
Exploration of Victoria Cave 100
Geological Record 100
Kent's Cavern Exploration... 100
Thermal Conductivities of
Rocks 10
Underground Waters 10
Earthquakes in Scotland 1 10
Zoological Record 100
Close Time 5
Physiological Action of
Sound 25
Naples Zoological Station ... 75
Intestinal Secretions 15
Physical Characters of Inha-
bitants of British Isles LS 15
Measuring Speed of Ships ... 10
Effect of Propeller on turning
of Steam-vessels 5
£1092~4~2
1877.
Liquid Carbonic Acid in
Minerals 20
Elliptic Functions 250
Thermal Conductivity of
Rocks 9
Zoological Record 100
Kent's Cavern 100
Zoological Station at Naples 75
Luminous Meteors .30
Elasticity of AVires 100
Dipterocarpese, Report on ... 20
Mechanical Equivalent of
Heat 35
Double Compounds of Cobalt
and Nickel 8
Underground Temperature ... 50
Settle'Cave Exploration 100
Underground Waters in New
Red Sandstone 10
Action of Ethyl Bromobuty-
rate on Ethyl Sodaceto-
acetate 10
British Earthworks 25
Atmosplieric Electricity in
India 15
Development of Light from
Coal-gas 20
Estimation of Potash and
Phosplioric Acid 1
Geological Record 100
Anthropometric Committee 34
Physiological Action of Phos-
phoric Acid, &c 15
£1128
11
7
18
^ 7
GENEEAL STATEMENT.
cxix
1878.
£ s. (I.
Exploration of Settle Caves 100
Geological Record 100
Investigation of Pulse Pheno-
mena by means of .Siphon
Recorder 10
Zoological Station at Naples 75
Investigation of Underground
Waters 15
Transmission of Electrical
Impulses through Nerve
Structure 30
Calculation of Factor Table
for 4th Million 100
Anthropometric Committee... 66
Composition and Structure of
less -known Alkaloids 25
Exploration of Kent's Cavern 50
Zoological Record 100
Fermanagh Caves Explora-
tion 15
Thermal Conductivity of
Rocks 4 16 6
Luminous Meteors 10
Ancient Earthworks 25
£725 16 6
1879.
Table at the Zoological
Station, Naples 75
Miocene Flora of the P>asalt
of the Nortli of Ireland ... 20
Illustrations for a Monograph
on the Mammotli 17
Record of Zoological Litera-
ture 100
Composition and Structure of
less-known Alkaloids 25
Exploration of Oaves in
Borneo 50
Kent's Cavern Exjjlorat ion... 100
Record of the Progress of
Geology 100
Fermanagh Caves Exploration 5
Electrolysis of Metallic Solu-
tions and Solutions of
Compound Salts 25
Anthropometric Committee... 50
Natural History of Socotra ... 100
Calculation of Factor Tables
for 5th and 6th Millions ... 150
Underground Waters 10
Steering of Screw Steamers... 10
Improvements in Astrono-
mical Clocks .SO
Marine Zoology of South
Devon 20
Determination of Mechanical
Equiv^lept of He^t ......... 12 15 6
£ s. d.
Specific Inductive Capacity
of Sprengel Vacuum 40
Tables ■ of Sun-heat Co-
efficients .SO
Datum Level of tlie Ordnance
Survey 10
Tables of Fundamental In-
variants of Algebraic Forms ,36 14 9
Atmospheric Electricity Ob-
.servations in Madeira 15
Instrument for Detecting
Fire-damp in Mines 22
Instruments for Measuring
the Speed of Ships 17 1 8
Tidal Observations in the
English Channel 10
£1080 11 11
1880.
New Form of High Insulation
Key 10
Underground Temperature ... 10
Determination of the Me-
chanical Equivalent of
Heat 8 5
Elasticity of Wires 50
Luminous Meteors .SO
Lunar Disturbance of Gravity 30
Fundamental Invariants 8 5
Laws of Water Friction 20
Specific Inductive Capacity
of Sprengel Vacuitm 20
Completion of Tables of Sun-
heat Coefficients 50
Instrument for Detection of
Fire-damp in Mines 10
Induct ive Capacity of Crj'stals
and Paraffines 4 17 7
Report on Carboniferous
Polyzoa 10
Caves of South Ireland 10
Viviparous Nature of Ichthyo-
saurus 10
Kent's Cavern Exploration... 60
Geological Record 100
Miocene Flora of the Basalt
of North Ireland 15
Underground Waters of Per-
mian Formations 5
Record of Zoological Litera-
ture 100
Table at Zoological Station
at Naples 75
Investigation of the Geology
and Zoology of Mexico 50
Anthropometrj' 60
Patent Itf^Vfs 5
£731 7 7
cxx
REPORT — 1903.
1881.
£ s. d.
Lunar Disturbance of Gravity 30
Undergiound Temperature ... 20
Electrical Standards 25
High Insulation Key ,5
Tidal Observations 10
Specific Refractions 7 3 1
Fossil Polyzoa 10
Underground Waters 10
Earthquakes in Japan 25
Tertiary Flora 20
Scottish Zoological Station ... .50
Naples Zoological Station ... 75
Natural History of Socotra ... 50
Anthropological Notes and
Queries 9
Zoological Record 100
Weights and Heights of
Human Beings 30
£476 3 1
1882.
Exploration of Central Africa 100
Fundamental Invariants of
Algebi'aical Forms 76
Standards for Electrical
Measurements 100
Calibration of INIercurial Ther-
mometers 20
Wave-length Tables of Spec-
tra of Elements 50
Photographing Ultra-violet
Spark Spectra 25
Geological Record 100
Earthquake Fhenomena of
Japan 25
Conversion of Sedimentary
Materials into Metamorphic
Rocks 10
Fossil Plants of Halifax 15
Geological Map of Europe ... 25
Circulation of Underground
Waters 15
Tertiary Flora of North of
Ireland 20
British Polyzoa 10
Exploration of Caves of South
of Ireland 10
Exploration of Raygill Fissure 20
Naples Zoological Station ... 80
Albuminoid Substances of
Serum 10
Elimination of Nitrogen by
Bodily Exercise 50
Migration of Birds 15
Natural History of Socotra... 100
Natural History of Timor-laut 100
Record of Zoological Litera-
ture 100
Anthropometric Committee... 50
£1126
1
11
1883.
£
Meteorological Observations
on Ben Nevis 50
Isomeric Naphthalene Deri-
vatives 15
Earthquake Phenomena of
Japan 50
Fossil Plants of Halifax 20
British Fossil Polj'zoa 10
Fossil Phyllopoda of Palaao-
zoic Rocks 25
Erosion of Sea-coast of Eng-
land and Wales 10
Circulation of Underground
Waters 15
Geological Record 50
Exploration of Caves in South
of Ireland 10
Zoological Literature Record 100
Migration of Birds 20
Zoological Station at Naples 80
Scottish Zoological Station... 25
Elimination of Nitrogen by
Bodily Exercise 38
Exploration of Mount Kili-
ma-njaro 500
Investigation of Loughton
Camp 10
Natural History of Timor-laut 50
Screw Gauges 5
£1083
1 11
«.
d.
3 8
3 3
1881.
Meteorological Observations
on Ben Nevis 50
Collecting and Investigating
Meteoric Dust 20
IMeteorological Observator}' at
Chepstow 25
Tidal Observations 10
Ultra Violet Spark Spectra ... 8
Earthquake Phenomena of
Japan 75
Fossil Plants of Halifax 15
Fossil Polyzoa 10
Erratic Blocks of England ... 10
Fossil Phyllopoda of Palaso-
zoic Rocks 15
Circulation of Underground
Waters 5
International Geological Map 20
Bibliography of Groups of
Invertebrata 50
Natural History of Timor-laut 50
Naples Zoological Station ... 80
Exploration of Mount Kili-
ma-njaro, East Africa 500
Migration of Birds 20
Coagulation of Blood 100
Zoological Literature Record 100
Anthrqpometric Committee... 10
£1173
4
(1
t)
4
GENERAL STATEMENT.
CSXl
1883.
£ «. d.
8)'noptic Chart of Indian
Ocean 50
Reduction of Tidal Observa-
tions 10
Calculating Tables in Theory
of Numbers 100
Meteorological Observations
on Ben Nevis SO
Meteoric Dust 70
Vapour Pressures, ifec, of Salt
Solutions 25
Physical Constants of Solu-
tions 20
Volcanic Phenomena of Vesu-
vius 25
Raj'gill Fissure 15
Earthquake Phenomena of
Japan 70
Fossil Phyllopoda of Palasozoic
Rocks 25
Fossil Plants of P.ritish Ter-
tiary and Secondarj'^ Beds.., 50
Geological Record 50
Circulation of Underground
Waters 10
Naples Zoological Station ... 100
Zoological Literature Record. 100
Migration of Birds 30
Exploration of Mount Kilima-
njaro 25
Recent Polyzoa 10
Granton Biological Station ... 100
Biological Stations on Coasts
of United Kingdom 150
Exploration of New Guinea... 200
Exploration of Mount Eoraima 100
£1385
1886.
Electrioal Standards 40
Solar Radiation ;i
Tidal Observations 50
Magnetic Observations 10
Observations on Ben Nevis ... 100
Physical and Chemical Bear-
ings of Electrolysis 20
Chemical Nomenclature 5
Fossil Plants of British Ter-
tiary and Secondary Reds... 20
Caves in North Wales 25
Vojcanic Phenomena of Vesu-
vius 30
Geological Record 100
Paheozoic Phyllopoda 15
Zoological Literature Record. 100
Granton Biological Station ... 75
Naples Zoological Station 50
Researches in Food- Fishes and
Ipvertebrata at ^t. Andrews 75
10
6
10
& i. d.
Migration of Birds 30
Secretion of Urine 10
Exploration of New Guinea... 150
Regulation of Wages under
Sliding Scales 10
Prehistoric Race in Greek
Islands 20
North- Western Tribes of Ca-
nada 50
£995 6
1887.
Solar Radiation 18 10
Electrolysis 30
Ben Nevis Observ.itorv 75
Standards of Light (1880
grant) 20
Standards of Light (1887
grant) 10
Harmonic Analysis of Tidal
Observations 15
Magnetic Observations 26 2
Electrical Standards 50
Silent Discharge of Electricity 20
Absorption Spectra 40
Nature of Solution 20
Influence of Silicon on Steel 30
Volcanic Phenomena of Vesu-
vius 20
Volcanic Phenomena of .Japan
(1886gr.ant) 50
Volcanic Phenomena of Jajsan
(1887 grant) 50
Cae Gwyn Cave, N. Wales ... 20
Erratic Blocks 10
Fossil Phyllopoda 20
Coal Plant s of Halifax 25
Microscopic Structure of the
Rocks of Anglesey 10
Exploration of the Eocene
Bedsof the Isle of Wight... 20
Underground Waters 5
' Manure ' Gravels of Wexford 10
Provincial Museums Reports 5
Lymphatic System 25
Naples Biological Station ...100
Plymouth Biological Station 50
Granton Biological Station ... 75
Zoological Record 100
Flora of China 75
Flora and Fauna of the
Cameroons 75
Migration of Birds 30
Bathy-hvpsographical Map of
British Isles 7 6
Regulation of Wages 10
Prehistoric Race of Greek
Islands 20
Racial f holographs, Egyptian 20
£1186 18
CXXll
REPORT — 1903.
1888.
£ s. d.
Ben Nevis Observatory 150
Electrical Standards 2 6 4
Magnetic Observations 15
Standards of Light 70 2 3
Electrolysis 30
Uniform Nomenclature in
Mechanics 10
Silent Discharo-e of Elec-
tricity .'; 9 11 10
Properties of Solutions 25
Influence of Silicon on Steel 20
Methods of Teaching Chemis-
try 10
Isomeric Naphthalene Deriva-
tives .'. 25
Action of Light on Hj'dracids 20
Sea Beach near Bridlington... 20
Geological Record 50
Manure Gravels of Wexford... 10
Erosion of Sea Coasts 10
Underground Waters 5
Palieontographical Society ... 60
Pliocene Fauna of St. Erth... 50
Carboniferous Flora of Lan-
cashire and Westr Yorkshire 25
Volcanic Phenomena of Vesu-
viu.s 20
Zoology and Botan)' of AVest
Indies 100
Flora of Bahamas 100
Development of Fishes — St.
Andrews 50
Marine Laboratory, Plymouth 100
Migration of Birds 30
Flora of China 75
Naples Zoological Station ... 100
Lymphatic System 25
Biological Station at Granton 50
Peradeniya Botanical Station 50
Development of Teleostei ... 15
Depth of Frozen Soil in Polar
Regions 5
Precious Metals in Circulation 20
Value of Monetary Standard 10
Effect of Occupations on Phj'-
sical Development 25
North-Western Tribes of
Canada 100
Prehistoric Race in Greek
Islands 20
£1511 5
n
1889.
Ben Nevis Obsei-vatory 50
Electrical Standards 75
Electrolysis 20
Surf ace AVater Temperature... 30
Silent Discharge of Electricity
on Oxygen 6 4 8
£ g. d.
Methods of teaching Chemis-
try r- 10
Action of Light on Hydracids 10
Geological R^eoord 80
Volcanic Phenomena of Japan 25
Volcanic Phenomena of Vesu-
vius 20
Palreozoic Phyllopoda 20
Higher Eocene Beds of Isle of
Wight 15
West Indian Explorations ... 100
Flora of China 25
Naples Zoological Station ...100
Physiology of Lymphatic
System ." 25
Experiments with a Tow-net 5 16 3
Natural History of Friendly
Islands 100
Geology and Geograph)' of
Atlas Range 100
Action of Waves and Currents
in Estuaries 100
North-Western Tribes of
Canada 150
Nomad Tribes of Asia Minor 30
Corresponding Societies 20
Marine Biological Association 200
' Baths Committee,' Bath 100
£1417 11
1890.
Electrical Standards 12 17
Electrolysis 5
Electro-optics 50
Mathematical Tables 25
Volcanic and Seismological
Phenomena of Japan 75
Pellian Equation Tables 15
Properties of Solutions 10
International Standard forthe
Analysis of Iron and Steel 10
Influence of the Silent Dis-
charge of Electricity on
Oxygen 5
Metliodsof teachingChemistry 10
Recording Results of Water
Analysis 4 1
Oxidation of Hydracids in
Sunlight ". 15
Volcanic Phenomena of Vesu-
vius 20
PahBozoic Phyllopoda 10
Circulation of Underground
Waters 5
Excavations at Oldbury Hill 15
Cretaceous Polyzoa 10
Geological Photographs ...... 7 14 11
Lias Beds of Northampton ... 25
Botanical Station at Perade-
niya...,, ,, 25
GENERAL STATEMENT.
CXXlll
£ s.
Experiments with a Tow-
net 4 3
Naples Zoological Station . . . 100
Zoology and IJotany of the
West India Islands 100
Marine Biological Association 30
Action of Waves and Currents
in Estuaries 150
Graphic Metliods in Jlechani-
cal Science 11
Anthropometric Calculations 5
Nomad Tribes of Asia Minor 25
Corresponding Societies 20
£799 16
d.
9
1891.
Ben Nevis Observatory 50
Electrical Standards.." 100
Electrolysis 5
Seismological Phenomena of
Japan 10
Temperatures of Lakes 20
riiotographs of Meteorological
Phenomena 5
Discharge of. Electricity from
Points 10
Ultra Violet Eays of Solar
Spectrum 50
International Standard for
Analysis of Iron and Steel... 10
Isomeric Naphthalene Deriva-
tives 25
Formation of Haloids 25
Action of Light on Dyes 17 10
Geological Record 100
Volcanic Phenomena of Vesu-
vius 10
Fossil Phvllopoda 10
Photographs of Geological
Interest 9 5
Lias of Northamptonshire ... 25
Registration of Typie-Speci-
mens of British Fossils 5 5
Investigation of Elbolron Cave 25
Botanical Station at Pera-
deniya 50
Experiments with a Tow-net 40
ilarine Biological Association 12 10
Disappearance of Native
Plants 5
Action of Waves and Currents
in Estuaries 125 i
Anthropometric Calculations 10
New Edition of ' Anthropo-
logical Notes and Queries ' 50
North - Western Tribes of
Canada 200 ,
Corresponding Societies 25 |
£1,029 llT I
1892.
£ s. tl.
Observations on Ben Nevis ... 50
PhotogTaphs of Meteorological
Phenomena 15
Pcllian Equation Tables 10
Discharge of Electricity from
Points 50
Seismological Phenomena of
Japan". 10
Formation of Haloids 12
Properties of Solutions 10
Action of Light on Dyed
Colours 10
Erratic Blocks 15
Photographs of Geological
Interest 20
Underground Waters 10
Investigation of Elbolton
Cave 25
Excavations at Oldbury Hill 10
Cretaceous Polyzoa 10
Naples Zoological Station ... 100
Marine Biological Association 17 10
Deep-sea Tow-net 40
Fauna of Sandwich Islands... 100
Zoology and Botany of We.st
India Islands 100
C'limat ology and Hy drograph}'
of Tropical Africa 50
Anthropometric Laboratory... 5
Anthropological Notes and
Queries 20
Prehistoric Remains in Ma-
shonaland 50
North ;- Western Tribes of
Canada 100
Corresponding Societies 25
£864 10
1893.
Electrical Standards 25
Observations on Ben Nevis ... 150
Mathematical Tables 15
Intensity of Solar Radiation 2 8 6
ilagnetic AVork at the Fal-
mouth Observatorj- 25
Isomeric Naphthalene Deri-
vatives , 20
Erratic Blocks 10
Fossil Phyllopoda 5
Underground Waters 5
Shell-bearing Deposits at
Clava, Chapelhall, &c 20
Eurypterids of the Pentland
Hills 10
Naples Zoological Station ... 100
Slarine Biological Association 30
Fauna of Sandwich Islands 100
Zoology and Botauj- of West
India Islands 50
CXXIV
REPORT — 1903.
£ s. d.
Exploration of Irish Sea 30
Physiological Action of
Oxygen in Asphyxia 20
Index of Genera and Species
of Animals 20
Exploration of Karakoram
Mountains 50
Scottish Place-names 7
Climatology and Hydro-
graphy of Tropical Africa 50
Economic Training 3 7
Anthropometric Laboratory 5
Exploration in Abyssinia 35
North-Western Tribes of
Canada 100
Corresponding Societies 30
i'907 15 6
1895.
1894.
Electrical Standards 25
Photographs of Sleteorological
Phenomena 10
Tables of Mathematical Func-
tions 15
Intensity of Solar Radiation 5
Wave-length Tables 10
Action of Light upon Dyed
Colours 5
Erratic Blocks 15
Fossil Phyllopoda 5
Shell - bearing Deposits at
Clava, &c 20
Eurj'pterids of the Pentland
Hills 5
New Sections of Stonesfield
Slate 14
Observations on Earth-tre-
mors 50
Exploration of Calf - Hole
Cave 5
Naples Zoological Station ... 100
Marine Biological Association 5
Zoolog_y of the Sandwich
Islands 100
Zoology of the Irish Sea 40
Structure and Function of the
Mammalian Heart 10
Exploration in Abyssinia ... 30
Economic Training 9
Anthropometric Laborator}'
Statistics 5
Ethnographical Survey 10
The Lake Village at Glaston-
bury 40
Anthroponietrical Measure-
ments in Schools 5
Mental and Physical Condi-
tion of Children 20
porresponding Societies 25
£583
5
6
10
15
6
£
s.
d.
Electrical Standards
25
Photographs of Meteorological
Phenomena
10
Earth Tremors
75
100
Abstracts of Physical Papers
Reduction of Magnetic Obser-
vations made at Falmouth
Observatory
50
Comparison of Magnetic Stan-
dards
25
Meteorological Observations
on Ben Nevis
50
n
Wave-length Tables of the
Spectra of tlie Elements ...
10
Action of Light upon Dyed
Colours
4
tj
1
Formation of Haloids from
Pure Materials
20
n
Isomeric Naphthalene Deri-
vatives
30
Electrolytic Quantitative An-
alysis
30
10
5
Erratic Blocks
Pal.-eozoic Phyllopoda
Photographs of Geological In-
terest
10
Sliell-bearing Deposits at
Clava, ifcc
10
Eurypterids of the Pentland
Hills
3
New Sections of Stonesfield
Slate ..
50
Exploration of Calf Hole Cave
10
Nature and Probable Age of
Pligh-level Flint- drifts
10
Table at the Zoological Station
at Naples
100
Table at the Biological Labo-
ratory, Plymouth
15
Zoology, Botany, and Geology
of the Irish Sea
35
9
4
Zoology and Botany of the
West India Islands
50
Index of Genera and Species
of Animals
50
5
Climatology of Tropical Africa
Exploration of Hadramut . . .
50
Calibration and Comparison of
Measuring Instruments ...
25
Anthropometric Measure-
ments in Schools
5
30
Lake Village at Glastonbury
Exploration of a Kitchen -
midden at Hastings
10
Ethnographical Survey
10
Physiological Applications of
the Phonograph
'>,n
Corresponding Societies
30
;e977 15
5
GENERAL STATEMENT.
CXXV
1896.
£
Photographs of Meteorologi-
cal Plienomena 15
Seismological Observations... 80
Abstracts of Physical Papers 100
Calculation of certain Inte-
grals 10
Uniformity of Size of Pages of
Transactions, &c 5
Wave-length Tables of the
Spectra of the Elements ... 10
Action of Light upon Dyed
Colours 3
Electrolytic Quantitative Ana-
lysis 10
The Carbohydrates of Barley
Straw 50
Reprinting Discussion on the
Relation of Agriculture to
Science 5
Erratic Blocks 10
PaliBOzoic Phyllopoda 5
Shell-bearing Deposits at
Clava, &c 10
Eurypterids of the Pentland
Hills 2
Investigation of a Coral Reef
by Boring and Sounding ... 10
Examination of Locality where
the Cetiosaurus in the Ox-
ford Museum was found ... 25
PalfBolithic Depo!<its at Hoxne 25
Fauna of Singapore Caves ... 40
Age and Relation of Rocks
near Moreseat, Aberdeen . 10
Table at the Zoological Sta-
tion at Naples 100
Table at the Biological Labo-
ratory, Plymouth 15
Zoologj-, Botany, and Geology
of the Irish Sea 50
Zoology of the Sandwich Is-
lands 100
African Lake B'auna 1 00
Oysters under Normal and
Abnormal Environment ... 40
Climatology of Tropical Africa 10
Calibration and Comparison of
Measuring Instruments 20
Small Screw Gauge 10
North-Western Tribes of
Canada 100
Lake Village at Glastonbury . 30
Ethnographical Survey 40
Mental and Physical Coudi-
tion of Children 10
Physiological Applications of
the Phonograph 25
Corresponding Societies Com-
mittee 30
£lT04
1
6 1
1897.
£ s. d.
Mathematical Tables 25
Seismological Observations... 100
Abstracts of Physical Papers 100
Calculation of certain In-
tegrals 10
Electrolysis and Electro-
chemistry 50
Electrolytic Quantitative Ana-
lysis 10
Isomeric Naphthalene Deri-
vatives 50
Erratic Blocks 10
Photographs of Geological
Interest 15
Remains of the Irish Elk in
the Isle of Man 15
Table at the Zoological Sta-
tion, Naples 100
Table at the Biological La-
boratory, Plymouth 9 10 8
Zoological Bibliography and
Publication 5
Index Generum et Specierum
Animalium 100
Zoology and Botany of the
West India Islands 40
The Details of Observa-
tions on the Migration of
Birds 40
Climatology of Tropical
Africa 20
Ethnographical Survey 40
Mental and Physical Condi-
tion of Children 10
Silchester Excavation 20
Investigation of Changes as-
sociated with the Func-
tional Activity of Nerve
Cells and their Peripheral
Extensions 180
Oysters and Typhoid 30
Phy.siological Applications of
the Phonograph 15
Physiological Ert'ects of Pep-
tone and its Precursors 20
Fertilisation iu Phoeojjhycese 20
Corresponding Societies Com-
mittee 25
£1,059 10^8
1898.
Electrical Standards 75
Seismological Observations... 75
Abstracts of Phj'sical Papers 100
Calculation of certain In-
tegrals 10
Electrolysis and Electro-chem-
istry 35
Meteorological Observatorj' at
Montreal 50
cxxvi
REPORT — 1903.
£ s. d.
Wave-length Tables of the
Spectta of the Elements ... 20
Action of Light upon Dyed
Colours 8
Erratic Blocks 5
Investigation of a Cotal Reef 40
Photographs of Geologicnl
Interest 10
Life-zones in British Carbon-
iferous Rocks 15
Pleistocene Fauna and tlora
in Canada 20
Table at the Zoological Sta-
tion, Naples 100
Table at the Biological La-
borator}', Plymouth 14
Index Generum et Specierum
Animalium 100
Healthy and Unhealthy Oys-
ters 30
Climatology of Tropical Africa 10
State Monopolies in otljer
Countries 15
Small Screw Gauge 20
North -Western Tribes of
Canada 75
Lake Village at Glastonbury 37 10
Silchester Excavation 7 10
Ethnological Survey of Canada 75
Anthropology and Natural
History of Torres Straits... 125
Investigation of Changes asso-
ciated with the Functional
Activity of Nerve Cells and
their Peripheral Extensions 100
Fertilisation in PhasophyceK 15
Corresponding Societies Com-
mittee 25
£l~2r2
1899.
Electrical Standards 225
Seismological Observations ... 65
Science Abstracts 100
Heat of Combination of Metals
in Alloys 20
Radiation in a Magnetic Field 50
Calculation of certain In-
tegrals 10
Action of Light upon Dyed
(Colours 4
Relation between Absorption
Spectra and Constitution of
Organic Substances 50
Erratic Blocks 15
Photographs of Geological
Interest 10
Remains of Irish Elk in tlie
Isle of Man 15
Pleistocene Flora and Fauna
in Canada 30
14
19
8
6
£ s. d.
Records of Disappearing Drift
Section at Moel Try faen ... 5
Ty Newydd Caves 40
Ossiferous Caves at Uphill ... 30
Table at the Zoological Sta-
tion, Naples 100
Tabic at the Biological La-
boratory, Plymouth 20
Index Generum et Specierum
Animalium 100
Migration of Birds 15
Apparatus for Keeping Aqua-
• tic Organisms under Definite
Physical Conditions 15
Plankton and Physical Con-
ditions of the English Chan-
nel during 1891) 100
Exploration of Sokotra 35
Lake Village at Glastonbury 50
Silchester Excavation 10
EthnologicalSurvey of Canada 35
New Edition of ' Anthropolo-
gical Notes and Queries '... 40
Age of Stone Circles 20
Physiological Etfects of Pep-
tone 30
Electrical Changes accom-
panying Discharge of Res-
piratory Centres 20
Influence of Drugs upon the
Vascular Nervous System... 10
Histological Changes in Nerve
Cells 20
Micro-chemistry of Cells 40
Histology of Suprarenal Cap-
sules 20
Comparative Histology of
Cerebral Cortex 10
Fertilisation in Pbyfflophyceas 20
Assimilation in Plants 20
Zoological and Botanical Pub-
lication
Corresponding Societies Com-
mittee 25
£1.430"l4 2
1900.
Electrical Standards 25
Seismological Observations... 60
Radiation in a Magnptic Field 25
Meteorological Observiiiory at
Montreal 20
Tables of Mathematical Func-
tions 75
Relation between Absorption
Spectra and Constitution
of Organic Bodies 30
Wave-length Tables 5
Electrolytic Quantitative
Analysis 5
geJteraL statement.
cXxvn
£ s. d.
Isomorphous vSulpbonic Deri-
vatives of Benzene 20
The Natiue of Alloys 30
Photographs of Geological
Interest :.... 10
Kemains of Elk in the Isle of
Man 5
Pleistocene Fauna and Flora
in Canada 10
Movements of Underground
AVaters of Craven 40
Table at the Zoological Sta-
tion, Naples 100
Table at tlie Biological La-
boratory, Plymouth 20
Index Generum et tipecierum
Animalium 50
Migration of Birds 15
Plaiikton and Physical Con-
ditions of the English
Channel 40
Zoology of the Sandwich
Islands <; 100
Coral Reefs of the Indian
Region 30
Physical and Chemical Con-
stants of Sea- Water 100
Future Dealings in Raw
Produce 2 10
Silchester Excavation 10
Ethnological Survey of
Canada 50
New Edition of 'Anthropo-
logical Notes and Queries ' 40
Photographs of Anthropo-
logical Interest 10
Mental and Physical Condi-
tion of Children in Schools 5
Ethnography of the Malay
Peninsula 25
Physiological Effects of Pep-
tone 20
Comparative Histology of
Suprarenal Capsules 20
Comparative Histology of
Cerebral Cortex 5
Electrical Changes in Mam-
malian Nerves 20
Vascular Supply of Secreting
Glands '. 10
Fertilisation in Phieophyceaj 20
Corresponding Societies Com. 20
£1,072 10
1901.
Electrical Standards 45
Seismological Observations... 75
Wave-length Tables 4 14
Isomorphous Sulphonic Deri-
vatives of Benzene 35
£
Life-zones in British Carbo-
niferous Rocks 20
Underground Water of North-
west Yorkshire 50
Exploration of Irish Caves... 15
Table at the Zoological Sta-
tion, Naples :. 100
Table at the Biological La-
boratory, Plymouth 20
Index Generum et Specierum
Animalium 75
Migration of iiirds 10
Terrestrirtl Surface Waves ... 5
Changes of Land-level in the
Phlegrican Fields 50
Legislation regulating Wo-
men's LaVjour ; l5
Small Screw Gauge 45
Resistance of Road Vehicles
to Traction 7.5
Silchester E.xcavation 10
Ethnological Survey of
Canada 30
Anthropological Teaching ... S
Exploration in Crete 145
Physiological Effects of Pep-
tone 30
Chemistry of Bone Marrow... 5
Suprarenal Capsules in the
Rabbit .5
Fertilisation in Phffiophycsie 15
Morphology, Ecology, and
Taxonomy of Podoste-
maceas 20
Corresponding Societies Com-
mittee 15
£920
1902.
Electrical Standards 40
Seismological Observations... 35
Investigation of the Upper
Atmosphere by means of
Kites 75
Magnetic Observations at Fal-
mouth So
Relation between Absorption
Spectra and Organic Sub-
stances 20
Wave-length Tables 5
Life-zones in British Car-
boniferous Rocks 10
Exploration of Irish CaVcs ... 45
Table at the Zoological
Station, Naples 100
Index Generum et Specierum
Animalium 100
Migration of Birds 15
Structure of Coral Reefs of
Indian Ocean 50
s.
d.
15
11
9*11
CXXviii REPORT-
£ 6-. d.
Compound Ascidians of the
Clyde Area 25
Terrestrial Surface Waves .. . 15
Legislation regulating Wo-
men's Labour 30
Small Screw Gauge 20
Resistance of Road Vehicles
to Traction 50
Ethnological Survey of
Canada 1^
Age of Stone Circles 30
Exploration in Crete 100
Anthropometric Investigation
of Native Egyptian Soldiers 15
Excavations on the Roman
Site at Gelligaer 5
Changes in Hajnioglobin 15
Work of Mammalian Heart
under Influence of Drugs... 20
Investigation of the Cyano-
phycea; ;• 10
Reciprocal Influence of Uni-
versities and Schools 5
Conditions of Health essen-
tial to carrying on Work in
Schools 2
Corresponding Societies Com. 15^
£947
1903.
Electrical Standards 35
Seismological Observations... 40
Investigation of the Ujjper
Atmosphere by means of
Kites 75
-1903.
£
Magnetic Observations at Fal-
mouth 40
Study of Hj'dro-aromatic Sub-
stances 20
Erratic Blocks 10
Exploration of Irish Caves ... 40
Underground Waters of North-
west Yorkshire 40
Life-zones in British Carbon-
iferous Rocks 5
Geological Photographs 10
Table" at tlie Zoological Sta-
tion at Naples 100
Index Generum et Specierum
Animalium 100
Tidal r>ore, Sea Waves, and
Beaches 15
Scottish National Antarctic
Expedit ion 50
Legislation affecting Women's
Labour 25
Researches in Crete 100
Age of Stone Circles 3
Anthropometric Investigation 5
Anthropometry of the Todas
and other Tribes of Southern
India 50
The Slate of Solution of Pro-
teids 20
Investigation of the Cyano-
phyce;e 25
Respiration of Plants 13
Conditions of Health essential
for School Instruction 5
Corresponding Societies Com. 20
£845
s.
d.
i:;
o
13
2
General Meetings.
On Wednesday, September 9, at 8.30 p.m., in the Opera House, South-
port, Professor James Dewar, M.A,, LL.D., D.Sc, F.R.S., resigned the
office of President to Sir Norman Lockyer, K.C.B., LL.D., F.R.S., who
took the Chair, and delivered an Address, for which see page 3.
On Thursday, September 10, at 8.30 p.m., a Soire'e took place in the
Town Hall.
On Friday, September 11, at 8.30 p.m., in the Cambridge Hall, Dr.
R. Munro delivered a Discourse on ' Man as Artist and Sportsman in the
Palaeolithic Period.'
On Monday, September 14, at 8.30 p.m., in the Cambridge Hall, Dr.
A. W. Rowe delivered a Discourse on ' The Old Chalk Sea, and some
of its Teachings.'
On Tuesday, September 15, at 8.30 p.m., a Soiree took place at the
Town Hall.
On Wednesday, September 16, at 2.30 p.m., in the Cambridge Hall,
the concluding General Meeting took place, when the Proceedings of the
General Committee and the Grants of Money for Scientific Purposes were
explained to the Members.
The Meeting was then adjourned to Cambridge. [The Meeting is
appointed to commence on Wednesday, August 17, 1904.]
PEESIDENT'S ADDEESS.
1903.
ADDEESS
BY
Sib NORMAN LOCKYER, K.C.B., LL.D., F.R.S.,
COBRESPONDANT DE L'InSTITUT DK FrAXCE,
PRESIDENT.
The Influence of Brain-j)ower on History.
My first duty to-night is a sad one. I have to refer to a great loss which
this nation and this Association have sustained. By the death of the
great Englishman and great statesman who has just passed away we
members of the British Association are deprived of one of the most
illustrious of our Past-Presidents. We have to mourn the loss of an
enthusiastic student of science. We recognise that as Prime Minister
he was mindful of the interests of science, and that to him we owe a more
general recognition on the part of the State of the value to the nation of
the work of scientific men. On all these grounds you will join in tho
expression of respectful sympathy with Lord Salisbury's family in their
great personal loss which your Council has embodied this morninw in a
resolution of condolence.
Last year, when this friend of science ceased to be Prime
Minister, he was succeeded by another statesman who also has given
many proofs of his devotion to philosophical studies, and has shown
in many utterances that he has a clear understanding of the real place
of science in modern civilisation. We, then, have good grounds for
hoping that the improvement in the position of science in this country
which we owe to the one will also be the care of his successor, who has
honoured the Association by accepting the unanimous nomination of your
Council to be your President next year, an acceptance which adds a new
lustre to this Chair.
On this we may congratulate ourselves all the more because I think,
although it is not generally recognised, that the century into which we
have now well entered may be more momentous than any which has
preceded it, and that the present history of the woi-ld is being so largely
moulded by the influence of brain-power, which in these modern days has
\o do with natural as well as human forces and laws, that statesmen and
B2
4 REPORT — 1903.
politicians will have in the future to pay more regard to education and
science as empiro-builders and empire-guarders than they have paid in
the past.
The nineteenth century will ever be known as the one in which the
influences of science were first fully realised in civilised communities ;
the scientific progress was so gigantic that it seems rash to predict that
any of its successors can be more important in the life of any nation.
Disraeli, in 1873, referring to the progress up to that year, spoke as
follows : ' How much has happened in these fifty years — a period more
remarkable than any, I will venture to say, in the annals of mankind.
I am not thinking of the rise and fall of Empires, the change of dynasties,
the establishment of Governments. I am thinking of those revolutions
of science which have had much more effect than any political causes,
which have changed the position and prospects of mankind more than all
the conquests and all the codes and all the legislators that ever lived.' ^
The progress of science, indeed, brings in many considerations M'hich
are momentous in relation to the life of any limited community — any one
nation. One of these considerations to which attention is now being
greatly drawn is that a relative decline in national wealth derived from
industries must follow a relative neglect of scientific education.
It was the late Prince Consort who first emphasised this when he
came here fresh from the University of Bonn. Hence the ' Prince
Consort's Committee,' which led to the foundation of the College of
Chemistry, and afterwards of the Science and Art Department. From
that time to this the warnings of our men of science have become louder
and more ui'gent in each succeeding year. But this is not all ; the com-
mercial output of one country in one century as compared with another is
not alone in question ; the acquirement of the scientific spirit and
a knowledge and utilisation of the forces of Nature are very much furtlier
reaching in their effects on the progress and decline of nations than is
generally imagined.
Britain in the middle of the last century was certainly the country
which gained most by the advent of science, for she was then in full
possession of those material gifts of Nature, coal and iron, the combined
winning and utilisation of which, in the production of machinery and in
other ways, soon made her the richest country in the world, the seat and
throne of invention and manufacture, as Mr. Carnegie has called her.
Bein"- the great producers and exporters of all kinds of manufactured
goods, we became eventually, with our iron ships, the great carriers, and
hence the supremacy of our mercantile marine and our present command
of the sea.
The most fundamental change wrought by the early applications of
science was in relation to producing and carrying power. With the
vanning of mineral wealth and the production of machinery in other
' I\'ature, November 27, 1873, vol. ix. p. 71.
ADDRESS. 5
Countries, and cheap and rapid transit between nations, our superiority
as depending upon our first use of vast material resources was reduced.
Science, which is above all things cosmopolitan — planetary, not national
— internationalises such resources at once. In every market of the
world
'things of beauty, things of use,
Which one fair planet can jsroduce,
Brought from under every star,'
were soon to be found.
Hence the first great effect of the general progress of science was
relatively to diminish the initial supremacy of Britain due to the first use
of material resources, which indeed was the real source of our national
wealth and place among the nations.
The unfortunate thing was that, while the foundations of our
superiority depending upon our material resources were being thus
sapped by a cause tvhich was beyond our control, our statesmen and our
Universities were blind leaders of the blind, and our other asset, our
mental resources, which was within our control, was culpably neglected.
So little did the bulk of our statesmen know of the part science was
playing in the modern world and of the real basis of the nation's activities
that they imagined political and fiscal problems to be the only matters
of importance. Nor, indeed, are we very much better off to-day. In
the important discussions recently raised by Mr. Chamberlain next to
nothing has been said of the efiect of the progress of science on prices.
The whole course of the modern world is attributed to the presence or
absence of taxes on certain commodities in certain countries. The fact
that the great fall in the price of food-stuffs in England did not come
till some thirty or forty years after the removal of the corn duty between
1847 and 1849 gives them no pause ; for them new inventions, railways,
and steamships are negligible quantities ; the vast increase in tlie world's
wealth, in Free Trade and Protected countries alike, comes merely,
according to them, in response to some political shibboleth.
We now know, from what has occurred in other States, that if our
Ministers had been more wise and our Universities more numerous and
efficient our mental resources would have been developed by improvements
in educational method, by the introduction of science into schools, and,
more important than all the rest, by the teaching of science by experiment,
observation, and research, and not from books. It is because this was not
done that we have fallen behind other nations in properly applying
science to industry, so that our applications of science to industry are
relatively less important than they were. But this is by no means all ; we
have lacked the strengthening of the national life produced by fostering
the scientific spirit among all classes and along all lines of the nation's
activity ; many of the responsible authorities know little and care less
about science ; we have not learned that it is the duty of a State to
organise its forces as carefully for peace as for war ; that Universities and
6 REPORT— 1903.
other teaching centres are as important as battleships or big battalions ;
are, in fact, essential parts of a modern State's machinery, and, as such,
to be equally aided and as efficiently organised to secure its future well-
being.
Now the objects of the British Association as laid down by its
founders seventy-two years ago are ' To give a stronger impulse and
a more systematic direction to scientific inquiry — to promote the inter-
course of those who cultivate science in different parts of the British
Empire with one another and with foreign philosophers —to obtain a more
general attention to the objects of science and a removal of any dis-
advantages of a public kind which impede its progress.'
In the main, my predecessors in this Chair, to which you have done
me the honour to call me, have dealt, and with great benefit to science,
with the objects first named.
But at a critical time like the present I find it imperative to depart
from the course so generally followed by my predecessors and to deal
with the last object named, for unless by some means or other we ' obtain
a more general attention to the objects of science and a removal of any
disadvantages of a public kind which impede its progress,' we shall suflTer
in competition with other communities in which science is more generally
utilised for the purposes of the national life.
The Struggle for Existence in Modern Communities.
Some years ngo, in discussing the relations of scientific instruction to
our industries, Huxley pointed out that we were in presence of a new
'struggle for existence,' a struggle which, once commenced, must go on
until only the fittest survives.
It is a struggle between organised species — nations — not between indi-
viduals or any class of individuals. It is, moreover, a struggle in which
science and brains take the place of swords and sinews, on which depended
the result of those conflicts which, up to the present, have determined the
history and fate of nations. The school, the University, the laboratory,
and the workshop are the battlefields of this new warfare.
But it is evident that if this, or anything like it, be true, our industries
cannot be involved alone ; the scientific spirit, brain-power, must not
be limited to the workshop, if other nations utilise it in all branches of
their administration and executive.
It is a question of an impoilant change of front. It is a question of
Snding a new basis of stability for the Empire in face of new condition.s.
I am certain that those familiar with the present state of things will
acknowledge that the Prince of Wales's call, ' Wake up,' applies quite as
much to the members of the Government as it does to the leaders of
industry.
What is wanted is a complete organisation of the resources of the
nation, so as to enable it best to face all the new problems which the
ADDRESS. 7
progress of science, combined with the ebb and flow of population and other
factors in international competition, are ever bringing before us. Every
Minister, every public department, is involved ; and this being so, it is the
duty of the whole nation — King, Lords, and Commons — to do what is neces-
sary to place our scientific institutions on a proper footing in order to
enable us to ' face the music,' whatever the future may bring. The idea
that science is useful only to our industries comes from want of thought.
If anyone is under the impression that Britain is only suffering at present
from the want of the scientific spirit among our industrial classes, and
that those employed in the State service possess adequate brain-power
and grip of the conditions of the modern world into which science so
largely enters, let him read the Report of the Royal Commission on the
War in South Africa. There he will see how the whole ' system ' employed
was, in Sir Henry Brackenbury's words applied to a part of it, ' unsaited
to the requirements of an army which is maintained to enable us to make
war.' Let him read also in the Address of the President of the Society
of Chemical Industry what drastic steps had to be taken by Chambers of
Commerce and ' a quarter of a million of working-men ' to get the Patent
Law Amendment Act into proper shape in spite of all the advisei's and
oflicials of the Board of Trade. Very few people realise the immense
number of scientific problems the solution of which is required for the
State service. The nation itself is a gigantic workshop ; and the more
our rulers and legislators, administrators and executive officers possess
the scientific spirit, the more the rule of thumb is replaced in the State
service by scientific methods, the more able shall we be, thus armed at all
points, to compete successfully with other countries along all lines of
national as well as of commercial activity.
It is obvious that the power of a nation for war, in men and arms and
ships, is one thing ; its power in the peace struggles to v/hich I have
referred is another. In the latter the source and standard of national
efficiency are entirely changed. To meet war conditions, there must be
equality or superiority in battleships and army corps. To meet the new
peace conditions, there must be equality or superiority in Universities,
scientific organisation, and everything which conduces to greater brain-
power.
Our Industries are suffering in the ^yresent hiternational ComjMtition.
The present condition of the nation, so far as its industries are con-
cerned, is as well known, not only to the Prime Minister, but to other
political leaders in and out of the Cabinet, as it is to you and to me. Let
me refer to two speeches delivered by Lord Rosebery and Mr. Chamberlain
on two successive days in January 1901.
Lord Rosebery spoke as follows : — ■
' . . . The war I regard with apprehension is the war of trade which
is unmistakably upon us. . . . When I look round me I cannot blind my
8 REPORT— 1903.
eyes to the fact that, so far as we can predict anything of the twentieth
century on which we have now entered, it is that it will be one of acutest
international conflict in point of trade. We were the first nation of the
modern world to discover that trade was an absolute necessity. For that
we were nicknamed a nation of shopkeepers ; but now every nation
wishes to be a nation of shopkeepers too, and I am bound to say that
when we look at the character of some of these nations, and when we look
at the intelligence of their preparations, we may well feel that it behoves
us not to fear, but to gird up our loins in preparation for what is before us.'
Mr. Chamberlain's views were stated in the following words : —
' I do not think it is necessary for me to say anything as to the urgency
and necessity of scientific training. ... It is not too much to say that
the existence of this country, as the great commercial nation, depends
upon it. . . . It depends very much upon what we are doing now, at the
beginning of the twentieth century, whether at its end we shall continue
to maintain our supremacy or even equality with our great commercial
and manufacturing rivals.'
All this refers to our industries. We are suff"ering because trade no
longer follows the flag as in the old chiys, but because trade follows the
brains, and our manufacturers are too a.pt to be careless in securing them.
In one chemical establishment in Germany 400 doctors of science, the
best the Universities there can turn out, have been employed at different
times in late years. In the United States the most successful students in
the higher teaching centres are snapped up the moment they have finished
their course of training, and put into charge of large concerns, so that the
idea has got abroad that youth is the password of success in American
industry. It has been forgotten that the latest product of the highest
scientific education must necessarily be young, and that it is the training
and not the age which determines his employment. In Britain, on the
other hand, apprentices who can pay high premiums are too often pre-
ferred to those who are well educated, and the old rule-of-thumb
processes are preferred to new developments — a conservatism too often
depending upon the master's own want of knowledge.
I should not be doing my duty if I did not point out that the defeat of
our industries one after another, concerning which both Lord Rosebery
and Mr. Chamberlain express their anxiety, is by no means the only thing
we have to consider. The matter is not one which concerns our industrial
classes only, for knowledge must be pursued for its own sake ; and since
the full life of a nation with a constantly increasing complexity, not only
of industrial, but of high national aims, depends upon the universal
presence of the scientific spirit— in other words, brain-power — our whole
national life is involved.
ADDRESS. 9
The Necessity for a Body dealing with the Organisation of Science.
The present awakening in relation to the nation's real needs is largely
due to the warnings of men of science. But Mr. Balfour's terrible Man-
chester picture of our present educational condition ^ shows that the
warning, which has been going on now for more than fifty years, has not
been forcible enough ; but if my contention that other reorganisations
besides that of our education are needed is well founded, and if men of
science are to act the part of good citizens in taking their share in
endeavouring to bring about a better state of things, the question arises,
Has the neglect of their warnings so far been due to the way in which
these have been given 1
Lord Rosebery, in the address to a Chamber of Commerce from which
I have already quoted, expressed his opinion that such bodies do not
exercise so much influence as might be expected of them. But if com-
mercial men do not use all the power their organisation provides, do they
not by having built up such an organisation put us students of science to
shame, who are still the most disorganised members of the community ?
Here, in my opinion, we have the real reason why the scientific needs
of the nation fail to command the attention either of the public or of
successive Governments. At present, appeals on this or on that behalf
are the appeals of individuals ; science has no collective voice on the
larger national questions ; there is no organised body which formulates
her demands.
During many years it has been part of my duty to consider such
matters, and I have been driven to the conclusion that our great crying
need is to bring about an organisation of men of science and all interested
in science similar to those which prove so effective in other branches of
human activity. For the last few years I have dreamt of a Chamber,
Guild, League, call it what you will, with a wide and large membership,
which should give us what, in my opinion, is so urgently needed. Quite
recently I sketched out such an organisation, but what was ray astonish-
ment to find that I had been forestalled, and by the founders of the British
Association !
21ie British Association such a Body,
At the commencement of this Address I pointed out that one of the
objects of the Association, as stated by its founders, was ' to obtain a
more general attention to the objects of science and a removal of any
disadvantages of a public kind which impede its progress.'
Everyone connected with the British Association from its beginning
' ' The existing educational system of this country is chaotic, is ineSectual, is
utterly behind the age, makes us the laughing-stock of every advanced nation in
Europe and America, puts us behind, not only our American cousins, but the German
and the Frenchman and the Italian.' — Times, October 15, 1902.
10 REPORT— 1903
may be congratulated upon the magnificent way in which the other objects
of the Association have been carried out ; but as one familiar with the
Association for the last forty years I cannot but think that the object to
which I have specially referred has been too much overshadowed by the
work done in connection with the others.
A careful study of the eai'ly history of the Association leads me to the
belief that the function I am now dwelling on was strongly in the minds
of the founders ; but be this as it may, let me point out how admirably
the organisation is framed to enable men of science to influence public
opinion and so to bring pressure to bear upon Governments which follow
public opinion. (1) Unlike all the other chief metropolitan societies, its
outlook is not limited to any branch or branches of science. (2) We have
a wide and numerous fellowship, including both the leaders and the lovers
of science, in which all branches of science are and always have been
included with the utmost catholicity — a condition which renders strong
committees possible on any subject. (3) An annual meeting at a time
when people can pay attention to the deliberations, and when the news-
papers can print reports. (4) The possibility of beating up recruits and
establishing local committees in different localities, even in the King's
dominions beyond the seas, since the place of meeting changes from year
to year, and is not limited to these islands.
We not only, then, have a scientific Parliament competent to deal
with all matters, including those of national importance, relating to science,
but machinery for influencing all new councils and committees dealing
with local matters, the functions of which are daily becoming more
important.
The machinery might consist of our corresponding societies. We
already have afEliated to us seventy societies with a membership of 25,000.
Were this number increased so as to include every scientific society in the
Empire, metropolitan and provincial, we might eventually hope for a
membership of half a million.
I am glad to know that the Council is fully alive to the importance of
giving a greater impetus to the work of the corresponding societies.
During this year a committee was appointed to deal with the question ;
and later still, after this committee had reported, a conference was held
between this committee and the corresponding societies committee to
consider the suggestions made, some of which will be gathered from the
following extract : —
' In view of the increasing importance of science to the nation at large,
your committee desire to call the attention of the Council to the fact that
in the corresponding societies the British Association has gathered in the
various centres represented by these societies practically all the scientific
activity of the provinces. The number of members and associates at
present on the list of the corresponding societies approaches 25,000, and
no organisation is in existence anywhere in the country better adapted
ADDRESS. 1 1
than the British Association for stimulating, encouraging, and co-ordinating
all the work being carried on by the seventy societies at present enrolled,
Your committee are of opinion that further encouragement should be
given to these societies and their individual working members by every
means within the power of the Association ; and with the object of keeping
the corresponding societies in more permanent touch with the Association
they suggest that an official invitation on behalf of the Council be
addressed to the societies, through the corresponding societies committee,
asking them to appoint standing British Association sub-committees, to
be elected by themselves, with the object of dealing with all those subjects
of investigation common to their societies and to the British Association
committees, and to look after the general interests of science and scientific
education throughout the provinces and provincial centres. . . .
' Your committee desire to lay special emphasis on the necessity for
the extension of the scientific activity of the corresponding societies and
the expert knowledge of many of their members in the direction of
scientific education. They are of opinion that immense benefit would
accrue to the country if the corresponding societies would keep this
requirement especially in view with the object of securing adequate
representation for scientific education on the Education Committees now
being appointed under the new Act. The educational section of the
Association having been but recently added, the corresponding societies
have as yet not had much opportunity for taking part in this branch of
the Association's work ; and in view of the reorganisation in education
now going on all over the country your committee are of opinion that no
more opportune time is likely to occur for the influence of scientific
organisations to make itself felt as a real factor in national education. . . .'
I believe that if these suggestions or anything like them — for some
better way may be found on inquiry — are accepted, grer^t good to science
throughout the Empire will come. Rest assured that sooner or later such
a Guild will be formed because it is needed. It is for you to say whethei
it shall be, or form part of, the British Association. We in this Empire
certainly need to organise science as much as in Germany they find the
need to organise a navy. The German Navy League, which has branches
even in our Colonies, already has a membership of 630,000, and its
income is nearly 20,000^. a year. A British Science League of 500,000
with a sixpenny subscription would give us 12,000Z. a year, quite enough
to begin with.
I for one believe that the British Association would be a vast gainer
by such an expansion of one of its existing functions. Increased authority
and prestige would follow its increased utility. The meetings would possess
a new interest ; there would be new subjects for reports ; missionary
Work less needed than formerly would be replaced by efibrts much more
suited to the real wants of the time. This magnificent, strong, and com-
plicated organisation would become a living force, working throughout the
12 REPORT— 1903.
year instead of practically lying idle, useless, and rusting for fifty-one
weeks out of the fifty-two so far as its close association with its members
is concerned.
If this suggestion in any way commends itself to you, then when you
begin your work in your sections or General Committee see to it that a
body is appointed to inquire how the thing can be done. Remember that
the British Association will be as much weakened by the creation of a
new body to do the work I have shown to have been in the minds of its
founders as 1 believe it will be strengthened by becoming completely
effective in every one of the directions they indicated, and for which
effectiveness we, their successors, are indeed responsible. The time is
appropriate for such a reinforcement of one of the wings of our organisa-
tion, for we have recently included Education among our sections.
There is another matter I should like to see referred to the committee
I have spoken of, if it please you to appoint it. The British Association — •
which, as I have already pointed out, is now the chief body in the Empire
which deals with the totality of science — is, I believe, the only organisa-
tion of any consequence which is without a charter, and which has not
his Majesty the King as patron.
The First Work of such an Organisation,
I suppose it is my duty, after I have suggested the need of organisation,
to tell you my personal opinion as to the matters where we suffer most
in consequence of our lack of organisation at the present time.
Our position as a nation, our success as merchants, are in peril
chiefly — dealing with preventable causes — because of our lack of com-
pletely efficient Universities and our neglect of research. This research
has a double end. A professor who is not learning cannot teach properly
or arouse enthusiasm in his students ; while a student of anything who
is unfamiliar with research methods, and without that training which
research brings, will not be in the best position to apply his knowledge in
after-life. From neglect of research comes imperfect education and a
small output of nev.^ applications and new knowledge to reinvigorate our
industries. From imperfect education comes the unconcern touching
scientific matters and the too frequent absence of the scientific spirit in
the nation generally, from the Court to the Parish Council.
I propose to deal as briefly as I can with each of these points.
Universities.
I have shown that, so far as our industries are concerned, the cause
of our failure has been run to earth ; it is fully recognised that it arises
from the insufficiency of our Universities both in numbers and efficiency,
so that not only our captains of industry, but those employed in the
nation's work generally, do not secure a training similar to that afforded
by other nations. No additional endowment of primary, secondary, or
ADDRESS. 13
technical instruction will mend matters. This is not merely the opinion
of men of science ; our great towns know it, our Ministers know it.
It is sufficient for me to quote Mr. Chamberlain : —
' It is not everyone who can, by any possibility, go forward into the.
higher spheres of education ; but it is from those who do that we have to
look for the men Avho in the future will carry high the flag of this countrj'
in commercial, scientific, and economic competition with other nations.
At the present moment I believe there is nothing more important than to
supply the deficiencies which separate us from those with whom we are in
the closest competition. In Germany, in America, in our own colony of
Canada, and in Australia, the higher education of the people has more
support from the Government, is carried further, than it is here in the Old
Country ; and the result is that in every profession, in every industry,
you find the places taken by men and by women who have had a Univer-
sity education. And I would like to see the time in this country when
no man should have a chance for any occupation of the better kind, either
in our factories, our workshops, or our counting-houses, who could not
show proof that in the course of his University career he had deserved the
position that was ofi'ered to him. What is it that makes a country ? Of
course you may say, and you would be quite right, " The general qualities
of the people, their resolution, their intelligence, their pertinacity, and
many other good qualities." Yes ; but that is not all, and it is not the
main creative feature of a great nation. The greatness of a nation is
made by its greatest men. It is those we want to educate. It is to
those who are able to go, it may be, from the very lowest steps in the
ladder, to men who are able to devote their time to higher education, that
v/e have to look to continue the position which we now occupy as at all
events one of the greatest nations on the face of the earth. And,
feeling as I do on these subjects, you will not be surprised if I say
that I think the time is coming when Governments will give more
attention to this matter, and perhaps find a little more money to forward
its interests.' '
Our conception of a Univei'sity has changed. University education is
no longer regarded as the luxury of the rich, which concerns only those
who can afibrd to pay heavily for it. The Prime Minister in a recent
speech, while properly pointing out that the collective efiect of our public
and secondary schools upon British character cannot be overrated, frankly
acknowledged that the boys of seventeen or eighteen who have to be
educated in them ' do not care a farthing about the world they live in
except in so far as it concerns the cricket-field or the football-field or the
river.' On this ground they are not to be taught science ; and hence,
when they proceed to the University, their curriculum is limited to subjects
which were better taught before the modern world existed, or even Galileo
• Times, November 6, 1902.
U REPORT— 1903.
was born. But the science which these young gentlemen neglect, with
the full approval of their teachers, on their way through the school and
the University to politics, the Civil Service, or the management of com-
mercial concerns, is now one of the great necessities of a nation ; and our
Universities must become as much the insurers of the future progress
as battleships are the insurers of the present power of States. In other
words, University competition between States is now as potent as compe-
tition in building battleships ; and it is on this ground that our University
conditions become of the highest national concern, and therefore have to be
referred to here, and all the more because our industries are not alone in
question.
Why loe have not more Universities.
Chief among the causes which have brought us to the terrible condition
of inferiority as compared with other nations in which we find ourselves
are our carelessness in tlie matter of education and our false notions of
the limitations of State functions in relation to the conditions of modern
civilisation.
Time was when the Navy was largely a matter of private and local
effort. William the Conqueror gave privileges to the Cinque Ports on the
condition that they furnished fifty-two ships when wanted. In the time
of Edward Til., of 730 sail engaged in the siege of Calais 70-5 were
' people's ships.' All this has passed away ; for our first line of defence
we no longer depend on private and local effort.
Time was when not a penny was spent by the State on elementary
education. Again, we no longer depend upon private and local effort.
The Navy and primary education are now recognised as properly calling
upon the public for the necessary financial support. But when we pass
from primary to University education, instead of State endowment we find
State neglect ; we are in a region where it is nobody's business to see that
anything is done.
We in Great Britain have thirteen Universities competing with 134
State and privately endowed in the United States and twenty-two State-
endowed in Germany. I leave other countries out of consideration for lack
of time, and I omit all reference to higher institutions for technical training,
of which Germany alone possesses nine of University rank, because they
are less important ; they instruct rather than educate, and our want is
education. The German State gives to one University more than
the British Government allows to all the Universities and University
Colleges in England, Ireland, Scotland, and Wales put together. These
are the conditions which regulate the production of brain-power in the
United States, Germany, and Britain respectively, and the excuse of the
Government is that this is a matter for private effort. Do not our
Ministers of State know that other civilised countries grant efiicient State
aid, and, further, that private effort has provided in Great Britain less
than 10 per cent, of the sum thus furnished in the United States in
ADDRESS. 15
addition to State aid 1 Are they content that we should go under in
the great struggle of the modern world because the Ministries of other
States are wiser, and because the individual citizens of another country
are more generous, than our own ?
If we grant that there was some excuse for the State's neglect so long
as the higher teaching dealt only with words, and books alone had to be
provided (for the streets of London and Paris have been used as class-
rooms at a pinch), it must not be forgotten that during the last hundred
years not only has knowledge been enormously increased, but things have
replaced words, and fully equipped laboratories must take the place of
books and class-rooms if University training worthy of the name is to be
provided. There is much more difference in size and kind between an old
and a new University than there is between the old caravel and a modem
battleship, and the endowments must follow suit.
What are the facts relating to private endowment in this country ?
In spite of the munificence displayed by a small number of individuals in
some localities, the truth must be spoken. In depending in our country
upon this form of endowment we are trusting to a broken reed. If we
take the twelve English University Colleges, the forerunners of Universities
unless we are to perish from lack of knowledge, we find that private effort
during sixty years has found less than 4,000,000^. ; that is, 2,000,000^. for
buildings, and 40,000/, a year income. This gives us an average of
166,000/. for buildings, and 3,300/. for yearly income.
What is the scale of private effort we have to compete with in regard
to the American Universities ?
In the United States, during the last few years, Universities and
colleges have received more than 40,000,000/. from this source alone ;
private effort supplied nearly 7,000,000/. in the years 1898-1900.
Next consider the amount of State aid to Universities afforded in
Germany. The buildings of the new University of Strassburg have
already cost nearly a million ; that is, about as much as has yet been found
by private effort for buildings in Manchester, Liverpool, Birmingham,
Bristol, Newcastle, and Sheffield. The Government annual endowment
of the same German University is more than 49,000/.
This is what private endowment does for us in England, against State
endowment in Germany.
But the State does really concede the principle ; its present contribu-
tion to our Universities and colleges amounts to 155,600/. a year. No
capital sum, however, is taken for buildings. The State endowment of
the University of Berlin in 1891-92 amounted to 168,777/.
When, then, we consider the large endowments of University educa-
tion both in the United States and Germany, it is obvious that State aid
only can make any valid competition possible with either. The more we
study the facts, the more statistics are gone into, the more do we find
that we, to a large extent, lack both of the sources of endowment upon
one or other, or both, of which other nations depend. We are between
16 REPORT— 1903.
two stools, and the prospect is hopeless without some drastic changes.
And first among these, if we intend to get out of the present Slough of
Despond, must be the giving up of the idea of relying upon private
effort.
That we lose most where the State does least is known to Mr. Cham-
berlain, for in his speech, to which I have referred, on the University of
Birmingham, he said ; ' As the importance of the aim we are pursuing
becomes more and more impressed upon the minds of the people, we may
find that we shall be more generously treated by the State.'
Later still, on the occasion of a visit to University College School,
Mr. Chamberlain spoke as follows : —
' When we are spending, as we are, many millions — I think it is
13,000,000^ — a year on primary education, it certainly seems as if we
might add a little more, even a few tens of thousands,- to what we give to
University and secondary education.' ^
To compete on equal grounds with other nations we must have more
Universities. But this is not all — we want a far better endowment of all
the existing ones, not forgetting better opportunities for research on the
part of both professors and students. Another crying need is that of
more professors and better pay. Another is the reduction of fees ; they
should be reduced to the level existing in those countries which are
competing with us — to, say, one-fifth of their present rates, so as to enable
moi'C students in the secondary and technical schools to complete their
education.
In all these ways facilities would be aflbrded for providing the highest
instruction to a much greater number of students. At present there are
almost as many professors and instructors in the Universities and colleges
of the United States as there are day students in the Universities and
colleges of the United Kingdom.
Men of science, our leaders of industry, and the chiefs of our political
parties all agree that our present want of higher education — in other
words, properly equipped Universities — is heavily handicapping us in the
present race for commercial supremacy, because it provides a relatively
inferior brain-power, which is leading to a relatively reduced national
income.
The facts show that in this country we cannot depend upon private
effort to put matters right. How about local effort ?
Anyone who studies the statistics of modern municipalities will see
that it is impossible for them to raise rates for the building and upkeep
of Universities.
The buildings of the most modern University in Germany have cost
a million. For upkeep the yearly sums found, chiefly by the State, for
' Times, November 6, 1902.
ADDRESS. 17
Germin Universities of different grades, taking the InComes of seven out
of the twenty-two Universities as examples, are : —
£
First Class . . . Berlin .... 130,000
Second Clas.. . . [I'^Zn^^^^ ] • • ^^.OOO
ThirdClass. . . { ^2£^ } . . 48.000
Fourth Class. . . [^£^^1''} . . 37,000
Thus, if Leeds, which is to have a University, is content v/ith the
fourth class German standard, a rate must be levied of Id. in the pound
for yearly expenses, independent of all buildings. But the facts are that
our towns are already at the breaking strain. During the last fifty
years, in spite of enormous increases in rateable values, the rates have
gone up from about 2a-. to about 7s. in the pound for real local purposes.
But no University can be a merely local institution.
IIoio to got more Universities,
What, then, is to be done ? Fortunately, we liave a j^recedent
admirably in point, the consideration of which may help us to answer
this question.
1 have pointed out that in old days our Navy Avas chiefly provided
by local and private effort. Fortunately for us those days have passed
away ; but some twenty years ago, in spite of a large expenditure, it
began to be felt by those who knew, that in consequence of the increase
of foreign navies our sea power was threatened, as now, in consequence
of the increase of foreign Universities, our brain-power is threatened.
The nation slowly woke up to find that its enormous commerce was
no longer insured at sea, that in relation to foreign navies our own had
been suffered to dwindle to such an extent that it was no longer capable
of doing the duty which the nation expected of it even in times of peace.
At first this revelation was received with a shrug of incredulity, and
the peace-at-any- price party denied that anything was needed ; but a ^reat
teacher arose ; ^ as the facts were inquired into, the suspicion changed
into an alarm ; men of all parties saw that something must be done.
Later the nation was thoroughly aroused, and with an universal agree-
ment the principle was laid down that, cost what it micrht to enforce
our sea-power, our Navy must be made and maintained of a strength
greater than those of any two possibly contending Powers. After esta-
blishing this principle, the next thing to do was to give effect to it.
What did the nation do after full discussion and inquiry ? A Bill was
brought in in 1888, and a sum of 21,500,000/. was voted in order,
during the next five years, to inaugurate a large ship-building programme,
' Captain Mahan, of the U.S. Navy, ■whose book, ' On the Influence of Sea-power
on History,' has suggested the title of my address.
1903. C
18 REPORT— 1903.
so that Britain and Britain's commerce might be guarded on the high seas
in any event.
Since then we have spent 120,000,000Z. on new ships, and this year
we spend still more millions on still more new ships. If these prove
insufficient to safeguard our sea-power, there is no doubt that the nation
will increase them, and I have not heard that anybody has suggested an
appeal to private effort.
How, then, do we stand with regard to Universities, recognising them
as the chief producers of brain-power and therefore the equivalents of
battleships in relation to sea-power ? Do their numbers come up to the
standard established by the Admiralty principle to which I have referred 1
Let us attempt to get a rough-and-ready estimate of our educational
position by counting Universities as the Admiralty counts battleships.
I say rough-and-ready, because we have other helps to greater brain-
power to consider besides Universities, as the Admiralty has other ships
to consider besides ironclads.
In the first place, let us inquire if they are equal in number to those
of any two nations commercially competing with us.
In the United Kingdom we had until quite recently thirteen.^ Of
these, one is only three years old as a teaching University, and another
is still merely an examining board.
In Germany there are twenty-two Universities ; in France, under
recent legislation, fifteen ; in Italy, twenty-one. It is difficult to give the
number in the United States, because it is clear, from the tables given in
the Report of the Commissioner of Education, that some colleges are more
important than some Universities, and both give the degree of Ph.D. But
of Universities in title we have 134. Among these, there are forty-six
with more than fifty professors and instructors, and thirteen with more
than 150. I will take that figure.
Suppose we consider the United States and Germany, our chief com-
mercial competitors, and apply the Admiralty principle. We should
require, allowing for population, eight additional Universities at the very
lowest estimate.
Wc see, then, that instead of having Universities equalling in number
those of two of our chief competitors together, they are by no means equal
to those of either of them singly.
After this statement of the fact?, anyone who has belief in the impor-
tance of higher education will have no difficulty in understanding the
origin of the present condition of British industry and its constant
decline, first in one direction and then in another, since the tremendous
efforts made in the United States and Germany began to take eflfect.
If, indeed, there be anything wrong about the comparison, the error
can only arise from one of two sources — either the Admiralty is thought-
' These are Oxford, Cambridge, Dnrliam, Victoria, Wales, Birmingham, London,
St. Andrews, Glasgow, Aberdeen, Edinburgh, Dublin, and Royal UniTersity.
ADDRESS. 19
lessly and w.astefully spending money, or there is no connection what-
ever between the higher intelligence and the prosperity of a nation.
I have already referred to the views of Mr. Chamberlain and Lord
Ilosebery on this point ; we know what Mr. Chamberlain has done at
Birmingham ; we know the strenuous efforts made by the commercial
leaders of Manchester and Liverpool ; we know, also, the opinion of men
of science.
If while we spend so freely to maintain our sea-power our export of
manufactured articles is relatively reduced because our competitors beat
us in the markets of the vv-orld, what is the end of the vista thus opened
up to us ? A Navy growing stronger every year and requiring larger votes
to guard our commerce and communications, and a vanishing quantity of
commerce to guard — a reduced national income to meet an increasing
taxation !
The pity is that our Government has considered sea-power alone ; that
while so completely guarding our commerce it has given no thought to
one of the main conditions on which its production and increase depend.
A glance could have shown that other countries were building Universities
even faster than they were building battleships ; were, in fact, considering
brain-power first and sea-power afterwards.
Surely it is my duty as your President to point out the danger ahead,
if such ignoring of the true situation should be allowed to continue. May
I express a hope that at last, in Mr. Chamberlain's words, ' The time is
coming when Governments will give more attention to this matter' 1
What loill they cost ?
The comparison shows that we want eight new Universities, some of
>vhich, of course, will be colleges promoted to University rank and fitted
to carry on University work. Three of them are already named : Man-
chester, Liverpool, Leeds.
Let us take this number and deal with it on the battleship condition,
although a modern University on American or German models will cost
more to build than a battleship.
If our present University shortage be dealt with on battleship con-
ditions, to correct it we should expend at least 8,000,000/. for new con-
struction, and for the pay-sheet we should have to provide (S x 50,000/.)
400,000/. yearly for jjersonnel and up-keep ; for it is of no use to build
either ships or Universities without manning them. Let us say, roughly,
capitalising the yearly payment at 2^ per cent., 24,000,000/.
At this stage it is important to inquire whether this sum, arrived at
by analogy merely, has any relation to our real University needs.
I have spent a year in making inquiries, as full as I could make them,
of friends conversant with the real present needs of each of the Univer-
sities, old and new. I have obtained statistics which would fill a volume,
and personally I believe that this sum at least is required to bring our
C 2
20 REPOKT— 1903.
University system up to anything like the level which is insisted upon
both in the United States and in Germany. Even Oxford, our oldest
University, will still continue to be a mere bundle of colleges unless three
millions are provided to enable the University, properly so called, to take
her place among her sisters of the modern world ; and Sir Oliver Lodge,
the Principal of our very youngest TJniversity, Birmingham, has shown
in detail how five millions can be usefully and properly applied in that
one locality to utilise for the good of the nation the enthusiasm and
scientific capacity which are only waiting for adequate opportunity of
development.
How is this money to be raised 1 I reply, without hesitation,
JDujdicate the Wavy Bill of 1888-9 ; do at once for brain-power what we
so successfully did then for sea-power.
Let 24,000,000^. be set apart from one asset, our national wealth, to
increase the other, brain-power. Let it be assigned and borrowed as it is
wanted ; there will be a capital sum for new buildings to be erected in
the next five or ten years, the interest of the remainder to go towards
increased annual endowments.
There need be no difficulty about allocating money to the various
institutions. Let each University make up its mind as to which rank of
the German Universities it wishes to emulate. When this claim has been
agreed to, the sums necessary to provide the buildings and teaching staff
of that class of University should be granted without demur.
It is the case of battleships over again, and money need not be spent
more freely in one case than in the other.
Let me at once say that this sum is not to be regarded as practically
gone when spent, as in the case of a short-lived ironclad. It is a loan
which will bear a high rate of interest. This is not my opinion merely ;
it is the opinion of those concerned in great industrial enterprises and
fully alive to the origin and effects of the present condition of things.
I have been careful to point out that the statement that our industries
are suffering from our relative neglect of science does not rest on my
authority. But if this be true, then if our annual production is less by only
two millions than it might have been, having two millions less to divide
would be equivalent to our having forty or fifty millions less capital than
we should have had if we had been more scientific.
Sir John Brunner, in a speech connected with the Liverpool School of
Tropical Medicine, stated recently that if we as a nation were now to
borrow ten millions of money in order to help science by putting up
buildings and endowing professors, we should get the money back in the
course of a generation a hundredfold. He added that there was no better
investment for a business man than the encouragement of science, and
that every penny he possessed had come from the application of science
to commerce.
According to Sir Robert Giffen, the United Kingdom as a going
concern was in 1901 worth 16,000,000,000^
ADDRESS. 21
Were we to put aside 24,000,000Z. for gradually organising, building,
and endowing new Universities, and making the existing ones more
efficient, we should still be worth 15,976,000,000^. — a property well worth
defending by all the means, and chief among these brain-power, we can
command.
If it be held that this, or anything like it, is too great a price to pay
for correcting past carelessness or stupidity, the reply is that the
1 20,000,000/. recently spent on the Navy, a sum five times greater, has
been spent to correct a sleepy blunder, not one whit more inimical to the
future welfare of our country than that which has brought about our
present educational position. We had not sufficiently recognised what
other nations had done in the way of ship-building, just as until now we
have not recognised what they have been doing in University building.
Further, I am told that the sum of 24,000,000/. is less than half the
amount by which Germany is yearly enriched by having improved upon our
chemical industries, owing to our lack of scientific training. Many other
industries have been attacked in the same way since : but taking this one
instance alone, if we had spent this money fifty years ago, when the
Prince Consorb first called attention to our backwardness, the nation
would now be much richer than it is, and would have much less to fear
from competition.
Suppose we were to set about putting our educational house in order,
go as to secure a higher quality and greater quantity of brain-power, it
would not be the first time in history that this has been done. Both
Prussia after Jena and France after Sedan acted on the view ;^
' When land is gone and money spent,
Then learning is most excellent.'
After Jena, which left Prussia a ' bleeding and lacerated mass,' the King
and his wise counsellors, among them men who had gained knowledge
from Kant, determined, as they put it, ' to supply the loss of territory by
intellectual effort.'
AVhat did they do 1 In spite of universal poverty, three Universities,
to say nothing of observatories and other institutions, were at once
founded, secondary education was developed, and in a few years the
mental resources were so well looked after that Lord Palmerstoii defined
the kingdom in question as ' a country of damned professors.'
After Sedan — a battle, as Moltke told us, ' won by the schoolmaster ' —
France made even more strenuous efforts. The old University of France,
with its ' academies ' in various places, was replaced by fifteen independent
Universities, in all of which are faculties of letters, sciences, law and
medicine.
Tlie development of the University of Paris has been truly marvellous.
In 1897-8 there were 12,000 students, and the cost was 200,000/. a year.
But even more wonderful than these examples is the ' intellectual
effort ' made by Japan, not after a war, biit to prepare for one,
22 EEPORT— 1903.
The question is, Shall we wait for a disaster and then imitate Prussia
and France ; or shall we follow Japan and thoroughly prepare by
' intellectual effort ' for the industrial struggle which lies before us ?
Such an efiPort seems to me to be the first thing any national or
imperial scientific organisation should endeavour to bring about.
Research.
When dealing with our Universities I referred to the importance of
research, as it is now generally acknowledged to be the most powerful
engine of education that we possess. But education, after all, is but a
means to the end, which, from the national point of view, is the application
of old and the production of new knowledge.
Its national importance apart from education is now so generally
recognised that in all civilised nations except our own means of research
are being daily more amply provided for all students after they have
passed through their University career ; and, more than this, for all who
can increase the country's renown or prosperity by the making of new
knowledge, upon which not only commercial progress, but all intellectual
advance must depend.
I am so anxious that my statement of our pressing, and indeed im-
perative, needs in this direction should not be considered as resting upon
the possibly interested opinion of a student of science merely that I must
trouble you with still more quotations.
Listen to Mr. Balfour : —
' I do not believe that any man who looks round the equipment of our
Universities or medical schools or other places of education can honestly
say in his heart that we have done enough to equip research with all the
costly armoury which research must have in these modern days. We,
the richest country in the world, lag behind Germany, France, Switzer-
land, and Italy. Is it not disgraceful ? Are we too poor or are we too
stupid ? ' 1
It is imagined by many who have given no thought to the matter
that this I'esearch should be closely allied with some application of science
being utilised at the time. Nothing could be further from the truth ;
nothing could be more unwise than such a limitation.
Surely all the laws of Nature will be ultimately of service, and there-
fore there is much more future help to be got from a study of the
unknown and the unused than we can hope to obtain by continuing the
study of that w^hich is pretty well known and utilised already. It was a
King of France, Louis XIV., who first commended the study of the
meme inutile. The history of modern science shows us more and more as
the years roll on the necessity and advantage of such studies, and there-
fore the importance of properly endowing them : for the production of new
knowledge is a costly and unremunerative pursuit.
' Nature, May 30, 1901.
ADDRESS. 23
Years ago we had Faraday apparently wasting his energies and
time in playing with needles ; electricity now fills the world. To-day
men of science in all lands are studying the emanations of radium ;
no research could be more abstract ; but who knows what advance
in human thought may follow or what gigantic world-transforming
superstructure may eventually be raised on the minute foundation they
are laying ?
If we so organise our teaching forces that we can use them at all
stages, from the gutter to the University, to sift out for us potential Fara-
ways — to utilise the mental products which otherwise would be wasted —
it is only by enabling such men to continue their learning after their
teaching is over that we shall be able to secure the greatest advantage
which any educational system can afford.
It is now more than thirty years ago that my attention was specially
drawn to this question of the endowment of research — first, by conversa-
tions with M. Dumas, the permanent secretary of the Academy of
Sciences, who honoured me by his friendship ; and, secondly, by my
association with Sir Benjamin Brodie and Dr. Appleton in their en-
deavours to call attention to the matter in this country. At that time
a general scheme of endowment suggested by Dumas was being carried
out by Duruy. This took the form of the ' Ecole speciale des Hautes
Etudes ' ; it was what our fellowship system was meant to be — an
endowment of the research of post-graduate students in each seat of
learning. The French effort did not begin then.
I may here tell, as it was told me by Dumas, the story of L^on
Foucault, whose many discoveries shed a glory on France and revived
French industry in many directions.^ In 1851, when Prince Napoleon
was President of the Republic, he sent for Dumas and some of his
colleagues, and told them that during his stay in England, and after-
wards in his study of the Great Exhibition of that year, he had found
there a greater industrial development than in France, and more applica-
tions of science, adding that he wished to know how such a state of things
could be at once remedied. The answer was that new applications
depended upon new knowledge, and that therefore the most direct and
immediate way was to find and encourage men who were likely by
research in pure science to produce this new knowledge. The Prince-
President at once asked for names ; that of Leon Foucault was the only
one mentioned during the first interview.
Some time afterwards — to be exact, at about eleven in the morn-
ing of December 2 — Dumas's servant informed him that there was
a gentleman in the hall named Foucault, who wished to see him, and he
added that he appeared to be very ill. When shown into the study,
Foucault was too agitated to speak, and was blind with tears. His reply
to Dumas's soothing questions was to take from his pockets two rolls of
• See Proc, It, S; vol, xvji, p. Ixxxiii,
24 EEPORT— 1903.
banknotes, amounting to 200,000 francs, and place them on the table.
Finally, lie was able to say that he had been with the Prince-President
since eight o'clock that morning, discussing the possible improvement of
French science and industry ; and that Napoleon had finally given him
the money, requesting him to do all in his power to aid the State.
Foucault ended by saying that, on realising the greatness of the task thus
imposed upon him, his fears and feelings had got the better of him, for
the responsibility seemed more than he could bear.'
The movement in England to which I have referred began in 1872,
when a society for the organisation of academical study was formed in
connection with the inquiry into the revenues of Oxford and Cambridge,
and there was a famous meeting at the Freemasons' Tavern, Mark
Pattison being in the chair. Brodie, Rolleston, Carpenter, Burdon-
Sanderson, were among the speakers, and the first resolution carried was,
' That to have a class of men whose lives are devoted to research is
a national object.' The movement died in consequence of the want of
sympathy of the University authorities.^
In the year 1874 the subject was inquired into by the late Duke of
Devonshire's Commission ; and after taking much remarkable evidence,
including that of Lord Salisbury, the Commission recommended to the
Government that the then grant of 1,000Z., which was expended, by a
committee appointed by the Royal Society, on instruments needed in
researches carried on by private individuals, should be increased, so that
personal grants should be made. This recommendation was accepted and
acted on ; the grant was increased to 4,000^., and finally other societies
were associated with the Ptoyal Society in its administration. The
committee, however, was timorous, possibly owing to the apathy of the
Universities and the general carelessness on such matters, and only one
personal grant was made ; the whole conception fell through.
Meantime, however, opinion has become more educated and alive to the
extreme importance of research to the nation, and in 1891 a suggestion was
made to the Royal Commission which administers the proceeds of the 1851
Exhibition that a sum of about 6,000?. a year available for scholarships
should be employed in encouraging post-graduate research throughout the
whole Empire. As what happened is told in the Memoirs of Lord Play-
fair, it is not indiscreet in me to state that when I proposed this new form
of the endowment of research it would not have surprised me if the
suggestion had been declined. It was carried through by Lord Playfair's
' In order to show how history is written, what actually happened on a fateful
morning may be compared with the account given by Kinglake : ' Prince Louis rode
home and went in out of sight. Then for the most part he remained close shat up
in the Elysde. There, in an inner room, still decked in red trousers, but with his
back to the daylight, they say he sat bent oTer a fireplace for hours and hours
together, resting his elbows on his knees, and burying his face in his hands.' —
Crimean War, vol. i. p. 245.
» gee Nature, November and December, 1872.
ADDRESS. 2
^O
enthusiastic support. This system has been at work ever since, and the
good that has been done by it is now generally conceded.
It is a supreme satisfaction to me to know that in this present year of
grace the national importance of the study of the mhne inutile is more
generally recognised than it was during the times to which I have referred
in my brief survey ; and, indeed, we students are fortunate in having on
our side in this matter two members of His Majesty's Government, -who
two years ago spoke with no uncertain sound upon this matter : —
' Do we lack the imagination required to show what these apparently
remote and abstract studies do for the happiness of mankind ? We can
appreciate that which obviously and directly ministers to human advance-
ment and felicity, but seem, somehow or another, to be deficient in that
higher form of imagination, in that longer sight, which sees in studies
which have no obvious, necessary, or immediate result the foundation of
the knowledge which shall give far greater happiness to mankind than
any immediate, material, industrial advancement can possibly do ; and I
fear, and greatly fear, tliat, lacking that imagination, we have allowed
ourselves to lag in the glorious race run now by civilised countries in
pursuit of knowledge, and we have permitted ourselves so far to too
large an extent to depend upon others for those additions to our know-
ledge which surely we might have made for ourselves.' ^
• I would remind you that all history shows that progress— national
progress of every kind— depends upon certain individuals rather than
upon the mass. Whether you take religion, or literature, or political
government, or art, or commerce, the new ideas, the great steps, have
been made by individuals of superior quality and genius, who have, as it
were, dragged the mass of the nation up one step to a higher level. So it
must be in regard to material progress. The position of the nation
to-day is due to the efforts of men like Watt and Arkwright, or, in our
own time, to the Armstrongs, the Whitworths, the Kelvins, and the
Siemenses. These are the men Avho, by their discoveries, by their
remarkable genius, have produced the ideas upon which others have acted
and which have permeated the whole mass of the nation and aflfectcd the
whole of its proceedings. Therefore what we have to do, and this is our
special task and object, is to produce more of these great men.' ^
I finally come to the political importance of research. A country's
research is as important in the long run as its battleships. The most
eloquent teaching as to its national value we owe to Mr. Carnegie, for he
has given the sura of 2,000,000^. to found a system of endowments, his
chief purpose being, in his own words, ' to .secure if possible for the United
States of America leadership in the domain of discovery and the utilisation
of new forces for the benefit of man,'
• Mr. Balfour, Mature, May 30, IDOl.
» Mr. Chamberlain, Times, January 18, 1901.
26 EEPORT — 1903.
Here is a distinct challenge to Britain. Judging by experience in
this country, in spite of the magnificent endowment of research by Mond
and Lord Iveagh, the only source of possible competition in the British
interest is the State, which certainly could not put the iy8,000th part
of the accumulated wealth of the country to better use ; for without such
help both our Universities and our battleships will become of rapidly
dwindling importance.
It is on this ground that I have included the importance of endowing
research among the chief points to which I have been anxious to draw
your attention.
The Need of a Scientific National Council.
In referring to the new struggle for existence among civilised com-
munities I pointed out that the solution of a large number of scientific
problems is now daily required for the State service, and that in this and
other ways the source and standard of national efficiency have been
greatly changed.
Much evidence bearing upon the amount of scientific knowledge
required for the proper administration of the public departments, and the
amount of scientific work done by and for the nation, was brought before
the Royal Commission on Science presided over by the late Duke of
Devonshire now more than a quarter of a century ago.
The Commission unanimously recommended that the State should be
aided by a scientific council in facing the new problems constantly
arising.
But while the home Government has apparently made up its mind to
neglect the advice so seriously given, it should be a source of gratification
to us all to know that the application of the resources of modern science
to the economic, industrial, and agricultural development of India has for
many years engaged the earnest attention of the Government of that
country. The Famine Commissioners of 1878 laid much stress on the
institution of scientific inquiry and experiment designed to lead to the
gradual increase of the food -supply and to the greater stability of agri-
cultural outturn, while the experience of recent years has indicated the
increasing importance of the study of the economic products and mineral-
bearing tracts.
Lord Curzon has recently ordered the heads of the various scientific
departments to form a board, which shall meet twice annually, to begin
with, to formulate a programme and to review past work. The board is
also to act as an advisory committee to the Government,^ providing
among other matters for the proper co-ordination of all matters of scientific
inquiry affecting India's welfare.
Lord Curzon is to be warmly congratulated upon the step he has
taken, which is certain to bring benefit to our great Dependency,
> Nature^ September 4, 1902,
ADDRESS. 27
The importance of such a board is many times greater at home, with
so many external as well as internal interests to look after — problems
common to peace and war, problems requiring the help of the economio
as well as of the physical sciences.
It may be asked, What is done in Germany, where science is fostered
and utilised far more than here ?
The answer is, There is such a council. I fancy, very much like wliat
our Privy Council once was. It consists of I'epresentatives of the Ministry,
the Universities, the industries, and agricultui'e. It is small, consisting of
about a dozen members, consultative, and it reports direct to the Emperor.
It does for industrial war what military and so-called defence councils do
for national armaments ; it considers everything relating to the use of
brain-power in peace — from alterations in school regulations and the
organisation of the Universities, to railway rates and fiscal schemes,
including the adjustment of duties. I am informed that what this
council advises, generally becomes law.
It should be pretty obvious that a nation so pi'ovided must have
enormous chances in its favour. It is a question of drilled battalions
against an undisciplined army, of the use of the scientific spirit as opposed
to the hope of ' muddling through.'
Mr. Haldane has recently reminded us that 'the weapons which
science places in the hands of those who engage in great rivalries of
commerce leave those who are without them, however brave, as badly
off as were the dervishes of Omdurman against the maxims of Lord
Kitchener.'
Without such a machinery as this, how can our Ministers and our rulers
be kept completely informed on a thousand things of vital importance ?
Why should our position and requirements as an industrial and thinking
nation receive less attention from the authorities than the headdress of
the Guards? How, in the words of Lord Curzon,' can 'the life and
vigour of a nation be summed up before the world in the person of its
sovereign ' if the national organisation is so defective that it has no
means of keeping the head of the State informed on things touching the
most vital and lasting interests of the country ? We seem to be still in
the Paleolithic Age in such matters, the chief diflference being that the
sword has replaced the flint implement.
Some may say that it is contrary to our habit to expect the
Government to interest itself too much or to spend money on matters
relating to peace ; that war dangers are the only ones to be met or to be
studied.
But this view leaves science and the progress of science out of the
question. Every scientific advance is now, and will in the future be
more and more, applied to war. It is no longer a question of an armed
force with scientific corps ; it is a question of an armed force scientific
' Tivifls, September .30, 1902.
28 REPORT— 1903.
from top to bottom. Thank God the Navy has ah-eady found this out.
Science will ultimately rule all the operations both of peace and war, and
therefore the industrial and the lighting population must both have a
large common ground of education. Already it is not looking too far
ahead to see that in a perfect State there will be a double use of each
citizen — a peace use and a war use ; and the more science advances, the
more the old difference between the peaceful citizen and the man at arms
will disappear. The barrack, if it still exists, and the workshop will be
assimilated ; the land unit, like the battleship, will become a school of
applied science, self-contained, in which the officers will be the efficient
teachers.
I do not think it is yet recognised how much the problem of national
defence has thus become associated with that with which we are now
chiefly concerned.
These, then, are some of the reasons which compel me to point out
that a scientific council, which might be a scientific committee of the Privy
Council, in dealing primarily with the national needs in times of peace,
would be a source of strength to the nation.
To sum up, then. My earnest appeal to you is to gird up your loins
and see to it that the science of the British Empire shall no longer remain
unorganised. I have endeavoured to point out to you how the nation at
present suffers from the absence of a powerful, continuous, reasoned expres-
sion of scientific opinion, urging in season and out of season that we shall
be armed as other nations are, with efficient Universities and facilities
for research to uphold the flag of Britain in the domain of learning and
discovery, and what they alone can bring.
I have also endeavoured to show how, when this is done, the nation
will still be less strong than it need be if there be not added to our many
existing councils another, to secure that even during peace the benefits
which a proper co-ordination of scientific effort in the nation's interest can
bring shall not be neglected as they are at present.
Lest some of you may think that the scientific organisation which I
trust you will determine to found would risk success in working on such
large lines, let me remind you that in 1859, when the late Prince
Consort occupied this Chair, he referred to ' impediments ' to scientific
progress, and said, ' they are often such as can only be successfully dealt
with by the powerful arm of the State or the long purse of the nation.'
If the Prince Consort had lived to continue his advocacy of science,
our position to-day would have been very different. His early death was
as bad for Britain as the loss of a great campaign. If we cannot make
up what we have lost, matters cannot mend.
I have done what I feel to be my duty in bringing the present condition
of things before you. It is now your duty, if you agree with me, to see
that it be put right. You can if you will,
BEPOETS
ON THE
STATE OF SCIENCE,
EEPORTS
ON THE
STATE OF SCIENCE,
Investigation of the Uppej' Atmosphere by Means of Kites in co-opera-
tion with a Committee of the Royal Meteorological Society. — Second
Report of the Committee, consisting of J)r. W. N. ^nkvf {Chairman),
Mr. W. H. Dines {Secretary), Mr. D. Archibald, Mr. C. Vernon
Boys, Dr. A.. Buchan, Dr. 11. T. Glazebrook, Dr. H. R. Mill,
and Professor A. Schuster. {Brawn up by the Secretary.)
The results of last year's work have been published ; a description of the
apparatus and methods employed being given in the ' Quarterly Journal
of the Royal Meteorological Society,' vol. xxix., No. 126, p. 65 ; and a
discussion of the results obtained, in a paper by Dr. Shaw and Mr. W. H.
Dines, which appears in the 'Philosophical Transactions of the Royal
Society,' series a, vol. ccii., 1903.
The apparatus used at Crinan last year was erected at Oxshott in the
autumn, and it was hoped that to a limited extent the observations might
be continued there ; but before the end of October the wire was accident-
ally dropped across the main road leading from Eshcr to Leatherhead.
Fortunately the wire rested on trees on both sides of the road ; but before
it could be removed many carriages and bicyclists had passed under it.
This accident convinced us tliat it would be unwise to continue the work
at Oxshott, excepting for winds between south and north-west. The
winter has been devoted to an endeavour to improve the apparatus. This
has been accomplished : a new winding-gear has been constructed, which
so far has given every satisfaction, and the details of the construction of
the kites have been altered, so that they exei't a more uniform pull and
seem to be more reliable. The apparatus was brought to Crinan at the
beginning of August, and in view of the uncertainty about obtaining a
vessel, was erected on the same island as last year. The apparatus in the
possession of the Committee now consists of —
I. Engine, boiler, and winding-gear used last year.
II. New winding-gear.
III. About 14: miles of wire, six of which have been purchased this
year.
IV. Ten kites 7 feet 6 inches high j three kites 9 feet high ; materials
of a kite 12 feet high.
33 l^El'OKT— 1903.
V. Two self-recording instruments made by Mons. Te^ser&nc do Bort.'
VI. Spare bamboo sticks, &c., for repairs.
The old winding-gear is hardly reliable, but many of the parts will be
available for making another.
Application was made to the Government Grant Committee of the
E,oyal Society for a grant of 250/. for the hire of a vessel. On the
suggestion of this Committee the Admiralty were asked to lend a vessel
for the purpose, and they kindly consented to do so ; but unfortu-
nately the vessel they proposed to place at the disposal of the Kite
Committee has met with an accident and is unavailable. The Royal
Society have, however, made a grant of 200/., and the Committee are now
endeavouring to hire a suitable vessel.
Addendum to the Report of the Kite Committee.
Great difficulty has been experienced in obtaining a suitable vessel
owing to the lateness of the time at which inquiries about one were
instituted and to tiie fact that July and August are the yachting season.
A steam tug, the ' Renown,' has been hired for a month, and reached
Crinan on August 13. The apparatus was fitted on board by the evening
of the lith, and since then daily ascents have been made. No great
height (over G,000 feet) has been reached, for the weather has been of the
most unfavourable description for kite flying ; but one very interesting
trace has been obtained — namely, that of August 20, when the kite was
drawn in from a height of 4,500 feet during a sudden and unexpected
thunderstorm which was accompanied by extremely violent rain and
hail.
Magneiic Ohservaiions at Fahnonth. — Bcport of the Committee, con-
' sistinrj of Sir W. H. Prerce (Chairman), Br. R. T. GlazebrooK
{Secretary), Professor W. G. Adams, Captain Creak, Mr. W. L.
Pox, Professor A. Schuster, and Sir A. W. RCcker, appointed
to co-operate iclth the Committee of the Falmoidh Observatory in
their Magnetic Observations.
The Committee report that the grant voted at the last meeting has been
used in support of the ordinary magnetic work of the Falmouth Observa-
tory, and that records of the horizontal force, the declination, and the
vertical force have been kept during the year. The curves up to
December 31, 1902, have been examined at Kew, and, specially in view of
the disturbed state of the Kew instruments and the uncertainty as to
the future magnetic observatory to replace Kew, have a real value.
The results for the quiet days are published in the Report of the
Falmouth Observatory, and will be reprinted in the Proceedings of the
Royal Society.
The vertical force instrument to which reference was made in the
last report has worked in a fairly satisfactory maimer during the year.
In conclusion the Committee ask for reappointment with a further
' A third is promised by him and expected sliortly.
MAGNETIC OBSERVATIONS AT FALMOUTH. 33
grant of GO/. The reasons for this request are in the main the same
as last year. It has not yet been found possible to establish the new
magnetic observatory and to remove the recording instruments from Kew,
though the Committee are informed that progress has been made in the
arrangements for this ; at the same time electric traction has increased
greatly in the neighbourhood of Kew, and the records are in consequence
very seriously disturbed. Thus the Falmouth records are of special im-
portance to science just now.
Experiments for improving the Oonstrudion of Practical Standards for
Electrical Measurements. — Report of the Committee, consisting
of Lord Rayleigh (Ghcoirman), Dr. R. T. Glazebrook (Secretary),
Lord Kelvin, Professors W. E. Ayrton, J. Perry, W. G.
Adams, and G. Carey Foster, Sir Oliver J. Lodge, Dr. A.
MuiRHEAD, Sir W. H. Preece, Professors J. D. Everett, A.
Schuster, J. A. Fleming, and J. J. Thomson, Dr. W. N. Shaw,
Dr. J. T. Bottomley, Rev. T. C. Fitzpatrick, Dr. G. Johnstone
Stoney, Professor S. P. Thompson, Mr. J. Rennie, Dr. E. H.
Griffiths, Sir A. W. Rucker, Professor H. L. Callendar,
and Mr. George Matthey.
APPENDICES PAOa
I. On the Values of tlio Resistance of certain. Standard Coils of the Bntisli
Association. By F. E. Smith. (Fror?i the National Physical Labora-
tory) 38
II. On some new Mercury Standards of Resistance. ^^ F. E. Smith. {From
the National Physical Laboratory) 44
III. On the Platinum, Thermometers of the British Association. By J. A.
'Ukrk.^b., D.Sc. {From the National Physical Laboratory) . . .45
IV. Table of the Resistance found for Piire Annealed Coiiper .... 51
During the year a very complete comparison of the resistance standards
Ijelonging to the Association has been carried out, and the standards have
been compared with those of the Reichsanstalt and of the Board of Trade.
The various units discussed in the report are : (1) The ' ohm,'
10' C.G.S. units of resistance ; (2) the international ohm — viz., the resist-
ance at 0° C. of a column of mercury of uniform section 106 -3 cm. in length
and 14-4521 grammes in mass; (3) the original B.A. unit; (4) the
Board of Trade unit, supposed to represent the international ohm, but
constructed in 1891 so as to be equal to 1-01358 B.A. units ; (5) the
N.P.L. unit defined as No. 4, as deduced from the wire standards of the
Association ; (6) the E,eichsanstalt unit, constructed at the Reichsanstalt
to represent the international ohm ; (7) the mercury tubes, constructed
at the National Physical Laboratory to represent the international ohm.
A full account of this comparison is given in Appendix I. to the report,
by Mr. F. E. Smith, of the National Physical Laboratory. It appears
from this that changes have shown themselves in all the original platinum-
silver coils. The relative values of these coils are discussed in the Reports
of the Committee for 1888, 1890, and 1892. The 1888 report contains a
very complete comparison of all the coils, not merely those of platinpm-
silver ; and it is there shown that they then agreed with the values
1903. D
34 KEPORT— 1903.
assigned to tliem by Fleming in 1881. The conclusion is also drawn in the
same report that, with the exception of the platinum-iridium coils A and
B, no really certain variations could be traced in the other coils between
the results of Matthiessen and Hockins's comparisons in 1864 and 1867,
those of Chrystal in 1876, Fleming in 1881, and the present Secretary ' in
1888. A postcript to the Report for 1888 recorded, however, an appre-
ciable change in the coil F in the autumn of that year.
In Appendix I. Mr. Smith starts with the values given in the 1888
Report, which are, as nearly as we can tell, the original values of the
coils.
Changes in the three standards F, G, H have already been recorded
in previous Reports (1890 and 1892). The standard coil Fiat remained
unchanged in value until 1901-1902. Between the observations recorded
in these years it increased in resistance by 17 x 10""'^ B.A.U., and has not
varied since.
The alterations in the other coils since the comparisons in 1888 have
been as follows : —
F. + 97xlO-''B.A.U.
G . + 33 X 10-5 ^^
H. + 18x10-5 „
It should however be noted that, while between 1888 and 1890 the
change in F was +64x10"* B.A.U., that in G was —27 x 10"*, and
in H —13x10-^. Since 1890 the same coils changed by +33x10"*
+ 54 X 10"*, and +31 x 10"* B.A.U. respectively, while between 1901 and
1902 Flat, as has already been stated, rose by 17 X 10"* B.A.U.
It is not easy to trace the causes of these changes. In the case of Flat
the observations in 1901 were made at Kew, those in 1902 at Bushy
House, and the change may in some way be connected with the removal
of the coils. The changes in F, G, H first showed themselves after the
coils had been subject to a very low temperature, and may have been
started by strains due to this.
Appendix I. gives the details on which these various statements are
based. It appears also from the same Appendix that the new platinum-
silver ohm standards of the Association have retained their values since
1898 practically unchanged.
The comparison between the standards of the Association and those
of the Reichsanstalt leads to the result that the unit of the Association
(No. 5 of those defined above) is less than that of the Reichsanstalt
(No. 6) by -000105 ohm. This result is deduced (Table IX. of Appendix I.)
from a series of extremely concordant measures on coils of value 0-1, 1,
10, 100, 1,000, and 10,000 ohms ; thus both the unit and the multiple
coils agree in giving tlie same difference between the Reichsanstalt and
ourselves.
By the kindness of Mr. Trotter a comparison has been made between
the Board of Trade unit and those of the Association, with the result
that, as deduced from the unit coils, the Board of Trade unit is less than
that of the Association by -00006 ohm. This result, however, is not
confirmed by a comparison of a 1,000-ohm coil belonging to the Associa-
' It is possible that coil JF is an exception to this statement.
PRACTICAL STANDARDS FOR ELECTRICAL MEASUREMENTS. 35
tion with one of those of the Board of Trade ; ^ these coils show no
difference.
The above statements are made on the assumption that the variotig
changes in the coils which have undoubtedly occurred have been rightly
interpreted, so that we can now recover the absolute C.G.S. value of the
coil Flat, and hence of the standard ohm as originally determined at the
Cavendish Laboratory, and defined by the Committee in the Edinburgh
Report, 1892.
That this is the case is borne out by the results of the experiments on
the specific resistance of mercury, a summary of which is given in
Appendix II. These are not yet complete. Mr. Smith has, however,
constructed and calibrated eleven mercury tubes. The mean cross -
section of each of these has been determined by at least four different
sets of measurements. In nine cases the greatest difference between any
measurement and the mean is not more than "001 per cent.
The values found for the resistance of each tube do not differ by
more than '001 per cent.
If we assume as above that the values of the wire standards of resist-
ance of the Association are known in terms of the absolute C.G S. unit,
then it follows that the length of the column of mercury, one square
millimetre in section, which would have a resistance of lO'-* C.G.S. units
would be 106-291 centimetres. The value found for this same quantity
by the Secretary (Mr. Glazebrook) and Mr. Fitzpatrick in 1888,^ was
106-29 centimetres. We infer then that we still can recover from our
standard coils the absolute C.G.S. unit of resistance.
Again, the length of the mercury column constituting the international
ohm has been defined as 106-3 cm.
But we have seen that the absolute C.G.S. unit as deduced from the
wire coils of the Association has a resistance equal to that of 106-291 cm.
Thus the absolute unit ^ is smaller than the international ohm by -009 per
cent. Again, it has been stated above that the unit deduced from the
standards of the Association is smaller than that of the Reichsanstalt by
•OlOfi per cent.
Thus the mercury standards of the Reichsanstalt, constructed to repre-
sent the international ohm, exceed those just made for the Association
by Mr. Smith by "OOlj per cent., or 1-5 parts in 100,000.
Again, if these results be accepted, since the Board of Trade unit, as
derived from the wire standards, is less than that of the Association by
•006 per cent., and the Association unit is too small by -009 per cent., it
follows that the Board of Trade unit is too small by -015 per cent. This
difference arises in part from the fact that the standards of the Association,
from which the Board of Trade standard was copied by the Secretary in
1891, are too low ; in part from the fact that the Board of Trade standard
has diverged slightly from that of the Association since 1891.
' If the view be accepted that the laboratory unit is the same as in 1891, the
Board of Trade standard has fallen since that date by -00006 ohm
» Phil. Trans. 1888.
' The resistance taken for a column of mercury 1 square mm. in section. 100 cm.
in length at 0° C. at the Edinburgh Meeting in 181)2, was -9407 x 10" C.G.S. units. Mr".
Smith's experiments give, assuming the values of the wire coils known, the result
•9408 X 10' C.G.S. units.
36 flfiPoRt— 1903.
Thus, td sdnl Up this part of the Report, it may ba stated that I —
(a) The original B.A. unit and the stcandard ohm based on it (NoS,
3 and 5 of the units concerned) can be recovered from the wire coils
of the Association.
(6) The Board of Trade unit (N^o. i) is now less than the Laboratory
unit (No. 5) by -006 per ceiit.
(c) The Laboratory unit (No. 5) is less tlian the international ohm
(No. 2) by -009 per cent.
(d) The Board of Trade unit is less than the international ohm by
•015 per cent.
(e) The mercury tubes made at the National Physical Laboratory to
represent the international ohm are less than those made at the Reichs-
anstalt by "0015 per cent.
This last result must be considered as provisional pending the comple-
tion of Mr. Smith's work, but it is clearly highly satisfactory.
Mr. Smith has also made progress during the year with his investiga-
tions into certain of the anomalies shown by Clark cells, but the results of
that inquiry are not yet ready for publication.
The standard condensers of the Association have been frequently in
use during the year ; about fifteen condensers have been compared with
them. They retain their value in a satisfactory manner, and are conve-
i.ient to work with, though possibly some improvement in tlie insulation
jaight be desirable.
A chronograph, purchased with part of the grant made last year, will
enable tlie time measurements required in the measurement of capacity
to be made with greater accuracy, and hence will permit of greater rigidity
in the inquiry as to the permanence of the standards.
The platinum thermometers made from the stock of wire purchased
from Messrs. Johnson and Matthey, which at the time of the last Report
Were in course of construction, have been completed, and the behaviour of
some of them investigated tliroughout the past year. The resistance-box
available was tlie old Callendar-Griffiths box used in the work of Dr.
Chree at Kew Observatory, having coils of platinum-silver on the binary
system. The contacts are an old form of the Cambridge Instrument
Company's type of plug-contact, the cheeks being made of a special white
alloy held in round Doulton-ware cups. In measurements with this box
not much significance attaches to the third figure of decimals representing
hundred-thousandths of an ohm, though the settings could be made to this
amount at the lower temperatures. The box resistance-coils were intended
for use with platinum thermometers of 1 ohm fundamental interval only,
and therefore the two high-resistance thermometers, of 5 ohms funda-
mental interval, could not be measured at the sulphur-point ; their
systematic investigation has therefore been temporarily postponed. The
want of a better box for this work is seriously felt.
Of the original six thermometers made in August 1902, Nos. 1 to 4
aie of 1 ohm fundamental interval, Nos. 1 and 2 being in porcelain and
3 and 4 in specially thin Jena glass tubes of internal diameter 8 to 9 mm.
and 38 to 40 cm. long. Nos. 5 and 6 are of 5 ohms fundamental interval,
PRACTICAL STANDARDS FOR ELECTRICAL MEASUREMENTS. 37
and in somewhat wider tubes of specially thin glass, through which the
four leads are hermetically sealed. The heads of all these thermometers
are of the design used by Chappuis and Harker, the contacts to the solid
ends of the copper flexibles being made by fusible metal cups. "With
reasonable care these contacts prove very satisfactory, both as I'egards the
constancy of their resistance and their mechanical strength.
In the construction of all these thermometers special care was devoted
to adjusting their fundamental intei'vals to be very close to their nominal
values, and after completing this adjustment all were subjected to repeated
annealing in air at a bright-red heat, thermometers Nos. 3 and 4 being
temporarily placed in porcelain tubes for the purpose.
The remaining four constructed last summer, and one of later date, all
of 1 ohm fundamental interval, have had their constants determined from
time to time during the year. One of them — B. A.j — was selected as a repre-
sentative platinum thermometer for use in an investigation made to deter-
mine the relation between the platinum scale and that of the gas thermo-
meter of the National Physical Laboratory at temperatures up to 1000° C
During the time occupied by two sets of experiments with this instrument,
extending over about three months in all, its constants altered by an
amount only just greater than their probable error, showing that it is quite
possible to use properly constructed platinum thermometers up to tem-
peratures slightly over 1000° C. for long periods without fear of serious
changes.
The summary of the life history of the different thermometers is
given in Appendix III. The chief fact apparent is that there seems to
be a small but real difference between the 8 of thermometers 1 and 3 on
the one hand, and 2, 4, and 7 on the other, the maximnm divergence
being about '02.
Prolonged electrical heating in air of the wire of one of the thermo-
meters was not found to sensibly change the value of the S. The cause
of the small differences found is not obvious, and further investigation is
being made on this point.
A change in S from l-.'oO to 1-.51 would make at the sulphur-point a
difference of 0°-153 C, and at 1000° C. one of 0°-9.
The question of the resistance of copper has been raised lately by the
work of one of the sub- Committees of the Engineering Standards Com-
mittee. For commercial purposes the resistance of copper is dehned at a
temperature of 60° Fahr. (15°-55 C). A table in Appendix lY. gives
the values that have been found by various experimenters.
It is clear that copper is now prepared of a higher degree of purity
than in the time of Matthiessen. Taking the mean of the figures
in the table for modern electrolytic copper, we have as the value of the
resistance of 1 metre of copper wire weighing 1 gramme at 15° '55 C. the
value O'H'SSj ohm, but the figures of which this is a mean range from
1475 to 1492. The value found by Matthiessen, as deduced from his paper
in the ' Phil. Trans.' for 1860, is 0-1500 ohm. Thus the conductivity of
modern pure electrolytic copper is 1 per cent, better than Mattliiessen's.
The Committee on copper conductors, which investigated the question
in 1899, adopted the number 0*1508 ohm as the resistance of a metre-
gramme of commercial annealed high-conductivity copper. This figure
has been accepted by the Engineering Standards Committee.
Mr. H. A. Taylor has recently placed in the hands of the Secretary
38
REPORT — 1903.
two resistances of gold-silver wire made by Matthiessen himself, to repre-
sent the resistance at 15°^5 C. of 100 inches of pure annealed copper,
having the weight of 100 grains. The resistances of these coils have been
determined by Mr. Smith, and the results are given in the following
table : —
Coil No. 1
Coil No. 2
Resistance of 100 inches of copper weigh-
•1516
•1514
ing 100 grains, as given by Matthiessen
in B.A. units at 15°-5 C.
Resistance found in 1903 in B.A. units at
•1513,
•1513a
15°-5 C.
Resistance found reduced to ohms atl5°-5 C.
•14933
•1492,
Resistance deduced of a metregramme in
•1499,
•1499,
ohms at 15°-5 C. ;.
Matthiessen's value for the resistance of annealed copper at
(60° Fahr.) as deduced from these coils, agrees very closely with
1 . 11 .1 CI 0. n j.T-_ i^ .- ;_ i,:~ i oca „-
Thus
15°^55 C. ,„. ^ , , -0-- -. ^
the value calculated by the Secretary from the figures in his 1860 paper.
The Committee have had under consideration the drawings and speci-
fications for the ampere balance as designed by the late Principal
Viriamu Jones and Professor Ayrton. The electrical parts of the
instrument need construction under skilled supervision. Tests of various
kinds have to be made continually, and the Committee have come to the
conclusion that this supervision can best be secured by having the
instrument constructed in the workshop of the National Physical
Laboratory, under the care of Professor Ayrton and the Secretary, who,
as Director, will be able, with the assistance of the staff of the Laboratory,
to control the work in an efficient manner.
The Committee are of opinion that further expenditure will be required
in completing the set of platinum thermometers, in particular in providing
a satisfactory resistance-box and in carrying out the researches on the
Clark cell. They consider that it is of great importance that these
researches should be brought to a satisfactory conclusion.
For these reasons they recommend that they be reappointed, with a
grant of 60/., that Lord Eayleigh be Chairman, and Mr. K. T. Glazebrook
Secretary,
APPENDIX I.
071 the Valves of the Resistance of certain Standard Coils of the British
Association. By F. E. Smith.
{From the National Fhybical Laboratory.)
['J"he Report covers the period 1888-1903 inclusive.]
Changes of very considerable magnitude have taken place since
1892 in the old B.A. standards. The removal of the coils, first to
Liverpool, then to Kew, and finally to Teddington, has resulted in the
comparisons being incomplete in some years. In consequence the difficulty
of locating differences has correspondingly increased.
PRACTICAL STANDARDS FOR ELECTRICAL MEASUREMENTS.
39
The observations recorded are in terms of B.A. Flat. Owing to a
change in Flat taking place, however, the 1903 comparisons were made
chiefly with Nalder 3715.
In Table I. the approximate difference in B.A.U. between Flat and
the B.A, unit coils F, G, H of the Association are given.
Table II. gives the difference in ohms between^ ( 1-01 3-58 x Flat) and
other platinum-silver coils. Temperature of observations, 16° C.
Table I.
Table II.
Year
Flat
F
G
H
1888
+ 47xl0-'-
+ 91x10-'
+ 77x10-=
1890
-17
+ 112
+ 90
1891
—
—
— .
1892
-18
+ 108
+ 92
1894
—
^
1897
—
—
1898
-36
+ 99
+ 69
1900
-47
+ 92
+ 63
1901
-42
+ 92
+ 70
1902
-33
+ 90
+ 76
1903
-33
+ 75
+ 76
(1-01358
X Flat)
Niilder
Elliott
Elliott
Elliott
3715
264
209
270
—
_
__
—
+ 13x10-=
—
—
-17x10-=
—
-37x10 •
+ 27x10-=
-17
+ 9
-46
+ 27
-17
+ 23
-59
+27
-17
+ 23
-54
+ 27
+ 38
-39
+44
"■
-39
+ 44
Table III. shows the percentage difference between (10] 358 x Flat)
and the unit of two 10-ohm platinum-silver coils of the Association
at ] 6° C.
Table III.
Year
(1'01358 X Flat)
Elliott
288
Elliott
28!)
1897
1898
1902-3
-27x10-=*
-27
-10
+ 7x10-=*
+ 7
+ 24
The coils F, G, and H are similarly constituted : they are the old
B.A. coils made by Matthiessen. No. 3715 is by Nalder Bros., and the
remainder of the coils by Messrs. Elliott Bros. No. 264 is a coil belonging
to the Board of Trade, and has been returned to "Whitehall ; hence there
are no observations for 1903.
Tables I., II., and III. assume Flat to be constant. It will be observed
that the differences of Flat and 3715, 270, 288, and 289 are constant from
1897 to 1901. From 1901 to 1903 a change of about -017 per cent,
is evident between Flat and the coils 3715, 264, 269, 270, and again
between Flat and the units of the coils 288 and 289. This suggests a
change in the value of Flat from 1901.
Since 1901 comparisons between Flat and the manganin standards of
the Association have been made. Table IV. gives the observed values in
ohms.
' 1 B.O.T. ohm = 101358 B.A.U.
40
REPORT— 1903.
Table IV. — Values at 16° C. in terms o/(l-0135S x Flat), assuming
Flat unchanged.
Year
1901
1902
1903
Wolff
1690
Wolff
780
Wolff
381
Wolff
147
1-00012
•99995
•99995
1-00002
•99987
•99987
100014
•99999
•99999
•99790
•9978:?
•99783
The values of 1690, 780, 381, and 147 diminish by 17, 15, 15, and
7 times 10"° ohms respectively in the interval 1901-1902. No. 147 is known
to be a variable coil of very low insulation-resistance, and may be
disregarded for the purpose of estimating the change in Flat. It is of
interest as being a coil brought to Cambridge by Dr. Lindeck in 1892 and
left with the Secretary.
Thus the apparent /«7^s in value of 3715, 264, 269, 270, 288, 289,
1690, 780, and 381 are respectively •017, -015, -020, -017, "017, "017, •OH,
•015, and "015 per cent., giving a mean of -017 per cent.
This justifies the assumption of a rise in resistance of B.A. Flat of
•017 per cent, in the period 1901-1902.
The following tables, V. and VL, are I. and II. revised. They take
the change in Flat into account by means of corrections api^lied to the
observations of the years 1902 and 1903. The values given are for 16° C.
Table V. (I. Rerised).
B.A.ir.
Table VI. (II. Rerised).
Ohms.
Year
Constant Flat
Constaut(l'01358xFlat)
Nalder
Elliott
Elliott
Elliott
F
G
H
3715
264
269
270
1888
+47x10-'
+ 91x10-'
+ 77x10-'
—
—
1890
-17
+ 112
+ 90
—
—
—
—
1801
—
—
—
+ 13x10-'
—
—
1892
-18
+ 108
+ 92
—
—
—
1894
—
-17x10-'
-37x10-'
+ 27xlO-"
1897
—
—
—
—
—
1898
-36
+ 99
+ 69
-17
+ 9
-46
+ 27
1900
-47
+ 92
+ 63
-17
+ 23
-59
+ 27
191)1
-42
+ 92
+ 70
-17
+ 23
-54
+ 27
1902
-50
+ 73
+ 59
-17
+ 21
-56
+ 27
19U3
-50
+ 58
+ 69
-17
""
-56
+ 27
Tables VII. and VIII. being III. and IV., similarly revised, show no
marked change in any of the coils in those tables excepting 147.
Table VII. (III. Revised).
Values at 16° G.
Year
(1^01358 X Flat)
Elliott
288
Elliott
289
1897
]89S
1902-3
-•27x10-5
-•27
-•27
+ 7 X 10-*
+ 7
+ 7
I
PHACTICAL STANDARDS FOR ELECTRICAL MEASUREMENTS.
Table "VIII. (IV. Revised).
41
Year
Wolff
1090
Wolff
780
Wolff
381
Wolff
147
lilOl
1902
1903
1-00012
1-00012
1-00012
1-00002
1-00004
1-OOOOi
1-00014
1-00010
1-00016
■09790
•99800
•99800
With reference to Tables V. and VI. the data for 1901-1903 show a rise
of -OOS per cent, for F, -034 per cent, for G, and -Oil per cent, for H,
indicating that they are certainly changing coils, the resistance for this
period increasing with time.
From the values recorded 371.5 and 270 we have evidence that Flat
has probably remained constant for the period 1894-1901. Also we infer
that 264 is not a coil showing very great changes.
Between the years 1892 and 1898 the differences between Flat and
the coils F, G, and H alter by the amounts -018 per cent., -009 per cent.,
and -023 per cent, respectively. The dissimilarity of these percentage-
differences is further evidence that the coils liave changed amongst them-
selves in this period. Comparing the amounts with those of the period
1901-190.3, they represent quite normal increments of resistance. The
balance of evidence in consequence is in favour of the constancy of Flat
over the period 1892-1898, and this constancy has therefore been assumed.
A summarised statement of the platinum -silver coils of the Associa-
tion will now be as follows : —
Table IX. — SlwvAng tJw Percentage-increase in Resistance of B.A. Platlnvm-
silcer Coils from 1888.
Co!l
1888
1890
1891
1892
1894
1897
18Q8
1900
1901
1903
1903
•017
Flat
_
•017
F
—
•06 1
—
•06.')
—
—
•083
•094
•089
•097
•097
Or
—
-•021
—
-•017
—
—
_
•1)08
-•001
-•001
•018
•033
H
—
-•013
—
-•015
—
—
•008
•014
•007
•018
•018
3715
—
(
obs.
1
I
coimneiiee
1
264
—
— ■
ob?.
comiuenoe
1
—
•004
-•010
-•010
-•008
—
269
—
—
—
- ■
obs.
commence
■ —
•009
•022
•017
•019
•019
270
—
—
—
-1
obs.
commence
[ -
288
—
—
—
—
- \
obs.
commence
—
—
—
289
~~'
"
—
—
~
obs. 1 1
commence [
1
—
—
—
value
It will be observed that a number of the coils arc steadily rising in
The insulation remains good.
Temperature Corfficients of B.A. Coils.
Some .special observations have been made in order to obtain tlie
temperature coefficients of the coils. These were carried out by keeping
the standard coil constant and subjecting the tested coil to various
temperatures for twelve or more hours so as to ensure no log, It is
42
REPORT — 1903.
interesting to note that the temperature coefficients of some of the coils
are appreciably different from the old values of 1892.
Table X. — Sho%uing the old and new values of the Temperature Coefficients
of various Coils.
Temperature Coefficient
Temperature Coefficient
Coil
Old value, per 1° C.
New value, per 1° C.
Flat
•000277 B.A.U.
■000271 B.A.U.
F
286 „
268 „
G
274 „
274 „
H
271 „
280 „
3715
■000260? ohm
•000307 ohm
264
312 ..
283 „
2fl9
285 „
270
—
315 „
Co^nparison of the Unit of Hesistance employed at the Reichsanstalt
and that of the N.P.L.
By the N.P.L. unit is meant the unit of resistance as obtained from
the old B.A. coils.' Assuming that all the changes have been successfully
interpreted, the unit at present employed in the Laboratory should be the
same as that employed in the Cavendish Laboratory in 1898 and at
Edinburgh in ] 892.
A comparison of the two units was rendered possible in the spring.
Two Wolff coils, Nos. 780 and 738, of nominal values 1 ohm and 10 ohms
respectively, were despatched to Germany last winter. Their values were
determined in Reichsanstalt units (termed international ohms) in March,
and the coils immediately returned to the Laboratory. Unfortunately
both coils fell in value two or three parts in the hundred-thousandth figure
during their journeyings. The values given in the table are those deter-
mined on their return.
In addition, five new coils were received varying in value from -i^i\v
to 10,000 ohms. These enabled a more complete comparison to be made.
The Laboratory value was deduced by building up from the unit, and also
by direct comparison with coils of similar value.
Table XI. — Results of Measurements of various coils at the Reichsanstalt
aitd at the Laboratory, March 1903.
Coil No.
Laboratory Value
at 17° C.
Value Deduced
from Reichsanstalt
Laboratory Value —
Reichsanstalt Value.
Certificate at 17° C.
Percentage Difference
2352
•100007
•099996
•Oil per cent.
2351
lOOOU
1-00001
•010 „
780
1-00001
•99991
•010 „
738
9-99945
9-9985
•009^
2450
100-004
99-993
•Oil
2449
lCOO-06
999-96
•010
2448
10000-9
9999-8
•Oil
1 X N-P.L, unit =1 -01 358 B,A,U
PRACTICAL STANDARDS FOR ELECTRICAL MEASUREMENTS.
43
It is evident from these observations that a difference of -OlOj per
cent, exists, or that —
Kesistance of Reichsanstalt unit — Resistance of Laboratory unit
= •000105 ohm
Comparison of the Unit of Resistance employed at the Board of Trade
and that of the Laboratory.
(A)
The comparison of these two units is not so complete. Two platinum-
silver units and one of manganin have been determined at both labora-
tories. The measurements taken at Teddington indicate that no change
resulted during the journeyings of the coils. In addition one 1,000-ohm
coil (Nalder 6863) has been determined.
Table XII. — Residts of Measurements of various coils at the Board of Trade
Offices and at the Laboratory, February and March 1903.
Coil No.
Temperature
Laboratory
Value
Deduced
B.O.T. Value
Laboratory-
Value— B.O.T.
Elliott, 270
Elliott, 264
Wolff, 381
Nalder, 6863
16°-0C.
]6°-0C.
16°-0C.
15°-84C.
1-00006
1-00008
1-00015
999-13
I-OOOIO5
1-000145
1-00021,
999-I3
— -0045 per cent.
--OO65
-•006, „
The exact relationship between the B.O.T. unit and that of the
Laboratory is therefore still incomplete. It seems fairly certain however
that—
Resistance of Laboratory unit— Resistance of B.O.T. unit
= -00006 ohm, a difference of 'OOe per cent. . . (B)
From the two relationships —
Resistance of Reichsanstalt unit — Resistance of N.P.L, unit
= •000105 ohm
Resistance of Laboratory unit — Resistance of B.O.T. unit
5= -00006 ohm
we have
Resistance of Reichsanstalt unit— Resistance of B.O.T. unit
= 000165 ohm, a difference of "0165 per cent. , . (C)
The present values of the B.A. coils are as follows : —
Table XIIL
Coil
Temperature
Besistance
1
Temperature Coefficient
per 1° C.
Flat
16°0 C.
1-000.50 B.A.U.
-000271 B.A.U.
F
1-U0083 „
•000268 „
G
99975 .,
•000274 „
H
-99976 „
-000280 „
371.5
1-00050 ohm
-000307 ohm
2159
1-00089 „
-000285 „
270
1-00006 „
-000315 „
288
10-0060
•0031. „
289
10-0026
•00263 „
44
REPORT — 1903.
The Wolff manganin coils of the Association are also given at 16° C,
with a temperature coefficient to be applied for small ranges of tempera-
tui'e only, since it is by no means a linear function.
Table XIV.
Coil
Temperature Resistance
Temperature Coefficient
per 1° C.
1600
780
381 '
U7
16°0 C.
J*
»I
1-00013 ohm
1-00002 „
1-00016 „
-99800 „
•00001 ohm
•00001 „
•00002 „
•00001, „
As has already been explained, the values are given in terms of the
Laboratory unit which represents 10'^ C.G.S. units of resistance as deter-
mined by Lord Rayleigh and Mr. Glazebrook at Cambridge ; it has been
assumed that the inter-comparison of ths coils enables that unit to be
recovered.
Appendices I. and II. of the present Report afford the means of con-
necting this unit with those of the Board of Trade, derived from it in
1891, and of the Reichsanstalt, and also with the ohm or international
ohm— the resistance, that is, of a certain column of mercury.
APPENDIX IL
The relation between the international ohm (106"300 cm. Hg. weighing
14"4.521 gms. at 0° C) and the unit of resistance einjjloyed at the N.P.L.
Preliminary Note, by F. E. Smith.
(From the National Physical Lahoratory.')
The following measurements of six mercury tubes indicate the progress
made in this inquiry, and also the relation obtained :—
Conical
L
Correc-
tion
a
b
Tube
Theoretical
Length for
1 Int. Ohm.
b-a
Length at
(m-1)
Calculated
Resistance
Mean
Measured
O^C.
xlO'i
of Tube.
Int. Ohm
Resistance.
Lab. Unit
U
620731
5.
62-1319
•99905
•99913
•00008
V
73-5000
18
73-4759
1-00033
1-00041
•oooos
G
110^507
9
116-478
1-00025
1-00035
•00010
X
6.5-6338
2„
65-6354
0-99997
1-00007
•00010
Y
62-1867
15
62-2382
•99917
•99926
■00009
Z
68-5199
8
68-5057
1-00021
100029
-00008
Thus, Laboratory Unit of Resistance = -99991 Int. obm.
_ 106 291
~ 106-300
[The above figures are intended as merely provisional.]
Int. ohm.
' No. 381 ig a mapganin coil bglongipg to the Board of Trade,
PRACTICAL STANDARDS FOR ELECTRICAL MEASUREMENTS.
45
With respect to the measurements of the cross-sections the uniformity
of the results show that an accuracy of -001 per cent, may be relied upon.
Four methods of measuring the resistance will be employed. At present
only two of these are completed. The values in each horizontal line refer
to different fillings ; they are quite concordant, as the values given in the
following table show : —
Bcsutance in Lahoratory (jY.P.L.) Units of Mercury Tiihes,
Tube
Resistance at 0° C.
Potentiometer
Resistance at 0° C.
Kelvin Double Bridge
U
•99913
•99912
•99914
•99913
•99912
•99914
V
100041
1-00044
1-00040
100041
1-00044
1-000395
G
] -00034
l-0003(j
100035
1-00035
1-0003G
100035
X
1-00007
1-00006
1-00007
1-00007
i-ooooc
1-00006
Y
•9992G
•99927
•99925
•9992G
-9992G
•99925
Z
1-00030
1-00029
1-00029
1-00030
1-00029
1-00029
APPENDIX III.
On the Platinum The^'mometer.i of the British Association,
By J. A. Harker, 2>.,yf.
{From the National Physical Laboratory.)
The four platinum thermometers numbered BA, to BAj, with which
this Appendix chiefly deals, were constructed at the National Physical
Laboratory in August 1902. The wii-e used for the ' bulbs ' is approxi-
mately 'OOC in. (-15 mm.) diameter, and for the leads ^020 in. (-5 mm.).
After ascertaining approximately the length of wire necessary to give
a fundamental interval of 1 ohm, tiie proper amount for the four
thermometers was cut off from the stock reel, and heated in one piece to
moderate redness (800° C.) electrically when supported approximately
horizontal. The platinum ' lead ' wires, which were of the same quality of
purs metal as the finer ' bulb ' wire, were then measured off and the pairs
assigned to each thermometer accurately matched. After a preliminary
anneal in an oxidising atmosphere at a bright red heat, one of each of
46 REPORT— 1903.
these pairs was looped upon itself to form the compensator, and the other
cut in half for attachment to the ends of the ' bulb ' wire. Several kinds
of mica from different sources were tested as to their suitability for use as
insulating material for the frame and washers to support the wires, and
it was found that considerable discrimination was necessary in the selec-
tion of the mica for this purpose. Certain qualities which were colourless
before heating became on exposure to only 800° to 850° of a marked
brown tint, and it was found in one case this was due to organic material
having been used to fasten together several sheets to build up the neces-
sary thickness, the carbonaceous matter leading to a fall in insulating
power several hundred degrees below the temperature at which good mica
begins to appreciably conduct, which ought not to be lower than 1150° C.
In another case, a specimen which showed the characteristic silvery white
lustre after several hours' exposure to 1100° C, had lost so much of its
mechanical strength as to be almost unusable. A specimen which before
heating was of slightly green tint was finally selected, and of this tlie
whole of the mica frames and washers were constructed. The copper wires
connecting the platinum leads to the fusible -metal caps were silver-
soldered to the platinum, and for extra safety against possible strain the
wires were screwed into the caps as well as hard soldered. In order to be
protected as far as possible from unsymmetrical heating, which often gives
rise to thermo-electric effects in certain types of thermometer, these joints
between platinum and copper are arranged so as to be well inside the brass
tube into which the glass or porcelain protection tube is fastened. The
thermometer heads are of ebonite, and are of the design described by
Harker and Chappuis in 'Phil. Trans.' 194, p. 52. They are practically
airtight, and will stand vacuum or pressure for a considerable time. By a
small tap, which is generally kept closed, communication can be made with
a convenient appai-atus for exhausting and letting in dry air while the
thermometer is suitably heated. The effect of electric leakage in lowering
the apparent resistance of a platinum thermometer when damp is much
more easily traced on thermometers of 5 or 10 ohms FI than on the usual
1 ohm pattern used for high temperatures. "With the thermometers here
described, having the enclosed form of head, none of the determinations of
fixed points have been found to be vitiated by moisture, care having been
taken not to expose any portion of the interior to prolonged contact with
the outside air, after once being thoroughly dried out at a high tempera-
ture.
The mica cross, having serrated edges with teeth of 1 mm. pitch, being
attached to the leads and compensator, the joints between the ' bulb '
wire are made in the strongly oxidising fiame of a very small oxy-coa.l-gas
blowpipe without admixture of foreign material of any description. Auto-
genous soldering of this kind is not very difficult, even for very fine wires,
and is essential if the thermometers are intended for use to the highest
temperatures safely measurable, namely, 1150° C, as the copper and
silver contained in any solder which might be employed give off vapour
sufficient to injuriously affect the platinum on prolonged exposure to a
temperature considerably below this. The ' bulb ' wire when fastened to
the leads is then wound, not too tightly, upon the mica frame, and the
thermometer is then inserted into its protecting tube of very thin glass or
of porcelain, which must be glazed on the exterior, and if the thermometer
is not intended for use above about 1000° C, may with advantage be
glazed both inside and out. A measurement is then taken of the funda-
PRACTICAL STANDARDS FOR ELECTRICAL MEASUREMENTS.
47
mental interval, with a view to ascertain the change on annealing, which
is then carried out by heating two or three times to about 1000° for
several hours, with slow cooling, the thermometers with glass tubes being
temporarily placed in porcelain ones for this purpose. The fundamental
interval is then taken again, and if this is not considered sufficiently near
the desired value, it can be lowered by cutting out the requii'ed amount
from the looped end of the wire and re-fusing, or raised by stretching
judiciously with platinum-tipped pliers the lowest few inches of the wire,
which is unwound for the purpose. Care must be taken after each re-
adjustment to remove any possible new strains introduced by a thorough
re-anneal before measurement. In the absence of definite evidence in its
favour, it was not deemed desirable for this first set of thermometers to
heat the wire for some hours electrically to 1400° or 1500° C, as is usual
in careful work with wires of platinum and the allied metals employed for
thermo-j unctions.
After the final adjustment of the FI and final anneal, systematic obser-
vations of the zero, steam, and sulphur points of the four thermometers
were made from time to time with the resistance-box described in the
text. A new calibration of the box-coils and bridge wire was made in
February 1 903, and the values of the relation ' and of the 8 found
since that date are tabulated for each thermometer. From this summary
it will be seen that there appears to be a small but systematic difference
between thermometers 1 and 3 on the one hand, and 2 and 4 on the oclier,
=-L and of c.
Kg
this being noticeable both on the values of
The values of ?J vary from 1-38709 in BAj to
R
1-38881 in BA,
the mean of the four being 1-38786, which is a little higher than the
mean value found by Chree for the group of seven thermometers studied
by him, namely, 1-38702.
The mean values of the c are :
S
Departure from Mean
r.A, ....
BA, .
BA, .
BA„ ....
1-5121
1-5083
14935
1-4912
+ •0110
+ -0069
-■0079
-0192
MeanS =
1-5014
—
The mean ^ of the six thermometers observed in sulphur in Chree's
experiments was 1-503, the maximum being 1-509 and the minimum
1-498. The mean values of the Rp, R,, and FI for the period from
February 12 to August 31 are also given. In view of the uncertainties
in the measurement of the temperature of the box-coils, which are of
platinum silver not immersed in a liquid, and also of small irregularities
in the behaviour of the plug-contacts, the experiments afford no certain
evidence of systematic change in any of the thermometers, unless it
be a small rise in the fundamental coefficient and correspondino- fall in
the 8 of BAj. °
48 REPORT— 1903,
Thernldmetel' BAo, which was heated about fifty times during No veill*
bar 1902 in electric furnaces up to 1050°, and again during April and
May 1903 to similar temperatures for prolonged periods, appears to be
hardly perceptibly affected by it, no certa,in change of FI occurring during
the period February 12 to August 18 covered by the later experiments,
and certainly no variation of the zero of "1° C.
To see if the small lack of homogeneity of the wire as shown by the
properties of the different thermometers was due to the treatment it had
received during the successive adjustments of FI, a new thermometer,
named BA7, was made up of wire taken from the inner end of the same
reel as the other six. No attempt was made at adjustment of its FI,
which was found after thorough annealing to be 100022 box units.
The 8 was found to be 1'506, an intermediate value. The wire was
then unwound from the mica frame and suspended freely in air between
the ends of the leads, and a current of 2h amperes, whicli was sufficient to
maintain it at about 1400° C, was passed for about 2 hours.
Owing to the volatilisation of a considerable quantity of platinum
from the wire, a large increase in the FI was found, as was expected, but
the 8 remained unchanged, though a rise in -L was recorded amounting to
1 part in 1000.
In order to make certain that the differences observed were not due
to defective insulation in the thermometers, the insulation resistance be-
tween the thermometer and compensator leads of each of the thermometers
was measured by a direct deflection method, and found to be in no case
less than 700,000 ohms at any temperature between 0° and 1000° for BAj
and BA.2, and 0° and 500° for BA3 and BA^. Some experiments were
also made on an imitation platinum thermometer having its coil wound
on mica of standard quality, but cut at the lower end into two parts.
Although the insulation from one part to another was practically infi-
nite at all temperatures, when only platinum and mica were present in
the heated part of the porcelain tube, the introduction of a small piece of
clean copper wire into the hot space near the bulb was sufficient after
some time to lower the insulation, even at only about 800° C, to a few
thousand ohms. The cause of the differences between the individual
thermometers does not, therefore, appear to be leakage.
Neither does the cause of the small differences in values of 8 found lie
in the method of taking the sulphur point, as the same apparatus was
used in the same way for all the experiments. The sulphur is now boiled
in an ai'rangement similar to Callendar and Grifhths's well-known pattern,
except that, to avoid the necessity of removing the tube at each reheat
after the sulphur has crystallised, the glass boiling-tube is replaced by
one of thin weldless steel, brazed with spelter into a rather wider end-
piece of thick iron tubing, which is exposed to the direct flame of the
large bunsen used for heating. The level of the liquid sulphur is always
maintained at least 2 inches above the bottom plate of the apparatus,
and the upper level of the vapour to a definite position, which can be seen
through mica windows in the upper part of the neck. Under these con-
ditions no measurable superheating of the vapour has ever been observed,
and a comparison of the sulphur points obtained with this form of ap-
paratus with those got in the older one, with glass boiling-tube, reveals no
measurable systematic difference.
For the boiling-point of sulphur under normal pressure in latitude 45'
PRACTICAL STANDARDS FOR ELECTRICAL MEASUREMENTS.
49
Callendar and Griffiths's old value, 444:°-53 C, has been retained, as
■was also the figure deduced by them from Regnault's experiments :for — -
dp
for sulphur, namely, -082° C. per mm., although it has been shown inde-
pendently, by Chree andby Harker and Chappuis, that this value for the
variation is considerably too small. It is hoped that a redetermination
of this constant for pressures between 700 and 800 mm. will shortly be
undertaken in the thermometric laboratory.
BA,
Date
Feb.
Au!?.
6, 1903
23
7
2.5
26
31
Rfl
257-905
•514
-505
•506
•505
514
-506
Mean 1-5083
E,
it,,
1-38688
1-38702
1-38708
1-38712
1-38722
1-38722
1-38709
R_
R„
Mean Value of Constants
Ri FI ' 5
357-736 90-831 | 15083
Difference of
from Mean
- -00021
- -00007
- -00001
+ -00003
+ -00013
+ -0001 3
1-38709
BA.,
El
Difference of -_
Date
S
Eo
Eu
from Mean
Feb. 12,
1903
1-484
1-38867
-•00014
,, 24
1-499
1-38877
- -00004
„ 24
1-4&5
1 38874
- -00007
May 19
—
1-38876
- -00005
July 30
1-497
1-38880
- -00001
Aug. 18
,,
1-489
1-38863
-00018
„ 21
—
1-38901
+ -00020
,. 24
—
1-38890
+ 00009
,. 24
1-493
1-38889
+ -000(18
„ 20
1-491
1-38892
+ -00011
„ 31
I'-iag
1-38882
+ -00001
Mean 1-4912
138881
Mean Value of Constants
Rf,
Ri
FI
S
El
Eo
257172
3
57163
99991
1-4912
1-38881
1903.
50
REPORT— 1903.
BA.
El
Difference of „
Date
5
Bo!
Ro
from Mean
Feb. 9, 1903
1-511
1-38740
+ -00010
^6 „
1-511
1-38730
+ -00000
Auo-. 10 „
1-509
1-38714
-•00016
18 „
1-522
1-38732
+ 00002
21 „
1-511
1-38724
- -00008
25 „
1-515
1-38736
+ -00006
2G „
1-510
1-38731
+ -00001
>, 31 „
1-510
1-38738
+ -00008
■
f
Mean 1-5124
1-38730
Mean Value of ConntanU
1
B,
Ro
Bi FI 8
"Ro
258-a67
358-434 100067 1'5124
1 38730
BA,.
Ri
Difference of —
Date
S
Ro
Ro
from Mean
Feb. It, 1903
1-485
1-38816
-•00009
23 „
1-499
1-38833
+ -00008
26 „
1-500
1-38826
+ -00001
Aug. 10 „
18 „
1-497
1-38835
+ -00010
1-473 ?
—
—
24 „
1-497
1-38825
+ -00000
26
1-494
1-38812
- -00013
„ 31 „
1-503
1-38826
+ -00001
1-4935
1-38825
Mean T alue of Constants
Ro
E.
FI
S
R,
r;^
257627
357616
99-989
1-4935
1-38825
Bo
Ri
BA,
PI
257-749 357-771 100022 1-506
Thermometer electrically heated to 1400° for 2 hours
270-036 1 375-213 \ 105-177 j 1-506
B,
Bii
1-38806
1-38949
PRACTICAL STANDARDS FOR ELECTRICAL MEASUREMENTS.
51
APPENDIX IV
The following table gives the resistance at a temperature of 60° Fahr.
(1 5° -55 C.) of a wire of pure annealed copper 1 metre in length, having a
mass of 1 gramme, as deduced from the most recent determinations.
In making the reductions, the values for the temperature coefficient
and for the density given by the author, have been used.
Table (jioing Resistance at 60 Fahr. of a Wire of Pure Annealed Copper,
such that 1 inetre iceighs 1 gramme.
Authority
Fitzpatrick .
Swan and Rhodin
Do. (Second sample)
Fleming ' .
Lasrarde
Source of Copper
Electrolytic
Swan's Copper
»» »»
Swan's Copper
Grammont Electrolytic
Reference
'B. A. Report,' 1890
'Proc. R. S.,' 1894
' Phil. Hag.,' 189.S
' Hospitalier,' 1804
Mean value
Value in
Ohm
01475
01493
O-l-ISfi
0-1487
0-1488
0-1486
On the Use of Vectorial Methods in Phi/sics^
By Professor 0. Henrici, Ph.D., F.R.S.'
[Ordered by the General Committee to be printed in extenso.']
Having been engaged for over thirty years in teaching mathematics,
chiefly to engineering students, I have always had much sympathy with
them. They have to consider mathematics as a tool to help them in their
work ; abstract reasoning is in many cases a horror to them. At school
they have most likely been treated as duffers, unable to learn mathe-
matics ; but if the subject is led up to through concrete examples, every-
thing becomes alive and full of interest to them. It is for such men as
these that I speak primai-ily, not for mathematicians. It is for them that
I advocate the more general use of vectors and their introduction into the
school curriculum ; because vectors give the most natural nmtliematical
expressions for many quantities in dynamics and physics, and their intro-
duction helps in the study of these subjects and in obtaining clear views
of the quantities dealt with.
The very invention of vectors is due to the needs of dynamics, and he
who first represented a force by a directed line is their inventor. Who
this was seems to be unknown ; Newton was the first who clearly stated
the ' Parallelogram of Forces.' Since his time vectors have always been
used in dynamics, although the name ' vector ' was only introduced by
Hamilton.
That this representation of a force by a vector is natural no one will
dispute, but only the addition of vectors (composition and decomposition
of forces) was in use until Hamilton and Grassmann almost simultaneously,
' In reducing Professor Fleming's result, the density has been talcen as
8-91 grammes per c,c.
52 ' REPORT— 1903.
and from very different points of view, developed a calculus of vectors by
defining their products. The applications of this new calculus to physics
(including dynamics) remained long restricted to a few of their followers.
It was, however, before their time that Faraday by his ' Lines of Force '
and ' Fields of Forces ' gave a purely geometrical representation of the
phenomena of electricity and magnetism. Their analytical expression
requires vectors. The first who recognised this was Clark Maxwell, and
there can be little doubt that his success in putting Faraday's ideas into
analytical form was greatly due to his knowledge of quaternions. His
statements in the preface to, and in the preliminary chapter of, his ' Elec-
tricity and Magnetism ' are in this respect of great interest. I quote
from the latter : 'But for many purposes in physical reasoning, as dis-
tinguished from calculation, it is desirable to avoid explicitly introducing
the Cartesian co-ordinates, and to fix the mind at once on a point of space
instead of its three co-ordinates, and on the magnitude and direction of a
force instead of its three components. This mode of contemplating geo-
metrical and physical quantities is more primitive and more natural than
the other, although the ideas connected with it did not receive their full
development till Hamilton made the next great step in dealing with space
by the invention of his calculus of quaternions.
' As the methods of Descartes are still the most familiar to students of
science, and as they are really the most useful for purposes of calculation,
we shall express all our results in the Cartesian form. I am convinced,
however, that the introduction of the ideas, as distinguished from the
operations and methods of quaternions, will be of great use to us in the
study of all parts of our subject, and especially in electro-dynamics,
where we have to deal with a number of physical quantities, the relations
of which to each other can be expressed far more simply by a few words
of Hamilton's than by the ordinary equations.'
He goes on : ' One of the most important features of Hamilton's
method is the division of quantities of scalars and vectors.'
I have heard these words quoted as a proof that Maxwell was alto-
gether in favour of Cartesian methods, and against quaternions and
vectors. But this is wrong so far as vectors are concerned. In fact, the
ideas which he took from Hamilton are chiefly t-wo—Jirst, vectors ; and
second, the classification of physical quantities into scalars and vectors.
It is well known that he attached vei-y great importance to the latter in
connection with the theory of ' Dimensions.' '
This classification has been carried further by Clifford. Certain
vector-quantities require position for their full specification ; Clifford says
such a quantity is 'localised,' and calls a localised vector a ' rotor.' -
Forces, spins, momentum, are examples. There are also localised scalars
like mass and energy.
In connection with this subject the enforced absence, due to ill-health,
of Mr. Williams is much to be regretted. He has continued his valuable
work of the Theory of Dimensions, and has lately taken ' position ' into
account. It was hoped that he would communicate some of his recently
obtained results at this meeting, and thus bear witness to the importance
of vectors in this direction.
' See his paper, 'Classification of Physical Quantities,' Proc. Lond. Math. Sor.,
vol. iii. p. 224.
- Professor Joly has pointed out to me that Hamilton has also considered these,
In his unpublished papers he calls them ' tractors.'
ON THE USE OF VECTORIAL METHODS IK PHYSICS. 63
With regard to vectors as entering into the study of the relations
between physical quantities, Maxwell speaks against quaternionic opera-
tions, but he has no word against vectors. He never makes use of
quaternions in his great work, but in the second volume constantly uses
vectors, and gives at the end his final results in the form of vector
equations.' In the passage quoted he states clearly why he uses Cartesian
methods, and I cannot help thinking that he would have used vector
methods throughout if he had found ready to hand a vector analysis
instead of a theory of quaternions, and if such analysis had been common
property.
At present every electrician expresses himself in terms of Faraday's
lines of force ; all elementary text-books use them, and by their aid the
elements of electricity and magnetism have been made extremely simple.
Theorems which formerly could be proved only by the aid of a consider-
able amount of analytical work are now proved in a few lines of reason-
ing, and often in a much more convincing manner. But when a certain
point is reached there is an hiatus. The more advanced parts of the science
are still only accessible by aid of the old methods of the differential or
integral calculus, using co-ordinates of points and components of forces.
These results are therefore inaccessible to all who have not been able to
spend years on pure mathematics. Most physicists and electricians have
neither inclination nor time to do this. To bridge over the hiatus and to
introduce continuity in treatment requires vector analysis.
The subject itself is not difficult, and would become very easy if the
first elements of vector algebra (which are very simple) were introduced
into the school curriculum.
Vector addition is already known from the composition of forces. There
come next two products of two vectors each — the scalar-product and the
vector-product. The former is simple enough, as it follows all laws of
common algebra with the exception of one which, although the law which
distinguishes it from all other algebi-as, is generally not even mentioned
in English text-books. It is the law that a product can vanish only if
one factor vanishes. The second, the vector- product, requires more care
in manipulation in so far as the commutative law does not hold. In addi-
tion to these, two products of three factors have to be considered, and the
whole algebra is complete.
We have next to consider variable quantities. If m is a scalar-function
of the position of a point, hence of the position-vector p, then u = const,
represents a surface which may be called a w-surface. If u is one-valued,
through every point one such surface can in general be drawn. Thus
space becomes filled with these surfaces, which are constantly used undei
the name of equipotential, isothermal, <kc., surfaces. Similarly if 77
denotes a vector, varying from point to point, lines which may be called
7] lines are formed by drawing at any point the vector ?;, going along it
through an infinitesimal distance, and drawing here the new vector.
These are Faraday's lines of force in their purely geometrical aspect.
They give the direction of 7; at every point, but not the magnitude.
This Faraday introduced also in the well-known manner by drawing only
some of these lines so that the number of the lines which cross a given
area represents the magnitude of r/.
See also his little book Matter and Motion,
54 REPORT— 1908.
If now dr denotes an element of a surface, as a vector normal to the
surface, theia
7f d T =■ {7} d t)
gives the number of Ty-lines crossing the element and
/r,d.
extended over a finite area, the number which cross this area.
The differentiation of a vector with regard to a scalar, say, the time,
is very simple and oflers nothing new, although some results are striking.
The variation of a function of p due to a displacement of the point or a
change of p requires Hamilton's operator ^.
This operator is of the nature of a vector and can operate on a scalar
or a vector function, and on the latter in two ways. The three results
thus obtained are of such physical importance that Maxwell has given
them special names. From a scalar u we get the vector ^ m, which is
a vector existing in general at every point where u exists and is normal
to the It-surface through the point considered. Maxwell calls it the
slope of u.
If the operand is a vector jj the two results are, in Hamilton's notation
with Maxwell's name,
S \- »? = convergence of »/,
V V; = curl 7;.
Instead of the former we have in vector analysis (^ 7/) = ^>; = - S y »;,
wliich has been called by Cliflford the divergence of »;, is written by Heavi-
side Div. ?;. I have found it convenient to introduce for Vv or ' curl ' a
special symbol, a v with an arrow-head rising from the top.
A v-calculus has been worked out in connection with quaternions by
Tait, and recently by Professor Joly. The same can be done in vector
analysis, and a good deal has been done (by Heaviside, Gibbs, and others).
It deserves to be established as a purely mathematical theory.
Various applications, partly physical, partly relating to pure mathe-
matics, Avere given at the meeting which are here omitted.
A few words about the teaching of vectors at school. My idea is
that they should be introduced before trigonometry is begun, soon after,
;ind in connection with the use of squared paper, by plotting points from
given position -vectors, and curves from simple vector-equations.
The decomposition of a position-vector gives the co-ordinates of a
point together with their sense, and then the equations
x^r cos 6, 2/='>' sin 9
lead to general definitions of the trigonometrical functions holding for all
four quadrants.
In the discussion which followed, and in which the President of the
Section, Professor Bolzmann, Professor Larmor, Sir Oliver Lodge, Dr.
Sumpner and others, and Professor Joly and Mr. Swinburne by letter,
took part, no voice was raised against the extended use of vectors, but
nearly everyone expressed the wish that an agreement should be come
i
ON THE USE OF VECTORIAL METHODS IN PHYSICS.
bo
to about the notation used, and I have been asked to give a short account
of those now in use.
Hamilton denotes vectors by small Greek letters. Maxwell changed
these to German capitals, and Heaviside these again to block letters.
Gibbs and likewise German authors use heavy type, the same letter in
ordinary type standing for the tensors.
With regard to the notation of products greater divergency exists,
and besides the scalar-product of Hamilton differs in sign from that of
vector analysis. Keeping this in mind the following table will explain
itself : —
Author
Name of Product
Symbol
Name of Product
Symbol
VaiS
Hamilton .
Scalar .
So0
Vector .
Maxwell
))
S3C»
j )i • •
V3lffi
Heaviside
>»
AB
»>
VAB
Henrici
)»
(ai8) = a0
i» • •
[«/3]or[A.B]
Lorentz
)»
a^
JT •
[««
Grassman
Inneres
A 1 15
' Aeu.sseres
A.B
Gibbs
Direct
a . b or A . B
Vector or skew
a xb or AB
Peano
Geometric
AxB
1
—
I have used brackets for years and found them convenient. I was led
to them because I often found it confusing to decide at a glance how far
Hamilton's symbols S and V extended, and had to introduce brackets
to make this clear. ^ Professor Lorentz has adopted the same notatioTi.
Gibbs uses brackets [A B C] for the scalar-product of three vectors, which
otherwise would appear as A . B x C.
There is a further product in quaternions which we may call the
quaternion-product. Hamilton denotes it by a j3 with
or, in my notation,
a/3 = Sa/3+V«/3,
«/3=-(c,/3) + [«/3].
This gives rise to a product a ft y for Avhich the associative law holds,
and is a chief point in the theory of quaternions, the product being a
quaternion.
Professor Joly in his letter shows that the theory of quaternions can
be based directly on this product by investigating the laws which make
the associative law true for n ft y.
In this way a quaternion becomes defined by the product of two
vectors instead of by their quotient, and thus the theory of quaternions
can be much simplified.
But if vector algebra has been studied independently of quaternions
then anyone who still wishes to study the latter can do so at once by aid
of the above equation as definition of a ftj, which is a quaternion.
Note. — I learn from the January number of the ' Jahresbericht d.
Deutsch. Mathematiker-Vereinigung ' that on September 24, 1903, at
* Hankel must have felt the same, for he writes Hamilton s products thus ;
S(aJ), V(aft), V[aVJc], &c.
56
REPORT — 1903.
the Naturforscherversammlung in Kassel, L. Prandtl in Hanover read a
paper about a uniform notation in vector algebra. He recommends the
notation of Gibbs.
A Committee was appointed to consider the whole question.
Meteor olo(] leal Ohser rations on Ben Nevis. — Report cf the Committee,
considinf] of Lord M'Larex, Professor A. Crum Brown (Secreianj),
Sir John Murray, Professor Copeland, and Dr. Alexander
BuCHAN. (JDvaxvn up hy Dr. Buchan.)
The Committee was appointed as formerly for the purpose of co-opeiating
■with the Scottish Meteorological Society in making meteorological obser-
vations at the two Ben Nevis Observatories.
The hourly eye-observations have been made at the High Level Obser-
vatory by Mr. Rankin and his assistants, by day and night without interrup-
tion. At the Low Level Observatory in Fort William the self-registering
instruments have been in continuous use throughout the year,
The health of the observers has been good. The Directors cordially
thank Messrs. Robert Aitken, W. Gentle, and H. D. Robb for their valuable
services as volunteer observers, thus rendering it possible to give the mem-
bers of the regular staff vacation and rest during the summer.
The principal results of the observations made at the two Observatories
during 1902 are detailed in Table I.
Table I.
1902
Jan. I Feb. jfn^g], April | May | June \ July Aug. i Sapt. I Oct. | Nov. Dec. ! Year
Mean Prflssure in Inches.
Ben Nerls Ob-
servatory
Fort WiUiam
Differences .
25-316' 25-199 25-080: 25-295
29959
4-G43
29-841
4-li42
29-650 29-894
4-570| 4-599
25-350
29-958
4-608
25-4261 25-4261 25-365
29-924129-945 29-863
4-498! 4-519 4-498
25-476
29-990
4-514
25-351 1 25-186
29-904 29-752
4-553 4-566
25-252
29-874
4-622
Mean Tcmijei
attires.
Benli'evisOb-
24^0
o
22-1
25-8
o
27-1
O
27-6
39°6
37°-7
37°9
38°6
32°3
o
29-9
26°0
serratory
Fort William
.•!8'6
36-0
41-9
44-4
46-2
54-5
64-0
64-0
53-6
47-1
47-1
41-0
Differences .
14-6
13-9
16-1
17-3
17-6
14-9
16-3
16-1
15-0
14-8
17-2
150
Extremes of Temperature : Maxima.
Ben Nevis Ob-
servatory
Fort William
Differences .
Ben Nevis Ob-
servatory
Fort William
Differences .
BenNevisOb-
servatory
Fort William
Differences .
36-5
37-1
35-6
37-6'
46-9
66-4
531
47-9
50-0
45-5
40-3
45-0 :
61-0
14-5
52-3
15-2
61-0
15-5
61-6
24-0
59-4
12-5
80-0
13-6
66-9
13-8
C5-4
17-5
67-9
17-9
58-7
13-2
59-6
19-3
S6-2
10-2 1
Extremes of Temperattire : Minima.
6-G
12-4
68
14-9
C-8
12-8 I 16-3 t lG-1
2G-2
13-4
28-0
117
30-6
14-5
23-8
39-9
16-1
28-1
41-5
13-4
28-1
41-2
13-1
23-1 I 24-9
36-1
13-0
Rainfall in Inches.
24-75
3-36
18-73
9-87
15-84
2-91
12-22
9-37
12-45
10-03
14-72
1-07
2-29
7-58
11-15
3-38
6-49
4-63
11-21
1-62
1-29
3-65
8-57
4-95
4-42
6-49
6-96
31-2
6-3
16-31 I
905
7-26
20-3
35'6
15-3
13-2
24-4
11-2
25-310
29-879
4-669
30-7
46-4
15-7
66-4
80-0
240
66
12-4
6-8
7-86 23-43 167-1
3-73 9-14
4-13 ! 14-29
64-C
92-7
METEOROLOGICAL OBSERVATIONS ON REN NEVIS.
57
Table I. — continued.
1902
Jan.
Feb.
Marcht April 1 May | June
July j Aug. Sept.
Oct.
Nov.
Dec.
Yetrj
JViimher of Bays 1 in. or more fell.
BenNeTisOb-
12
1
7 1 2
2
2
2
4
6
O
9 '
49 1
aervatory
Fort William
1
i
1
1
. 1
2
2
1
1
9
Differences .
U
6 2
1
2 1 1 2
4
3
8
40
Number of Bays 001 in. or more fell.
BenNevtsOb-i 26
13 !
28
19 28
14
23 25
26
21
24
22
269
servatorv |
1
Fort William , 24
14
29
20
22
14
19
22
22
20
21
21
243
Differences . 1 2
-1 1
-1
-1
6 1
4
3
4
1
3
1
21
Mean Rainband {Scale 0-8).
BenNeWaOb-l 2 2 1
1'3
0-8 ; 2-1
2-9
2-3
3 5 2-0 ! 2-1
2-7
2-8
2-1
2-2
servfttory
Port William 3-6
3-0
3'8 34
3-8
38
3-9
4-0 4-0
3-6
3-4
3-G
3-7
Differences . I't
1-7
30 1-3
0-9
1-5 0-4 1 2-0 1 1-9
0-9
06
1-5
15
JVumbc" of Hours of Bright Sunshine.
Ben Nevis Ob- 31
G4
29
82 45
131
55 34
40
50
19
21
GOl
servatory
Port William 23
G2
G5
162 126
1G5
112 101
CI
88
40
21
1,030
Differences . +3
-1-2
36
80 81
34
57 67
20
38
21
U
429
Mean Hourly Velocity of Wind in Miles.
BenNerisOb- 13
19
13 16 ; 10 11 1 9 8 12
14
1 28
20
14
servatory
1
1 1
Percentage of Cloud.
1
Ben Nevis Ob-
85
77
92
7C
93 76
92
93 1 86
82
1 92
?4
86
servatory
Fort William
80
6G
81
64
84 73
84
83
82
69
71
76
76
Differences .
5
11
11
12
9 3
8
10 1 4
13
21
18
10
1
The above table shows for 1902 the mean monthly and extreme
temperature and pressure ; the amounts of rainfall ; the number of days
of rainfall, and the days on which it equalled or exceeded 1 inch ; the
hours of sunshine ; the mean rainband ; the mean velocity in miles per
hour of the Avind at the top of the mountain ; and the mean cloud
amount. The mean barometric pressures at Fort William are reduced to
32° and sea-level ; but those at Ben Nevis Observatory to 32° only.
At Fort William the mean atmospheric pressure was 29-^79 inches,
or 0'022 inch above the average, whilst the mean at the top was 25'310
inches, or 0'004: inch above the average. The mean difierence for the
two Observatories was 4'569 inches, the mean monthly difference varying
from 4*498 inches in June and August to 4643 inches in January. At
the top the absolutely highest pressure for the year was 26'258 inches at
11 P.M. on January 31, and at Fort William 31'103 inches an hour
earlier on the same day. These are the highest barometric readings
hitherto recorded at the Observatories, though they were closely approached
in January 1896. They occurred while the British Isles lay under an
anti-cyclone of extraordinary intensity, and on the top of the mountain
the barometer remained above 26 inches from 6 p.m. on January 30 till
3 P.M. on February 2 ; whilst at Fort William the sea-level pressure
exceeded 31 inches from 5 p.m. on January 31 till 1 p.m. on February 1.
At the top, the lowest pressure for the year was 24'000 inches on
December 29, and at Fort William 28*412 inches on the same day. The
difference of the extremes at top and bottom were, therefore, 2*258 inches
and 2*681 inches respectively.
58
UEPORT— 1903.
The deviations of the mean temperatures of the months from their
averaiL'es are shown in Table II. : —
Fort
Top of
i'ilUam.
Ben Xevis.
-0-5
-0-2
July. ;
-3'1
-1-5
August .
+ 1-5
+ 1-8
September
-0-6
-0-7
October .
-4-7
-5-4
November
-1-3
-0-2
December
Fort
Top of
William.
Ben Nevis
o
-3-3
-3-3
-31
-2-7
+ 0-3
+ 0-5
-0-5
+ 0-9
+ 5-0
+ 0-9
+ 1-0
+ 0-7
Table II.
Januar}'-
Februar3'
I^iarch
April
May
June
The most remarkable feature of the year as regards temperature was
the continued deficiency from April to August. At both Observatories
the mean temperature of May was only fractionally above that of April,
whilst at the top the mean of the month was fully 10° below that of
May 1901. The differences for November are curious. At Fort William,
as over Scotland generally, the mean of the month was greatly above the
average, whilst at the top there was a comparatively small excess, the
main features of the weather there being a very low rainfall, little sun-
shine, and an atmosphere almost continuously saturated. The month
was characterised by a great excess of strong winds from E. and S.E., and
the weather was chiefly of the cyclonic type. The absolutely highest
temperature for the year at Fort William was 80°'0 on June 29, and at
the top 66°-4 on June 28 ; the lowest at Fort William being 12°-4 or
January 30, and at the top 6°-6 on January 26.
In Table III. are given for each month the lowest observed hygro-
metric readings at the top of Ben Nevis (reduced by means of Glaisher's
Tables) :—
Table III.
1902
Jan.
Feb.
O
Mar.
April
May
June
o
July
Aug.
Sept.
Oct.
Nov.
— ~l
Dec.
o
O
„
o
o
n
^
Drv Enlb
22'2
22-1
25'0
20-0
2G^0
G5^0
411-0
38-B
46-3
43'5
23'0
23^
Wet Bulb
16-1
16-1
17-0
lG-0
23-0
5(C0
32-3
33^5
33-0
35-5
19-8
]7^0
Dew-point
-23-8
-23-3
-27'2
-12-4
5-1
37-7
22-3
26-8
lS-4
25-9
-0^4
-20-8
Elastic Force .
•til 3
■OH
•on
•024
•054
•226
•119
•140
•100
■140
■043
■016
Relative Humiilitv
11
11
' 8
22
37
3(i
48
62
32
49
35
13
[Sat. = 10u]
D.ay of Month
31
1
28
3
n
28
21
12
8
1
22
7
Hour of Day .
17
1
1
10
5
10
10
24
10
10
1
IC
Of these relative humidities, the lowest, 8 per cent., occurred on
March 28, with a dew-point of -27°'2, that being the lowest dew-point for
the year. The minimum humidity for August is unusually high. During
that month the atmosphere was continuously saturated on tifteen days,
rainfall and sunshine being both deficient. November was a remarkable
month, from the 1st to the 13th and from the 23rd to the 30th being
periods of uninterrupted saturation, whilst on only five days was the
Observatory not continuously enveloped in mist.
The rainfall for the year at the top was 157"10 inches, or 057 inch
below the mean of 18 years ; whilst the annual amount at Fort William
was 64"32 inches, or 12'35 inches below the average for the same period.
Thus, at the foot of the mountain, as over Scotland generally, the year
METEOROLOGICAL OBSERVATIONS ON BEN NEVlS. 59
was a very dry one, whilst at the top the amount of precipitation was
practically equal to the average. The monthly amounts at the top,
however, showed some notable irregularities. Thus January was a very
wet month, with a rainfall about 8 inches above the mean, whilst the
following month had a deficiency of about 9 inches, and was the second
driest February on record. Again, the rainfall of May was more than
twice the normal, being the largest total for that month during the
series of observations ; whilst, on the other hand, the rainfall for
November was the smallest amount yet recorded for that month, being
only a little more than half the average. At the top of the mountain,
the greatest fall recorded in a single day was 5*92 inches on May 27, the
corresponding fall at Fort William being 1"83 inch ; whilst the maximum
daily amount at Fort William was 1'99 inch, on January 19, the fall at
the top on that day being 2'12 inches.
At the top of Ben Nevis the number of rainy days was 269, and at
Fort William 248, the corresponding numbers for 1901 being 259 and
235. A feature of the weather of the year over the country generally was
that, though the rainfall was much below the normal, there were more
than the average number of rainy days. Thus, at Fort William the rain-
fall for the year was 16 per cent, below the normal, and yet there were
15 more than the average number of days of rain. At the top the
number of rainy days was 8 above the average. In each of the months
of February, March, and April, the number of rainy days was one more
at the foot than at the top of the mountain, the greatest number of rainy
days in a month at either station being 29 in March at Fort William,
and the least, 13, in February on Ben Nevis. During the year the num-
ber of days on which 1 inch or more fell at the top was 49, whereas at
Fort William the number of such days was only 9. The corresponding
numbers for 1901 were 54 and 10.
The sunshine recorder on Ben Nevis registered 601 hours out of a
possible of 4,473 hours, or 13'5 per cent, of the possible sunshine, being
146 hours below the average of 19 years. So little sunshine has not been
recorded since 1890, when the annual amount was 590 hours. June was
the sunniest month of the year, with 131 hours, being 4 more than the
average and 25 per cent, of the possible. The amount for May was only
45 hours, being no less than 75 hours below the mean and the least re-
corded in that month since 1885. At Fort William the annual amount
was 1,030 hours, being the smallest total in 12 years and 103 hours below
the average for that period. May and November differed most from their
averages, being respectively 40 and 43 hours below the normal for these
months.
At the Ben Nevis Observatory the mean percentage of cloud was 86,
and at Fort William 76, both a little above the average. At the top, May
and August were the cloudiest months, each with 93 per cent. No month
at either place had a very low cloud amount, whereas in May 1901 the
amounts at top and bottom respectively were 56 and 52 per cent.
Auroras were observed on February 7 ; December 22, 23.
St. Elmo's Fire:— March 12; April 13; May 4, 5; October 30 ;
December 25, 28.
Zodiacal Light : — Not observed during the year.
Thunder and Lightning : — June 25 ; December 28.
Lightning only : — January 3, 4.
Solar Halos :— February 18 ; March 16, 24 ; April 29 (with Mock
Suns) ; May 10, 16, 21 ; July 21 ; September 19 ; October 12, 28.
60 REPORT— 1903.
Lunar Halos :— January 20, 26,27; February 17, 18; March 28;
September 19 ; December 11, 14.
The question of the advisabiUty of continuing the work at the Ben Nevis
Observatories has lately been under consideration, and your Committee
consider it advisable to state here briefly the past history of the Observa-
tories and their present position, especially in relation to the value of the
Observatories in forecastinac Aveather.
The Meteorological Council, in 1887, when supplying information for a
reply to a question put in the House of Commons about the Ben Nevis
Observatory, stated that certain telegrams which had been sent from Ben
Nevis Observatory at their request were useless for forecasting purposes.
This statement was understood by the public to mean that the whole work
at Ben Nevis Observatory was useless for forecasting. This view of the
matter was corrected (1) in a letter to 'The Times ' by Mr. Omond, and
(2) in a Report to the meeting of the British Association from their Ben
Nevis Committee in 1887.
The Low Level Observatory at Fort William, built by the Scottish
Meteorological Society, and equipped with the necessary instruments by
the Meteorological Council, was opened in July 1890. The full and
complete equipment of this Low Level Observatory at Fort William by
the Meteorological Council constitutes a feature of the first importance in
the history of the two connected Observatories. During the period of the
last thirteen years the High and Low Level Observatories have been in
complete working order, furnishing in combination the simultaneous
hourly observations which, in the opinion of your Committee, were
essential in the inquiries instituted at these Observatories into weather
changes and general meteorology.
As regards the seven years previous to 1890, when there were no
hourly observations at the Low Level Observatory, what happened in
relation to forecasting — that is, to efforts to use high level observations
in forecasting — is told in the following extract from the Report of this
Committee to the British Association in 1887 : —
Extract from Report of Ben Nevis Committee of British Associatioji, 1887.
'On the evening of August 23, 1887, there was a discussion in
Parliament on the Vote for the Learned Societies, and in that discussion
the next-morning newspapers reported that Mr. Jackson, of the Treasury,
Sir John Lubbock, Sir E. Birkbeck, and others, argued against any grant
to the Observatory, on the ground that the Meteorological Council,
composed of men of the very highest scientific standing, had given it
as their opinion that the practical results to be obtained from the
Ben Nevis Observatory did not warrant the grant asked for from the
Treasury.
'A word as to this opinion. The Meteorological Council recently
printed a memorandum " On Occasional Telegrams from Ben Nevis,"
signed Frederick Gaster, which was forwarded to the Treasury some time
before the discussion came on in Parliament. A copy was also sent to
the Directors of the Observatory by instructions from General Strachey.
The memorandum concludes thus : " In their existing form the telegrams
(from Ben Nevis) are absolutely useless."
' The whole question turns on the meaning of the phrase " their
existing form," which a few sentences will explain.
METEOROLOGICAL OBSERVATIONS ON BEN NEVIS. 61
'When, in December 1883, the offer of the Directors to send daily
telegrams from the top and bottom of the mountain was declined, the
Meteorological Office asked instead for occasional telegrams in these
words : "We wish Mr. Omond to use his own discretion, and telegraph
to us whenever any very striking change of conditions or a special
phenomenon of great interest is recorded." It will be noted that the
Meteorological Office made no mention whatever of storms. Since
December 1883 Mr. Omond has sent such telegrams as appeared to him to
be wished, and no application has been made for upwards of three years
for more frequent telegrams or any other inforniation, only that some
time ago a request was forwarded that every effort be made that the
telegrams do not exceed the sixpenny charge.
' The request, it will be noticed, was for telegrams whenever any very
striking change of conditions was recorded. Now, as a matter of fact,
no telegram has been sent with reference to all those storms, forming
the immense majority of storms, which have not been preceded or
accompanied by a very striking change of conditions. But, further,
several telegrams were sent because it seemed to Mr. Omond that the
very striking change of conditions which occurred prognosticated settled
tveather. Now, in drawing up the memorandum for the Treasury all
these, as well as the other telegrams sent, were classed together by the
Meteorological Office, and treated as if they had been intended by
Mr. Omond to be prognostic of storms, and the nineteen telegrams sent
were assumed to be all the warnings of storms which the OlDservatory
could send to the office in London. From these data, so arranged for and
collected and interpreted, the decision was come to that " in their existing
form the telegrams from Ben Nevis are absolutely useless." It might have
been predicted before a single telegram was received that no other than
such a decision could possibly have been arrived at.
'While the statement that "in their existing form the telegrams are
absolutely useless " is thus unquestionably correct, it is, nevertheless, void
of all meaning as respects the matter in hand. What has been done is
not an investigation, and it is not science. But the statement underwent
a transforming process in its passage to the House of Commons, appearing
in this form, viz. : " The Ben Nevis observations are absolutely useless in
forecasting weather " — a statement of which it is enough to say that it is
incorrect. The Meteorological Office has yet to take the first step towards
commencing an investigation into the utility of the Ben Nevis observa-
tions for forecasting purposes.
' On the other hand, the Council of the Scottish Meteorological Society,
strengthened as regards the direction of the Observatory by representatives
of the Royal Societies of London and Edinburgh and the Philosophical
Society of Glasgow, includes men of equal scientific merit with any other
Meteorological Council in the country ; and after some years' investigation,
their opinion is that the Ben Nevis observations are of the highest utility
in the development of meteorology and in framing forecasts of storms
and weather for the British islands.'
Since 1890, when the High and Low Observatories came into operation,
no weather telegrams have been asked by or been sent to the Meteoro-
logical Council, either from the High or Low Level Observatories, for
forecasting purposes. Further, so far as your Committee are aware, the
Meteorological Council have, otiicially, neither expressed an opinion as to
C2 KEroRT— 1903.
the value of these observations in forecasting, nor instituted any examina-
tion of the records of the Ben Nevis Observatories with the view of
testing their possible value in forecasting.
As regards the future of the Observatories, it may be stated that last
summer the Directors resolved that the two Observatories should be closed
in October last year. They issued a memorandum which stated that the
Observatory on the top of Ben Nevis had been in existence for nearly
nineteen years, that it had been built, equipped, and very largely supported
during the whole of that time by voluntary subscriptions, and that they
considered the time had come when it should either be closed or continued
as a State-supported institution.
Shortly after the publication of this memorandum, however, a Com-
mittee of Inquiry into the expenditure of the annual Parliamentary grant
of 15,300^. for meteorology was appointed, and representations were
made to the Directors from various quarters that it would be well if the
work at the two Observatories was continued without interruption till
the Committee had reported. Your Committee are, with much satis-
faction, able to report that within a few weeks sufficient funds were
obtained to meet the expenses incurred in maintaining the Ben Nevis
and Fort William Observatories till October 1904. These Observatories
will therefore continue in operation under the charge of the Directors
as heretofore till October 1904.
The Observatories have thus been in operation long enough to yield,
from a discussion of the work done at them, conclusions of great value.
Their records supply a complete set of simultaneous hourly observations
(1) at the summit of Ben Nevis for close on twenty years, and (2) at
sea-level in Fort William for a period of thirteen years— times long enough
to obtain averages of value and to embrace, it may be added, fully a sun-
spot period. The Directors have acquired these facts under conditions
which are exceptionally favoui-able — the Observatory at sea-level being
less than five miles distant in a straight line from the Observatory on the
summit, and yet placed close to the sea and in a fairly open situation.
Moreover, it is not a valley station. There are no other two associated
Observatories or stations in the world, one at a high and the other at
a low level, where such favourable conditions exist.
The geographical position of Ben Nevis is also favourable. In winter
the British islands have a higher mean temperature than any other part
of the land surface of the world equally far north, and consequently it
is easier to live and work in winter at great altitudes in those islands
than anywhere else in similar latitudes. All the other mountain stations
are either in the Tropics or in the belt of high barometric pressure
which occupies the southern part of the Temperate Zone. Ben Nevis,
however, is clear of this high-pressure region, and lies on the edge of the
great barometric depression in the North Atlantic which dominates the
weather of North-Western Europe. From Ben Nevis, therefore, we get
data of observation which no other high-level station yet established is in
a position to furnish to forecasters of the weather of North-Western
Europe.
The discussions of the double Ben Nevis and Fort William observa-
tions all go to confirm the opinion as to the value of these observations
expressed by the Council of the Scottish Meteorological Society in 1887
and quoted in this report. Your Committee, however, desire to point out
that the full value of the observations for forecasting purposes can only
METEOROLOGICAL OBSERVATIONS ON BEN NEVIS, G3
be tested by persons engaged in tlie practical work of forecasting day by
day ; your Committee or any other body of scientific men can only
indicate the lines on which results of value in forecasting may be looked
for.
The first work the Directors of the Observatories set themselves to do
was to prepare the meteorological ' constants ' for the positions on the
summit and at the base of Ben Nevis. This has been done, based on
twenty years' observations on the summit and thirteen years' at Fort
William. The constants for these periods will appear in vol. iii. of the
Ben Nevis observations, now in the press, and to be published durin" the
coming winter.
In your Committee's previous Reports other lines of investigation
have been frequently referred to and reported on, along which researches
connected with the Ben Nevis observations are being carried on by
Dr. Buchan and Mr. Omond. Some of the results have a special bearino-
on forecasting. One or two illustrative cases may be here added.
1. The occurrence of small diflFerences of temperature between Ben
Nevis and Fort William, associated with very low humidities at Ben
Nevis and great dampness at Fort William, and the relations of this
state of things to the stability and continuance of an anti-cyclone, and
also to thunderstorms and those heavy local rains commonly denoted as
thunder-showers, have been reported on.
2. The occurrence of long -continued periods of saturation of the air at
the top of Ben Nevis, as indicative of a condition of the atmosphere
favourable to the development and continuance of stormy weather.
3. A marked difference in the direction of the wind on the summit
from that at surrounding low-level stations. Such a difference most
•commonly occurs when Ben Nevis lies between a cyclone and an anti-
cyclone, and may be indicative of the direction of movement either of
the cyclone or the anti- cyclone.
4. The predictive a.spects of very strong winds on the summit of
Ben Nevis accompanied, notwithstanding their great force, with very low-
temperatures there and great differences of temperature between the
summit and Fort William, and the intimate connection of the whole with
cyclonic weather, have been pointed out. Recent kite observations have
made us tolerably familiar with this remarkable phase of the cyclone, and
to Ben Nevis we may look for important contributions of illustrative
data.
5. The difference between the Ben Nevis and Fort William barometers
when both are reduced to sea-level. This difference, when it amounts to
several hundredths of an inch, clearly points to an abnormal condition of
the air between the summit and Fort William in respect to the vertical
gradient of temperature or humidity, or both.
The investigation of some of the points raised in this discussion has
been a chief subject of inquiry during the past eighteen months. The
inquiry is a discussion of the hourly observations of pressure, temperature,
humidity, sunshine, winds and rainfall at the two Observatories in their
inter-relations, more especially as regards the bearings of the results on
weather changes
The principal point to be kept in view is the relation of the differences
of temperature at the two Observatories to the differences of their sea-
level pressure at the time. An illustration will explain this. During
the last three days of September 1895, the sky over Scotland was clear^
64 REPORT — 1903.
sunshine strong, humidity high, night temperatures unusually high, and
dews heavy, with calms or light winds. On these days while at the top
temperature was very high and the air clear and very dry, at Fort William,
under a sky equally clear and temperature high, the air showed a large
humidity, and this state of moisture extended to a height of about 2,000
feet, or nearly halfway to the summit. Thus, then, while the barometer
at the top was under an atmosphere wholly anti-cyclonic, with its accom-
panying dry dense air, the barometer at Fort William was not so circum-
stanced. On the other hand, it was under the pressure of such dry dense
air, above the height of 2,000 feet only, whereas from this height down
to sea-level it was under the pressure of air whose humidity was large and
pressure therefore much reduced. The result was that the sea-level pres-
sure at Fort AVilliam was 0-050 inch lower than it would have been if the
dry dense air of the anti-cyclone had been continued down to Fort William.
This is confirmatory of what is to be expected, that the greater density of
dry air as shown in our laboratories prevails equally in the free atmosphere.
The first part of the discussion is virtually finished, the chief result of
which is this : — 1. When the difference of mean temperature of the day
is only r2°-0 or less, then the sea-level pressure calculated for the top of
the mountain is markedly greater than at Fort William ; 2. When the
difference of temperature is 18°-0 or greater, then the sea-level pressure
for the summit is markedly lower than at Fort William. In the former
case the meteorological conditions are anti-cyclonic, the weather being
then clear, dry, and practically rainless ; and in the latter case the condi-
tions are cyclonic, the accompanying weather being dull, humid, and rainy.
In the course of this discussion it has been marked that the reduced hourly
values from day to day often indicate that the transition from the anti-
cyclonic to the cyclonic type of weather, and vice versa, is slow, sometimes
extending over several days, thus prolonging the time for the prediction
of the more important weather changes.
It may be remarked that the result here empirically arrived at is in
accordance with the principle laid down by Dal ton, that 'air charged with
vapour or vaporised air is specifically lighter than when without the
vapour ; or, in other words, the more vapour any given quantity of
atmospheric air has in it, the less is its specific gravity.'
The precursor and accompaniment of the heaviest and most wide-
spread rains is when the sea-level pressure for the summit is very greatly
lower than the sea-level pressure at Fort William. This indicates the
saturation of the atmosphere to a great height, while at Fort William, and,
say, 2,000 feet higher, the point of saturation due to the advancing cyclone
has not yet taken place.
On the other hand, when this point of saturation has been reached,
then the sea-level pressure for the summit shows less difference from the
sea-level pressure at Fort William. The changes of pressure which occur
at the two Observatories as a cyclone advances and passes on are particu-
larly interesting and instructive.
It is remarkable that comparatively few observations, when the differ-
ence of the temperature has exceeded 22°-0, could be utilised in this
inquiry, because in such cases high winds prevailed, resulting in ' pumping '
of the barometer. These differences of temperature, rising even to 27°-0,
are, however, extremely valuable for weather prediction, inasmuch as they
often precede and accompany very severe storms of wind and rain. They
arise from an extraordinary lowering of the temperature at the summit,
METEOROLOGICAL OBSERVATIONS ON BEN NEVIS. 65
while at Fort William no such lowering of temperature occurs. This is a
peculiarity which kites and balloon ascents have recently familiarised us
with, and it forms a prime factor in all inquiries into the theory of the
cyclone, about which opinion at present is so much divided.
Heport on the Theory 0/ Point-groups.^ — Part III,
Jji/ Frances Hardcastle, Cambridge.
§ 9. 1818-1857. While Fermat and Descartes, by combining the processes
of Algebra and Geometry, were evolving the foundations of that system
of co-ordinates which rapidly became the common language of geometers,
a contemporary mathematician, Desargues of Lyons (1593-1662), and his
pupil Pascal (1623-1662) were occupied with the study of those properties
of figures, in space and in the plane, which persist under the operation
known as projection. And had it not been for the evil fate which
caused the publications of both master and pupil to be lost, and for the
oblivion into which even the memory of these writings sank for more than
180 years, it is probable that modern synthetic geometry would have been
developed from the beginning side by side with analytical geometry, instead
of coming into existence, as it did, a whole century and a half later than
its rival. The fundamental characteristic of each — that which most dis-
tinguished both systems from the geometry of the ancients — is the same,
the systematic use of the principle of projection. But it is noteworthy
that, although this was present from the beginning in the structure of
Cartesian co-ordinates (whereby every point of a curve is projected on to
the axis), it was only after the rise of descriptive geometry under Monge
(1746-1818) and Carnot (1753-1823) (who explicitly founded it upon
projection from ordinary space on to the plane), thatPliicker (1801-1868),
by the use of homogeneous co-ordinates, ^ really opened up the projective
possibilities inherent in analytical geometry. Throughout the period now
to be discussed, the projective standpoint is the one adopted by analytical
as well as by synthetic geometers ; the transition to the wider point of
view afforded by bi-rational transformation was only effected after the
ideas of the theory of functions — at that time still in its infancy — had
permeated the whole domain of pure mathematics, and had influenced
the theory of higher plane curves to a degree which must have been
startling to the mathematicians of the early nineteenth century.
Among the numerous novel terms introduced by Desargues in his
' Brouillon projet d'une atteinte aux evenements des rencontres d'un cone
avec un plan '^ was that of involution,^ and, unlike many of the others, it
has survived. Starting from the detinition that six points on a straight
line are in involution if certain ratios can be established among the seg-
ments formed by them, Desargues proved his famous theorem that a conic
and the sides of an inscribed quadrilateral determine six points in invo-
lution on any transversal. He did not, however, investigate the still
' Parts I. and II. appeared in the Brit. Assoc. Beports for 1900, 1902.
- Moebius's Barycentrischc Calcul was printed in 1827, and was actuallj^ the first
publication in which homogeneous co-ordinates were brought forward ; Pliicker's
paper in Crelle, vol. v. (1830), gave the first exposition of trilinear co-ordinates. Cf.
Clebsch, 'Julius Pliicker zum Gedachtniss,' Ahhandlungen Gotti/iffc/i.xol.xvi. (1872),
pp. 1-40.
^ Discovered in De la Hire's manuscript copy by Chasles in 1845, and printed in
Poudra, (Euvres de Desargvos (Paris, 1864), vol. i. pp. 97-230.
* Poudra, luc. cit., vol. i. p. 101, p. 109, p. 119; also vol. ii. p. 362.
1903. F
66 REPORT — 1903.
more significant fact that any conic through the four vertices of the
quadrilateral cuts the transversal in a pair of points belonging to the same
involution. This theorem was first published by Sturm ^ (180.3-1835) in
1826 ; his proof is algebraical, being derived from the equations which,
ten years previously,^ had been shown by Lame to be the necessary conse-
quence of the simultaneous existence of three equations of the second
order. He points out that the relations he thus obtains are those which
establish ' cette liaison remarquable qui etait nommee par Desargues invo-
lution de six points.' He afterwards mentions that the two pairs of
opposite sides of a quadrilateral inscribed in a conic can be regarded as a
pair of degenerate conies, and that Desargues's theorem is thus an imme-
diate deduction from his own more general one ; but he makes no state-
ment which would lead us to suppose he saw the importance of con-
sidering what we now call a range of points in involution, viz. an infinite
number of points on a straight line, such that if any two pairs are given
the correspondent to a fifth point is determined by the relation called in-
volution which holds for any six. Nor, again, is he really interested in
the fact that a whole system of conies passes through the points common
to two conies (although, of course, he is perfectly aware that a third conic
through these points has an equation involving one linear parameter) ; his
concern is with properties of the individual conic of the system, not with
the system itself. And the same remark must be made about Lame,
although the idea of a pencil of curves is due to him ^ — that is to say, he
found for the first time the equation, E-|-;/iE' = 0.^ of wJiat we now call
a pencil of curves ; his primary interest was with the conditions which
must subsist among the coefficients of the equations of three curves, in
order that they may intersect in common points, and next, in the particu-
lar properties which follow for conies ; with regard to curves of higher
order, to which the greater interest, when looked at as a system, attaches
itself, he simply stated the equation.
Gergonne (1771-1859) seems to have been the first to derive any
property concerning the points of intersection of curves whose equation
is of Lame's form, as a direct consequence of this form. In 1827 he thus
found ■'' that i/'p(p + q) of the (p + q)^ 2^'^'^'''''^^ ^f intersection of tivo curves
o/orc^er (p-hq) He on a curve of order p, the remaining q(p-f-q) points lie
on a curve of order q : from which he obtained the corollary : Given tioo
systems ofxn lines in the plane, if amonr/ the m^ points of intersection of
the lines of one system whh the lines of the other there are 2m which lie
on a conic, theri the m(m — 2) remaining points all He on a curve of order
(m— 2). "Writing m=.3, this is, as he points out, the theorem known as
Pascal's. This proof of Pascal's theorem also appears incidentally in a
long footnote to the last chapter of the first volume of Pliicker's ' Ana-
lytisch-geometrische Entwicklungen,' printed in 1828 ; the preface is dated
September 1827, later than the publication of Gergonne's paper, and it is
possible that this footnote was added at the same time ; this would give
the priority in discovery of this particular proof to Gergonne, as well as
' ' M6moire sur les lignes du second ordre,' Gergonne'x Annalv-i, vul. xvii. pp. ITS-
198.
2 'Sur les intersections des lignes et des surfaces,' Gerg. ^«?i., vol. vii. pp. 229-240.
' Clebsch, toe. cit., p. 17.
* In his Examen des diffcrenten vu'thndes enqjloyfes pour rcsoudre les 2>roMemes de
gcometrie, 1818, p. 29. See Part II. of this Report, § 8 {Brit. Assoc. Report, 1902).
* ' Recherches sur quelques lois genSrales qui regissent les lignes et surfaces
algfibriques de tous les ordres,' Gerg. Ann., vol. svii. (1827), pp. 214-252.
ON THE THEORY OF TOINT-G ROUPS. 67
the priority in publication which is undoubtedly his.^ This, however is
a very small matter : Gergonne's contribution to the elucidation of pro-
blems connected with the intersections of curves is insignificant compared
with Pliicker's. It was Pliicker who derived from Lame's equation of a
system of curves the theorem -which threw fresh light upon the so-called
Cramer Paradox, which had baffled mathematicians for more than a hun-
dred years. And it was Pliicker who, simultaneously with Jacobi (1804-
1851), first ventured upon a line of research which afterwards proved a
fruitful source of theorems in the theory of point-groups — the investiga-
tion, namely, of the conditions which must exist among the co-ordinates
of certain points if they are known to be the points of intersection of two
curves of given (differing) orders.
The problem which first led Pliicker to consider the paradox was that
of determining the highest degree of osculation possible between a curve
of order n and one of order m. This question is treated in a footnote to
an earlier chapter - of the work just mentioned, and its solution is made
to depend upon the establishment of a new theorem, viz. that all curves
of the nth order, which pass through^ {(n)) — 2 given points intersect each
other also in the samen'^—{(n)) + 2=((n-3)) points. In this passage the
paradox is not explicitly mentioned ; but in a paper published in the
same year in Gergonne's Annales "^ Pliicker speaks of it, describing it as
the fact that in certain cases two curves of the same order may cut each
other in at least as many points as are required to completely determine
one of them. 'Cramer,' he continues, 'dans son "Introduction a
I'analyse des courbes algebriques," est le premier, je crois, qui ait signale
cette espece de paradoxe qui s'explique aisement en remarquant que,
lorsqu'il est question du nombre des points necessaires et suffisants sur un
plan, pour determiner compl^tement une courbe d'un degre determine, on
sous-entend toujours que ces points sont pris au hasard, et ne sont lies
entre eux par aucune relation particuliere.' He establishes his new
theorem in almost the same words here as in the other passage ; the
application is to the theory of the conjugate points of conies.
The second volume of the ' Analytisch-geometrische Entwicklun^en '
was published in 1832 : in this Pliicker returned to the subject of^'the
paradox,'' and remarked that Cramer had indicated the analytical explana-
tion, viz. that the n- linear equations which correspond to the w- points
of intersection of two curves of order to must, if n>3, be such that one
or more, arbitrarily chosen from among them, are conditioned by those
which remain ; he adds that a geometrical interpretation of this explana-
tion is needed. His own new theorem affords this geometrical interpreta-
tion, and he therefore reproduces it once more, with a proof which, when
slightly elaborated, is substantially as follows : —
Assume ((«)) — 2 arbitrary points in the plane, take any two curves of
order 7i through them, 17=0, V=0, which, in general, are completely
determined if we know one more point, not the same, on each. Suppose
' See Kotter, ' Die Entwickelung der synthetischen Geometric von Monge bi.s
auf Staudt,' Jahresber. d devtscJt. Math.-Verein., vol. v. (1901), p. 226. Clebsch
(loc. cit., p. 19) ascribes the priority to Pliicker, without mentioning Gereonne
= P. 228.
' ((»)) is written throughout for ^ («. -t- 1) (» + 2).
* 'Recherches sur les courbes algebriques de tous les degres,' Gerg. Ann.
vol. xix. (1828), pp. 97-106 ; also Works (Leipzig, 1895) pp. 7C-82.
' P. 242.
68 REPORT — 1903.
XJ=0, V=0 so determined, then U + \V=0, where /\ is an undetermined
coefficient, is the equation of all those curves of order n which pass
through the n- points of intersection of the above two curves. It requires
one linear equation to determine X, and thus the knowledge of any new
point P on the locus U + W=0, but not on U=0 nor on V=0, is suffi-
cient for this purpose, and the equation of the completely determined curve
XJ-|-\,V=0 which passes through an arbitrary point P can be obtained.
Moreover, this same curve can also be uniquely determined by adding
a point Pto the ((n)) — 2 arbitrary points (since ((«)) — 1 points completely
determine a curve of order n), and it passes through the n'^ points of
intersection of U=0, V=0, i.e. through certain 9i-— ((?i)) + 2=((?i— 3))
points common to U=0, V=0, as well as through the arbitrary points
and P. Now take another curve V'=0 instead of V=0, and obtain in
the same manner the equation U4-a'iV'=0 of a curve completely deter-
mined by the {{n)) — 1 points, and the same point P as before ; this curve
is therefore identical with U-l-/\iV=0 ; and it passes through certain
((« — 3)) points common to U=0, V'=0. It has thus been shown that
XJz=0, V=0, U-f X 1^=0 all pass through certain {{n — 3)) points as well as
through the arbitrary points, and also that U=0, V'=0, U-H/uiV' = all
pass through certain ((«— 3)) points as well as through the arbitrary points ;
moreover, these points are in each case common to U=0 and to the
particular curve determined by the addition of P to the arbitrary points,
whose equation may be written either as U-|-XiV=0 or as U-f /uiV'=0 ;
that is to say, they are the same {{n — Z)) fixed points. By this argument
it can be shown that any curve which passes through ((n)) — 2 arbitrary
points cuts any other curve through these points in the same ((^i— 3))
fixed points.
The complete validity of this proof depends upon two assumptions :
that every curve of order n through the points of intersection of two
wiven curves U=0, V=0 of the same order has an equation of the form
XJ-f XV=0 ; and that a curve of order n is completely determined by
(^(^n))—\ points. The first of these is a very special case of a much more
«eneral theorem ^ which, so long as the method of counting the constants
of an equation was considered to aftbrd a sufficiently rigoi'ous proof of in-
formation obtained by its means, was supposed to be intuitively true. The
difficulties of a rigorous proof of the general theorem, moreover, do not
appear unless cases are considered in which the points of intersection are
multiple points on U=0, V=0, and the minute investigation of higher
singularities of curves had not yet been attempted ; it is not surprising,
therefore, that throughout Pliicker's lifetime the theorem in question was
taken for granted. With regard to the second assumption, the case is
difierent ; the paradox itself had arisen from a want of seeing exactly
how the element of indetermination could enter into the equation of a
curve drav.'n through ((«)) — 1 points ; and Pliicker, in the above proof,
expressly guards himself against exceptional cases by the use of the words
' arbitrary,' ' in general,' etc.
This iiad not, however, prevented Pliicker from previously (in 1828)
fallin<^ into a mistake which he afterwards corrected (in 1836). At the
end of the footnote to the problem of osculation he had stated, namely,
that the infinitely many curves of order n, n>m, through ((?i — 2)) points
' Usually known as 'Noether's theorem.' See Math. Arm., vo\. ii. pp. 293-316
(1869) and Math. Atm., vol. vi. pp. 351-359 (1872).
I
O'S THE THEORY OF POINT-GROUPS. 69
on a curve of order m will all cut this curve again in the same nm - ((«)) + 2
points. This is a fallacy, for since, by hypothesis, the ({n))—2 arbitrary
points lie on a curve of order m, which, since ((«)) — 2 >((??i)) — l when
n>m, would not have been possible in the original theoi'em without further
conditions, it is now possible that the system of curves of order »i should
consist of degenerate curves, viz. the given curve of order in together
with a system of curves of order n—m which all pass through the addi-
tional arbitrary point, which point, therefore, taken in combination with
the {(n)) — 2 arbitrary points, fails to determine uniquely a curve of order
n, and the line of argument adopted in the original theorem falls to the
ground. (The correct statement in such a case is that the curves of order
n all cut the curve of order m again in an iiifinite number of points.) But
the exact number of arbitrary points which may be assumed upon the
curve of order m without invalidating the previous line of argument can
be found as follows : It is clear that, since n>in, the system will always
contain certain degenerate curves, each of which consists of the given
curve of order m, and some fixed curve of order n — m. Such a degenerate
curve can play the part assigned to U=0 in the original theorem, and
all the curves of order n through the ((w)) — 2 arbitrary points must pass
through ((w— 3)) additional points on it ; it only remains to decide how
the arbitrary points are distributed between the two curves of which it is
composed, and what distribution of the additional points will then result.
Now the conditions of the problem require the degenerate curve to be
fixed, and this can only be efiected by means of the assumption on the
curve of order n — m of a sufficient number of the arbitrary points to deter-
mine it completely, i.e. of ((« — «i)) — 1 ; the remaining arbitrary points
which are {(n)) — '2 — {{n—'m))-{-\ in number, lie upon the given curve of
order m ; and the difference between nm and the last-named number,
viz. ((?)i-3)), is the number of additional fixed points in which all the
curves of order n will cut the given curve of order m again.
Two equivalent algebraical statements of Pliicker's original theorem
are given in a paper which he published in Crelle's ' Journal ' in 1836.^
(I.) Si Von donne a deux quantitcs variables successivement {(p)) ~2
coujjles de valeurs quelconques, et si Von suppose que ces valeurs satisfassent
a une equation quelconque d%i n'"'" degre entre les deux variables, il y axira
n- — ((n)) — 2 = ((n — 3)) couples de valeurs nouveaux qui safisfont a la nieme
equation et qui dependent uniquement des couples pre'cedents.
(II.) Si Von connatt ((n)) — 2 couples de racines de deux equations du
n"""' degre entre deux inconnues, Von obtiendra les ((n — 3)) couptles de
racines restanfes, sans avoir recours a ces equations.
In the same paper the new theorem is also stated in algebraical form :
Si Von connait nq — ((q — 3)) couples des racines de deux e'qications du
n"""' et du q"'""' degre entre deux inconnues, n e'ta'id 2^lus grand que q et
qphis grand que 2, Von en deduira les ((q — 3)) coup)les des racines restantes
sans recourir aux equations proposees, en fonction des racines connues et
par la resolution de deux equations du ((q — 3))"""' degre.
It is established as follows :
Let n^p + q, and let ((;j)) — 1 of the {{n)) — '2 couples of values
which in the original theorem were all arbitrarily assumed, be now assumed
to satisfy an equation A^, = of order p, which is then completely
' ' Th6oremes g^neraux concernant les equations d'un degre quelconque entre un
nombre quelconque d'inconnues,' CreJle, vol. xvi. pp. 47-57 ; Worlis, pp- 323-333.
70 REPORT— 1903.
determined. If the rest, which are nq—{{q — 3)) in number, satisfy an equa-
tion Cg = of order q, then, since Aj,C,^ = is one of the equations of order
n satisfied by the ((w)) — 2 = ((|>)) — 1 -{-nq — ((5' — 3)) couples of values, it
follows from the first algebraical statement of the original theorem that
it will also be satisfied by ((?i — 3))=(((7 — 3)) + 7?;; — ((p)) + 1 other couples
of values ■. but since every equation of order n has nq couples of values which
are common to it and to C,^ =: 0, it follows that the nq — {i^q — 3)) above-
mentioned couples of values which satisfy C,j = must lead to ((g — 3))
others, which also satisfy this equation of order q.
Pliicker's final utterance on the intersections of plane curves occurs in
the ' Introductory Considerations,' which form the first chapter of his
* Theorie der algebraischen Curven,' published in 1839. He there rejaeats
the geometrical formulation of the original theorem, and also formulates the
new theorem, geometrically, thus : All curves of the nth order ivhich jjass
through nq — ((q — 3)) points arbitrarily assumed on a given curve of order
q cut this curve again in ((q — 3)) more fixed points. He further considers
what possibilities exist for the distribution of the arbitrary points on two
fixed curves of orders p and q respectively, where pi + q=n, in order that all
curves of order n through these arbitrary points may intersect each given
curve again in a certain number of fixed points. These considerations
lead him to state : If of the n- points of intersection of two curves of order n,
nq — ((q — 3)) lie on a curve of order q, then a curve of order n — q
passes thro^igh the remaining n{n — (\) 2)oints. This, as he points out, is
an improvement on Gergonne's theorem, inasmuch as it obtains the same
result with a smaller number of assigned points. The closing paragraph
of this chapter is devoted to historic considerations. In it Pliicker refers
to the passages in his former book, and to his papers in Gergonne's
Annales, and once more draws attention to Cramer as the originator of
the paradox.^ He then goes on to explain that his paper in Crelle's
Journal, although published in the sixteenth volume, was in the editor's
hands at the same time as one of Jacobi's which appeared in the fifteenth
volume. He adds that his own had been intended for the first volume of
Liouville's Journal (which replaced Gergonne's Annales at about this date)
and that ' a celebrated analyst had occasioned its preparation by a verbal
observation about the difficulty of extending the relations which connect
the roots of an equation in one variable to the case of the simultaneous
roots of a system of two or more equations among two or more variables.
. . . This is why it was written in French, and clothed in algebraic form.'
It was characteristic of Pliicker's genius that he consciously limited
the scope of his mathematical investigations to one particular domain- — ■
that of analytical geometry — v/ithin which, indeed, he found ample room
for the employment of his rich imagination. This probably accounts for
the fact that his writings on the intersections of curves are completely
uninfluenced by the theory of functions, although his lifetime precisely
covei's the years in which this new branch of pure mathematics was being
created. The account of the influence of the theory of functions on the
theory of higher plane curves will fall into a later division of this RejDort,
but it may be mentioned here that the interest which attaches itself to
the paper of Jacobi's referred to by Pliicker is partly due to its close
' For this point, cf. Part 11. of this Feport, § 6, last paragraph, Brit. Assoc.
Iiej)ort, 1902.
ON THE THEORY OP rOINT-GROUPS. 71
connection with the algebraical theorem called by its author's name,
a theorem which was afterwards destined to play an important part (at
the hands of Clebsch) in the interpretation of Abel's theorem into the
language of analytical geometry.
Jacobi's method is, in fact, the very i^everse of Pliicker's. Tlie open-
ing paragraph of this memoir,^ after a brief reference to Euler's paper,
' Sur une contradiction apparente dans la doctrine des lignes courbes,' ^
and to the problem in the intersections of curves which is there dealt
with, states that those problems are of algebraical importance, and that it
appears advisable to investigate the equations of condition which exist
among the values of two variables which cause two integral functions to
vanish simultaneously. Throughout the course of this investigation the
arguments are strictly algebraical, although a geometrical equivalent of
each theorem is given. The following brief analysis of Jacobi's memoir
will show wherein his geometrical theorems differ in enunciation from
Pliicker's, although dealing with the same problems.
The two integral functions which vanish by hypothesis for simul-
taneous values of the variable are, in the first place, to be of the same
order n, and in order to arrive at the number of equations of condition
■which must exist among the values of the variables in this case, Jacobi
begins by considering a function u of order n which vanishes for ((«)) — 2
given systems of values. Since a function of order n contains {{n))
coefficients (homogeneous), and since the given systems of values of the
variables provide ((«)) — 2 linear equations among the coefficients, it
follows that u can be written in the form a^a^^^x'y^ + b'Si>^^x'^)j'^, where a, h
are the two coefficients which are not eliminated from the system of
((w)) — 2 equations linear in the coefficients, and a^g, b^g are the functions
of the {{n)) — 2 given values of the variables which, in solving for the
other coefficients, are the multiples of a and b respectively, a-f^ taking
all possible values from to n. Any other function v of ordei- n can
similarly be written as a'^a^.^x"}/^ + b'l,b^f,x''if , where a , b^^ are the same
functions as before. The common roots of ?i = 0, v=0 are seen to be
those of 2«.^.r'"«/^=0, 26„^.'«'"y''=0 and are n- in number, ((«)) — 2 of them
are already known, therefore the remaining {{^n — 3)) give rise to the
2((w — 3)) 'equations of condition' among the ni^ values of x and the w^
corresiDondlng values of y, wliich are obtained by substituting them suc-
cessively in the two equations 2a^^:i;"_y®=0, 26, x"}j^^O. Hence the
theorem :
Of tlie n^ systems of simultaneous values of x and y which satisfy two
equations of the xith order in x andj, ((n)) — 2 may be arbitrarily assumed
and tlie remaining ((n— 3)) are determined by these; or, among the n'^
values of 'X. and the n- corresj^onding values of y there are 2((n — 3))
equations of condition.
The geometrical equivalent of this is :
Of the n- 2'>oints of intersection of tioo curves of order n, ((n — 3)) are
determined by the rest.
In the next section of his memoir Jacobi discusses tlie more compli-
cated case in which the two integral functions are of differing orders,
m, n. It is here that he makes use of certain {{m-\-n — 3)) equations upon
' 'De relationibus, quaj locum habere clcbent inter puncta intersectionis duarum
curvarum . . . algebraicarum dati ordinis, simulcum enodatione paradoxi algebraici,'
Crelle, vol. xv. pp. 285-308 ; Works (Berlin, 1884), vol. iii. pp. 327-351.
- Acad. Berlin, 1748, pp. 219-233; cf. § 8 of this Report (^Brlt. Assoc. Report, 1902).
72 REPORT— 1903.
the existence of which he had based the theorem now known by his name,
which he had published in the previous volume of Crelle's Journal.'
These equations are the following, in which x, . . . x,„,„ y, . . . y,„„, are the
mil values of x, y which satisfy two given equations, y (.r, y)=0, (l>{x, y)=0
of orders m, n, and R^ is the value of ^^^j — t "; ^ when x=x^, y=yii.
(Jc-=.\, . . . mn).
dx . dy dy . dx
2i-.
(A)
^ R, ' ^ R, ' • • • ^ R^
He first points out that if m=^n, these equations are ((2ri — 3)) in
number, linear in -=~-, (^■=1, . . . w^), fi-om which by solving for -^ from
Ra R;.
'n?—\ and substituting in the remaining ((2tc— 3))— «^ + 1 = 2((to — 3))
equations we obtain this number of equations of condition among
X, . . . .r,„„, y, . . . y„„„ which is the same number as was previously obtained.
But it must be noticed that nothing is said in either case about the con-
ditions required to ensure the mutual independence of these 2((n — 3))
equations. Their number, in both places, is found by a ' method of
counting constants,' and such a method affords no readily applicable means
for dealing with special cases.
In the next case, in which m-^n, Jacobi again finds the number of
equations of condition by counting the constants in equations. The argu-
ment is briefly as follows : — An equation of order n (where n<m) is com-
pletely determined by {{n)) — \ systems of values of x, y, therefore there
must be mn — ((?;)) -j-l equations of condition among mn pairs of quanti-
ties if, in accordance with a first hypothesis, mn pairs of values of x, y are
to satisfy some particular equation of order n. In accordance with a
second hypothesis, these mn pairs of values also satisfy some particular
equation of order m. As a consequence of these two hypotheses, more-
over, they can always satisfy any equation of order m formed of the sum
of this particular one, and of the particular equation of order tc multiplied
by any arbitrary factor of order m — n ; and such an equation of order m.
will only have ((m)) — ((wi — n)) arbitrary coefiicients (homogeneous) in it,
since {{m — n)) can be destroyed by means of the coefficients of the arbitrary
factor. Thus there must be an additional number mn — {{m)) + ((m — n)) + 1
of equations of condition among the vi7i quantities, since this consequence
of the two hypotheses must hold, after the first hypotheses has been satis-
fied. By addition, therefore, the total number of equations of condition
among the '2mn quantities which satisfy two equations of orders m and n
' Tlteoremata nova ajgelraica circa systema duarnm cequationnm inter duas
variabiles projjositarum . Crelle, vol. xiv. pp. 281-288 ; Worlis, vol. iii. pp. 285-294.
ON THE THEORY OF POINT-GROUPS. 73
respectively, is mn — {{n)) + 1 + mn — {{m)) + ((m—n)} + l=mji— 3?i + 1.
This result is expressed geometrically thus :
In order that mn points may lie on two algebraic curves of orders m, n
it is necessary that mn — 3n+l equations of condition shoidd subsist
among their co-ordinates.
And by comparison with a previous theorem we see that if m=n the
number of the equations of condition is increased by one.
A geometrical application of the above-mentioned consequence of the
two hypotheses is :
If mn 2}oints are taken on a given curve of order n, n<m, there must
be mn — ((m)) + ((m — n)) + l=((n— 3)) equations of condition among the
co-ordinates of these points in order that these points may lie on a curve of
order m. Or in other words,
The maximum number of j^toints ichich can be ass2tmed on a curve of
order n (n <m), in order that a curve of order m may pass through them, is
mn— ((n — 3)), which (reversing w and m) is a slightly different version
of Pliicker's theorem, and is established by strictly algebraical reasoning.
Special instances of this theorem are :
If m points are assumed on a straight line, or 2m jwints on a conic, it
is possible to draiv a curve of order m through them.
If ^m points are assumed on a cubic, where m>3, one equation of con-
dition must hold among the co-ordinates of the points, in order that it may
be possible to draio a curve of order m through them. And so on.
When m=n Jacobi obtained, as has been said, directly from equa-
tions (A) a system of 2((?i — 3)) equations of condition among the 2«2
simultaneous roots of two equations of order n. When m^n it becomes
a much more complicated matter to actually obtain the corresponding
mri—2,n + \ equations of condition. The first step Jacobi makes towards
this end is interesting, as it brings into consideration (although only in
the special case of r=«i + ?i— 3) the question of the number of arbitrary
constants in the equation of any curve of given order r through the points
of intersection of two other given curves of orders m, n, a question which
is of fundamental importance for the theory of point-groups.
Given two equations, f{x, y)=0, <p{x, y)=0, of orders m, n, Jacobi
takes, namely, any third equation of order m + n— 3 such that it vanishes for
the mn simultaneous pairs of values of x, y which satisfy /=0, 0=0. Let this
equation be denoted by ^p^^ xy^=0, a+/3 ^ ot + m— 3, and obtain from
it 7nn equations by substituting in it the values of the mn pairs of simul-
taneous roots ; multiply these equations in order by ^ — . . . and
add, the result is
^mn
\ y^i , a;°2 y%
R, +11, + • • •~R^;=^'
which is the sum of all equations (A) multiplied respectively by p^g'
This proves that one of equations (A) is a consequence of the remainder.
But this is true for each and every linearly independent equation of order
m + TC— 3, which can be formed in such a way as to be satisfied by the mn
pairs of simultaneous roots ; and the number of these is equal to the num-
ber of arbitrary constants (homogeneous) in the equation of any one. But
such an equation can be formed by multiplying the left-hand side of
/=0 by an arbitrary function of degree (n — 3) and then adding it to the
74 REPORT — 1903.
left-hand side of ^;=0 multiplied in its turn by an arbitrary function of
degree (m — 3), and there are thus {(n — 3)) + ((j7z — 3)) arbitrary constants
(homogeneous) involved. It is thus seen that ({m — 3)) + ((n — 3)) of
equations (A) follow from the rest, and the number of independent
equations is therefore {(vi + n — 3)) — ((m — 3)) — {(n — S))=^mn — 1. And
since there are vi7i quantities ^ , they can be solved from these nin — 1
IXk
equations, and the results in terms of the simultaneous roots can be
substituted in the ((m — 3)) + {{n — 3)) remaining equations, which are
therefore the equations of condition among the 2m7i simultaneous values
of ,T and 2/. But since it is possible that((??i — 3)) + ((w — 3)) may be >^2mn, it
is clear, says Jacobi, that this number of equations of condition is too many ;
and he then proceeds to show that ((«i — n — 3))of these must follow from the
rest, and that, therefore, the real number of independent equations of condi-
tion is, as he found before, ((wi — 3)) + ({n — 3)) — {{m — n — 3))=mn~3ii + l.
Into- this part of his discussion it is not worth while to enter here, as,
once more, no criterion is established of the independence of the equations
of condition when found in this manner.
The problem of determining the number of arbitrary constants at
disposal [i.e., non- homogeneous) in an equation of given order r, which is
satisfied by the simultaneous roots of two other given equations of differing
orders m, n — or, as it may be more shortly expressed, the problem of deter-
mining the degrees of freedom of a C,. — had been solved by Bezout (for
any number of variables) as early as 1774 ; but the ' Theorie des equa-
tions algebriques,' which is devoted to the genei'al problem of the elimi-
nation of variables from a system of simultaneous equations, appears to
have fallen temporarily into oblivion, and is not referred to by any writer
of this period. As far as the equations of curves are concerned, Pliicker
had only dealt with the case in which r=m^=n, in which there is pre-
cisely one degree of freedom, as is at once appai'ent from the form of the
equation U + AV=0 ; for even the theorem which dealt with the inter-
sections of a C,. and a C,,, is based upon the discussion of a C,. through the
points of intersection of two other C,s, one of which is degenerate. In
dealing with surfaces Pliicker had come across the more general case, but
he gave it at first a wrong solution. Jacobi, besides the more obvious
case of r=^m = n, had treated, as we have just seen, the case for curves in
which r^m + n — 3, and had shown that the degrees of freedom are then
((?n — 3)) -)-((« — 3)) — 1. In the case of surfaces he also found the correct
number, although the explicit problem before him there — as also before
Pliicker — was that of the number of equations of condition which
must hold among the common points of three surfaces of degree
m, n, r, and only intermediately that of determining the degrees of
freedom of a surface through the curve of intersection of two others.
"When curves are concerned, the problem of determining the degrees of
freedom of a curve through the intersections of two other curves and the
problem of determining the number of equations of condition which must
subsist among the co-ordinates of certain points in order that they may
be the points of intersection of two curves of given orders are directly
connected with one another, as will appear from an account of two papers
by Cayley (1821-1895), which fall within the period under discussion.
The first of these, entitled ' On the Intersections of Curves,' appeared
in 1843,' when its author was only twenty-two years of age. It is
' Camlridge Mathematical Journal, vol. iii. pp. 211-213 ; Worlts, vol. i. pp. 25-27.
ON THE THEOIIY OF POINT-GROUPS. 75
short, but bears the unmistakable impress of that prolific genius which,
upon the suggestion offered by any particular theorem, in no matter what
branch of pure mathematics, at once sought its appropriate generalisa-
tion. In Chasles's ' Apercju historique ' (published in 1839) Cayley had
come across that demonstration of Pascal's theorem which we have seen
already employed by both Gergonne and Pliicker. The demonstration of
the property of cubics involved is, he says, ' one of extreme simplicity.
Let U=0, V=0 be the equations of two curves of the third order, the
curve of the same order which passes through eight of their points of
intersection (which may be considered as eight perfectly arbitrary
points), and a ninth arbitrary point will be perfectly determinate. Let
U„=;0, V„=0 be the values of U, V when the co-ordinates of this last
point are written in the place of x, y. Then UVo — UoV=0 satisfies the
above conditions, or it is the equation to the curve required ; but it is an
equation which is satisfied by all the nine points of intersection of the
two curves, i.e., any curve that passes through eight of these points of
intersection passes also through the ninth.' He then generalises the
form of equation used in the proof by forming U=M,._,„U„i-f-t?,._„V„, where
■2*1— mi ^,-,1 3.re two polynomials of orders r — m, r — n with all their co-
efficients complete, and proceeds to consider how many arbitrary con-
stants are at disposal in this equation. At first sight it would appear
that there are ((r — m))-\-[{r —n)) — 1, this being the number of arbitrary
constants in ?(,_,„, Vr_„, less one removed by division (and this was the
erroneous conclusion arrived at by Pliicker when dealing with surfaces in
which r>m + n) ; but when we consider that, if r > m -f n, we may take
«<,._„i=w,._,„_„V,„ and v,._„ = — "^^-m-iiU,,,. and that then UeeO, we see that
{(r — m — n)) conditions exist among the arbitrary constants of u,_„i, v,_„
(viz. those obtained by equating to zero the coefficients of ?^,._,„_„), and
that therefore there are only ((r — m)) + {{r — n)) — l — ((? — m — n)) inde-
pendent arbitrary constants at disposal. When r-^m + n — l, or m + n — 2,
{{r — m — «))=0, and it is therefore immaterial whether we consider these
cases as subject to the law affecting the cases in which r<«i-j-?t, where
they really belong, or under that of r>m-\-n; the simplest plan is to
include them under the latter and to say that when r>m-\-n — .3 the
degrees of freedom of a C,. through the points of intersection of the given
C„„ C„ are {{r—m))-\-{{r — 7i)) — 1 — {(r—m — n)) ; whereas \i r<vi-\-n—'i
the degrees of freedom are {{^•—m))-\-{{r — «)) — 1, which agrees with
Jacobi's result for r-=m-\-n — 3.
The above statement which is suVjstantially Cayley's own, deals only
with the degrees of freedom of the C,. ; but the question may also be put
in other ways, for instance : How many conditions are imposed upon the
coefficients of any C,. by constraining it to pass through the vm points of
intersection of a given C^, and a given C„ ? And : How many equations
of condition must subsist among the co-ordinates of mn points on a given
C„ if they are the points of intersection of the C„ with a C,„ ? Since, in
general, a C,. has ((r)) — 1 degrees of freedom, and since we have shown
that, if r>TO-i-TO— 3, a C,. under the given conditions has {{r — n)) -f- {{r—m))
— 1 — {{r — m—n)) degrees of freedom, it follows that the number of con-
ditions imposed by the mn points must be the difference between these
numbers, i.e., exactly mn ; but if r<m-\-n — 3, the degrees of freedom of
the C^ were found to be {{r—m)) — {{r—n)) — \, and therefore the number
of conditions imposed by the mn points on the constants of the C,. is, in
that case, {{r)) — \—{{r—n)) — {(^r—m)) + \=mn—{{r -m — n)). Again,
76 REPORT— 1903.
these results show that the number of equations of condition which must
subsist among the co-ordinates of inn points on a given C„ in order that
they may also lie on a given C„, are ((r — m — n)), where r is the order of
another curve through these inn points such that r<_m + n — 3. And
this agrees with the theorems of Pliicker and Jacobi. For if o'=m = n,
T<2r — 3, provided r>2, and ((r— ?u— w))=(( — %))=((72 — 3)) ; while if
r=m, m>n, r<r + n — 3, provided «>2, and once more {{r — 7n — n))r=
({-n}) = {{n-3)).
Cayley, however, did not, in this paper, express his results in terms
of the number of equations of condition ; the problem he was generalising
was geometrical, and in extending it he made the geometrical statement :
A curve of the rth order jMSsing through the mn points of intersection of
two curves of the xath and nth orders respectively, may he made to j)ass
through ((r)) — 1 — mn + ((r— m — n)) arbitrary points if r<m + ii — 3/ i/
r be greater than this value, it may be made to pass through ((r)) — 1 — mn
points only. And he concludes : ' Suppose r < m + n — 3, and a curve of the
rth order made to pass through ((r)) — 1 — mn + ((r — m — n)) arbitrary
points, and mn — ((r — m — n)) of the mn points of intersection above.
Such a curve passes through ((r)) — 1 given jjoints, and though the
mn — ((r — ni — n)) are not perfectly arbitrary, there appears to be no
reason why the relation between the positions of these points shotild be
such as to jyrevent the curve from being comjjletely determined by these
conditions. But if this be so, then the curve must pass through the
remaining ((r — m — n)) jjoinfs of intersection, or ive have the theorem :
If a curve of the rth order (r>m or n, r<m + n — 3) ^^ass through
mn — ((r — m — n)) of the points of intersection of two curves of the vcith and
nth orders respectively, it passes through the reonaining ((r — m — n)) jjoints
of intersection.'
More than forty years later (in 1886), this last theorem was challenged
by a writer who had been influenced by Brill and Noether's work ; the
account of this discussion belongs to another section.
We have seen that Sturm in 1826 extended Desargues's theorem by
showing that all conies through four points cut a transversal in pairs of
points in involution. Since these conies have an equation of the form
U + XV=0, the obvious extension of the term involution is to the sets of
n points determined on a straight line by the curves U„ + ^-V„=0 where
U„,V„ are of order n. Cayley, to whom the first suggestion of an
extension of the term is due, went, however, much further than this in
his new definition. In his paper entitled ' On the Theory of Involution in
Geometry' published in 1847, ^ he thus defines the term : //" U,V, . . .
be given functions of x, y, z, . . ., homogeneous of the degrees m, n, . . .,
and u, v, . , . arbitrary functions of the degrees r — m, r — n, . . ., then
*/6 = uU + vV+ . . . ., Q is a function of degree r, which is in involution
with XJ, V, . . . ; but, as a matter of fact the questions affecting such
an equation as an involution are not discussed, and he at once states
that the question lohich immediately arises is to find the degree oj
generality of 9, or the number of arbitrary constants which it con-
tains. It may be remarked here that the consideration of systems of
curves whose equations involve two independent parameters, although
such would come under the above general form for 6 by taking
G=U + XV + /iW, where U, V, W are of the same degree and involve
' Caml. and Dvhlin Math Journ., vol. ii. pp. 52-61 ; Works, vol. i. pp. 259-266.
ON THE THEORY OF POINT-aROUPS. 77
two independent variables only, is foreign to Cayley's purpose, as it was
to Pliicker's and Jacobi's ; the only application of the results in which
the additive combination of three functions is considered is to the
equations of surfaces which involve three independent variables.
For our present purpose it will be sufficient to note very briefly the
results of this paper so far as they apply to the case of two independent
variables. A formula is, in the first place, found for the number of
arbitrary constants in 9, when any number of variables are involved,
which is an extension of that found in the former paper for two indepen-
dent variables, and the fact is pointed out, once again, that, for curves,
when r<ni + n — 3, ((7' — in — n)) more arbitrary constants exist than
would exist if B had passed through m7i perfectly arbitrary points. The
following general question is then attacked : To find the number of
relations widch exist between K(^-|-l) variables, forming K systems, each of
which satisfies simultaneously equations of the orders m, n, p, . . . respec-
tively ; the number of these equations being anything less than <p ; or (p
being equal to 6, jirovided at the same time K^mnp . . . This question,
as Cayley points out, is that solved by Jacobi for the particular case in
which K=7n?i, (^=2, 0=2, the 'relations' being equivalent to Jacobi's
' equations of condition.' Cayley's general formula verifies Jacobi's
result.
Seismological Investigations. — Eighth Report of the Committee, con-
sisting of Professor J. W. Judd {Chairman), Mr. J. Milne
(Secretary), Lord Kelvin, Professor T. G. Bonney, Mr. C. V.
Boys, Professor G. H. Darwin, Mr. Horace Darwin, Major L.
Darwin, Professor J, A. Ewing, Dr. R. T. Glazebkook, Professor
C. Gr. Knott, Professor R.Meldola, Mr. R. D. Oldham, Professor
J. Perry, Mr. W. E. Plummer, Professor J. H. Poynting, Mr.
Clement Reid, Mr. Nelson Richardson, and Professor H. H.
Turner. (Drawn itp by the Secretary.)
[Plate I.]
Contents.
TAGE
I. General Notes on Stations and Registers 77
II. The Oriffin of lai-ffe JSarthquakes recorded ifi 1902 and since 1S99 . . 78
III. Large Earthquakes and small Changes in Latitude 78
IV. Covvparison of Records from three Milne Pendulums at Shide . . .81
V. Comparison of Records from Shide, Keif, Bidston, and Edinburgh . . 81
VI. Earthqualie Commencements as recorded at Strassburg and in Britain . . 82
VII. The Speed of Earthquahe Motion and Inferenoes based thereon relating to
the Interior of the World 8-1
I. General Notes on Stations and Registers.
DuKlNa the past year the registers issued are Circulars Nos. 6 and 7.
These refer to Shide, Kew, Bidston, Edinburgh, Paisley, Toronto, Vic-
toria (B.C.), San Fernando, Cairo, Cape of Good Hope, Calcutta, Bombay,
Kodaikanal, Batavia, Baltimore, Mauritius, Trinidad, Irkutsk, Perth,
Wellington, Christchurch, Cordova (Argentina), Honolulu, and Tokio.
Mr. F. A. Chaves, Director of the Meteorological Service in the Azores,
78 REPORT — 1903.
writes that the two seismographs referred to in the Report for 1902 are
now in working order, one at Ponta Delgada, 25° 41' 15" (Ih. 42m. 45s.)
W. long., and the other at Horta, 28° 38' 26" (Ih. 54ra. 34s.) W. long.
From Professor A. F. Griffiths, President of the Oahu College, and
Professor W. D. Alexander, also in Hawaii, I learn that the seismograph
sent to Honolulu in 1899 is at the U.S. Magnetic Observatoiy near Pearl
Harbour. Mr. Weinrich, who has charge of the instrument, has installed
it on a concrete pier rising from the bed rock. The instrument room
measures 8 feet by 12 feet. It has stone walls 16 inches thick, and is lined
and ceiled with boards. The room has ventilators, but the temperature
is almost uniform at 75° F.
Observers using or interested in the establishment of the British
Association type of instruments who have during the past year visited
Shide were Mr. W. J. Kenny, H.B.M. Consul, formerly of Hawaii;
Professor H. F. Reid, of Baltimore ; Mr. C. Michie-Smith, of Kodaikanal ;
and Mr. E. Human, of Colombo. The latter gentleman, whose object was
to discuss observatory sites and the working of seismographs, came at the
suggestion of the Colonial Office.
As might be anticipated, now that experience has been gained in
working the instruments, correspondence with stations has considerably
decreased.
II. The Origin of large Earth^uaJas recorded in 1902 and since 1899.
On the accompanying map (Plate I.) the origins for 1902 are indicated
by small numerals which correspond to earthquake numbers in the Shide
registers. These are divided into districts marked alphabetically. The large
numerals give the number of large earthquakes which have originated in
each district since 1899. Maps corresponding to the one here given can
be found in the 'British Association Reports' for 1900, p. 70, and 1902,
p. 64. The methods employed in determining origins are referred to in
the Report for 1900, pp. 79 and 80.
The chief feature in the map for 1902 as compared with those for
preceding years is the increase of activity shown for the Caucasian-
Himalayan district K and the decrease in the Alaskan and Andean regions
(A and D). If we omit districts E and A then, as pointed out by Pro-
fessor Libbey, a circle of about 70° radius and centre 180° E. or W. long,
and 60° N. latitude in Behring Straits passes through the seismic
regions of the world which are at the present time most active. On the
map this is indicated by a dotted line. The Pacific origins fall on a circle
about 75° in radius, with its centre 180° E. or W. long, and 30° S. lat.
Mr. J. H. Jeans, in his paper on ' The Vibrations and Stability of a
Gravitating Planet,' ' suggests that these regions lie on a great circle of
which England is the pole, this circle being the equator of the supposed
pear-shaped form of the world. The equator for the pear-shaped form,
according to Professor W. J. Sollas,^ has its centre about 6° N. lat. and
30° E. long.
'&•
III. Earthq^iakes and Changes in Latitude.
In the ' British Association Report' for the year 1900, p. 107, the
wanderings of the pole from its mean position are compared for the years
' PIM. Trans. Royal Soc, vol. cci. p. 183.
* ' The Figure of the Earth,' Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc, vol. lix. Part 2.
sr number
serving st
50i}>
\/lre^
Con
hG. 1.
[Plate 1.
Brilish AssocialioTi, 73rd Beport. Southpryrt 1008.1 to. r««. b- ^7
_(ron. ■hew U .ipreaaed m large .aa.«wl=.. Oteurvi.g .latl.o* „. named. ^'"""l""'"' '*'^"l"=t» «« '°^oaUd A. B. C. to., and the number <rf eartbqnaias which .mc. 1839 ba.e ^riglim^d
ON SEISMOLOGICAL INVESTIGATION.
70
1895 to 1898 inclusive, with the registers of earthquakes which during
that period have disturbed the whole world, or, at least, continental
areas. A suggested conclusion was that when the pole displacements
were comparatively great large earthquakes were frequent, and vice
versa. The inference to be drawn from the following note is that this
same type of earthquake has been frequent when the change in direction
of the movement of the pole has been marked. In the following table
the years (1892 to 1899) have each been divided into ten parts, and the
large earthquakes which occurred during each of these intervals are
given by numerals.
The earthquake registers fi'om which the latter figures have been
abstracted are as follows : —
1. March 14, 1892 to Aug. 7, 1893.— Strassburg and Nicolaiew(see 'Horizontalpendel-
Beobachtungen,' &c., von Dr. E. von Kebeur-Paschwitz. ' Beitrage zur Geo-
physik,' Band II.).
2. Aug. 7, 1893, to Sept. 12, 1834.— Charkow (see ' Ergebnisse der auf der Charkower
Universitiltssteinwarte,' mit den v. Rebeur'schen Horizontalpendel angestellten
Beobachtungen, v. Prof. G. Lewitzky).
3. Jan. 1, 1894, to Dec. 31, 1896. — Italian and other stations (see ' Bollettino della
Society Sismologica Italiana,' 1895.
4. Jan. 1, 1897, to Dec. 31, 1902. — Registers from stations widely spread over the
world, published by the Seismological Investigation Committee of the British
Association.
Although these registers are comparable so far as world-shaking
earthquakes are concerned, it is evident that in the last list very large
earthquakes are included which could not have i-eached stations in
Europe. For this reasou, so far as actual frequency is concerned,
Registers I., II., and III. are not comparable with No. IV.
Periods
1892
1893
1894
1895
1896
1807
1898
1899
0-1, Jan. 1 to Feb. 5 .
no obs.
8
12
r I
2
3
4
9
1-2, Feb. 5 to Mar. 14 .
i»
22
II
1
r 1
I 1
3
4
r 9
2-3, Mar. 14 to April 19
f 14
t 8
16
13
1
rs
[5
lio
3-4, April 19 to May 26
r32
19
4
5 or 7
4
4-5, May 26 to July 1 .
141
3
1
8
7 or 11
8
6
.5-6, July 1 to Aug. 7 .
8
24
14
r 1
5
7
f 16
1 6
6-7, Aug. 7 to Sept. 12
f.^
20
10
I 2
3
9
16
7-8, Sept. 12 to Oct. 19
12
no obs.
[1
rio
1 7
10
8-9, Oct. 19 to Nov. 24
7
6
2
1
7
9-10, Nov. 24 to Dec. 31
10
r 9
j»
1
5
6
5
I
Earthquake figures connected by brackets refer to two periods, each
of 36-5 days, when the change in direction of pole movement was
marked. In the following table the total number of earthquakes which
occurred in each of these two periods is so far as possible compared with
the total number of earthquakes which were recorded in equal intervals
of time (73 days) before and after the deflection periods.
Earthquakes before deflection : no obs.
Earthquakes during deflection : 22
Earthquakes after deflection : 8
Earthquakes before deflection : 3
Earthquakes during deflection : 10
Earthquakes after deflection : 12 or 18
8
38
18
—
22 no obs.
I
3
3
20
73
21
24
24 2
3
•a
10
17
44
—
22
no obs. I
O
7
3
14
8
15
14
10
17
13
II
19
22
9
15
6
10
17
80
REPORT — 1903.
Out of sixteen deflections there are twelve instances where the
greater number of earthquakes have taken place during the deflection
period. In three instances the number for the deflection period, although
exceeded by number before or after that period, has been greater than
the average of the sum of the preceding and succeeding numbers. In
only one instance (February 5 to April 19, 1896) have the earthquakes
in the deflection period had a distinct minimum. The totals for before,
+ 0-3
+0-2
+ 1
0-00
during, and after comparable deflection periods are respectively 117, 200,
and 153.
One inference from this investigation is not that the molar displace-
ments accompanying large earthquakes result in polar displacements, but
rather that changes in direction of these latter movements, particularly
when the rate of change has been rapid, have had an influence upon
earthquake frequency. From Albrecht's figure of movements of the
North Pole (tig. 2), on which the numbers of large earthquakes correspond-
ing to difierent periods are given, the periods of rapid change can be seen.
ON SEISMOLOGICAL INVESTIGATION. 81
IV. On the Comparison of Records from three Milne Horizontal
Pendulums at Shide.
At Shide three Milne horizontal pendulums are installed on two
similar brick piers, 2 ft. 6 in. distant from each other. Each pier is
1 ft. 6 in. square, and rises 4 feet above its footings, which rest on
concrete. One pier was built in May 1897, and the other in November
1902. The instruments are described in the ' British Association Report'
for 1902, p. 60. The older of the tAvo piers carries the type instrument,
which has a period of 16 seconds and records east and west movements.
This is referred to as pendulum A. Pendulum B has the same period,
and is oriented in the same direction as pendulum A. Pendulum C,
which with B forms the Yarrow instrument, has a period of 20 seconds
and records north-south motion.
The following results refer to seismograms obtained between November
21, 1902, and March 24, 1903, or in the Shide register Nos. 659 to 693.
Times of C om,mencement. — Out of twenty-six cases the times of com-
mencement of A and B have in eleven instances never differed more
than one minute. When this limit has been exceeded the movements to
be measured have usually been slight thickenings or blurs. Comparing
C with A or B, out of nineteen cases there are ten instances falling within
the one-minute limit.
Times of Maxima. — The times at which maxima have occurred as
recorded by A and B have not differed more than two minutes in ten
instances out of fourteen records. When this limit has been exceeded
the records usually refer to slight thickenings in traces in which one out
of several points might be selected as a maximum.
The maxima for C agree within the two-minute limit with those of
A and B eight times.
AmjMtudes. — The amplitudes recorded by A and B have in twenty-
five cases only once differed 1 mm. from each other. The records
obtained for C have not differed greatly ('5 to 1 "5 mm.) from those shown by
A and B. Out of twenty instances the C records were eleven times larger,
three times smaller, and nine times equal to those shown by A and B.
Durations. — Out of twenty-one instances the records of C were three
times greater, six times smaller, and twelve times practically equal to
those obtained from A and B.
These comparisons are similar to comparisons of records from two
similar seismographs made by Dr. Charles Chree, F.R.S., at Kew.'
V. On the Coinparison of Earthquake Registers from, Shide, Kew,
Bidston, and Edinburgh.
In the 'British Association Reports,' 1901, pp. 44-50, and 1902,
pp. 73, 74, references are made to series of earthquake records obtained
I at Kew, Shide, Bidston, and Edinburgh, stations which are respectively
I situated on alluvium, chalk, sandstone, and volcanic rock.
The following notes chiefly refer to observations made between July 1
and December 31, 1902, dui'ing which period the instruments at the
different stations have been so adjusted that 1 mm. deflection of the
[outer end of the boom corresponded to a tilt of the bed plate of 0"'5.
' See B.A. Eejjort, 1901, p. 51.
1903. a
82 REPORT— 1903.
Earthquake Frequency. — The number of earthquakes recorded wore as
follows : —
July to December, 1902 . Bidston, 69 Shide, 40 Edinburgh, 37 Kew, 30
During the year 1903 . „ 134 „ 78 „ 70 „ 64
During 11 months in 1901 . „ _94 „ 90 „ 85 „ 63
Total for two years 228 1G8 loo 127
Each of the earthquakes considered was recorded at more than one
station, and therefore it is exti-emely unlikely that artificially produced
disturbances have been included in the computations.
Earthquake Duration. — Between July and December there were ten
earthquakes, each of which was recorded at all four stations. The total
number of minutes which the instruments were caused to move by these
disturbances were : — Edinburgh, 691 ; Kew, 610 ; Shide, 606 ; and
Bidston, 545.
Amplitudes — The sum of the maximum amplitudes in millimetres for
ten earthquakes was as follows : — Shide, 19-4 ; Kew, 14-1 ; Edinburgh,
12-0 ; Bidston, 9-0.
These quantities regarded as angular displacements may be respectively
read as 9"-7, 7"'2, 6"-5, and 4"-5. Add to these the corresponding
quantities for earthquakes recorded between January and June, then the
totals for the year 1902 are : Edinburgh, 21"-5 ; Shide, 2r'-l ; Kew, 20"-9 ;
and Bidston, 13" -2.
If in making these comparisons the large earthquakes are omitted,
then the amplitudes of motion as recorded at different stations are
practically identical.
Commencements. — Out of thirteen records (June to December 1902)
at Bidston the commencements have been the earliest — or not more than
two minutes later than those recorded at other stations — nine times, at
Shide seven times, at Edinburgh six times, and at Kew three times.
Conclusion. — For the present, at least, the conclusions arrived at are
as follows : — •
1. Bidston records the greater number of earthquakes and obtains
earlier commencements for the preliminary tremors more frequently than
at other stations.
The durations and amplitudes recorded at Bidston are less than at
other stations.
2. Kew records the least number of disturbances, and commencements
are frequently late. Durations and amplitudes are similar to those
obtaining at Shide.
3. At Edinburgh and Shide, frequency, time of commencement, and
amplitude are similar, but at the former station the duration is greater
than at the latter.
VI. Earthquake Commenceineitts as recorded at Strasshurg and
in Britain.
The records referred to in the' following note are those obtained in
1902 from the Rebeur-Ehlert pendulums at Strassburg or Hamburgh
and the Milne pendulums installed at Kew, Shide, Bidston, and Edin-
burgh. The multiplication of the Strassburg apparatus is about eight
' See B.A. Report, 1898, p. 268.
ON SEFSMOLOGICAL INVESTIGATION. 83
times that of tlie instruments employed at the stations in Britain, from
which it might be inferred that very minute ^preliminary tremors might
be recorded, and therefore earlier commencements of motion Ije calculated
for these Continental stations than would obtain in Britain.
With the assumption that the greatest difference in time that could
exist between the commencement of motion at these two groups of
stations is four minutes, the comparison of fifty-six records common to
Germany and Britain leads to the following : — ■
In twenty-four instances the difference in the times of commence-
ments does not exceed the four-minute limit. These in the Shide register
correspond to numbers 581, 58+, 585, 586, 588, 590, 595, 606, 614, 616,
619, 6196, 625, 627, 636, 641, 642c', 644, 653, 658, 661, 662, 663, 665.
The remaining thirty-two instances where this limit has been exceeded
refer to twenty-one mere thickenings of tlie trace and eleven to earthquakes
with moderate amplitudes. These thirty-two instances may be divided into
two groups, there being twenty-three cases where the British records are
late relatively to those noted in Germany, and nine when the German
records fall behind those obtained in Britain. The British records, which
are late, are numbers 578, 580, 583, 597, 598, 600, 6006, 6066, 611, 6136,
617, 618, 6226, 624, 633, 639, 640, which are all minute thickenings on the
trace, and 589, 592, 599, 609, 612, and 659, which are well-defined records.
The German records, which are late, are numbers 576, 582, 610,
which, as noted in Britain, are small, and numbers 572, 593, 601c, 607,
626, 642, which are large or fairly large disturbances. The number of
disturbances as recorded in Germany with too late commencements, oddly
enough, is exactly the same as recorded in Britain.
The conclusions to which these comparisons point are : —
1 . For recording small tremors which do not extend over great areas
the Rebeur-Ehlert pendulum, as installed at Strassburg, possesses advan-
tages over the Milne horizontal pendulum as installed at stations
co-operating with the British Association.
2. For recording the commencements and, it may be added, other
phases of earthquake motion which affect the world as a whole the
accuracy of the records from both types of instruments is practically
identical.
In connection with these conclusions it must be pointed out the
fineness of the trace obtainable with the British Association type of
instrument partly compensates for its comparative want of sensibility.
The particular sensibility given to it is one that is obtainable at a variety
of stations. Were this increased, which is easily done by raising its
period from sixteen to twenty, or even forty, seconds, when it would be
more responsive to tremors, then at many stations it would be found
that diurnal and other wanderings, together with air tremors, would
seriously interfere with the recording of earthquakes. Instruments of
the Rebeur-Ehlert type, with large multiplication, not only consume what
for many would be a prohibitive quantity of photographic paper, but, as
for example at Trieste and Kremsmiinster, they are frequently recording
movements which are not required.
q2
84
REPORT— 1903.
VII. The Velocity of Proi^agation of Earthquake Vibrations.
In the ' British Association Report ' for 1902, p. 65, a diagram is given
showing the time taken for various phases of earthquake motion to
traverse arcs or distances corresponding to arcs of various lengths.
From this diagram an arcual velocity for the maximum of large wave
movement may be derived of 3 km. per second. For the commencement
of such movements this would be slightly increased, and would then
accord with observations made by Dr. F. Omori, who obtains for this
particular phase an arcual velocity of 3'3 km. per second.
To give actual velocities or average velocities for the preliminary
tremors, not knowing the paths they follow, is accompanied by un-
certainties. What can be done, and is shown in the following table, is
from the above-mentioned time curve to calculate velocities on the
assumption that the paths have been arcs or have approximated to chords,
or we can make similar calculations from a time curve so corrected that
11 and 17 minutes are respectively taken to traverse distances corre-
sponding to 70° and 150°. The justification of reducing the steepness of
the preliminary tremor curve and yet keeping within the results of
observation rests upon the analysis given on pp. 5 and 6.
Areraffe Vel
oclties
/ Preliminary Tremurs.
10°
20°
30°
40°
50°
60°
80°
90° 150=
—
Uncorrected time curve on
3 to 5
9-2
9-2
9-2
9-2
9-6
9-8
10-1 12-9
Km. per second.
arcs.
Uncorrected time curve on
3 to 5
9-2
91
9-1
9-0
9-2
9-1
9-1 9-4
1
chords.
Corrected time curve on
3 to 5
10-5
11-1
10-6
10-9
11-1
12-3
12-8 lG-3
arcs.
Corrected time curve on
3 to 5
10-5 10-9
10-3
10 5
10-6
11-3
11-5 12*0
2
chords.
1
From the above table it will be seen that if the preliminary tremors
follow paths which are arcual, then there is a marked increase in speed
of transmission on long paths as compared with the speed upon short
paths. If, however, the paths approximate to chords, then velocities
which arc approximately constant prevail. The deviation from being
actually constant along chordal paths is apparently a slight increase in
speed along paths taken nearer and nearer to the centre of the earth.
The high values of 10 "5 to 12 km. per second suggest a high rigidity
for the world, whilst the approximate uniformity of speed within its core
indicate approximate uniformity in those properties which determine the
rate at which it transmits vibrations. Unless it is assumed that as we
descend in the earth electricity and density increase in the same ratio, to
which hypothesis there are objections, the inference is that the nucleus of
the world has a density more nearly uniform than is generally assumed.
To satisfy the interpretation given to these seismometrical observations
what is required is a globe with an approximately uniform nucleus not
less than i j} of the earth's radius covered by a shell which passes rapidly
upwards into the materials which constitute the crust of the world.
' In an article in Nature, April 9, 1 903, p. 638, on ' Seismometry and Geite,'
minimum values are given for these quantities.
^ If these last values are plotted on squared paper a curve for their mean posi-
tion gives the following values: 3 to 5, 9-0, 10-4, 10-fi, 10-8, ll'O, 11-3, ll'S and 120
km. per second.
ON SEISMOLOGICAL INVESTIGATION.
85
of
That low velocities are found on wave paths corresponding to chords
less than 10° suggests that this crust is not more than forty miles
in thickness. This seismometrical determination of thickness for the
earth's crust accords, it will be observed, with determinations of the same
quantity which are chiefly dependent upon the effects of high temperatures
assumed to prevail at such a depth. At fusion temperatures liquefaction
[Fig. 3. — Average "Velocities for Preliminary Tremors if propagated
along Chords.]
150°
is a state for many substances which is promoted by pressure, whilst at
still higher temperatures Arrhenius points out that whatever the
pressure might be it seems probable that fluids would become gaseous, and
such gases would be dense, but slightly compressible and viscous. What
the velocity table (as it now stands) indicates is that a crust passes
rapidly into a nucleus which is exceedingly rigid and fairly homogeneous.
A specific gravity can be defined for this nucleus which will meet the
requirements of gravitational observations, and it seems likely that the
same may accord with the tests of the astronomer.
Isomorphous SalplioniG Derivativss of Benzene. — Fourth Report of the
Committee, consisting of Professor H. A. Miers (Chairman),
Dr. H. E. Armstrong (Secretart/), Professor W. P. Wynne and
Professor W. J. Pope. (Drawn up hy the Secretarij.)
The object the Committee have primarily in view is the crystallographic
study of the complete series of sulphochlorides and sulphobromides derived
from the isomeric dichloro-, dibromo- and chlorobromo-benzenes.
The results obtained in the case of the para- and two of the three
series of meta-derivatives have been referred to in previous I'eports. It
may be pointed out that whereas no evidence was obtained that the 1 : 4
derivatives exist in polymorphic forms — the five compounds measured
86
REPORT — 1903.
being strictly isomorphous,' in the case of the meta- derivatives, the 1:3:4
series formed an isotrimorphous group, the 1:3:5 series an isotetra-
morphous group.
During the past year Mr. Harding has determined the constants of five
of the eight members of the 1:2:4 ortho-series, viz., the chlorides derived
from the acids Nos. 1, II, and IV and the bromide of acid No. II : —
Br
CI
CI
CI
Br
Br
CI
Br
S03H
S03H
SO3H
SO3H
II
III
IV
Of the chlorides, I and II are practically identical crystallographically ;
the chloride of IV was obtained in quite a distinct form, belonging, how-
ever, to the same crystallographic system. The bromide of II was obtained
in both these forms, so that it establishes a connecting link between the
two isomorphous series which evidently exist.
Great diificulty was experienced in making the measurements owing
to the low melting-points of the sulphon-halides and the extraordinary
way in which they crystallise (from a mixture of benzene and petroleum)
in very thin micaceous plates ; it was discovered, however, that by using
petroleum of higher boiling-point more massive crystals could be obtained ;
forms fit for measurement were eventually secured by this artifice.
It would seem that the character of the solvent has a definite influence
on crystalline form, especially in the case of substances which manifest
polymorphism. When opportunity ofTers it will undoubtedly be desirable
to study this question experimentally.
The anilides, which have higher melting-points than the halides.
crystallise with much greater facility ; the opportunity has been taken to
study several of these. Mr. Harding finds that the orthodichloranilide
exists in two forms, one orthorhombic the other monosymmetric ; and
that whilst the dibromo- and bromochloranilides crystallise in a form
isomorphous with the monosymmetric form of the dichloranilide, the
fourth anilide crystallises in a second monosymmetric form.
Mr. Harding has also measured the 1 : 3 dibromo- 2 sulphochloride
and has thus made a beginning with the 1:2:3 metaseries.
Although the material is available, it has been impossible hitherto to
obtain two of the para-compounds and three 1:2:4 derivatives in.
forms suitable for measurement ; it is hoped that the difficulty will be
overcome and that the experience which has been gained will make it
possible to extend the investigation to the remaining terms of the meta-
and ortho-series at no distant date. It is very desirable, for this purpose,
to have large quantities of material at disposal and that special apparatus
should be devised which will make it possible to effect the crystallisation
under constant conditions.
' Mr. Harding has recently been able to obtain a sixth member of this series —
the 1 01 : 4 Br : >3 sulpbobromide — in measurable form, and finds that it is isomorphous
with five which Mr. Gidden measured. Mr. Gidden did not succeed in preparing this
compound.
ON WAVE-LENGTH TABLES OF THE SPECTRA OF THE ELEMENTS.
87
Wave-length Tables of the Spectra of the Elements and CompoiLmls. —
Beport of the Committee^ consisting of Sir H. E. ROSCOE (Chair-
man), Dr. Marshall Watts (Secretary), Sir J. N. Lockyer, Pro
fessor J. Dewar, Professor G. D. Liveing, Professor A. Schuster
Professor W. N. Hartley, Professor Wolcott Gibbs, and Captain
Sir W. DE W. Abney.
Molybdenum (Arc Spectrum).
Hasselberg, 'Kongl. Svenska Vetenskaps-Akadem. Handl.,' Bd. 36, No. 2, 1902.
Reduction to
5i?r,
Wave-length
Intensity
Fraunhofer Lines (Rowland)
Vacuum
o u o
3ii
and
3 &;?
Character
A.-1-
1
\
Ofe--
5893-67
4
161
4-6
16962-8
91-89
2
1-60
*l
967-9
88-61
8
>»
977-3
83-11
2
.
II
993-2
81-85
2
It
996-8
76-90
2
11
17011-2
69-57
4
If
032-4
6905
2
I)
033-9
61-66
2
91
055-4
58-52
8
»l
064-6
51-80
4
1-59
»»
084-1
49-99
4
?l
089-4
49-16
3
II
091-9
40-25
2
II
118-0
35-87
2
4-7
130-7
25-50
3
II
161-2
25-28
2
f)
161-8
2100
2
1)
174-5
16 00
2
J>
189-2
15-76
2
II
190-0
14-U
2
II
194-7
09-30
2
„
II
209-1
08-54
»>
M
11
211-3
06-46
2
II
217-5
02-95
4
91
227-9
00-72
4
• 1
234-5
5792-10
8
II
260-2
85-99
2
1>
278-4
83-54
4
^
11
285-7
8096
2
1)
293-5
8038
2
II
295-2
79-65
4
II
297-4
78-46
2
II
301-9
74-85
3
yt
311-8
71-33
2
If
322-3
70-02
2
II
826-3
67-63
2
))
333-4
66-79
2
IT
336-0
65-57
2
II
339-6
57-80
2
11
3630
51 67
9
l»
381-8
88
REPORT — 1903.
Molybdenum (Aec Specteum) — continued.
Reduction to
s >»
Intensity
Vacuum
p ^ o
Wave-length
and
Character
Fraunhofer Lines (Rowland)
3S§
1
A.+
\"
5747-93
2
1-59
4-7
17392-9
47-08
2
j»
395-4
41-96
2
»>
411-0
39-93
2
tt
417-1
38-40
2
»»
421-7
35 55
2
»»
433-4
34-32
4
1*
434-1
31-58
2
»»
4-8
442-4
3017
4
• «
446-7
29-77
4
)f
447-9
2903
4
*9
450-2
22-98
7
t}
468-6
20-45
2
)|
476-3
19-55
2
11
480-1
12-05
4
5712-0 Ti
»»
502-0
08-28
2
J1
513-6
05-97
6
ft
520-7
02-39
3
»»
631-7
5699-87
4
»f
539-5
98-53
4
9»
543-6
96-30
3
f«
660-5
95-66
2
)>
552-4
95-10
2
9>
654-1
94-64
2
Jt
555-6
89-39
9
I)
571-8
87-93
2
9»
676-2
83-20
4
19
590-9
78-18
5
f»
606-4
74-77
5
9)
617-1
73-92
4
1>
619-7
72-35
2
J»
99
624-6
67-57
3
If
639-4
64-65
3
TT
648-5
52-47
2
91 1 99
686-6
52-12
3
„
99
687-7
51-54
2
)»
99
689-5
50-40
8
f1
11
693-0
43-47
2
99
99
714-8
42-05
2
5642-11 Ni
T9
99
719-2
35-14
5
9f
19
741-0
32-74
8
99
99
748-5
19-63
4
tf
91
789-9
1903
3
»J
19
791-9
18-69
4
TI
99
792-9
13-37
4
J9
99
809-8
11-20
6
JJ
9»
816-7
09-80
2
99
4-9
821-0
09-53
4
f f
9f
821-9
08-90
4
99
11
823-9
01-31
3
99
848-1
5596-62
3
99
99
863-0
91-84
4
91
99
878-3
89-02
4
6588-98 Ca
)J
It
887-4
75-47
4
1}
11
931-8
70-69
12
99
11
946-2
ON WAVE-LENGTH TABLES OF THE SPECTRA OF THE ELEMENTS.
89
Molybdenum (Arc Spectrum) — continued.
Eeduction to
c 1»> _
Wave-length
Intensity
and [ Fraunhofer Lines (Rowland)
Vacuum
[atic
lenc
icuc
Oscil]
Freqi
inVi
Character
A.+
5569-75
4
1-59
4-9
17949-2
68-88
5
• >
tl
955-5
64-34
4
J1
»t
966-7
63-65
2
«9
11
968-9
62-74
2
»
t>
971-8
57-02
4
>f
t>
990-4
52-47
2
)>
»>
18006-1
44-78
4s
»)
11
030-1
43-38
4s 5543-41 Fe
»l
11
034-6
41-93
2s
l>
It
039-4
39-67
4s
9*
1»
046-7
34-85
2
»t
II
062-4
33-26
12
?»
.,
067-6
32-00
2
»»
It
071-7
27-27
4
»»
11
087-2
26-81
4
It
11
088-7
20-93
3
M
1>
108-0
20-32
3
»»
t»
110-0
17-73
2
»•
t*
118-5
11-77
2
»l
Tl
1381
06-75
12
ff
11
154-6
03-82
3
11
5-0
164-2
02-18
4
t»
»
169-6
01-78
4s
It
11
170-9
5499-77
2a
»l
11
177-6
98-76
4s
>t
II
180-9
97-18
3ii
*1
1)
186-1
94-06
4
»t
11
196-5
92-43
4
»»
11
200-9
90-54
4
tt
11
208-2
88-91
2
tt
II
213-6
76-18
4
?>
II
255-9
73-64
6
I»
II
264-4
65-83
4
!»
^1
290-5
56-71
4
■
»»
11
320-7
53-27
4
»
11
332-6
50-73
5
11
341-2
48-78
2
>1
347-7
47-86
2
It
350-8
39-95
2
It
377-5
37-97
5
11
384-2
35-91 •
4
11
391-2
31-27
2
11
406-9
27-80
2
i^
418-7
27-14
3
It
420-9
26-24
2
11
424-0
17-64
3
11
453-2
14-95
2
It
462-4
11-31
2
tl
474-8
06-64
3
11
490-8
5397-63
3
Ij
5-1
521-5
94-75
4s
5394-91 \„
5394-84/^°
>f
531-4
88-94
2
,,
551-4
72-63
2
If
607-8
90
REPORT — 1903.
Molybdenum (Aec Specteum) — coiitinued.
Wave-length
Intensity
and
Character
Fraun
5367-30
4n
64-50
7
60-76
9
56-70
4
55-76
2
55-12
4
27-35
2
24-70
2
20-14
2
18-20
2
14-13
4
06-49
2
5295-67
3
93-65
2
92-30
3
81-07
4
79 85
4
76-50
2
7200
2
61-35
4
59-23
4
45-71
4
4301
4
4109
6
38-41
6
34-47
4
32-58
2
31-27
2
19-62
3
1208
2
00-97
2
00-37
4
5180-44
3
74-35
6
73-14
6
71-33
6
67-98
4
63-40
4
55-48
2
48-65
2
41-47
2
35-17
2
26-94
2
24-03
2
22-00
2
17-18
3
15-86
2
15-21
4
09-90
4
5109-83 Fe
00-58
2
5098-27
3
97-71
5
5097-67
96-85
4
96-11
3
92-96
2
Fraunhofer Lines (Rowland)
Redu
ction to
C >>
Vacuum
o o o
111
1
O 03 "^
A +
A
OD S-i r-
1-59
5-1
18626-2
636-0
649-0
J>
ff
663-1
666-4
668-6
6660
"
675-3
796-4
798-3
"
812-7
T>
839-8
5-2
878-2
885-4
890-2
t'
930-3
934-7
946-8
"
962-9
)f
19001-3
009-0
"
058-0
067-8
074-8
"
084-6
"
11
098-9
• 1
>»
105-8
"
110-6
ty
11
153-3
181-1
jy
5-3
223-8
2240
»
298-1
"
320-8
11
325-3
3321
«l
344-6
l»
361-8
391-5
11
fl
418-3
*»
f}
444-4
ff
11
468-2
II
ff
501-5
IT
)f
510-6
If
If
518-3
11
ff
536-7
If
5-4
•1
541-7
544-1
>»
11
564-5
)1
ft
600-2
fl
fl
609-1
»)
11
611-3
)l
H
11
614-6
616-4
H
It
630-9
ON WAVE-LENGTH TABLES OF THE SPECTKA OF THE ELEMENTS.
91
Molybdenum (Arc Svbctvlvu)— continued
•
Beduction to
^ ^O
Intensity
Vacuum
c « ^
"Wave-length
and
Fraunhofer Lines (Rowland)
O OJ _.
Character
1
A-l-
A
M ^^ d
5092 40
2
1-59
5-4
19631-7
91-56
2
"
634-9
91-17
3
»»
636-4
90-80
2
)»
637-9
84-47
2
»»
662-3
81-49
2
»»
6739
80-23
5
7»
678-7
62-76
2
l»
746-7
60^)7
5
»i
757-2
58-30
2
»)
7641
55-22
3
11
776-1
47-90
4
11
804-8
46-73
2
11
809-4
3912
2
»>
839-3
30-96
4
11
871-5
29-21
4
»
878-4
20-07
O
5-0
914-7
16-99
5
»»
9268
14-80
2
11
935-5
00-13
4
)>
994-0
4995-55
2
»»
20012-3
79-32
5
•1
077-5
76-23
2
11
0900
75-58
2
It
092-6
64-63
4
It
137-0
64-42
3
M
137-8
57-78
6
4957-88 Fe
19
164-8
56-83
2
t)
168-7
62-20
2
1»
187-5
50-83
5
1»
193-1
41-90
4
5-G
229-5
33-99
2
»1
262-0
33-30
4
>»
264-8
31-42
2
>»
272-6
26-65
4
>1
292-2
26-42
4
*1
2931
25-08
2
11
298-6
09-41
2
11
363-5
07-65
2
11
371-8
04-03
5
Jt
385-8
4899-81
2
)»
410 5
97-50
2
tf
413
94-65
2
It
424-9
89-44
2
1*
446-6
86-70
2
11
4623
78-59
8
11
492-1
75-73
2
4875-67 V
It
604-3
69-43
4
11
530-7
68-23
6
11
636-7
66-07
2
<f
644-9
60-99
2
5-7
666-3
60-28
3
11
569-2
58-44
3
11
577-0
51-92
2
11
604-7
50-05
2
,
tt
612-7
92
REPORT — 1903.
Molybdenum (Arc Sfectrum)— continued.
Wave-length
4845
39
38
36
34
33
30
30
28
23
22
19
17
14
11
08
08
05
05
4796
94
94'
93
92
88
87'
38
82
35
98
16
13
73
■15
67
16
62
47
92
68
■28
68
29
78
13
75
'81
03
60
96
39
83
86-68
85
84
83
78'
76'
75
74
73
73
64
60
58
56
53
51
50
49
49
49
40
40
36
35
34
31-
29'
2o-
•34
•64
•16$
09
'54$
•87
42
64
-47
■64
■39
■71
■06
•56
■31
•60
•61
•35
•06
•58
36
•84
51
34
64
36
55
Intensity
and
Character
Fraunhofer Lines (Rowland)
2
2
2
2
4
2
6s
2
4s
2
2
6
4
2
5
2
4
4
2
5s
2
3
4
4
2
2
5s
2
5
2
6 also V
5
4
4
3
4s
8
5
2
2
2
5s
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
7
6
2
08-32 Fe
r 4786-73 Ni
t 86-70 V
83-17
76-55 Cc
Reduction to
S «*o
Vacuum
.2 fi 3
-.3 0) O
d p tj
A.+
i_
1-59
5-7
20632-5
)f
)1
656-2
?t
11
6620
11
If
672-6
If
If
680-4
11
11
684-8
11
If
695-1
11
If
697-6
If
fl
704-0
fl
11
727-6
>1
11
729-9
9f
11
743-4
11
11
750-1
fl
fl
764-2
If
If
778-7
ff
• 1
7900
B7
11
791-7
n
If
802-6
tf
11
804-9
f>
fl
841-7
If
fl
850-2
n
11
8539
If
11
855-4
fl
• 1
858-2
If
If
878-1
*i
fl
880-6
11
If
885-6
11
ff
891-3
If
ff
894-5
ff
11
901-0
11
5-8
9230
fl
11
9299
If
11
932-8
If
11
939-1
11
11
942-6
i»
fl
943-2
11
11
982-1
fl
f«
21000-9
fl
fl
008-3
11
11
0200
ff
11
031-1
11
• f
041-0
If
11
044-2
11
tf
048-5
11
11
049-7
If
fl
051-0
11
11
088-7
11
If
089-6
fl
11
105-3
ff
11
111-2
fl
• 1
116-5
11
ff
129-4
11
fl
11
11
138-7
155-7
\
ON WAVE-LENGTH TABLES OF THE SPECTRA OF THE ELEMENTS.
93
Molybdenum (Arc Specteum) — continued.
Wave-length
4723o0
23-27
19-08
18-13
16-88
14-69
1016
08-43
07-44
06-40
06-25
00-71
4696-71
96-06
93-55
92-89
92 19
91-05
88-41
86-28
86-01
84-54
84-04
82-44
81-82
81-24
75-91
73-24
72-11
69-00
65-59
63-31
62-95 X
62-11
57-67
56-57
62-47*
51-25
49-28
48-02
42-90
41-78
41-12
35-22
32 75
30-20
27-70 +
26-67
24-44
23-66
21-57
18-15
17-82
16-81*
Intensity
and
Character
2
3
4
5
2
4
2
6
7
2
4
4
8
2
2
2
2
4
5
4
4
2
3
2
2
2
2
2
6
2
2
2
6
5
2
2
4
4
3
4s
3
2
2
2
2
4s
5
7
4
3s
5s
2s
2
9
Fraunhofer Lines (Rowland)
4707-46 Fe
also Or
4688-46 Fe
4662-93
4627-73
also V 4626-74 Mn
* Probably not due to Molybdenum.
Reduction to
d>.- 1
Vacuum
Oscillatio
Frequenc
in Vacuc
\ +
1
1-59
5-8
21164-9
»
»
175-9
)»
i»
185-0
if
**
189-0
j»
»>
194-7
ft
)»
204-3
»
))
224-9
>i
i>
232-7
)j
5-9
237-2
»
>»
241-7
u
>*
242-4
7>
5»
267-5
?»
11
285-6
)9
?»
288-6
>»
»>
299-9
>»
»>
302-9
>»
»>
306-1
1>
>»
311-3
»t
))
323-3
))
»>
333-0
)J
)»
334-2
*«
H
340-9
a
)1
343-2
))
11
350-5
»»
»>
353-3
»!
)T
356-0
J>
J)
384-9
y>
11
392-5
1)
1>
397-7
j»
If
412-0
i>
)J
427-6
J)
))
438-0
»>
f>
439-7
>i
)»
443-6
)9
9*
4640
»l
»
469-1
»»
if
488-0
9f
)»
493-6
)»
»
502-8
1)
)»
508-6
»
S)
532-4
It
91
537-6
»»
11
540-6
1>
6-0
572-6
»»
>f
579-5
)l
It
591-3
)J
11
603-0
tf
»1
607-8
J>
1)
618-2
?1
11
621-9
»»
11
631-7
)»
11
647-7
»»
11
649-2
)>
)»
654-0
94
REPORT — 1903.
Molybdenum (Aec Spectrvm)— continued.
Reduction to ] 5^0
Intensity
Vacuum j -^ S 3
Wave-length
and
Character
Fraunhofer Lines (Rowland)
OJ ^
1
A
A +
m h ti
4614-94
2
1-59
60
21662-7
11-36
4s
,,
679-6
U-03
2
681-0
10-07 t
6
4610-09
J
685-6
08-90
2s
696-1
08-32
2
693-9
03-7S
a
715-3
4599-35
4
736-2
98-44
2
740-3
98-07
2
742-3
95-35
6
755-1
93-84
2
762-3
92-40
3s
769-1
90-55
4ii
777-9
88-33
3n
788-4
87-61
2
791-8
86-98
2
,
794-8
86-75
2
795-9
86-25
2
798-3
82-69
2
815-2
82-52
2
816-0
79-92
2
828-4
78-06
2
837-3
77-97
2s
837-7
76-70
6s
843-8
76-05
2
846-9
75-36
2
849-2
74-80
2
852-9
74-66
2
853-5
70-78
2s
872-1
70-30
4s
874-4
69-21
2
879-6
67-87
4
886-0
67-57
2
887-5
60-32
4s
4560-27 Fe
6
•1
922-2
59-94
2
9240
58-92
3
928-9
58-30 t
5
4558-29
931-9
54-00
4
952-6
53-52
3
954-9
53-40
3
955-5
63-00
2
957-4
41-75
4
22011-8
39-84
2
021-1
38-60
2
026-1
3700
6
034-9
35-56
4
041-9
35-00
4
044-6
34-63
4
046-4
29-59
5
070-9
28-77
5
4258-80 Fe
076-0
25-56
4
090-6
25-50
2
090-9
24-53
6
095-6
22-37
4
106-2
I
ON WAVE-LENGTH TABLES OF THE SPECTRA OK THE ELEMENTS.
95
Molybdenum (Arc Spectbum) — continued.
Reduction to
« >^r,
Intensity
Fraunhofer Lines (Rowland)
Vacuiua
.2 g §
Wave-length
and
=3 &>
Cliaracter
K-V
1
A
Ofe--
4518-61
2
1-59
61
22124-6
ir-58
4
J)
•1
129-6
17-30 X
6
4517-28 4517-32 Co
)I
11
136.1
15-36
4
>»
u
140-,5
15-20
3
)»
»
141-3
12-32
5
I»
1»
155-4
06-86
4
It
1>
182-3
06-22 \
06-13 J
6
>J
)1
185-4
)»
*1
185-9
01-44
4
4501-42 Ti
»>
If
209-0
4499-62
4
If
1»
218-2
94-27
2
)>
6-2
244-3
92-24
2
Jl
11
244-4
9200
2
»1
tl
255-6
91-46
6
)»
If
258-3
90-37
4
Jl
11
263-7
89-17
3
»>
11
269-6
87-23
4
11
11
278-7
85-16
5
>»
11
289-5
75-82
4
9»
fl
336-1
74-78
8
»l
fj
341-3
73-37
5
>»
1»
348-3
72-23
3
J»
ll
354-0
71-85
3
I»
11
355-9
68-46
6
»•
11
372-9
68-28
2
IJ
If
373-8
64-96
6
4464-94 Fe
»»
l»
390-4
60-80
4
»»
1*
411-3
58-84
3
l»
11
421-2
57-55
7
>>
t»
427-6
52-77
3
»t
11
451-7
49-92
6
»
11
466-1
47-41
3
S!
11
478-8
46-62
4s
1»
»1
482-8
44-21
2n
»»
»)
495-0
43-25
4s
11
11
499-8
42-37
5s
)f
If
5043
39-15
2s
11
ff
520-6
37-35
2
J)
11
529-7
37-06
4
11
fl
531-2
33-68
3s
11
548-4
29-32
2
11
6-3
570-5
28-39
2
11
)i
576-3
26-86
5
^•i
J)
583-3
24-40
2
11
»»
685-6
23-79
5
11
>*
598-8
23-24
2 also Ni
1»
If
601-4
22-23
3
11
ft
606-7
20-91
2
11
11
613-5
17-40
2
11
»i
631-4
12-96
4
t»
654-2
11-90
6
11
IT
6.'>9-7
11-76
5
11
M
660-4
10-15
4
>1
668-6
09-61
2
>1
)»
671-4
96
REPORT — 1903.
Molybdenum (Akc Specteum) — continued.
Wave-length
Intensity
and
Character
440704
2
04-71
3s
0307
4
02-67
4
4398-68
2
97-48
4
97-02
2
96-83
4s
96-55
2
94-67
3
94-49
3
92-32
3
91-71
3
89-76
2
88-49
2
86-10
2
82-61
4
81-82
8
81-36
2
80-80
3s
80-47
4
76-87
2
75-21
3
75-07
2
73-52
2
72-31
2
70-33
2
C9-23
5
66-73
4
64-90
2
64-76
2
64-65
3
63-82
3
63-21
2
62-87
2
62-20
3
57-50
3
54-88
2
53-48
4
50-53
6
49-41
2
46-40
2
44-86
3
42-16
2
41-61
4
40-93
4
40-02
3
39-42
2
38-90
4
38-73
2
36-38
2
35-00
4
34-65
2
33-40
2
32-68
2 1
Praunhofer Lines (Rowland)
Reduction to
c >> _
Vacuum
•2 s §
-g 3 o
1
S c-|>
A +
" * rt
m w a
A
OP^-"
1-59
fi-3
22684-7
»»
»)
696-7
»
ff
705-1
J>
»>
707-2
)f
«
727-8
)l
)»
734
)»
)»
736-4
ft
11
737-3
»>
J>
738-8
«•
»J
748-5
}>
>l
749-7
»)
»»
760-7
»J
1)
763-9
»
)>
774-0
J)
»»
780-5
91
Jl
792-9
1>
»>
811-2
If
))
815-3
If
J>
817-6
>J
)>
820-6
»J
>9
822-3
>? •
»>
841-1
»>
IJ
849-7
»
»»
850-4
»)
»»
858-6
J>
J»
864-9
91
J>
875-3
I)
>»
881-0
)>
6-4
894-0
»)
J)
903-6
J5
>j
904-3
)>
i»
904-9
1»
II
909-3
1»
j>
912-5
»S
»)
914-3
»>
j>
917-8
»
f>
942-5
1)
)»
956-3
9)
9*
963-7
,,
II
979-3
SJ
11 1
985-2
))
II
23001-1
»
II
009-3
»
II
023-6
»
II
026-5
»t
11
030-1
IJ
II
035-0
»
11
038-2
))
11
040-9
J)
II
041-8
»»
11
054-4
n
11
061-6
)»
11
063-6
it
5>
II
II
0702
0740
ON WAVE-LENGTH TABLES OF THE SPECTRA OF THE ELEMENTS. 97
Molybdenum (Abc Spectrum) — continued.
Eeduction to
fi >> _
Vacuum
_o o g
Intensity
and
Fraunhoter Lines (Rowland)
illat
quel
Vac^
Wave-length
Character
A.+
1
gSJfl
A~
Ob-"
4330-27
2
1-59
64
23086-9
29-82
3
1)
089-3
29-60
2
)t
091-0
26-33
6
fi
107-9
25-44
2
I)
112-6
24-72
2
it
116-5
22-60
2
)»
127-8
22-17
4
>*
130-3
18-46
2
))
1500
18-13
5
It
151-8
15-60
2
ti
165-4
13-74
2
it
175-3
13-16
3
)*
182-4
12-98
3
t)
179-6
10-58
4
f 4310-63
t 10-54
»
192-3
08-85
2
f)
6-5
201-8
05-10
4
f>
221-8
04-20
3
ff
226-5
01-45
3
1}
241-5
4296-35
3
tt
269-0
94-07
6
)»
281-4
93-42
6
tt
285-0
92-34
6
tt
290-8
91-39
4
»»
296
89-56
4
4289-50 Ca
t*
305-9
88-82
6
tt
309 5
87-26
4
}i
319-4
84-77
6ii
ti
332-3
82-00
4
tt
347-1
80-17
2
»>
359-0
79-19
2
)»
362.4
77-58
4
77-54 Zr
11
371-2
77-38$
a
77-38
f»
372-3
77-08
6
)»
373-9
75-86
2
}*
380-6
74-22
2
»)
389-5
73-23
3s
»>
395-0
72-24
3
M
400-4
69-44$
5
6945
J»
415-8
68-25
4
»»
422-3
66-27
4
TI
433-2
64-81
2
It
441-2
61-63
3
11
458-7
61-17
2
It
461-3
60-85
3
60-89
tt
463-0
60-52
3
tt
464-8
58-85
2
It
472-0
53-77 '
2
tt
502
52-69
2
tt
6-6
507-9
52-03
5
tt
511-6
51-58
2
It
514-1
50-87
3
11
51S-n
46-19
5
46-25 Fe
tt
543-9
44-95
3n
1/
550-8
1903.
98
REPORT — 1903.
MoLYBDEKUM (Aec Specteum) — continued.
Intensity
Wave-length and
Character
4242-97
41-03
40-48
40-26
39-37
39-25
35-23
33-68
32-75
26-44
25-10
24-93
24-10
28-15
22-59
20-17
19-55
19-20
17-02
14-24
11-23
10-39
09-84
08-97
07-75
07-*2
06-00
04-80
02-42
01-50
01-35
0076
00 02
4199-82
94-74
94-20
88-49
86-97
85-98$
84-59
84-33
81-24
80-69
8012
78-72
78-45
77-45
7709
75-32
71-65
71-27
70-55
70-01
68-68
Fraunhofer Lines (Rowland)
3
5
4
4 also V
4
4
3
3
6
3
2
2
2
3
3
2
2
4
3
2
3
2
3
2
2
5
2
8
4
6
2
2
4
3
3
2
4
4
3
2
2
3
2
4
3
19-58 Fe
19-52 Fe
4185-94
71-21 Ti
69-93 Fe
Reduction to
S S'o
Vacuum
QUO
,5 S =s
::3 o->
1
o o'V
A +
A~
m u a
1-59
0-6
23561-8
?»
>j
572-6
)T
T»
575-6
>r
»I
576-8
jr
>l
581-4
)»
»»
582-5
»j
»»
604-8
»>
)»
613-5
j»
»»
618-7
)}
654-0
?»
661-5
»
662-4
Jt
yy
666-1
j>
ji
672-4
ri
)»
675-5
»
)J
688-1
>)
692-6
f$
694-6
»»
>>
706-8
))
TI
722-5
>i
JJ
739-5
744-2
»
»l
747-3
?>
»l
753-2
i>
»
759-1
]f
761-0
If
769-0
91
t>
775-7
9>
JJ
788-2
»
}>
794-4
»)
)»
795-3
»)
»»
798-6
J»
6-7
802-7
803-8
)>
11
832-7
99
jt
835-8
}}
868-2
>»
876-9
882-6
890-5
1)
892-0
909-6
tj
912-8
1>
916-0
})
924-1
19
925-6
TJ
931-3
>j
933-4
)i
l»
943-6
>l
964-6
966-8
»>
)»
))
971-2
• t
974-1
981-7
ON WAVE-LENGTH TABLES OF THE SPECTRA OF THE ELEMENTS. 99
Molybdenum (Abc Spectrum) — continued.
Reduction to
i>i _
Wave-length
Intensity
and
Fraunhofer Lines (Rowland)
Vacuum
Oscillatio
Frequenc
in Vacuo
Character
A +
i
4166-47
3
1-59
6-7
23994-4
65-94
2
)J
997-5
64-26
3
>»
24007-1
62-85t
5
62-83
)»
015-3
60-44
2
J»
029-2
58-27
2
»»
041-7
57-59
5
J»
045-7
55-77
5
)»
056-8
55-47
5
»
058-0
62-07t
4
5211
»1
077-7
49-90
2
ii
090-3
49-14
5
6-8
094-6
48-88
2
»»
102-3
43-73
8
»)
126-0
42-28
2
»)
134-5
39-72
2
)>
149-4
38-72
3
»»
155-3
38-35
3
)J
156-9
37-10
2
„
164-7
35-55
2
>»
173-8
35-37
2
J»
174-8
33-18
2
»»
187-6
32-90
2
}f
189-3
32-41
4
)»
192-1
3207
4
)»
194-1
2902
4
J»
212-0
28-46
4
215-3
24-72
4
?•
217-3
23-83
4
)•
242-5
2255
2
»»
2500
20-26
6
»J
263-5
19-18
2
J»
269-9
19-12t
4
19-05 Fe
J)
270-2
15-08
4
»»
294-2
13-77
2
)»
301-8
12-29
2
>»
310-5
10-88
2
J»
318-9
10-46
2
»»
321-4
08-30
3
08-29
U
334-2
07-63
6
?l
338-1
05-72
4
u
349-4
05-27
4
)»
3521
03-94
3
I)
3600
02-33$
5
02-32 V
369-6
4098-91
4
6-9
389-8
96-98
4
)}
401-3
94-63
2
•»
415-3
93 32
2
}>
»•
423-1
89-90
3
11
443-6
86-16t
4
4086-13
11
4660
84 -54$
6
84-58
>i
5.75-7
81-94
4
11
491-3
81-62
6
11
493-2
78-25
2
n
513-4
■[■ Not coincident with Fraunhofer line.
H 2
100
REPORT — 1903.
Molybdenum (Akc Spectrum) — continued.
4076-69
76-35
75-72
75-43
70-17
70-05
67-88
66-52
62-24
59-79
57-77
57-61
56-18
51-35
50-27
49-75
47-75
47-56
47-07
43-91
43-44
4305
41-30
38-26
37-95
3683
43-11
32-65
31-60
31-06
28-80
27-07
25-64
21-19
20-59
19-32
17-55
16-86
12-97
12-68
12-42
12-12
09-53
08-21
07-62
06-85
06-23
05-86
03-62
00-67
00-55
3998-45
Intensity
and
Character
4
4
4
4
6
2
4
5
4
3 also Ti
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
3
2
4
3
4
4
2
2
3
2
o
3
9
Fraunhofer Lines (Rowland)
76-80
76-64
66-52 Co
56-22 Cr
56-13 Fe
2
3
2
2
2
2
4q
4
2
2
2
4
also V
2
4
4
4
32-61 Fe V
20-64 Fe
20-55 Sc
00-61 Fe
Reduct
ion to
S >> r.
Vacuum 1
.2 " §
Oscillat
Freque
in Vac
\ +
1 1
1
1-59
G-9
24522-8
11
11
524-8
J»
>i
528-6
»»
11
630-4
J>
If
5620
>»
11
562-8
»»
11
582-4
n
ir
584-2
i»
11
6100
»)
11
624-9
n
11
637-2
))
11
638-1
»)
11
646-8
»»
7-0
676-1
)»
11
682-6
>»
»1
685-9
»>
11
698-2
>»
11
699-2
i>
11
702-2
11
11
721-5
It
11
724-4
u
11
726-8
11
11
737-5
11
1»
755-6
1)
1)
758-0
11
»*
764-9
11
11
787-7
»)
11
790-6
11
11
797-0
11
11
800-4
11
11
814-3
11
>1
824-9
1>
11
833-8
11
If
861-2
n
11
865-0
11
11
872-8
11
11
883-8
9»
11
888-1
11
1>
912-2
11
11
914-0
1*
11
915-6
1»
11
917-4
11
11
933-6
»1
11
941-8
11
>1
945-4
11
11
950-2
11
11
954-1
)1
11
956-4
9*
7-1
970-2
11
)»
986-7
11
11
I*
989-4
25002-6
ON WAVE-LENGTH TABLES OF THE SPECTRA OF THE ELEMENTS. 101
Molybdenum (Arc Spectrum) — continued.
I Intensity
Wave-leugth
1 and
Character
399566
1
94-79
2
94-06
4
93-22
3
92-02
4
91-55
4
86-45
4
85-88
3
84-92
2
82-22
4
81-80
3
80-87
3
80-37
4
79-40
4
78-08
4
74-09
4
73-92
4
73-10
2
71-54
3
69-17t
2
68-91
4
66-40
3
65-89
3
64-14
4
63-68
3
60-12
2
69-83
2
59-03
2
68-76
4
55-66
4
54-08
4
51-70
2
51-49
2
51-14
4
50-40
2
47-33
4
4700
2
45-41
4
43-66
4
43-19
6
40-50
2
39-65
2
39-30
2
38-88
3
36-89
2
36-30
2
35-33
3
35-13
4
34-41
3
31-57
3
30-35
3
28-95
3
28-86
3
28-45
3
2600
2
Fraunhofer Lines (Rowland)
3969-29 Cr, Co
61-57 Al
45-47 Co
44-10 Al
Reduction to
^^
Vacuum
latio)
uenc;
acuo
1
r: C7>
1
O OJ
A.+
M t. C
1-59
7-1
25020-6
»
9*
025-5
)>
99
030-1
>»
19
035-3
5»
99
042-9
J»
99
045-8
>»
99
077-9
»»
99
081-5
»>
99
087-5
>J
99
100-7
«
99
107-2
J|
99
113-0
>)
99
116-2
l>
99
122-3
»>
99
130-6
)>
99
155-9
fl
99
1570
))
99
162-1
>»
99
172-1
)>
99
187-1
tf
99
188-9
91
99
204-7
»»
99
208-4
»»
S9
219-0
J»
99
222-0
JJ
99
245-6
f>
99
246-5
)1
99
251-6
)>
99
253-3
1)
7-2
273-1
»>
99
283-1
IJ
99
298-4
»
>f
£99-7
»I
99
301-9
J»
99
306-7
»J
99
326-4
»»
J9
328-5
If
99
338-7
))
9»
350-0
91
J>
3530
9»
99
368-2
J>
99
375-8
>»
9>
378-0
99
JJ
380-7
19
19
393-6
9i
99
397-4
99
99
403-6
59
99
404-9
99
99
409-6
99
99
427-9
»>
99
435-8
99
99
444-9
99
99
445-5
19
99
99
448-1
464-0
102
REPORT — 1903.
Molybdenum (Aec Spectrum) — continued.
Reduction to
a f>> .
Wave-length
Intensity
and
Fraunhofer Lines (Rowland)
Vacuum
Oscillatio
Frequeuc
in Vacuo
Character
A.+
1_
\
3924-78
2
1-59
7-2
25471-9
23-91
4
477-6
22-49
4
486-8
21-09
O
495-9
20-25
2
501-4
17-95
4
516-4
17-70
4
518-0
17-09
4
521-9
^ 16-62
2
'
525-0
15-60
2
531-7
13-52
3
545-2
12-10
3
554-2
11-21
3n
5601
09-92
3
568-8
08-42
3
7
•3
5785
07-10
4
587-1
03-07
20n, r
613-6
01-95
5
621-0
00-87
2
628-0
00-40
2
631-1
3897-68
2
6490
97-05
3
653-1
96-55
3
656-4
93-50
2
3893-54 Fe
676-5
90-88
3
93-45 Co
693-8
89-06
4
705-9
88-36
4
710-5
88-15
2
711-9
87-87
2
713-7
86-98
5
86-94
719-6
79-20
2
771-2
74-34
3
74-32 Ti
803-5
73-30
3
73 25 Co
810-4
70-77
3
827-3
70-62
3
828-3
69 25
5
837-5
66-87
2
863-4
64-25
20d, r
64-23 Mo, C
870-9
56-15
3
925-2
5509
2
932-4
52-17
4
952-0
51-57
2
956-2
49-95
2
967-1
48-45
4
48-48 Ti
977-2
47-41
4
984-2
46-36
3
991-3
46-12
4
992-9
44 09
3
26006-6
40-72
2
029-5
39-65
2
036-8
35-49
4a
065-0
35-15
3
067-3
34-82
3
069-5
33-92
6
075-7
32-26
4
087-0
ON WAVE-LENGTH TABLES OF THE SPECTRA OF THE ELEMENTS. 103
MoLYBDKNUM (ARC SPECTRUM) — Continued.
Reduction to
fl t>. -
1
; Wave-length
Intensity
and
Character
Vacuum
Oscillatio
Frequenc
in Vacuo
Fraunhofer Lines (Rowland)
1-59
1_
A
3831-95
2
7-3
26089-1
31-25
3
Tl
>l
093-8
30-98
4
31-00 1 J,
30-90 J ^®
n
If
095-7
30-22
4
1)
I»
100-9
30-08
2
»»
»»
101-8
29-95
3
>»
»»
102-7
29-04
6
7»
tl
108-9
27-33
4
-
7f
f*
120-6
26-85
5
tl
If
123-9
25-63
2
)>
)f
132-2
25-50
3
1J
If
133-1
24-94
3
If
if
136-9
24-34
3
fl
tf
142-0
23-17
4
fl
ft
149-0
22-14
2
If
14
154-9
21-82
2
91
tf
158-2
21-09
3
»1
ff
163-2
19-98
5
>t
«f
171-8
18-83
4
M
7-4
178-7
17-37
2
If
tt
188-6
15-24
3
11
tf
203-3
14-64
2
»»
1 **
207-4
12-63
4s
ft
!
11
221-2
11-56
3s
} t
1
i f f
228-6
10-99
2
))
232-5
10-31
2
I)
„
237-2
08-79
3
fl
t*
248-3
08-04
2
}*
ft
252-8
07-82
2
11
tt
254-3
06-15
4
It
tt
265-9
04-70
4
»»
1 1
275 9
02-35
2
*>
tf
292-1
02-00
5
01-98
ft
t f
294-6
00-28
2
ft
tf
306-4
3798-39
20nr
3798-40 Mo
n
tt
319-5
97-46
4
tl
If
326-0
97-20
3
tt
It
327-9
96-45
2
ft
ft
332-9
96-19
3
It
tt
334-8
95-48
2
ft
f 1
339-7
94-60
4
f)
tt
345-8
88-42
4
tf
If
388-8
86-54
2
ft
it
401-9
85-67
3
}t
It
408-0
85-19
4
tf
11
411-4
82-86
2
.
Ji
It
427-6
82-35
3
431-2
81-75
5
435-4
80-78
2
11
tt
442-3
79-92
4
448-2
77-90
3
11
462-3
76-73
2
11
469-8
76-27
2
473-8
72-99
4
7-5
496-7
72-11
4
ff
I)
502-8
104
REPORT — 1903.
Molybdenum (Arc Spectrum) — continued.
Wave-length
Intensity
and
Character
3770-f6
68.92
68-78
67-90
65-58
65-92
85-40
65-21
64-60
64-20
63-52
6227
61-93
61-07
59-80
58-70
5602
55-68
55-31
52-12
51-38
48-66
47-37
45-12
44-55
43-98
42-48
40-97
38-10
36-36
35-80
34-56
33-59
33-22
32-91
30-75
28-70
28-50
27-86
26-45
25-75
24-00
23-70
22-50
20-42
19-87
19-71
18-66
17-05
16-27
15-83
14-73
1364
12-22
6
3
2
2
3
4
2
3
2
[ *
[ also Mn
3
4
4
3
4
3
2
4
2
4
4
4
3
4
2
5
2
4
2
3
3
2
4
6
2
4
3
6
4
4
2
3
2
4
2
2
2
2
4
2
3
4
3
Fraunhofer Lines (Rowland)
3727-78 Fe
Reduction to
« J?^
Vacuum
o c.* o
•2 c =
cillat
eque:
Vac
1
A +
X~
m t. a
1-59
7-5
26513-0
)1
J>
525-3
IT
)»
526-3
»»
)*
532-5
»l
)»
541-8
»»
91
546-5
,,
»»
550-2
J»
I»
551-5
»)
)5
555-7
)»
?1
558-5
J»
>l
663-3
J)
»t
572-1
)>
J»
574-6
)»
11
580-7
J»
»>
589-6
?l
J>
597-4
>t
»J
616-4
J»
J>
619-0
>»
»»
621-5
JJ
71
644-1
)l
JJ
649-5
»»
)»
668-7
»)
)»
677-9
5>
>»
693-9
T»
>»
698-0
»»
»»
7020
»»
I>
712-6
»*
)»
723-5
>»
>»
744-0
9)
>J
756-5
It
»
760-5
?>
J>
769-4
»»
JJ
776-4
)»
>»
779-0
1>
))
781-3
•>%
•»
796-8
»»
M
811-5
)l
♦ »
813-0
>»
7-6
817-4
J»
>»
827-6
T»
55
832-6
J»
>>
845-2
»J
1>
847-6
>»
}f
856-0
>»
»>
871-1
)f
7>
875-1
»»
f>
876-2
J>
>)
883-8
>>
»>
895-5
>f
H
901-1
)»
)>
904-3
•»
5*
912-3
920-2
930-4
ON WAVE-LENGTH TABLES OF THE SPECTRA OF THE ELEMENTS. 105
Molybdenum (Arc Sfectrv M)—c(mtinufid,
Intensity
Wave-length | and
Character
Fraunhofer Lines (Rowland)
3711-68
3
10-32
3
08-73t
4
3708-79
07-35
3
05-57
2
02-67
4
3702-63
02-33
2
01-67
2
00-15
3
3698-69
3
9618
3
3696-17 Fe
9509
7
93-52
4
92-79
4
3692-79 Fe
92-24
3
90-72
5
90-30
2
89-13
4
88-45
4
88-12
2
87-12
2
86-72
4
86-27
4
84-48
3
82-12
2
81-88
4
81-69
3
80-85 "I
80-75 /
7
3680-80
80-36
2
79-39
3
77-83
4
/ 3677-83
77-76 Fe
70-40
4
76-15
3
3676-11 Fe
75-54
4
73-38
3
72-97
6
69-50+
5
3669-54
68-63
3
66-87
4
3666-91 Fe
64-98t
6
3664-97
64-45
4
63-83
2
6314
4
61-91
4
61-24
3
6108
4
59-51
7
58-50
2
57-53
5
3657-56 Fe
55-21
3
f 3654-81 Fe
54-73
4n
54-74 Ti
54-6 Cu
Reduction to
Vacuum
■§§§
A +
1_
\
3 g-r*
1-59
7-6
26934-4
>t
1>
944-2
»
Jf
955-8
>»
»»
965-8
»>
>>
978-8
»»
>»
999-9
»>
)»
27002-4
)f
»)
007-2
71
»)
018-3
7*
»J
029-0
77
»>
047-3
J>
»1
055-4
1»
)J
066-8
*1
>»
072-2
»»
>»
076-2
»
»»
087-4
»
)>
090-5
»
)l
099-1
>}
77
1041
9}
5>
106-5
77
J»
113-8
77
>)
116-0
77
>»
120-1
71
77
133-3
>»
7-7
150-6
»»
»>
152-3
>f
)»
153-7
159-8
>1
»>
160-7
»J
19
163-5
»
1.
170-7
77
»>
182-2
»?
»»
192-8
>»
„
194-6
»»
>»
199-2
»»
J>
215-1
77
>»
215-2
77
»
244-0
77
If
250-4
264-5
J»
f*
277-7
IT
»>
281-5
»»
99
286-1
J)
>J
291-3
>»
»
300-4
„
))
305-5
»»
>»
306-7
>»
I)
318-4
»»
)»
325-9
J)
»»
3331
It
J»
350-5
>»
It
354-2
106
REPORT — 1903.
Molybdenum (Aec Spectrum) — continued.
3653-75
51-48
50-75
49-61
48-75
47-03
42-37
41-16
41-08
40-76
38-72
38-57
38-35
37-68
35-77
35-57+
35-30
29-45
28-80
2850
26-33t
24-77
24-60
23-36
17-01
15-91
15-32t
14-87
14-42
13-94
13-80
13-55
12-62
12-15
10-80
08-52
07-56
05-19
04-73
04-24
03-86
03-10
00-04
359905
96-54
95-87
95-71
94-73
91-55
90-90
90-47
89-10
87-03
85-74
Intensity
and
Character
2
4
2
3
4
2
4
4
4
4
3
3 also V
5
4
3
5
4
5
3
2
5 also Fe
3
T)
4
4
3
3
2
6
3
3
4
4
4
2
4
2
2
3
4
5
3
4
4
4
2
3
4
2
4
4
Fraunhofer Lines (Rowland)
3649-65 Fe
3637-69
3635-61 Ti, Fe
3635-34 Ti, Fe
3626-33
3623-36 Fe
3615-34
3603-92 Ti
03-83 Cr
358905
Reduction to
Oscillation
Frequency
in Vacuo
Vacuum
\ +
1
1-59
7-7
27361-4
»>
j»
378-4
J»
IT
383-9
»>
II
392-5
»»
11
398-9
»»
II
411-9
T)
It
446-9
JJ
Jl
456-0
»»
II
456-7
ff
1)
459-1
»1
7-8
474-4
»»
TT
475-5
)>
TI
477-2
»»
II
482-2
J)
T»
496-7
)J
TI
498-2
1»
IT
500-2
f»
IT
544-6
I»
TT
549-5
1»
11
551-7
»1
11
568-3
f>
TI
580-2
)»
II
581-4
t)
IT
589-4
f 1
II
639-3
1)
II
647-7
H
IT
652-2
)»
II
655-7
f*
11
659-2
t»
11
662-8
»)
IT
663-9
}1
TT
665-8
I)
TI
672-9
II
II
676-5
»l
II
686-9
IT
TI
704-4
• 1
TI
711-8
)f
TI
729-0
>9
IT
733-5
«
11
737-3
»1
IT
740-2
tl
IT
746-1
»»
II
769-7
IT
tT
T)
11
TI
IT
777-3
796-7
801-9
TI
TI
803-1
If
7-9
810-6
JT
tt
835-2
840-3
JT
i»
843-6
IT
*i
854-2
T)
870-4
880-4
ON WAVE-LEXGTH TABLES OF THE SPECTRA OF THE ELEMENTS. 107
Molybdenum (Arc Spkciviv^i)— continued.
Intensity
Wave-length
and
Character
3584-42
3
83-30
8
82-03
7
81-15
2
80-70
4
76-35
o
75-88
jt
75-78
3
74-63
3
74-05
5
71-42
3
70-82
5
70-63
3
66-91
2
66-57
2
66-20
4
64-45
3
63-91
4
63-30$
6
62-26
4
60-28t
4
59-42
2
58-25
6
57-63
2
55-58
3
54-35
4
52-57
2
51-12
3
48-88
2
48-05
2
47-57
2
43-27
2
4292
2
42-32
5
29-62
2
3907
3
37-41
6
34-83
3n
31-44
2
2608
2
25-11
4
24-76
4
22-52
3
21-66
5
21-32
3
21-17
3
18-35
4
17-70
4
14-93
2
13-86
3
10-93
3
08-26
6
07-45
2
07-16
2
05-45
4
Fraunhofer Lines (Kowland)
3573 97 Fe
3563-30
3560-28
356821
Keduction to
^ >> ^
Vacuum
.2 "2
* «' S
X-l-
1
A.
7-9
OsciU
Prequ
1-59
27890-6
tt
11
899-3
))
JJ
909-2
It
*1
916-1
11
11
919-6
»>
»»
953-5
)1
11
957-2
i1
11
958-0
»>
11
967
)»
It
971-5
11
11
992-1
11
1)
996-9
l»
11
998-3
»)
11
28027-6
*»
11
030-2
»»
11
033-1
))
11
046-9
I»
»>
051-2
T»
It
0559
I»
11
064-1
)»
11
079-7
U
11
086-5
J>
11
095-7
»»
11
100-7
1)
8-0
116-7
?»
11
127-1
1»
11
140-6
»)
11
152-1
Tl
11
169-4
»»
It
176-5
)J
11
180-3
})
19
214-5
»»
91
217-3
»»
11
222-0
>»
11
243-6
»»
11
2480
J»
11
261-2
J»
11
281-9
»t
11
309-0
>»
11
352-1
f*
11
359-9
»»
11
362-7
>f
It
380-8
M
91
388-5
)»
19
390-4
l»
11
391-6
»1
11
414-4
11
11
419-6
»>
11
442-1
»»
• 1
450-7
Jl
(1
474-5
»
8-1
496-2
t>
502-6
If
It
II
505-0
518-9
108
REPORT— 1903.
Molybdenum (Akc Spectrum) — continued.
Reduction to
S t^„
Vacuum
o o o
r^ i 3
Wave-length
Intensity
and
Fraunhofer Lines (Rowland)
jillal
ique:
Vac
1
Character
A.+
M J, n
Ofa-
3504-55
5
r 3504-57 V
1 04-56 Fe
1-59
8-1
28526-2
3498-21
2
„
578-0
93-49
4
^j
616-5
92-98
2
„
620-8
92-05
2
628-4
91-92
2
,,
629-4
90-42
2
641-7
84-05
4
■
„
694-1
82-55
4
706-5
81-95
3
„
711-4
80-26
3
725-4
79-60
4
730-8
76-15
4
3476-07 Ca
»
759-3
75-19
4
767-2
71-09
3
801-2
69-80
2
8-2
811-9
69-39
4
815-2
68-70
2
821-0
68-02
4
826-7
67-13
3
834-1
66-98
4
835-3
65-81
3
845-1
63-78
3
8620
J Certainly coincident ■with Fraunhofer lines,
f Not coincident with Fraunhofer lines.
Calcium (Spabk Spectrum).
Eder and Valenta, ' Denkschr. k. Akad. Wissensch. Wien,' Ixviii. 1898.
Exner and Haschek, ' Sitzber R. Akad. Wissensch. Wier
,' cvi. 1897.
Wave-length
Reduction to
Intensity
and
Oscillation
Frequency
in Vacuo
Eder and
Exner and
1
Valenta
Hascliek
Character
A +
6499-9 s
8
1-91
4-5
15380-5
93-9
Ti
10
»»
?»
394-4
71-9
0)
8
1-90
1»
447-0
62-8
g
10
n
468-8
49-99
g
8
»»
»»
499-5
39-4
s
10
1-89
»?
525-0
6169-9
^1
5
1-82
4-8
162030
69-4
5
»J
»»
204-3
66-8
■g
5
1-81
))
211-2
62-5
10
>»
»»
222-5
22-5
a>
10
1-80
>i
328-5
02-99
72
8
)»
»>
380-6
6857-7 ^
8s
*>
5-0
17066-3
5603009
5s
1-53
4-9
842-7
01-475
6s
f>
»»
847-5
ON WAVE-LENGTH TABLES OF THE SPECTRA OF THE ELEMENTS. 109
Calcium (Spaek Spectrvm)— continued.
Wave-length
Reduction to
Intensity
and
Vacuum
Oscillation
Frequency
Edei- and
Exner and
Valenta
Haschek
Character
\ +
1_
A
iu Vacuo
5598-681
5s
1-53
4-9
17856-5
94-632
6s
11
J1
869-4
90-324
4s
1-52
)»
883-1
88-948
6n
)»
n
887-6
82-167
4s
>1
n
909-3
13-120
2b'
1-50
1*
18133-7
5349-619
5s
1-46
51
687-8
5270-463
5s
1-44
5-2
968-5
65-720
5s
»1
1»
985-6
64-402
3s
IJ
ti
990-3
62-365
3s
t1
11
997-7
61-863
3s
?»
11
999-5
5188-977
2s
1-42
5-3
19266-3
5041-920
In
1-38
5-4
828-3
4878-360
4s
1-33
5-6
20493-1
4847-2
In
»»
5-7
624-8
4586-08G
6b^
1-26
6-0
21799-1
81-618
5s
»»
11
820-3
78-780
4s
1-25
»»
833-9
27-183
4b'
l'2-l
6-1
22082-7
4481-34
4181-7
2nMg?
1-23
6-2
308-6
67-929
In
1'22
375-5
66-625
In
»»
382-1
56-786
3s
»i
1)
431-5
56-057
56 06
7s
If
tf
435-2
54-919
54-93
7n
n
19
440-9
44-087
1
u
j»
495-6
42-963
1
)»
»j
501-3
35-838
35-84
6s
»»
11
537-4
35-124
35-12
6n
jy
11
541-1
25-616
25-62
8b
1-21
6-3
589-4
4355-467
Sb"
1-19
6-4
953-2
33-932
1
»»
11
23067-3
30-313
2
J»
11
086-6
18-798
4318-79
8
1-18
148-2
14-148
2
1»
11
173-1
10-585
1
H
11
192-3
07-864
07-92
5
)f
6-5
213-4
02-676
02-70
9
))
234-8
4?99-133
4299-14
8
»?
IT
254-0
89-534
89-55
8
11
306-1
83-125
83-18
8
11
340-9
78-018
2
1-17
368-8
77-403
71-760
1
lb
11
11
11
372-2
403-1
40 515
40-55
2n
1-16
6-6
575-4
38-587
In
)»
11
586-2
26-870
26-88
8r
651-6
4130-98
In
1-13
6-8
24200-5
27-96
In
218-2
23-39
In
tf
2451
4098-876
2b'
It
11
390-0
95 243
2b'
»»
6-9
411-7
57-980
3s
1-12
635-9
3979-208
r 'ghost'?
1-10 ,
7-1
25123-5
110
REPORT — 1903.
Calcium (Spabk Spectrum) — coritltmed.
Wave-length 1
Reduction to
J
Intensity
and
Character
Vacuum
Ospillfl tiinn
1
Frequency
in Vacuo
Eder and
Valenta
Exner and
Haschek
A +
1
A
3973-908
3973-87
2s
109
7-1
25157-0
68-638
68-62
lOr
»)
))
190-5
57-960
r' ghost'?
»>
t)
258-4
57-232
57-23
4s
»»
,,
2631
49101
49-03
3s
1»
7-2
315-0
33-803
33-81
lOr
1-08
J)
413-5
23-345
lOr' ghost'?
»t
»»
481-2
15-388
1
»»
)l
533-1
09-980
1
>)
It
568-4
05-691
4s
»»
7-3
596-4
3856-153
2b
106
>»
925-3
26-506
4s
?»
)•
26126-2
3759-419
3s
1-04
7-5
592-4
47-151
4b
>>
»»
679-4
37-090
3737-25
10b'
1-03
)»
751-3
16-193
2b'
H
»»
901-7
06-190
06-25
10b'
))
7-6
974-3
3696-429
2b'
1-02
Ji
27045-5
85-317
33
»»
t»
127-1
53-606
2
1-01
7-7
362-5
44-466
3644-53
8
»>
tt
431-1
30-812
30-8
eb--
)i
7-8
534-3
24-162
241
Sb-^
»»
»J
584-8
01-957
2b
100
754-9
3594-259
Is
9J
7-9
814-2
87-156
4b
»»
tt
869-3
35-60
2s
0-98
SO
28275-7
10-97
4s
it
tl
474-2
05-00
5s
,,
8-1
514-4
3487-87
2b'
97
tt
662-7
74-96
2b'
»*
»l
769-2
56-58
2s
0-96
8-2
922-1
44-53
3s
tt
tt
29023-3
3387-99
3s
0-95
8-4
507-6
72-930
6s
0-94
It
639-4
61-374
6s
1J
ti
741-4
49-568
6s
IT
8-5
846-1
49-199
4s
«1
tt
849-4
35-30
2s
93
1>
973-8
32-20
2n
»»
»)
30001-2
29-60
3s
f)
»»
025-1
23-09
6s
It
8-6
083-9
3278-74
2s
0-92
8-7
490-8
61-70
4s
t»
t»
650-2
48-71
3s
091
8-8
772-7
4211
3s
t»
tt
835-3
39-15
3s
)1
It
863-5
36 70
5s
tt
J»
886-9
34-68
6s
)>
tt
906-2
24-42
Is
l»
»
31004-5
2300
2s
t»
it
018-2
1&-45
1
0-90
)t
062-1
17-05
1
,,
»i
075-6
3181-409
318151
8b'r
0-89
8-9
422-9
79-447
79-60
lOb'r
)»
9-0
443-0
ON WAVE-LENGTH TABLES OF THE SPECTRA OF THE ELEMENTS 111
Calcium (Spark Spectrum)— co;t<i?iW(?<f.
Wave-length
Reduction to
Intensity
and
Character
Vacuum
Oscillation
Frequency
in Vacuo
Eder and
Valenta
Exner and
Haschek
1_
\ +
A
3170-2
In
0-89
9-0
31534-8
59-013
5911
lObT
646-5
03-92
28
0*88
9-2
32208-1
3092-84
8s
0-87
323-5
88-11
4s
373-1
82-21
8s
J)
9-3
435-0
78-67
3s
472-3
75-39
2s
506-9
73-06
Is
jf
631-6
66-40
3n
602 2
09-32
3009-29
3s
0-85
9-5
33220-6
06-98
06-95
4s
246-5
2999-74
2
>)
}}
326-7
97-2
1
9-6
354-9
95-08
2995 04
3s
9j
378-5
36-83
4n
0-83
9-8
34040-5
28-92
4n
)1
132-6
2816-44
2n
0-80
10-3
35495-5
2660-53
4
0-77
10-9
375756
2575-22
3
0-75
11-3
38820-3
6809
3
J^
11-4
9280
2398-73
2n
0-71
12-3
41676-4
73-24
2
0-70
12-6
421240
13-02
1
69
13-0
432205
09-20
1
292-0
229009
1
tf
13-1
653-3
75-44
2
0-68
13-3
934-2
59-5
in
jf
13-4
44244-2
08-95
2
0-67
13-8
45256-6
005
in
13-9
430-3
219803
2
))
481-5
33-0
I
2
0-66
14-1
46868-2
31-2
i
3
0-65
14-5
907-4
230
A
2
1)
14-6
47088-6
1301
1)
14-7
311-2
03-47
14-8
525-7
209987
It
if
607-2
86-64
14-!)
9090
81-53
"
150
48026-6
112
REPORT — 1903.
Scandium (Ultra-violet Spark Spectrum).
Exner and Haschek, ' Sitzber. kais. Akad. Wissensch. Wien,' cix. 1900.
1
Reduction to
Wave-length
Intensity
Vacuum
Oscillation Frequency
and
in Vacuo
Character
1_
A.+
A
474i-02
2
1-30
5-8
21073-4
41-25
2
n
11
085-7
37.86
1
rj
11
100-8
34-30
1
It
1»
116-6
29-40
1
1-29
11
138-5
469850
1
tT
5-9
277-5
70-64
7
1-28
1?
404-4
4574-17
la
1-25
6
855-7
4431-57
H
1-22
tl
22559-1
20-87
2
1-21
It
6139
4315-85
16
»1
62
G4G-5
00-64 *
20
H
6-3
716-6
85-01
4
1-20
»t
797-7
74-70*
20
)»
11
852-4
59-22
1
J»
6-4
933-5
64-80
a
119
11
956-8
25-24 *
20
n
11
23113-6
21-01 *
20
,,
11
136-3
14-32
30
1-18
11
172-2
05-94
6
••
6-5
220-1
4294-98
5
»1
11
276-5
80-05
1
1-17
f 1
357-7
47-02 *
100
»t
6-6
539-3
38-22
1
116
1»
588-2
32-12
1 Nb?
»7
It
622-2
29-98
1
11
11
634-2
4082-60 *
3
M2
6-9
24487-3
68-8
2b
*)
11
570-4
61-4
2b
»»
11
615-1
54-70 *
3
1-11
,f
«55-8
47-96
2
11
7-0
C96-8
23-86 *
8
)1
11
844-7
20-56 *
8
»»
11
862-7
14-68
8
1-10
11
901-8
3996-76 *
2
»»
7-1
25013-2
89-21
1
ft
11
060-5
88-13
1 Yb?
tt
11
067-3
44-9
In
1-09
7-2
346-8
23-60
1
1-08
n
478-6
12-05 *
6
)•
,,
553-2
07-69
6
11
7-3
583-3
3678-65
3n r
1-03
7-7
27176-2
76-82
I
11
11
189-7
75-42
1
»1
It
200-0
66-69
3
11
11
264-0
64-37
1
11
11
282-1
51-96 *
20
1-01
11
3750
45-46 *
15
tJ
11
423-7
42-93*
50
1*
1»
442-7
30-86
100
Jt
7-8
r,33-0
28-35
In
It
ff
552-9 1
ON WAVE-LENGTH TABLES OF THE SPECTRA OF THE ELEMENTS. 113
Scandium (Dltba-violet Spaek Specteum)-
-continued.
Eeduction to
Wave-Iength
Intensity
and
Vacuum
Oscillation Frequency
in Vacuo
Cliaracter
\ +
1
a"
3624-77
In
1-00
7-8
27579-2
19-97
1 Yb?
ti
79
618-8
13-96*
100
»j
If
665-4
03-1
lb
»)
11
746-0
3590-67
10
>»
7-9
842-0
89-82
10
»»
JJ
848-6
81-15
20
»»
11
915-1
76-52 *
30
0-99
11
9531
72-71 *
50
ft
11
9821
67-86
20
>»
11
28020-1
58-72
20
»>
11
092-1
35-88
15
0-98
8-0
274-2
3457-62
0-96
8-2
896-7
35-67
>»
•*
29089-7
29-59
»»
8-3
149 7
3394-55
In
0-95
8-4
449-6
85-6
lb
JJ
Jl
528-5
83-81
»»
>»
6441
79-5
Snr
))
)>
581-8
78-5
Inr
)f
1»
590-5
72-30
10
0-94
)»
644-9
69-10
10
?l
1>
675-1
62-09
8
)J
11
735-0
61-45
8
>*
IJ
740-7
59-83
8
J>
11
759-8
53-88 *
20
)»
8-5
807-7
52-19
2
„
,"
822-7
43-5
3b
..
»»
900-3
31-4
2b
0-93
1-
30008-8
17-9
lb
>>
8-6
148-2
17-25
In
T>
11
145-9
13-0
3b
11
11
184-6
12-0
2b
11
193-7
3289-50
1 Yb?
0-92
8-7
3956
73-76
2
»J
11
536-2
7005
2
»)
11
571-8
55-79
1
11
11
706-8
51-44
1
0-91
8-8
746-8
3199-6
lb
»t
8-9
31245-0
91-2
lb
11
,^
327-2
39-98
2n
11
9-1
838-2
33-32
2n
0-88
19
899-7
30-49
INb?
j»
1>
934-6 i
28-48
In
It
?l
955-1 1
26-2
lb
»t
If
978-6
08-70
In
11
9-2
32158-3
3082-80
1
0-87
9-3
428-7
65-32
5n
H
If
613-6
60-7
In
0-86
11
663'J
53-12
4n
»»
9-4
744-0
45-88
3n
»
11
821-8
40-15
2n
It
11
883-7
21-14
1
0-85
9-5
090-6
20-70
1
»)
11
095-4
19-42
1
99
j»
33109-5
1903
114
REPORT — 1903.
Scandium (Ultea-violet Spark Spectrum) — eontimwd.
Reduction to
Wave-length
Intensity
and
Vacuum
Oscillation Frequency
in Vacuo
Character
A.+
1
A ~
3015-46
1
0-85
9-5
331530
2989-20
3a
1}
9-6
444-2
80-91
1
0-84
548-4
80-0
lb
))
547-5
7417
1 Nb?
613-2
131
Id
o'83
9-9
34308-2
2871-1
lb
0-82
101
809-9
66-2
lb
II
860-0
59-5
lb
0-81
II
961-1
58-40
1
f)
974-2
26-88
3n
10-2
35364-5
22-4
3b
0-80
10-3
420-5
19-75
2ii
It
11
453-8
01-6
lb
683-6
2790-94
In
Jy
10-4
819-8
89-4
2b
ff
839-5
82-6
lb
0-79
1)
927 1
34-12
7
0-78
10-6
36543-7
269914
10
10-8
37027-4
84-3
lb
0-77
It
242-7
7615
In
}l
10-9
346-4
67-7
lb
It
474-5
11-4
2b
0-76
11-1
38282-5
2563-30
4
0-74
11-4
991-2
62-65
3
1}
11
39010-7
60-39
6
II
029-8
55-91
4
if
It
112-4
52-49
8
ft
II
166-0
45-31
4
»»
11-5
266-9
2400-44
1
0-71
12-3
41646-7
2363-95
lb
0-70
12-6
42289-5
2299-25
In
0-69
13-1
43466-6
88-20
In
If
fl
675-6
73-21
3
0-68
13-3
963-6
51-94
In
»*
13-4
44391-7
32-98
In
T»
13-6
769-6
* Rowland 4400-555, 4374-628, 4325-152, 4320-907, 4246-696 (Y?), 4082-589 Sc. E'e,
Ti ; 4054-714, 4023834, 4020547, 3996682, 3911-963, 3651-940, 3645-475 Sc ?, 3642-912.
3613-947, 3576-527, 3572-712, 3553875, also 5672-047 occur in Rowland's list of solar
lines.
i
OS WAVE-LENGTH TABLES OF THE SPECTRA OF THE ELEMENTS.
11;
Indium (Ultra-violet Spark Spectrum).
Exner and Haschek, 'Sitzber. kais. Akad. Wissensch. Wien,' cviii. (2), 1899.
Reduction to
a I*.-
Wave-length
Intensity
Vacuum
Oscillatio:
Frequenc
in Vacuc
and
Character
Previous Observations (Ave)
At-
l-24~
1
A
4511-55
50r
4511-44 K and R
6-1
22159-2
437013
2
1-20
6-3
8501
09-72
1
1-18
6-4
23197-0
4177-69
2
1-15
6-7
930-0
02-01
50r
4101-87
1-13
6-8
24371-5
38S5-2
3b
1-06
7-3
26067-0
3774-49
1
1-04
7-4
486-2
10-45
2
1-03
7-6
943-3
3633-27
1
1-01
7-8
27515-6
11-20
1
1-00
n
683-8
10-60
1
jy
»»
688-4
3519-33
ITH
0-98
8-0
28406-5
3262-48
1 Sn
0-92
8-7
30642-8
.58-64
3
3258-66
0-91
}t
6790
56-22
8r
?»
»»
701-8
3187-15
In
0-90
89
31367-0
75-17
ISn
»*
9-0
485-5
3039-45
4n r
3039-46
86
9-4
.32891-3
34-23
In Sa
>J
»»
947-9
08-30
10
}t
9-5
33231-9
2983.51
8n
0-85
9-6
608-1
41-39
10
0-84
9-8
987-7
32-73
1
2932-71
0-83
1»
34088-1
2890-35
4
0-82
10-0
587-8
40-11
1 Sn
0-81
10-2
35199-6
2754-03
In
2753-97
0-79
10-5
36299-9
14-1
In
14-05
0-78
10-7
833-9
10-39
2b
10-38
91
10-9
884-4
2658-7
IbSn
0-77
11-2
37601-5
02-0
lb
2601-84
0-76
11-4
38420-8
2560-05
lb
2560-25
0-74
12-1
39050-3
2429-52
In Sn
2429-76
0-72
12-7
41148-3
23,50-84
1
0-70
130
42525-3
06-18
5
0-69
13-3
43348-7
2265-08
2
0-68
fi
44135-3
Beryllium (Ultra-violet Spark Spectrum).
Exner and Haschek, ' Sitzber. kais. Akad. Wissensch. Wien,' cviii. (2), 1899.
Wave-length
4572-88
3321-51
21-23
3131-20
30-56
2650-71
2494-84
94-69
2348-72
48-58
Intensity
and
Character
I
1
3
3
15
20r
double
sr
3
1
Previous Observations (Rowland)
4572-9 Thal6n
3321-5? Hartley
3130-2
2650-2 „
2493-9
Reduction to
a >.-
Vacuum
Oscillatio
Frequenc
in Vacuc
A-l-
1
A
1-25
6-0
21867-1
0-93
8-6
30098-2
It
100-7
0-88
9-1
31927-5
t»
l>
935-9
0-76
1-0
37714-7
0-73
1-7
40071-0
073-5
0-70
2-7
42562-7
„
»»
666-2
116
REPORT — 1903.
Lithium (Spark Spectrum).
Eder and Valenta, ' Denkschr. kais. Akad. Wissensch. Wien,' Ixvii. 1898.
Exner and Hasohek, ' Sitzungsber. kais. Akad. Wissensch. Wien, cvi. 1897.
Reduction to
fi >> „
Wave-
length
Intensity
and
Previous Observa-
tions (Kayser and
Vacuum
3§«
1
^ a->-
Eder and
Exner and
Character
Runge) (arc)
x+ 1
o at _
Valenta
Haschek
A
ofe--
6708-2 )
10
6708-2
1-82
4-0
14903-1
6103-77 r
4972-11 )
10
6103-77
1-66
4-4
16378-9
4
4972-11
1-36
5-5
20106-7
460310
2n r
1-26
60
21718-5
4602-46
lOb'r
4602-37
?i
»»
21721-5
4273-52
4n
4273-44
1-17
6-5
23393-4
4132-57
6b
4132-44
1-14
6-8
24191-2
3985-90
In
3985-94
1-10
7-1
25081-3
3232-798
3232-91
5n
3232-77
0-91
8-8
30924-1
2815-55
1
0-80
10-3
35506-7
2741-57
2
2741-39
0-78
10-6
36464-9
Lithium (Oxyhydrogen Flame Spectrum).
Ramage, ' Proc. Royal Soc' Ixxi. 1902, p. 164.
I
Wave-length
Intensity
and
Character
Previous Observa-
tions (Kayser and
Runge) (arc)
Reduction to
Vacuum
Oscillation
Frequency
» i {-
6708-0
6103-84
4971-98
4603-07
4273-34
4132-93
3985-86
3915-59
3795-18
3719-0
3232-82
2741-43
10 P2
9 A3
2 B4
7 A4
1 B5
5 A5
1 B6
3 A6
2 A7
1 A8
4 P3
1 1 P4
6708-2
6103-77
4972-11
4602-37
4273-44
4132-44
3985-44
3915-2
3794-9
3718-9
32.32-77
2741-39
1-66 4-4
1.36 5-5
1-26 6-0
1-17 6-5
1-14 6-8
1-10 7-1
1-08 7-2
1-05 7-4
1-03 7-6
0-91 88
0-78 10-6
16378-7
20107-2
21718-6
23394-4
24189-1
25081-6
25531-7
26341-8
26881-3
30923-9
36466-7
Thallium (Ultra-violet Spark Spectrum).
Exner and Haschek, ' Sitzungsber. kais. Akad. Wissensch. Wien,' cviii. 1899.
Eder and Valenta, ' Denkschr. kais. Akad. Wissensch. Wien,' Ixviii. 1899.
Cornu, ' C. R.,' c. 1885, p. 1181.
Wave-length
Exner and
Haschek
Eder and
Valenta
Intensity
and
Character
3775-89
3529-54
J9-3.-.
18-42
.H456-50
3229-90
20r
10
20r
In
2n
2b
Previous
Observations
3775-87 K. and R.
3529-58
19-39
3229-88
Reduction to
Vacuum
Oscillation
Frequency
in Vacuo
\ +
1
1-04
7-4
26476-4
98
8-0
28324-3
1 "
.1
406-3
11
454-3
8-1
922-9
0-91
S-8
30955-7
ON WAVE-LENGTH TiBLES OF THE SPECTRA OF THE ELEMENTS. 117
Thallium (Ultra-violet Spark Spectrum) — continued.
Wave-length
Intensity
and
Character
Previous
Observations
Eeduction to
Vacuum
icillation
requency
I Vacuo
Exner and
' Eder and
1
Haschek
J Valenta
1
A +
A~
OfL,-"
3091-88
lb
0-88
9-2
32333-6
2921-7
lb
2921-03 K. and R.
0-83
9-8
34216-8
18-47
In
18-43
1J
9-9
254-6
276800
1 2768-00
6nr
2767-97
0-79
10-5
36116-7
1 2740-01
3nr
1>
»
485-6
34-08
In
0-78
„
564-8
' 18-08
in
»»
10-7
780-0
10 90
4b
• 2710 77
11
)t
877-4
2709-3
09-34
3br
09-33
It
11
899-2
00-34
2n
00-3
J?
10-8
37021-6
2670-97
1
0-77
10-9
428-5
69-90
2n
ft
tt
443-6
2665-8
65-74
3n
2665-67
9*
»t
502-2
14-22
Is
09-86
0-76
11-0
38241-3
09-14
3
09-08
It
1»
315-9
2585-90
In
2585-68
0-75
11-3
658-7
2580-30
80-29
3nr
80-23
u
tf
743-9
44-33
1
0-74
11-5
39291-6
253094
30-89
5b
tt
B15-8
13-58
1
0-73
11-6
772-3
2478-67 Fe
4
)?
11-8
40332-4
69-27
5
072
11-9
485-9
245204
6204
4n
41
12«
770-4
45-61
2
■M
11
877-6
33-65
In
n
12-1
41078-5
2394-72
3s
0-71
12-4
746-2
79-6S
lOr
2379-66
It
12-5
42010-0
65-00
3
0-70
12-6
270-6
62-30
hn
2362-16
1)
tt
319-0
4182
A
t9
12-7
689-1
16-14
4
231G01
0-69
12-9
43162-4
10-50
1
3
)t
130
267-7
2298-25
2298-25
7s
ft
131
498-3
88-07
2
ft
13-2
691-8
85-95
1
»»
tt
732-3
65-05
3s
068
13-3
44135-8
3783
3r
2237-91
19
13-6
652-5
30-3
In
It
823-4
15-9
*
0-67
13-8
45114-6
10-79
3
2210-80
tt
„
218-9
09-9
In
1}
237-1
07-21
2b
2207-13
tt
. 292-3
03-79
1
ti
91
362-6
2144-50
1
0-6S
14-4
46616-5
39-44
3 1
11
It
726-8
Cornu
i
2119-2
!
065
14-6
47173-0
05 1
]
14-8
470-8
2098 5
88-8
i
t»
It
14-9
615-6
859-7
83-2
1
tt
15-0
988-1
77-3
i
tt
tt
48124-4
72-4
0-64
15 1 1
238-1
69-2
62-3
2069-80
i
1
1
11
1
15-2
312-8
474-4
118
REPORT — 1903.
Thallium (Ultba-violet Spabk SPECTnvM)~conti)iued.
Wave-Iejigtli
Exner and
Haschek
57-3
53-9
Eder and
Valenta
1964-80
1868-48
62-70
Intensity
and
Character
Previous
Observations
Reduction to
1
Vacuum
Oscillatio
Frequenc
in Vt^quc
A +
1_
0-64
15-2
592-4
J,
15-3
672-6
62
16-2
50879-5
)»
17-4
53502-1
H
»)
668-1
Potassium (Oxyhydrogen Flame Spectrum).]
Ramage, ' Proc. Royal Soc' Ixx. 1902, p. 303.
Reduction to
S bo
Intensity
Vacuum
.2 g §
Wave-lengtli
and
Previous Observations
Character
1_
Ofe-"
\ +
\
7697
10 PI
7701-92 Lebmann
2-08
3-5
12988-6
64
10 PI
7668-54
»•
)»
13044-5
6939
8 B3
6938-8 Kayser and Range
1-88
3-9
14407
13
7 B3
11-2
18-7
„
462
5832-25
6 A4
5832-23 „
1-59
4-7
17141-3
12-53
5 A4
12-54 „
1-58
ff
199-5
02-12
7 B4
02-01 „
J»
230-8
5782-74
6 B4
5782-67 „
»»
4*9
288-1
53S9-96
4 A5
5359 88 „
1-46
5-1
18651-8
43-38
2 A5
43-.35 „
f1
»»
709-6
40-17
3 B5
4008 „
>»
}*
720-9
23-68
2 B5
23-55 „
1-45
ft
778-9
5112-76
2 A6
5112-68 „
1-40
5-4
19553-1
5099-83
1 B6
5099-64 „
1-39
Jt
602-7
97-64
1 A6
97-75 „
It
tj
611-1
85-07
1 B6
84-49 „
tt
»t
659-4
4965-61
1 A7
4965-5
»*
It
201.32-5
57
1 B7
56-8
1-38
»»
167 ;
51 46
1 A7
52-2
jt
»»
190-1
4870
1 A8
4870-8 Liveing and Dewar
?»
»
528
62
1 B8
63-8 ,, ,,
>»
1*
562
67
1 A8
568
)»
it
383
29
1
f 1
t)
702
03
1 A9
03-8
n
i»
814
01
1 B9
))
»t
823
4798
1
4796-8
yy
ti
836
67
1
t»
>t
972
60
1 AlO
59-8
?»
»»
21002
4642-35
38-6
2
1
I 4642 Hartley and Ramage
ij
It
534-4
551-8;
4047-39
9 P2
4047-36 Kayser and Runge
I'll
7-0
24700-3;
44-33
10 P2
44-29 „
»T
1»
719-0.
3447-56
3 P3
3447-49 „
0-96
8-2
28997-&
46-55
4 P3
46-49 „
)»
)t
29006-3
Present
1 P4
3217-76 „
It
>l
31068-7
3217-36
2 P4
17-27 „
090
8-8
072-7
The lines of the principal series are marked ' P,' those of the first subordinate
series ' A,' and those of the second subordinate seiies ' B.'
ON WAVE-LENGTH TABLES OF THE SPECTBA OF THE ELEMENTS. 119
Rubidium (Oxyhydbogen Flame Spectrum).
Ramage, ' Proc. Royal Soc' Ixx. p. 305.
Reduction to
S bo
Wave-length
Intensity
and
Character
Vacuum
■2 § §
Previous Observations
A.+
2-15
1
A
Oscil]
Freqi
in V
PI
7950-46
Lehmann
4-3
7799
10 PI
7805-98
f*
2-11
11
6306-8
1
1-71
»1
15851-3
6299-19
9 A4
6298-7
Kayser and Runge
f}
)1
870-5
06-74
8 A4
06-7
i> 1*
1-69
4-4
16106-8
616004
5 B4
6159-8
)} )i
1-68
»»
228-9
6071-04
4 B4
6071-2
)» )»
1-65
4-5
466-8
5724-62
8 A5
5724-41
1) 19
1-56
4-7
17463-2
565416
3 B5
5654-22
M 9>
1-54
4-8
680-9
48-19
7 A5
48-18
)* 9>
11
1»
699-6
5579-.S
2 B5
l-f)2
4-9
918-1
5432 05
6 A6
5431-83
)} >t
1-48
5-1
18403-9
5391-3
1 B6
1-47
»»
543-0
6315
5 A6
5362-94
1} ft
ji
»
640-3
22-83
1 B6
1-45
"
781-5
5260-51
4 A7
5259-8
tl If
1-44
5-2
19004-0
34-6
1 B7
1-43
)»
098
5195-76
3 A7
5194-8
99 »
1-42
6-3
240-7
65-35
2
1)
11
354-1
51-20
2 A8
1-41
l»
407-2
32
1 B8
1-40
IT
480
5089 5
1 A8
1-39
5-4
642-5
76-3
1 A9
11
>)
693-6
37
1
1-38
)>
847
23
1 AlO
5021-8
11 )9
1-37
5-5
902
17
1 A9
»»
11
926
4983
1 All
1-36
11
20062
67
1
))
1»
127
4215-68
9 P2
4215-72
Jt f9
1-15
66
23714-4
02-04
10 P2
01-98
II 99
>J
11
791-4
3591-86
3 P3
3591-74
11 9>
1-00
7-9
27832-8
87-27
4 P3
»»
11
868-4
3350-98
1 P4
3351-03
11 99
0-94
8-5
29833-5
48-84
2 P4
48-86
91 99
»»
11
852-6
3229-26
1 P5
0-91
8-8
309580
28-18
1 P5
11
11
968-4
120
REPORT — 1908.
CAESIUM (OXYHYDROGEN FlAME SpECTRUM).
Kamage, ' Proc. Royal Soc' Ixx. 1902, p. 304.
Wave-length
6984
74
6869
29
6722
6630
6590
6472
33
6354
6217-6
13-33
6034-43
10-59
5847-86
45-31
39-33
5746-37
5664-14
35-44
5574-4
68-9
03-1
5466-1
14-4
07-5
5351
41-15
04
5256-96
09
5199
4^3-30
55-46
3888-75
76-31
3617-49
11-70
3477-25
3.398-40
48-72
14
3287
Intensity
and
Character
6
9 A4
2
2
9 A4
2
8 B4
2
2
8 B4
2
8 A5
4 B5
8 A5
2
A6
B5
B6
A6
A7
1 B7\
1 B6J
3 A8
4 A7
1 A9
1 B7
AlO
A8
All
A9
AlO
All
8 P2
10 P2
2 P3
P3
P4
P4
1 P5
P6
P7
1 P8
1 P9
Previous Observations
6973-9 Kayser and Runge
6723-6
6213-4
6010-6
5845-1
5664-0
35-1
5573-1 Lecoq de Boisbaudran
01-9 "^
5465-8 Kayser and Runge
5257-8 Lecoq de Boisbaudran
4593-34 Kayser and Runge
55-44
3888-83
76-73
3617-08
n-84
Reduction to
s ^-o
Vacuum
O CJ o
"S <u o
'
1
1
A +
\.~
1-90
3'9
14314
1-89
11
335
1-86
,,
554
11
4-0
639
1-83
1»
873
1-81
4-1
15079
1-79
)l
171
1-76
4-2
447
1-75
»»
540
1-73
4-3
733
1-69
11
4-4
16078-7
089-7
1-64
4-8
566-7
)»
J»
632-4
1-S9
»1
17095-6
„
11
102-7
SI
J»
120-2
1-57
»1
397-2
1-54
11
649-7
739-6
1-52
4-9
11
933-9
9516
1-50
5-0
18166-2
1-49
11
289-2
1-48
11
463-8
1»
It
487-3
1-46
5-1
682
»•
Jl
717-0
1-45
11
848
11
5-2
19016-8
1-42
»»
192
„
5-3
228
1?
11
396
1-26
6-0
21764-8
1-25
11
945-6
107
7-3
25707-9
•.
1»
790-4
1-01
7-8
27635-7
1-00
!•
680-0
097
8-1
28750-3
0-95
8-3
29417-3
0-94
11
85.3-7
93
86
30166
92
8-7
414
OS WAVE-LENGTH TABLES OF THE SPECTRA OF THE ELEMENTS. 121
Antimony (Ultra-violet Spark Spectrum).
Eder and Valenta, ' Denkschr. kais. Akad. Wissensch. VVien,' Ixviii., 1899.
Esner and Haschek, « Sitzungsber. kais. Akad. Wien,' cvi. 1897.
1 Wave-length
Reduction to
g E?o
1
Intensity
and
Character
Previous Observations
Vacuum
V V li
■■sii
Eder and
Exner and
Kayser and Eunge
(Arc)
j
1 1_
^ ® r-
Valenta
Haschek
; A +
A
co sh C
Ofa-
1 469.S-2
1 2b
1 1-29
5-9
21301-9
58-0
In
1-28
t7
462-5
47-8
i 1^
1-27
f f
509-6
23-5
lb
>>
6-0
622-6
4599-6
lb
1-26
7350
91-9
4b
»»
If
771-5
44-8
1
1-25
6-1
996-1
260
lb
1-24
If
22088-5
06-8
In
)»
183-6
44990
In
1-23
i ",
221-1
57-8
lb
1-22
6-2
426-4
330
1 lb
)}
561-9
28-6
lb
1-21
is
574-2
25-5
lb
11
590-0
11-7
1 lb
Ji
660-5
4378-0
2b
1-24
835-1
C70
lb
G-4 ! 892-6
52-4
10b
1-19
971-4
150
1 4b
1-18
„ ! 23168-9
4260-3
8b
1-17
6-5 466-0
59-5
lb
11
470-4
300
lb
1-16
6-6 634-0
26-9
ICa
n
651-4
24-5
lb
!»
664-8
19-2
6n
11
694-6
01-1
lb
115
792-1
4195-3
4b
if
6-7 : 829-5
71-0
lb
»>
„ ' 968-4
40-7
2b
1-14
6-8 124142-0
34-0
2b
)f
If
182-8
40580
6(Pb)
1-12
6-9
635-8
40-6
lb
111
7-0
739-3
33-71
8
4033-70
t*
If
784-0
24-8
lb
„
838-8
3986-1
2n
110
7-1
26080-2
68-6
2Ca
1-09
If
188-2
64-8
2n
If
11
214-9
60-8
4b
>,
f f
2401
,
33-8
2 Ca
108
7-2
418-5
33-7
2b
f|
414-2
320
In
If
ft
426-2
08-8
lb
f f
7-3
5760
3883-3
In
1-07
744-0
50-4
6b
106
ff
964-0
41-4
6b
)}
If
26024-9
3772-9
2b
1-04
7-5
497-3
66-6
In
tj
f 1
541-6
54-8
1
If
f f
625-1
39-5
8b
f)
f f
724-0
22-93
8
3722-92
103
7-6
853-0
3692-0
lb
102
27078-0
87-0
2b
1
tt '
:; 1
114-7
122
REPORT 1903.
Antimony (Ultka-violei
Spaek Spectrum)
— continued.
1 Reduction to
£!(»._
Wave-length
Intensity
and
Previous Observations
Kayser and Runge
Vacuum
illatio
iquenc
Vacuo
— .
Eder and
1 Exner and
Character
(Arc)
A.+
1
u w _^
Valenta
Haechek
'
X
ofe-^
3683-7
2 Pb
1-02
7-7
27138-9
77-8
1
»
11
182-5
! 75-6
lb
i»
11
198-7
680
lb
»•
>*
255-1
65-5
In
1-01
>>
348-3
520
6n
.1
)l
374-6
39-8
1
M
»»
466-3
3801
8
3637-94
»
7-8
479-8
36-8
1
*»
11
488-9
300
4b
»
»1
540-4
27-5
In
H
11
559-4
3597-7
8b
1-00
,,
787-7
66-7
8b
0-99
7-9
28029-2
59-5
8b
J»
11
085-9
340
4b
0-98
8-0
288-5
19-7
4b
i»
1»
403-5
04-8
10b
•»
8-1
524-2
3498(3
8b
0-97
11
574-8
740
8b
9»
1>
777-2
59-5
lb
11
8-2
897-7
520
lb
0-96
11
960-5
25-9
4b
If
83
29181-1
14-7
In
0-95
fi
276-8
03-9
2b
»»
i>
369-8
000
In
»»
(1
403-5
3396-0
lb
»»
8-4
438-0
93-8
lb
J»
*»
457-1
90 6
lb
IJ
11
484-9
■
83-2
6
3383-24
n
>»
544-2
77-5
lb
0-94
11
599-3
74-8
lb
i>
11
614-2
67 2
lb
M
>»
689-9
55-0
lb
• 1
8-6
797-8
373
4b
>•
i»
955-8
12-8
In
0-93
8-6
30177-3
04-3
2b
»»
>»
255-0
3288-3
In
0-92
8-7
402-2
85-8
lb
H
>)
425-3
78-7
lb
»»
ii
491-2
76-7
lb
Jl
11
509-8
741
2
»»
1J
534-0
67-62
10
3267-60
»T
If
595-1
55-4
1
0-91
11
709-5
52-2
1
1*
8-8
739-6
47-7
1
)>
11
782-2
41-2
8b
»
1>
844-0
32-65
10
32-61
»»
11
925-6
3197-4
lb
0-90
8-9
31266-5
93-7
In
11
11
302-7
92-8
In
»1
11
311-6
75-2
In
0-89
9-0
485-1
69-4
lb
)•
11
642-7
48-2
lb
II
11
756-2
3087-2
lb
0-87
9-2
32382-6
67-9
1
11
9-3 1
586-3
ON WAVE-LENGTH TABLES OF THE SPECTRA OF THE ELEMENTS. 123
Antimony (Ultka-violet Spakk Spectkum)— continued.
Wave
-length
Intensity
Previous Observations
Reduction to
Vacuum
ation
lency
icuo
1
and
Kayser and Eunge
Oscill
Freqn
in Vi
Eder and
Valenta
1 Exner and
Haschek
Character
(Arc)
A-l-
1_
A.
3040-7
8b
0-86
1 9-4
32877-8
29-90
10
3029-91
jl
ft
995-0
24-8
1
ti
9-5
33050-5
22-1
2b
0-85
!
079-7
101
2b
tJ
2120
2981-2
8n
»»
9-6
533-9
66-4
6b
84
9-7
701-3
23-5
lb
0-83
9-8
34195-8
13-53
8n
J}
9-9
313-4
2895-7
lb
0-82
If
524-1
91-7
4b
T»
100
571-7
900
2b
>>
ti
592-1
87-7
lb
Jt
619-6
860
lb
»>
640-0
84-0
lb
?T
664-1
800
2b
^t
jt
712-2
78-05
10
287801
735-7
63-1
lb
0-81
lo'i
917-1
58-1
1
»>
yt
978-3
57-2
In
>f
Jt
989-3
53-3
In
»1
35037-0
51-20
8
51-20
?»
062-8
37-5
lb
)»
l6-2
232-1
33-1
1
ft
9)
286-8
26-9
2b
T»
»)
361-6
19-0
lb
0-80
10-3
463-3
13-3
In
535-1
2806-80
lOn
>t
91
617-5
02-0
if
9f
678-4
2797-9
lb
iy
10-4
730-7
95-7
1
)»
758-8
90-57
8n
»)
824-6
86-2
In
T»
jy
880-8
75-8
lb
0-79
36015-2
2769-97
7008
8s
2770 04
f }
10-5
089-8
64-8
lb
1»
)}
178-5
62-2
In
T»
tj
1985
41-2
In
0-78
10-6
469-8
27-37
27-3
3
27-32
655-7
19-05
1900
8s
19 00
)i
10-7
767-2
06-73
1
fj
934-2
2692-43
2692-3
3
2692-35
0-77
371321
82-98
82-8
5
82-86
))
10-8
275-1
70-81
70-7
6n
70-73
iy
10-9
430-9
69-79
69-6
5n
1
445-2
03-31
Is
536-4
57-03
66-8
lb
625-1
52-73
52-70
7
52-70
0-76 i
ll-O
686-2
32-6
In
..
f •
974-3
17-46
17-5
3n
Tt
111
38193-3
14-78
14-8
Is
14-74
«> {
2331
14-33
2
1
11
238-6
12-43
12-4
5
12-40
' 1
267-5
2598-24
2698-15
9r
2598-16
0-75
11-2
477-1
90-42 1
90-4
6b
l»
<>
592-6 1
124
REPORT — 1903.
Aktimony (Ultra-violet Spark Spectrum) — continued.
Wave-
length
Intensity
and
Character
Previous Observations
Kayser and Runge
(Arc)
Reduction to
Vacuum
scillation
requency
n Vacuo
Eder and
Exner and
A +
1_
Valenta
Haschek
1
~\
Ofe-
2586-8
In
■.C-75
11-3
38646-5
2574-24
74-1
3s ,
74-14
»•
fl
832-8
71-64
71-6
In
l»
f»
874-4
70-6
In
»i
«t
890-1
67-87
67-8
Is
»t
11-4
931-4
63-62
65-6
3b
*f
t»
965-5
57-6
lb
0-74
• t
39087-8
54-81
54-8
Is
54-72
>l
f»
130-4
44-10
43-9
3n
n
11-5
310-6
28-68
28-62
9r
28-60
t»
11-6
535-2
28-58
1
i»
ft
536-3
22-9
1
ft
»•
625-3
20-30
20-3
In
i»
• ft
666-2
14-5
In
14-64
0-73
t»
757-7
10-66
10-6
1
10-60
»»
11-7
818-8
07-8
In
»J
tt
863-9
2488-3
1
>f
n-8
40176-3
83-3
1
tt
tf
257-2
81-8
1
2481-81
>*
. »i
281-5
2480-55
80-5
2
80-50
t»
ft
301-8
78-45
78-4
4
If
tf
336-0
74-80
74-6
I
74-63
»»
11-9
395-4
45-66
45-7
5
45-59
0-72
12-0
876-7
29-55
1
»»
'. tt
41147-7
26-52
26-5
2s
26-44
91
12-2
199-1
22-31
22-2
2s
22-21
»»
tf
270-7
2395-35
2395-4
In
2395-31
0-71
12-4
735-2
83-77
83-8
2n
83-71
»»
• ff
938-0
73-84
3Fe
73-78
0-70
12-5
42113-3
61-2
In
M
1 '■
337-7
60-58
60-6
1
60-60
l»
ft
349-9
16-02
3
0-69
12-9
43164-8
11-71
11-8
4
11-60
)I
13-0
245-0
11-47
»»
. ff
249-5
06-56
06-6
2n
06-56
1«
. ft
341-6
2296-99
1
1*
13-1
526-9
93-48
93-5
2s
2293-54
»l
tt
588-8
88-99
89-1
1
89-09
»»
tt
674-3
62-51
3
62-55
0-68
13-4
44185-3
46-97
1
.)»
13-5
490-9
24-92
3
25 06
0-67
13-7
931-7
22-02
1
22-10
JJ
tl
990-4
20-70
3
20-85
19
" tt
45017-1
08-48
4
08-65
ft
13-8
266-2
03-59
2
03-83
ff
13-9
366-6
01-36
1
01-46
tT
tt
412-6
2179-23
4
2178-33
0-66
141
873-9
75-90
4
75-99
ff
tt
943-9
70-13
3 .
If
14-2
46066-1
44-99
4
45-10
ff
14-4
605-9
41-76
1
41-76
If
tt
676-2
39-75
3
39-89
ff
)t
720-0
18-57
1
065
14-6
47187-1
2098-47
1
2098-47
»j
14-8
639-0
I
ox WAVE-LENGTH TABLES OF THE SPECJRA OF THE ELEMENTS. 125
Arsenic (Spark Spectrum),
Exner and Haschek, ' Sitzuhgsber. kais. Akad. Wissensch. Wien,' ex. 1901.
Reduction to
c rr^^ i
Wave-length
Litensity
and 1
Characte^
1
Previous Observations
Rayser and Runge (Arc)
Vacuum
Oscillatio
Frequenc
in Vacuc
A.-I-
1_
4540-0
2b •
1-24
6-1
22020-3
4495-5
2b t
1-23
,.
238-4
66-6
lb :
)>
6-2
382-2
4368-50
In
1-20
?*
885-0
4229-5
lb
1-16
6-6
23636-8
08-1
lb •
I)
>»
757-1
4197-8
lb
1-15
6-7
815-3
88-80
2
IT
•»
871-0
4082-8
lb .
1-12
6-9
24486-1
64-55
In
))
U
5961
37-18
30
1-11
7-0
762-8
3948-85
lb
1-09
7-2
25316-6
31-4
lb
1-08
)»
429-0
22-60
100
))
>»
486-3
3545-75
In
0-99
80
28194-8
32560
2n ■
0-91
8-7
30703-8
3119-70
In ■
3119-69
0-88
9-1
32045-3
16-7
' 2b
1»
l»
076-1
3032-97 '
1
3032-96
0-86
9-4
9616
2991-2
In
2991-11
)»
9-6
33415-1
59-8
3b
0-84
9-7
478-4
26-3
lb
»»
9-8
34158-4
2898-86
2
2898-83
0-81
9-9
486-4
60-60
8
60-54
?»
10-1
947-6
43-80
2n
»)
10-2
35154-0
31-0
lb
>»
5»
313-0
2780-37
10
2780-30
0-79
10-4
9560
45-10
5
45 09
»
10-6
36417-9
2493-07
4
2492-98
0-73
11-8
40099-4
56-62
4
56-61
0-72
12-0
694-3
37-30
1
37-30
1)
12-1
41016-9
2381-32
2n
2381-28
0-71
125
978-0
70-87
3
70-85
0-70
»»
42166-1
69-75
3
69-75
91
?»
186-0
6310
In
63-12
iJ
12-6
304-6
50-02
10
49-92
»j
12-7
558-3
2288-23
3n
2288-19
0-69
13-2
43688-7
71-53
In
71-46
1-68
13-3
44009-9
66-82
In
66-79
»)
>l
101-4
29-96
1
0-67
13-6
830-2
2192-21 '
2n
»l
13-9
45602-2
65-53
2n
2165-64
0-66
14-2
46163-9
56-3
In
tJ
14-3
361-4
34-87
1
)l
14-5
837-7 {
126 REPORT— 1903.
Absorption Spectra and Chemical Constitution of Organic Substances. —
Fifth Interim Bsport of the Committee, consisting of Professor
W. Noel Hartley [Chairman and Secretary), Professor F. K.
Japp, Professor J. J. Dobbie, and Mr. Alexander Lauder,
appointed to investigate the Relation between the Absorption Spectra
and Chemical Constitution of Organic Substances.
The work of two of the members of the Committee, Dr. Dobbie and Mr.
Lauder, has been exclusively devoted to the investigation of certain alka-
loids, and the connection between their chemical constitution and their
absorption spectra, and the results they have obtained since the last
meeting at Belfast constitute the substance of this report.^
Note. — As sometimes the nitrates of the alkaloids are well -crystallised
salts, the examination has been in certain cases made with nitrates. It is
necessary to observe, however, that unlike chlorides, sulphates, and ace-
tates, which are very diactinic and exert only a general absorption, nitric
acid and the nitrates give characteristic absorption bands.^ This does not
affect the specti-a here referred to, but it might happen that if the effect
of the nitric acid were not taken into account, erroneous conclusions could
be drawn from the absorption band of the nitric acid being attributed to
the organic base.
In a paper communicated to the Royal Society eighteen years ago by
Hartley,^ it was proved that the principal alkaloids give highly characte-
ristic absorption spectra which can be used for their identification and for
ascertaining their purity. Furthermore, that alkaloids closely related to
one another, like quinine and quinidine, cinchonine and cinchonidine, all
contained a similar nucleus, which was probably formed by the conjuga-
tion of four pyridine or two quinoline groups, and that the opium alka-
loids had also a characteristically constituted nucleus which is either a
benzene or a pyridine derivative. Tlie effect of alkyl and acetyl sub-
stitutions on the curve of absorption was demonstrated, the increased
intensity of absorption of the apo- derivatives was shown and accounted
for, and the occurrence of several oxidised radicals — hydroxyl, methoxyl,
carbonyl, or carboxyl — in the constitution of an alkaloid was shown to
be capable of causing remarkable differences in the absorption curves
of the original nucleus. At the time a.t which this paper was published,
however, little progress had been made with the investigation of the
alkaloids, and it was not possible, therefore, to trace any closer connec-
tion between their structure and their spectra. In this connection,
however, the relationship of the absorption curves to the differences
in constitution of quinoline, dihydroquinoline, and tetrahydroquinoline,
was determined by Hartley.
The Absorption Spectra of Corydaline, Berberine, and the Opium Alkaloids.
The constitution of the principal members of the group of alkaloids to
which corydaline and berberine belong — namely, papaverine, hydrastine,
' Dobbie and Lauder, Chem. Soc. Trans., 190.3, 83, pp. 605, 626.
* Hartley, CJievi. Soc. Trans., 1902, 81, and 1903, 83.
' Phil. Trans., 1885, Part II., p. 471.
ox ABSORPTION SPECTRA AND CHEMICAL CONSTITUTION. 127
narcotine, and narceine — has now been definitely determined, and the
examination of this group furnishes a good basis for the study of the
relationship between the absorption spectra and the constitution of the
alkaloids.
Since papaverine is, in some respects, more simply constituted than the
other members of the group, it will be convenient to consider each of the
others with reference to it. According to Goldschmiedt, the structure of
papaverine is represented by the following formula :
Papaverine.
f^NoMe
I MOMe
i
MeO ''■ ' '" •
The absorption curve of papa\erine shows two absorption bands, the
first lying between ^/X 2998 (\=3335) and V\ 3295 (A=3035), and the
second between \/\ 3956 (\=2528) and ^X 4555 (\ = 2195).
Hydrastine differs structurally from papaverine in the following par-
ticulars : (i) The isoquinoline nucleus is partially reduced ; (ii) The two
methoxyl radicals of the z'soquinoline nucleus are replaced by a dioxy-
methylene group ; (iii) A methyl group is attached to the nitrogen atom ;
(iv) A carbonyl group is attached to the carbon atom (4), and through
the medium of an oxygen atom is also linked to carbon atom (2), which
has only one atom of hydrogen attached to it. From this comparison, it is
obvious that the two substances differ considerably in their constitution.
On comparing the curve of the absorption spectra of hydrastine (fig. 4) with
that of papaverine (fig. 2), it will be seen that there is a correspond-
ingly wide difference between them ; hydrastine exhibits slightly less
general absorption than papaverine, and shows only one absorption band
which is wider and much more persistent than either of the absorption
bands of papaverine. Narcotine only differs from hydrastine in con-
taining an additional methoxyl group attached to ring IV, and the
two alkaloids give practically identical absorption spectra (figs. 4
and 5). Assuming the constitution of corydaline, as determined by
Dobbie and Lauder, to be correct, it is represented by the second of
the following formulse :
^rt
Tetrahydroberberine, Corydaline.
,^\0Me ^^OMe
„ I ' lOMe jr /L >OMe
Hj Ho
128 REPORT— 1903.
On comparing this formula with that of papaverine, the differences
will be seen to consist in the partial reduction of the isoquinoline nucleus
and in the presence of carbon atom (5), which, with its associated methyl
group, is linked on the one hand to carbon atom (4), and on the other to
the nitrogen atom, thus forming a fourth closed chain in the molecule.
Here, again, the difference between the absorption spectra and those of
papaverine is very marked. The amount of general absorption is less, and
there is only one absorption band, which is, however, better defined and
more persistent than the papaverine bands (tigs. 2 and 6).
In discussing the relations between corydaline and berberine, it is to
be remembered that corydaline corresponds to tetrahydroberberine, and
berberine to dehydrocorydaline. The constitutional connection between
corydaline and tetrahydi'oberberine is undoubtedly very close, ^ as a com-
parison of the above formulse will show, and between the spectra of
the two substances there is also a very close relation (figs. 6 and 7),
the only difference being that the general absorption of tetrahydro-
berberine is slightly greater than that of corydaline.
When papaverine is reduced to tetrahydropapaverine, it is brought
structurally very near to corydaline. A comparison of the formulae of
the two substances shows that the former substance differs from the latter
in the absence of carbon atom (5) of ring II with its associated hydrogen
atom and methyl group. The spectra of the two compounds are almost
identical (figs. 3 and 6). Viewing corydaline as derived from tetra-
hydropapaverine by the addition of CHg forming a fourth closed chain in
the molecule, it might have been anticipated that the difference between
the absorption spectra of the two substances would be greater than is
found to be the case. It should be noted, however, that ring II in cory-
daline is a reduced ring, and would not therefore exert the same in-
fluence on the absorption spectra as the formation of a pyridine ring.
It might be expected to produce an effect comparable with that produced
by the substitution of a dioxymethylene for two methoxyl groups,
which, we shall show later, is slight in compounds of high molecular
weight.'-^
Narceine is the extreme member of this group. It has two benzene
nuclei, but no pyridine ring, and in other particulars differs considerably
in constitution from papaverine. The absence of any absorption band
diSerentiates the spectra widely from those of the other members of the
group (fig. 22).
Note. — This was accounted for by Hartley in the following explana-
tion : ' Carbonyl, carboxyl, hydroxyl, and methoxyl on side-chains, or as
forming a portion of the substituted benzene nuclei, exhibit great absorp-
tive power, and the occurrence of several oxidised radicals may cause the
following variations in spectra : (a) the absorption band becomes so
widened as to extend into the region of rays affected by naphthalene,
quinoline, and their derivatives ; (6) or the absorption is so powerful
that it extends to rays less refrangible than those in which the band
is situated, and continues so far down the curve that the selective
absorption is not made manifest. Narceine appears to be a good ex-
ample of this ; its absorptive power is very great, extending into the
> Chem. Soc. Trans., 1902, 81, 145.
- Hartley, Chem. Soc. Trans., 1885, 47, 691 ; Hartley and Dobbie, Chem. Soc.
Trans. 1900, 77, 846.
I
ON ABSORPTION SPECTRA AND CHEMICAL CONSTITUTION. 129
region of such low refrangibility as \ 3000 when 1 mm. of liquid is
examined containing only T^/^oth of substance, so that no band is visible.
The remarks on narceine are also applicable to papaverine in every
particular.' '
Dobbie and Lauder ^ have shown that corydaline and berberine give
rise to parallel series of derivatives. The absorption spectra of the
corresponding derivatives are related to one another in the same way as
the spectra of the parent substances. When corydaline is acted on with
mild oxidising agents, four atoms of hydrogen are removed, and a yellow
substance is obtained, which stands in the same relation to corydaline as
berberine to tetrahydroberberine.^
Oxidation with dilute nitric acid converts corydaline and berberine
respectively into the dibasic corydic and berberidic acids :
C, 3He(CH3)(OCH3)2-N(C02H)2,
Corydic acid.
Berberidic acid.
whilst oxidation with permanganate gives rise, amongst other pro-
ducts, to corydaldine in the former case, and to co-aminoethylpiperonyl-
carboxylic anhydride in the latter. The corresponding derivatives differ
structurally from one another in the same way as corydaline and tetra-
hydroberberine, excepting that, in the case of corydaldine and w-amino-
ethylpiperonylcarboxylic anhydride, ring II having disappeared, the
difference between the two compounds is confined to the replacement
of the two methoxyl groups of the former by dioxymethylene in the
latter. The spectra of the corresponding derivatives (figs. 10 and 11
and 14 and 15), exhibit the same close relationship as those of the alka-
loids themselves. The general absorption of the berberine derivatives
is, however, always slightly greater than that of the corresponding
corydaline derivatives. This is probably due to the influence of the dioxy-
methylene group, and the correctness of this inference is supported by
the fact that piperonylic acid, C6H3(CH202)-COaH, shows slightly
greater general absorption than veratric acid, CfiH,(OCH,),-COoH
(figs. 12 and 13).
Whilst the spectra of corydaldine and w-aminoethylpiperonylcar-
boxylic anhydride approach one another closely, they differ widely from
those of cotarnine and hydrastinine (figs. 14, 15, and 16), the correspond-
ing oxidation products of narcotine and hydrastine respectively. The
difference finds a sufficient explanation in the fact that whilst all four
substances are nearly related, the chain containing the nitrogen atom,
which is closed in the two former, is open in the two latter. When'
however, hydrastinine is oxidised by means of an aqueous solution of
potassium hydroxide, the open chain is closed, and oxyhydrastinine
results, the absorption spectra of which substance are almost identi-
cal with those of corydaldine and w-aminoethylpiperonylcarboxylic
' Phil. Tram., 1885. " CAem. Soc. Trans., 1902, 81, 145.
» Ibid., 1902, 81, 145.
1903. K
180 REPORT — 1903.
anhydride (figs. 14, 15, and 17). The relationship between these com-
pounds is shown by the following formulse : —
a.-Aminoethylpiperonyl- Corydaldine.
carboxylic anhydriae.
o o
H2 H2
Hydrastinine. Oxyhydrastinine,
CHO
. /\/ NH-CH3 o/\/'^NCH
<^H.<ol J^^Jh, ^H2<-!
H
H2
Though Dobbie and Lauder have found that cotarnine and hydras-
tinine in alcoholic solution do not possess the constitution commonly
assigned to them, this in no way affects the argument, since there is an
important constitutional difference between oxycotarnine and oxyhydras-
tinine on the one hand, and cotarnine and hydrastinine on the other, what-
ever formulse be accepted for the two latter.
Again, when the pyridine ring of cotarnine and hydrastinine is closed
by the conversion of these substances into their salts or by their reduction
to hydro-derivatives, the changes of structure are reproduced in a striking
manner in the spectra.
Belationships established between differences in Constitution and Absorption
SiJectra, which may be ajyplied to the study of Alkaloids of unknown
Constitution.
It is now known that many alkaloids which possess the same formula
are stereoisomerides. Alkaloids v^hich are related in this way give, like
other stereoisomerides, identical spectra.' Illustrations of this are
afforded by c?-corydaline and i-corydaline (fig. 16), narcotine and gnos-
copine (fig. 15), tetrahydroberberine and canadine (fig. 17). Quinidine
(conquinine) and cinchonidine also give absorption spectra identical with
those of quinine and cinchonine respectively, of which substances they
are probably stereoisomeric forms (figs. 18 and 19). This relationship
might sometimes be used to assist the investigation of cases of suspected
stereoisomerism. Where, for example, two compounds of the same
formula are known, one active and the other inactive, it may be inferred
that they are not optical isomerides if they have different absorption
spectra.
A case in point is afforded by canadine and papaverine, which
possess the same molecular formulae but give widely different absorption
spectra. Even if it were not known otherwise that these two substances
• Hartley and Dobbie, Chem. Soc. Trans., 1900, 77, 498 and 509.
ON AHSORPTION SPECTRA AND CHEMICAL CONSTITUTION. 131
are structurally different, this might be inferred from the differences
in their absorption spectra (figs. 2 and 7). Canadine has long been
regarded as a stereoisomeride of tetrahydroberberine. This question
might have been decided by a comparison of the spectra of the two sub-
stances, which had been already undertaken when Gadamer ^ published
an account of the resolution of tetrahydroberberine into its active com-
ponents, and showed that one of them was identical with canadine. The
result of the spectroscopic examination points to the same conclusion
According to Gadamer,^ inactive corydaline exists in two modifica-
tions, one melting at 134-135°, and the other at 158-159°. The latter
of these only can be resolved into dextro and inactive corydalines. The
inactive modification of lower melting-point which cannot be resolved,
might either be a structural or a stereoisomeric modification of corydaline.
The fact that its spectra are identical with those of natural corydaline
(fig. 6) affords strong presumption in favour of the view that the two
are structurally identical.
Homologous alkaloids give practically identical spectra. It has been
shown from the examination of many homologous substances that the
replacement of an atom of hydrogen by a methyl group produces very
little effect on the spectra, even when the compounds are of low mole-
cular weight.^ The effect is still less noticeable when the replacement
occurs in substances of high molecular weight, such as some of the
alkaloids. The effect is such that in every case it may have been pre-
dicted.
Codeine and morphine (fig. 1) were examined by Hartley,'' and his
curves show clearly the relation between these two compounds. We
have examined numerous other cases of homologous alkaloids, and find
that they all give practically identical spectra. The curves of cory-
bulbine, C21H25O4N (fig. 20), and corydaline, C23H27O4N (fig. 6), and
those of quinine, C20H24O2N2, and cupreine, C,9H2202lSr2 (fig. 18), may
be referred to as examples. When, therefore, the formulse of two alka-
loids differ by CH,, it may be inferred with certainty, if they give dis-
similar spectra, that they are not homologous. On the other hand, it
cannot be inferred with certainty that two substances which differ by
CH2, and have very similar spectra, are really homologous, because the
difference in the formulae may be due to other slight structural differ-
ences.
The formula of bulbocapnine, Ci9H,;,04N, differs from that of
papaverine, CaoHaiO^N, and of tetrahydroberberine, C2oH2,04lSr, by
CH2, but the wide difference between the spectra of all three sub-
stances (figs. 21, 2, and 7) renders it highly improbable that bulbo-
capnine is homologously related to either of the others. What is
known of the chemistry of bulbocapnine entirely bears out this con-
clusion. "'
Many minor modifications of structure in alkaloids are unaccom-
panied by any mai-ked difference in the spectra, even where the same
* Arch. Pharvu, 1901, 239, 648.
* Ibid., 1902, 240, 19.
' Hartley and Huntington, Phil. Trans., 1879, Part I., 257.
* Phil. Trans., 1885, Part II., 471.
* Gadamer and Ziegenbein, Arch. Pharm., 1902, 240, 81.
132
REroRT — 1903.
Fig. 1. — Morphine,
C,;H,„0,N + H,0.
{In alcohol'tc solutioii).
The curve of codeine is identical
with this {see also Hartley,
loc. cit.).
ficale of oscillaiion-frequencies.
S S
V.
"^
I
« » e 7 •
1 4030 1 I s
i"in"^
'
i
1 I
2, ^.
1
1
1
1
_i ^
j
1
1
i It
I_
1
_i
! 1
1 -U '
1
f
\
1
^ 1 :
■ 1
^
i-+-i
3 : :
1 ,
2 .1. j_
\
-^ ^
41^
e
\
it \
1
_ 2u
ON ABSORPTION SPECTRA AND CHEMICAL CONSTITUTION. 133
modifications would produce an appreciable effect on the spectra
of compounds of low molecular weight. Corydaline, tetrahydrober-
berine, and their derivatives afford instances in which the replacement
of 2(OCH3) by CHoOa does not markedly alter the spectra, and nar-
cotine and hydrastine furnish an example in which the introduction
of an additional methoxyl group is unaccompanied by any considerable
effect.
The case of cinchotenine and cinchonine may be quoted as another
instance. In cinchotenine the side chain -CH : CHj of cinchonine is
oxidised to a carboxyl group without the spectra being appreciably
affected. The resemblance between the two series of spectra is so close
that it would at once sugorest a near structural relation of the substances,
even if we knew nothing of their chemistry.
The reduction of closed chain compounds is accompanied by a com-
plete change in the character of the spectra.' Good illustrations of this
are afforded by the widely different spectra of berbei-ine (fig. 9) and tetra-
hydroberberine (fig. 7), dehydrocorydaline (fig. 8) and coiydaline (fig. 6),
papaverine and tetrahydropapaverine (figs. 2 and 3). There are,
however, cases in which partial reduction produces very little change.
Hydroquinine, C20H26O2N2) is unquestionably very closely related to
quinine, C20H24O2N2, from which its formula only differs in containing
two more atoms of hydrogen. The difference between the spectra of the
two substances is hardly perceptible, and it is highly probable, therefore,
that the addition of the two atoms of hydrogen is unaccompanied by any
important change of structure. The change probably consists in the
reduction of the side chain.
Prom the results of the examination of more than thirty alkaloids, it
may be laid down as a general rule that those which agree closely in
structure give similar absorption curves, whilst those which differ in
essential points of structure give dissimilar curves.
This principle has already been recognised and applied in previous
investigations, particularly in the study of coloured substances and dyes,
and it is probably capable of extended application in the case of the alka-
loids, as most of these compounds have a high molecular weight, and
changes may be effected in their molecules without alteration of the
spectra which, in substances of lower molecular weight, would be attended
by wide differences. The essential identity of constitution subsisting
between two alkaloids can often be detected by the spectroscope in spite
of differences of structure. Cinchonine and cinchotenine give practi-
cally identical curves, whereas styrolene and benzoic acid, which differ in
the same way, give very different curves. If, therefore, an alkaloid
of unknown constitution is found to give spectra closely resembling
those of an alkaloid of known constitution, it may with great pro-
bability be inferred that the two only differ in the details of their
structure.
The systematic study of absorption spectra is of real practical value
in the investigation of the alkaloids, and may often be the means of saving
much time and labour in their chemical investigation, especially in
dealing with a large number of closely related compounds.
' Hartley, CJiem. Soc. Trans., 1885, 47, 691, and Phil Trans., 1885; also Hartley
and Dobbie, Chem. Soc. Trails., 1900, 77, 846.
134 REPORT— 1903.
Experimental Details.
For the specimens of the opium alkaloids, including gnoscopine, we
are indebted to the kindness of Messrs. T. and H. Smith, of Edinburgh,
and for the specimens of oxyhydrastinine and w-aminoethylpiperonyl-
carboxylic anhydride, to Professor AV, H. Perkin, jun. The specimens
of inactive and artificial corydaline, corybulbine, tetrahydroberberine,
tetrahydropapaverine, dehydrocorydaline, corydic and berberidic acids,
corydaldine, and hydrastinine were prepared in the laboratory of the
University College of North Wales, Bangor ; and our best thanks are
due to Messrs. C K. Tinkler, K. S. Caldwell, and Ed. Jones for assist-
ing in the preparation of some of these substances, and to Mr. C. P.
Finn for assisting in photographing the spectra. The remaining alka-
loids were obtained by purchase. In every case the specimens were
tested as to their purity, and, where necessary, subjected to purifica-
tion. Whenever possible, specimens were obtained from at least two
distinct sources, and several independent examinations were made of each
specimen.
In photographing the spectra and in representing them graphically,
owing to the slight solubility of some of the substances examined, it was
not always possible to get a solution of 1/100, and thicker layers of a
more dilute solution had to be employed. In such cases, for convenience
of reference, 25 mm. of a solution of 1/500 have been plotted as equi-
valent to 5 mm. of a solution of 1/100. Except in the case of hydrastine,
all the curves are drawn to the same scale. The position of the trans-
mitted portions of the spectra and of the absorption band have been
marked on one of the curves (fig. 3).
We may remark that it is difficult by means of curves to give a proper
representation of the photographs, it being found impracticable to
adequately represent differences of intensity as well as extent of absorp-
tion upon which the similarity or difference between two series of spectra
often to a large extent depends.
By far the most satisfactory comparison is that which is made by the
actual inspection of the photographs. When reasonable care is taken
to work under similar conditions, the results are remarkably constant.
We have never discovered any discrepancy between the photographs of
the same preparation, even when taken by different operators at wide
intervals of time. Hartley having worked in 1882 and again in 1884
with constant weights and not with molecular quantities of the alkaloids,
it was found necessary, for purposes of comparison, to repeat the exami-
nation of a few of the alkaloids which he had previously examined. In
so far as it is possible in such cases to compare the results, they show
remarkably close agreement.
ON ABSORPTION SPECTHA AND CHEMICAL CONSTITUTION.
135
o
3
a
H
O
<u
SJ
a
•S
t-t
Oi
a
%
S
^
■S
P<
£
^
-o
J
>-,
-d
w
1
>?
H
1
CO
a
M
b
""
».
•
i«
^
^
/
5
K
/
a:
^
_
_
_
—
'
R-
_J
_J
.
■— r-"
je
c;
? =
1
f=
" J
■^
-Ll
_J
!e
•^
""'
* ■"—
n
--
■
■\
^
f-**
^
Cl
1
1
s
"_
^
<
S
1;
.
&
" _
i
1
' *
^
•_
—
—
—
—
.'
^
"^
"
"■
"
~
~
_-.
~
~
~
■r
p
"^
i
s
i "*
2
^ 1
'
•
ft
^
e
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
, ,
•^
__
1^
„
__
■DO OOT
— Kl X ><-
•3-3 005
ui aiiidiiom-mujSiiiim \
f-H ^ ec c-l f-l O
■D-D OOS'J
Ill \ >
•si-il^imiiim ui uoitnios /o umvi /o ss^u.yoii/j,
O
SO
to s
§.§
a «
> c
00
00
g
. t—
^
'"Z
■^
.MM
«_
■^
^■"
^*~'
1
"■■
■^
—^
^^
' 1 '
-
•
^
-
^
-
\
•s
'-
\
s
'-
.'
2"
§"
1
<?,
♦ —
^
.C
/
'
t
/
%j
-
/
V,
/
^
/
/
n-
—
/
r—
1
-
>
g-
u
L.
L
1
^
L
L_
^
—
—
■~
■""
~
L.
""
■D-3 OOT
-ut \-
■0-0 009
m 9pio3ioiu-iuojBiiiiiu I
■■'■■' one's
->< in I >
•SMiauiiiiim Ml uoijnios fo mHvi Jo ssiu-joii/j;
136
REPORT — 1903.
ISee also Hartley, loc. cit.]
The curve of gnoscopiiie is indentical with this.
Scale of oscillation-frequencies.
^^
r
"■■
^
A
^_
».
/
%■->
*
/
wl
J
•'
1
d^^
Ij
-
/
I!
L
_ , .
^
^
,--
^
~~
^~
MM
o 2
i
-■■
c3 g
fc
. 1.
< 1
^_
"^
■^
.^
__^
■■■
--
--
—
--
'N,
^
1
■
_
■
1
—
--
-•
--
-
--
-'
s-
—
—
—
^
■~"
■"■
~"
■""
^^"
■■^
8 J
""■
„ 1 1
S
a
•3-3
n
« C^ rH ■* CO (71 rH
O
\ •••
[
'
^
'
'
■ *■
•supuniixm in uotttijos fo .isHvj fo sssuj/jii/j;
t«— !
"^^
■■■*
"^
^""
■
r
— ■
,..
—
—
--
o
—
*~z
^_
/
"^
'^■s 1
S""
..
I
s§ ■?.
1^
L—
_M
_
^_
_.
—
1
*z
V
—
—
—
"'
4. — Hydra
Jw alcohol
ale of oscilla
*^
v^
*^
»«.
_
..
_
*z:
"~-
—
—
— i
--
^^
"'-=
t
6 '^
• —
1
^
.
1
i
•
4'
— ■
—
—
—
"■
* ■*
■•
•
i
|-
1
.^
—
—
—
—
—
''
_
_.
1
1
^
""
^^
^^
■w*
^^
^^
^
,mm^
__
g- ^ ^ CO
a
'0-0 nni '5'^ 005
*3
w ^ o f
•3 009'» 1
«.« I >■ ;
1
I
t
i
•S}xi>uiiU}iu m uoipitosfo jaAvi/o SS3
v:fo
JW
ON ABSORPTION SPECTRA AND CHEMICAL CONSTITUTION.
137
a
'^
05 *^
^ :
I
K--J— i
"^
*^
'""'*■■''
■T"
- •
•^
c
^
/
s
-
/
?
-
n
-v.
ir
^ ... ■— '^
_C)
7* "°-
1
a
«i^
V
'o
^ -
o
^
-
--~, ,.
^
'*
1
1
1
♦3
*
1
... r •
^
■^
•3-j OOT
•3-3 005
rH "t CQ (71 T-H O
•3'3 ooe'o
— X VI I >
•sauiatufiiiui ui vojinios Jo jslivi fo sssu^niu^
o
O
I
I
-I
e 5=5
''l « ei
"fe>
•-
• -
♦ -
••-
1 ■"! —
1
1 /
/
-i
.^_
___
>
8 -
-
^
^^
^_
^
__
_i
^
—J
—J
■
f 1
"■
* —
<<
,
.
• -
"^
^
V,
. J
-J
. J
..
\
1
H
—
■"
—
—
—
—
—
—J
—
—
—
^
\
J
L
a
s
•03 001
— wi X > <-
•ro OOS
- VI Bin33iom-viv.tB\iiiui j •
r-t -* CO N ^ O
•3-3 OOS'Z
-><- — !/! I 3
'S3U)3m}ii)tu m uoiinios/o jaSvi/o sjaK.pj^
138
REPORT — 1903.
o
!zi
td
!z;
O
K
!?
«
O
o
■-s
r-^
(«
i3
cc
a
^
<u
Jg
a
^
u
«
n)
«i>:>
-?.
^^
m
1
05
O
'^
'1 ^
r
" J
"1
'
«
S 1
? 4
-
*4
■i
«
"j
/
P'
-i
/
^-1
^
r
\ 1
^
—
■ V
T>
o 1
i
"&
* 1
^
1
1
<^.
*^
y
—
jH
/-
■"
■^
\
H
,
'
■-
--
-
\
^1
1
^
1
—
■"
*""
,
_
^^
■■"
"■
""
"
■"
■
CO C-l r-l o
•3-J 001
•3-3 nos
Ml sinosiom-mvjBfiiim \
'0-0 oOfi'j
•SiJiaiuiiitm ill uoi/njos fo uaAai /o is^u^oyix
•0-3 not
Kl 1 ><-
•a-5 OOQ
T-< ■X*' CO M t-< O
■0-0 nofi's
-> < KJ I — >
•s?.i]ivniittu 111 uoi/nios /o JdRvifo ssstqioiiiX
ON ABSORPTION SPECTRA AND CHEMICAL CONSTITUTION
13&
•3 A'o
§» s
• ri w 10
So 3
■So «c
1
n-
■**
**■
taM
■^
*"
"^^
I^M,
^"
k*«
^"
■■■
""
^*
— 1
■^
-*
A
*
*2
G (
^-
<v
^^ —
?
^^
^_
-
2
-
j^
-'
'
■2
ir
I
e
^~
^T
^"
s,
—
1
^'A
■t'
^
\
1
^
^-
}
^-
1
^
-^
■*
••'^
aa
^
^^
_^
—^
, ,
^iH
^_
U
L
•^•^ on:
— W.I X — > <-
vo one
• up a;nD^iom-iuu.i6iiiiui i ■
<-* -^ « C* rH O
■3'3 oog's
— > < — Ut I — >■
•ssj.)3iutiiim ut uoijnios fo u^Hvi/o sssu.y3u/x
W
'O
r-<|W/^\
+
s
CS
^
^s
i^
n
^
$!
m
6
£
w
^
^»^
_
^
■"
■"
"^
■"■
"^
*"
^^
■■"
■n^
V
i
/
. -
/
i'^
/
* J
*-
*5
^-
— *.
/
?"
/
<?.
^ ~
/
'"
s
c
^ -t
'
t
•^
■c
1
6
—
—
r
1
■V
SH
I
£
S -4
TT
-—
V
H
A 7^.
A
|W— E
h—
1
M
,'
*~ ~
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
k«i:
:::
M^^^
r
I
'
'
—
L
h-
r-t -11 CC Cl ^ O
•3-3 001
■»■» 008
■ ut sinoaiOM-tuvudfiiiiu \
•^•3 OOS'S
— "? I —
•saji3Ui!littu ut uottntos/o usAvt/o ss^u-pti/x
140
REPORT — 1903.
'^ ^ "^
^ =»
1 ^ §
T "*
r
^"
~
-1
._
,.
..
'-
—
;■*
^
1^
^
i"*
—
~]
—
-^
^
^
1
•v
*i ■
1
1
o
*i
1
c
*^ .
1
p
-'
—
^
' ^
f
"-
"^
■~*
"*"
"^
■\
C
* -
1
-
/
-
_j
_
u
•o-} 001
< «} I —
><-
•5-3 005
• !(? dpiMiom-mvuBuvui I -
rH '^ CO C^ -^ O
•3-3 oos's
>< !/? t — — >
•sa-ipuqivu lit voip>los fa .unoj /o ssaiii^niij;
o + ■^
o
"^
"!^
:f--"' ' --■■ — p^i"
iiiiiiiiiiiii
1 J_ \ \
o"i /
-1 /""
"i /
-| ,i
1_ V ,
^1 —4- ^
It* - _ ___ ~
n- J*
•yo 001
•av 005
- ui sfnoaiom-iuv.iCnjtiui \ -
i-H "^ CO <N i-l O
•0-0 005'S
— >< — n I — .->.
•ssjipui!U}ui "> uofpiios /o .laHvi/o sssu^ntfj,
ON ABSORPTION SPECTRA AND CHEMICAL CONSTITUTION.
141
o
I. ca
2
•""3
^■"
""
~
7'~"
J
■""
*-l
/
".
f
*-i
/
s
i
^
S
-
/
?
|i
/
s
f-
f
.0
-
^
9
^
-^
s
,
X
o-
v
^
-
c
^
~"
—
— .
''
i
-,
i
1
-
u-
^
—
»
~.
...
...
1
ii
—
—
—
—
—
'— '
—*
^^
*mmm
M-.
1
-
^„_
^^
■
^
_
^_
""
^^
■J'-" OOT
< wt X —
-><-
•3-3 ons
- ui aindsioiu-uLvudiiipa \ ■
t-1 -9' CO C-» i-t O
•3'3 OOS't
> < ut I >
•ssu)}uitiiim lit uof/nios /o usfiaifo ss3U![nr{j,
tq
o
o
a
■I
,0
ta-s
CI «
£?«
O e?
I 5Q
"fev
^1
~
•
J
*■
/
' .
/
".
s-
?•
* -i
*.
•
■
_
_
;
<.
f-
""
'"■
•».
;
I
-=
"-§
—
L_
_
^
—
—
—
-^
S"
—
—
—
^
"^
^'
B.*—
m^
-^^
^—
^^
^
wm^
JJ
^
_
1
^^_
^
_
.^
•yo OOT
< wjX ><-
•3-J COS
— tn ainoaiouc-uivuBiiiim \ ■
W -H« CO (M ^ O
•0-3 oos'o
-> < ui \ —
•Siuiawiuim ui uoijnios /o .laHvi fo ss^icfoii/j,
142
KEPORT — 1903.
o
w
CJ
\^
"A
O
o
o
■*o
-o
s^
d
f-O
^
■^
rrt
o
TJ
>.
Q
?*
>i>~
«
^.^
o
:^
■"
~~
' —
~~
^
^
~~
^~
—
""
■""
'■^
^
i
,,
/
r
^^
/
/
/
i^
/
5;
/
Cw
*--
/
.
/
'
*'
-
r*
•2
•t|
<
c
"-
^
M»
■^
■"
"■
\
1
S
©
%•
•-
-
-
-
-
-
-
~
^
^
~
-
1
-
-
15
=
^
^
=
~
~"
=1
-
-
■7-
-
-
-
-
*.
•.
'*-
' .
*-
•-U
1
L_
1
1
_^
..
L-
Lp,
—
i_
^
^
LJ
•0-3 001
- vx \ -
*<-
•3-3 OOS
- MJ dpasiom-uwjibiumi \ -
r-i -t W CI r-i O
•3'3 ons'o
•S3.ii3m)ii}m ui uotinios /o .laiivi/o ssaiiyiii/j,
o
M
El's
en r-o
■ ►^
M
■fa
1
■^'
■^
■"
^
^"
"^
~1
n
~
""
r-
1
""
/
s
09
y
1
-IJ
/
'-5
!
r
>»:
-c
1
<e ->•
-i
1
jl .
v.
g 2; 5
' -J
;
to.^ &.
' _
y'
■'
s onl
irves
n-fre
*.
J
^
r " -2
' 1
\
,
|fe 3
'-,
•s's 1
' -
t
^
_
_
_
_
L
_
_
_
—
_
_
/
_
_
_
•^:§^
;-
—
—
—
f
—
—
—
—
-—
—
—
—
—
—
'
S-g ^^
*-?
• \
«- s
.^l
*
■
■■
"
■
'■-.
go
1
1
"_
\
1
t
♦ -
—
—
-■
.'
o
_
"1
_,
-
-
-
—
—
—
-
-
-
-
-
—
•3-3 OOT
-«! 3ino3iom-mvj£iitiiu i-
r-l "^nvt wo
•I'D 008
■sajjaui;ttttu ui uot)nios/o .uRvi/o ssau^iofiij,
ON ABSORPTION SPECTRA AND CHEMICAL CONSTITUTION.
143
d
o
a
.
53
<1)
C
Sa
c
<w
•(^
Xi
Tl
o
fl
^
t
53
fe
to --^ -g
^
^"
^
■■
^
^
"■
■"
■"
^
**
■■
^"
^
rr
^*
^
^~
"
/
.?■
•-I —
_^
._
—
L^
^^
—
^
=
-_
^
^
^
/
'
ij
b1~
—
—
—
-*
25
^
T^
!^
!^
—
—
—
—
•—
-
—
r
V
?-!
1 .
—
—
—
b_
^
—4
.^
.-
.©
\
In
'
^
1
1
■u
*i n
.;
^
»
«
'-. - —
_
1
^
..
-\
^
__,
__
^
_^
_.
_ .
_.
,_
.
n^
,,,
_
,
_
U
u
□
,
,, ,
J
__
_^
^
■^
^^
■
,_
:_
^
l-H -^ M C-) 1-H O
!z
r-i
-4^
o''.,^
o
ffi ••?-
o
o
°s
o-s
>1
a °°
!i1
C o
.2'S
«
a
1 «
.^
00 s
•a s .
a «i 5i
■ra 001
< K« X —
^<-
■3-3 009
la aiwaioiu-iuvdCiiimt \ -
•saupmiiiuu III uofinios Jo .laSvi fo ssati.YOii/j;
8^
^~
^"
^*
^"
""
~
1
■
^"*
■— '
"**
"^
1
» -
i
-
■
r-
_l
.^^
■
*-
<
■"■
^_
Si
■
1
^
s
,
<
-
;
■ 1
«
"*!
f
g
»-
,
..
--
—
-
•-
s
^
~
""
^~
"■"■
~"
"■
...
■ ~
'"■
\
'&
8^
1
"?
•
«
1
«
Sj ~^
71
j_
L_
_
.
'
^
_.
^.
._
_.
..
K —
_*
L_
^1
—J
^_
^_
_
L_
L_
^ _
1
-d
r-< -^ CO W t-< C>
•.T3 nni
•< — «.« I — > < —
•j'3 oos
ui 3tnosiom-tuvj.Btiiim \
•y^ ooe's
->< KI I — >
•s^u)</mfiim(, vi uot/nioi/o u^Uvt/o isau^i^nj^
144
REPORT — 1903.
o
w
CO
+
o !
'3
o
't —
\.
"s>
i;^
■■™
■™'
1 —
■""
~^
"""
"^^
~
■
r
7!
l_
lO-
^
1 —
/
* _
•
7
r—
/
—
"1 "
1^
1
_
f
*k-
/
'^
/
y
z'
r
♦-I
./
/
^
-^
/
m'
— •
..^
_
■^
— 1
-"
5>
iJ
t:
_
_
_
_
_
•0-0 OOT
<- Ml t ->< —
■TO 005
t-< -^ CC M f-l O
■3'a OOfi'Z
->< I'M >
■s^jLinujiiim in uofinios /o uaSvi/o ssiuyoti/j;
<o
/—v
a
'S
1
&
-f*
So
3 S
rS
WK
-
^
^<J
-s
C4
,
S'
C5
K,
tq
—
n
^m •"
7-
G
ll
1
^_-
a
s..
r
•^
, -= 1
•S
'
_,-''
c
7
^j
^^ :
"-.
■
/^
fi -1 ■■ ■
-i
=d
=>
= ^
h ■
• 1
•0-3 001
— Ul \ > <r-
•3V 009
ui sinoiioia-mvjiBiiiiw, \
1— I -i^ CO c^ f-^ o
•JV oos'z
->< Ul \ >
•s^Ji^tuijipu Ul itoimios /o mHvi/o fsitujoiijj;
(0
a
^
_2
■♦.i
§
sq
5i
'. ^
5l
OO
r.^
IM
13
2
•?
^
«^
^
—
-|
—
■"
""
^~
— ■
MM
^^
■"■
""**
2
—
—
„;
*1^
J.
«j
•-e
t
-ij
_
~
■
-
^^_
g_.
r
?
ll
-
■"■
~
— «
,_
—
J*
^"
-2
4
^
ij
_
-c
,
,
**
!=
^
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
-
•: -
—
—
—
— ■
—
—
^
—
—
t
~
"■
♦-= —
,
—
—
—
—
—
/
—
—
^
•
^s;
^^
^^
=
^
' —
I
__
—
^
L.
^7
I—
*—
^■"
'■"
L_
M
,-.
•^
CO
(M
,-1
o
•0-0 001
< Ul I >< —
•■'••' ooe
ut aiiusiom-iuvuBiiiitu \
■y^ oo9's
■sauisuintitu ut iioijnio! /o u?/ii)i/o trnt^m/x
ON ABSORPTION SPECTRA AND CHEMICAL CONSTITUTION.
145
Papaveeiite.^
CjoH^iNO,. M.P. 146°.
Solution in Alcohol.
(Fig. 2.)
Thickness of
1
layer hx
Description of Spectrum
\
millimetres
A
1 milligram-molecvle in 100 c.c.
5, 4, and 3
Spectrum continuous to . . .
2938 3404
1 and 2
»» 11 • • .
1 7nilUgravi-moleeule in 500 c.c.
2982 3354
5
Spectrum continuous to . . .
2982
3354
4
n ,1 ...
2998
3335
3
»» )» . • .
2998
3335
Absorption hand .....
2998 to 3295
3335 to 3035
Spectrum continuous to . . .
3295 to 3328
3035 to 3005
2
», ,» ...
2998
3335
\st Absorption band ....
2998 to 3295
3335 to 3035
Weak spectrum transmitted from 3295 to
3354
3035 to 2981
1 ndlligram-molecule in 2,500 c.
c.
5,4. 3
Spectrum continuous to ...
3956
2528
2
,1 ,» • • .
3956
2528
2nd Absorption band ....
3956 to 4555
2528 to 2195
1
Spectrum continuous to . ' .
4038
2476
2)id AbsorjMon band ....
4038 to 4321
2476 to 2314
Very weak spectrum from 4321 to
4656
2148
1 milligram-molecule in 12,500 c.c
5
Spectrum continuous to . . .
4038
2476
2nd Absor2)tion band ....
4038 to 4321
2476 to 2314
,
Very weak spectrum from 4321 to
4656
2148
4
Spectrum continuous to . . .
4038
2476
2nd Absorption band ....
4038 to 4321
2476 to 2314
Weak spectrum from 4321 to
4656
2148
3
Same as 4, but with lines showing in
the absorption band at . . .
4248
2354
2
Spectrum practically all transmitted,
but veiy weak in position of ab-
sorption band.
1
Spectrum practically all transmitted,
but still very weak in position of
absorption band.
Cf. Hartley, Phil. Trans., 1885, Part II., 471.
1903.
146
REPORT— 1903.
Texrauydropapavbrinb.
C20H25NO,. M.P. 200°.
Solution in Alcohol.
(Fig. 3.)
Thickness of
layer in
millimetres
25 and 20
15
10
2
5 and 4
3 and 2
Description of Spectrum
A
1 milligram-molecule in 500 c.c.
Spectrum continuous to
Line showing at .
Spectrum continuous to
Absorption hand .
Weak spectrum from 3824 to
Spectrum continuous to
Absorption band ,
Spectrum transmitted from 3821 to
Spectrum continuous to
Absorjition band .
Lines showing at .
Spectrum transmitted from 3824 to
Spectrum continuous to
Absorption hand ....
Weak spectrum from 3754 to
Same as 2 mm.
Lines in absorption band at .
1 milligram'molecule in 2,500
Spectrum practically continuous to
Weak in position of absorption band
Spectrum continuous to
After this, practically all transmitted,
3296
3323
3323
3886
3323
3323 to 3824
4038
3323
3323 to 3824
4038
3323
3323 to 3824
3754, 3778,
and 3792
4038
3354
3364 to 3754
4113
3033
3009
3009
2573
3009
3009 to 2615
2476
3009
3009 to 2615
2476
3009
3009 to 2615
2663, 2646,
and 2637
2476
2981
2981 to 2663
2431
3638 & 3694 2748 & 2707
c.
4113
4415
2431
2265
ON ABSORPTION SPECTRA AND CHEMICAL CONSTITUTION.
147
Htdrastine.
C.iH^iNO,. M.P. 133°.
Solution in Alcofwl,
(Fig. 4.)
Thickness of
layer in
millimetres
Description of Spectrum
\
5, 4, and 3
2
5
4
3
4
2 and 1
1 viilligram-vwlecule in 100 c.c.
Spectrum transmitted to . . .
J* >» • • ,
1 milligram-molecule in 500 c.e.
Spectrum transmitted to . . .
Ahiorption hand .....
Lines faintly transmitted at
Spectrum transmitted to , . .
Absorption hand
Spectrum feebly transmitted from 3638 to
Spectrum transmitted to . . .
Ahiorption band . . . .
Spectrum transmitted from 3638 to
Spectrum transmitted to . . .
Absorption band
Spectrum transmitted from .
1 milligram-molecule in 2,500 c.c.
Spectrum transmitted to . , .
Absorption band
Lines showing faintly in absorption
band about
Spectrum transmitted from 3530 to
Spectrum transmitted to . . .
Still weak in position of absorption
band.
Same as 4 mm., but faintly transmitted
at
Spectrum transmitted to . . .
Weak beyond
1 milligram-molecule in 12,500 c.c.
Spectrum transmitted to . . .
Line showing faintly at , . .
Same as 5 mm., with additional line at
Spectrum all transmitted.
2938
3403
2982
3363
3046
3282
3046 to 3824
3282 to 2615
3824 & 3886
2615 & 2573
3076
3250
3076 to 3638
3250 to 2748
3886
2573
3064
3263
3064 to 3638
3263 to 2748
3903
2562
3148
3176
3148 to 3568
3176 to 2802
3568 to 3926
2802 to 2547
3182
3142
;3182to3530
3142 to 2832
g 3295
3034
3926
2547
14119
2427
4321
2314
4406
2269
4119
2427
4406 1
2269
4531
2207
4549
2198
L 2
148
REPORT 1903.
Narcotine/
C.,,H,3N0j. M.P. 173°.
Solution in Alcohol.
(Fig. 5.)
Thickness of
layer in
millimetres
Description of Spectrum
1
A
A
1 milligram-molecule in 500 c c.
25 and 20
Spectram transmitted to . . .
2938
3404
15 and 10
>» >t ...
2982
3353
5
»i »' ...
3077
3249
Absorption hand .....
3077 to 3638
3249 to 2749
Very weak spectrum from 3638 to
3886
2573
4
Spectrum continuous to . . .
3077
3249
Absorption band
3077 to 3638
3249 to 2749
3
Spectrum transmitted to . .
3077
3249
Absorption hand
3077 to 3638
3249 to 2749
Weak spectrum from 3638 to .
3932
2543
2
Spectrum transmitted to . . .
3148
3177
Absorption hand
3148 to 3471
3177 to 2881
Lines in absorption band about .
3296 & 3323
3034 & 3009
1
Spectrum continuous to . . .
Very weak in position of absorption band.
1 viilligram-molecule in 2,500 c.c
4038
2476
5 and 4
Spectrum continuous to . . .
4127
2423
3
t) i» ...
4127
2423
Very faint to
4321
2314
2
Spectrum continuous to . . .
4420
2262
Weak beyond
4127
2423
1
Spectrum continuous to . . .
4420
2262
Faint to
4555
2195
1 milligram-molecule iii 12,500 c.i
5 to 1
Spectrum practically all transmitted.
> Hartley, Phil. Trans., 1885, Part II., p. 471,
ON ABSORPTION SPECTRA AND CHEMICAL CONSTITUTION,
149
COETDALINE.
Cj,H,,NO,. M.P. 136°.
Solution in Alcohol.
(Fig. 6.)
Thickness of
layer in
millimetres
Description of Spectrum
6, 4, and 3
4
3
2
1 milligram-molecule in 100 c.c.
Spectrum transmitted to
Lines showing faintly at
1 milligram-molecule in 500 c.
Spectrum transmitted to
Absorption band .
Weak spectrum from 3824 to
Spectrum transmitted to
Absorption band .
Weak spectrum
Same as 4 mm., but stronger,
Spectrum transmitted to
Absorption band .
Spectrum transmitted feebly from 3638 to
1 nilUgram-violecule in 2,500 c.c
Spectrum continuous to . , .
Weak beyond.
Still weak in position of absorption band.
Same as 5 mm., but somewhat stronger.
Spectrum continuous to
»» 1)
Weak beyond
Spectrum continuous to
Weak beyond
1 milligram-molecule in 12,500 c.c.
Spectrum practically al transmitted. I
3323
3009
3323
3009
3886
2573
3354
2981
3354 to 3824
2981to2SI5
3'J99
2500
3354 :
2981
3354 to 3824
2981 to 2615
3824 to 4030
2615 to 2481
3387 2952
3387 to 3638 2952 to 2748
4107 2428
4123
2425
4166
2400
4406
2269
4123
2425
4528
2208
4123
2425
Aktificiai Cobtdaliite and Inactive Coetdaline.
The spectra of artificial corydaline and inactive corydaline are
identical with those of corydaline.
150
KEPORT — 1903.
Tetkahxdbobbbberinb,
C^oHjiNO^. M.P. 167°.
Solution in Alcohol.
(Fig. 7.)
Thickness of
layer in
millimetres
Description of Spectrum
1
\
1 milligram-molecule in 500 c c.
25, 20, and 15
Spectrum continuous to . . .
3200
3125
10
j» ** ...
3200
3125
Line at
3886
2573
5
Spectrum continuous to . . »
3246
3080
Absorption band . ' .
3246 to 3824
3080 to 2615
Weak spectrum from 3824 to
4008
2495
i
Spectrum continuous to . . .
3296
3034
Absorption lamd
3296 to 3754
3034 to 2664
Weak spectrum from 3764 to
4038
2476
3
Spectrum continuous to . . .•
3296
3034
Absorption band
3296 to 3754
3034 to 2664
Spectrum continuous from 3754 to
4038
2664 to 2476
2
Spectrum continuous to . . .
3323
3009
Absorption band
3323 to 3638
3009 to 2749
Spectrum continuous from 3638 to
4038
2476
1
Spectrum continuous to . . .
Very weak in position of absorption
band.
1 milligram-molecule i?/ 2,500 c.c
4132
2420
5 and 4
Spectrum continuous to . . .
Weak in position of absorption band.
1 4132
2420
3
Spectrum continuous to . . .
Weak in position of absorption band.
4412
2266
Very weak beyond ....
4132
2420
2 and 1
Spectrum continuous to . . .
Very weak beyond.
4412
2266
Canadine.
The spectra of canadine are identical with those of tetrahydro-
berberine.
ON ABSORPTION SPECTRA AND CHEMICAL CONSTITUTION.
151
Dehtdrocortdaline Nitrate.
C,,,H,3NO,HN03 + 2H,0.
Aqtteous Solution.
(Fig. 8.)
Tliickness of
layer in
millimetres
Description of Spectrum
1
\
5,4.3
2
5 and 4
3
5
4
3
2
1 milligram-molecule in 100 c.c.
Spectrum practically all absorbed.
Spectrum feebly transmitted to .
2162
2789
1 milligram-molecule in 500 c.c.
Spectrum transmitted to . . .
»» i» • • .
\st Absorption hand ....
Spectrum very feebly transmitted from
2714 to
Spectrum transmitted to . . .
\st A hsorption hand ....
Spectrum transmitted from 2673 to
1 milliffram-molecvle in 2,500 c.c.
Spectrum continuous to . . . ^
Still weak in position of absorption
band.
Spectrum continuous to . . . 2789
2nd Ahsorj}tion band .... 2789 to 3282
Spectrum very feebly transmitted from
3282 to 3309
Spectrum continuous to . . . 2884
2nd Absorption hand .... 2884to3282
Spectrum very feebly transmitted from 3282 to 3341
Spectrum transmitted to . . . 2884
2nd Absorption hand .... 2884 to 3148
Lines showing faintly in the band of i 2982, 3042,
absorption at . . . . t and 3064
Spectrum feebly transmitted from
3148 to 3471
2202
2244
2244 to 2714
2768
2277
2277 to 2673 1 4391 to 3741
2768 3612
4625
4541
4456
445610 3684
3612
4391
3585
3585
3585 to 3047 1
3022
3467
3467 to 3047
3047 to 2993'
3467 1
3467 to 3177
3353, 3287,
and 3264
2881
4 tol
1 milligram-molecule in 12,500 c.c.
Spectrum practically continuous to
Weak beyond
Still weak in position of absorption
band.
Spectrum practically all transmitted,
gradually getting stronger.
4405
3471
2270
2881
152
REPORT — 1903.
Beebekine Niteatje,
C2oHi.NO,.irN03.
Aqueous Solution.
(Fig. 9.)
Thickness of
1
layer in
Description of Spectrum
A
millimetres
A.
1 milligram-molecitle in 100 c.c.
5 to 1
Spectrum practically all absorbed. |
1 viilliffram-molecule in 500 c.c.
5
Spectrum practically all absorbed.
4 and 3
Spectrum transmitted to . . .
2162
4625
2
»» M • • .
2162
4625
1st Absorption hand ....
2162 to 2463
4625 to 4060
Weak spectrum from 2463 to . .
2673
3741
1 milligram-molecvle in 2,500 c.c.
5
Spectrum cintinuous to . . .
Still weak in position of 1st absorption
band.
2714
3684
2nd Absorjjtio?! hand ....
2714to3295
3684 to 3034
Spectrum feebly transmitted from
3295 to
3323
3009
4
Spectrum continuous to . . .
2768
3612
2nd A hsorption hand ....
2768 to 3295
3612 to 3034
Spectrum feebly transmitted from
3295 to
3354
2981
3
Spectrum transmitted to . . .
2768
3612
2nd Absorption band ....
2768 to 3148
3612 to 3176
Spectrum feebly transmitted from
3148 to
3354
2981
2
Spectrum transmitted to . . .
2768
3612
2nd Absorption band ....
2768 to 3148
3612 to 3176
;
Lines showing faintly in absorption f
2982, 3042,
3353, 3287,
band at |
and 3064
and 3263
Spectrum feebly transmitted from
3148 to
3638
2748
1 milligram-molecule in 12,500 c.c.
5
Spectrum practically continuous to
4405
2270
Weak beyond
3638
2748
Still weak in position of absorption
band.
Lines showing faintly at . . .
4533
2206
4tol
Spectrum practically all transmitted
and gradually getting stronger.
ON ABSOKPTION SPECTKA AND CHEMICAL CONSTITUTION.
153
CoBTDic Acii).
Ci,H,N(0CH3),(C0,H)j + iHfi. M.P. 218°.
Aqueous Solution.
(Fig. 10.)
Thickness of
layer in
millimetres
Description of Spectrum
1
\
\
1 milligram-molecule in 100 c.c.
Sand 4
Spectrum continuous to . . .
2244
4456
3 and 2
1 milligTam-molecule in 500 e.c.
2273
4399
5 to 2
Spectrum continuous to . . .
1 milligram-molecule in 2,500 c.c
2354
4248
5
Spectrum continuous to . . .
2508
3987
Absorption hand .....
2508 to 2982
3987 to 3353
Spectrum feebly transmitted from 2982
to
3323
3009
4
Spectrum transmitted to . . .
2508
3987
Absorption band
2508 to 2982
3987 to 3353
Spectrum transmitted from 2982 to
3323
3009
Very feeble prolongation to .
3886
2573
3
Spectrum continuous to . . .
2508
3987
Absorption band
2508 to 2884
3987 to 3467
Spectrum very feebly transmitted from
2884 to
4408
2267
2
Spectrum practically continuous to
Very weak in position of absorption
band.
4408
2267
1
Spectrum practically all transmitted,
but still weak towards the end.
1 milUgravi-molecule in 12,500 c.
c.
5 to 1
Same as 1 mm. above, but gradually
getting stronger.
154
REPORT 1903.
Bebbbridic Acid.
0„H,N(CHjO3)(C02H),. M.P. 285°.
■ Agueotis Solution,
(Fig. 11.)
Thickness of
layer in
milhmetres
Description of Spectrum
6, 4, and 3
2
5
3 and 4
2
5 tol
1 milligram-molecule in 100 o.c.
j Spectrum continuous to
I It f» • •
1 milligram-molecule in 500 c.
Spectrum continuous to
Absorption hand .
Weak spectrum from 2982 to
1 milligram-molecule in 2,500 c.c.
Spectrum continuous t3
Absorption hand .
Weak spectrum from 2982 to
Spectrum continuous to
Absorption hand .
Weak spectrum from 2982 to
Spectrum continuous to
Absorption hand .
A few lines showing in the absorption
band.
Spectrum continuous from 2884 to
Weak beyond
Spectrum continuous to , . .
Weak in position of absorption band,
and beyond
Spectrum practically all transmitted,
but still weak.
1 milligram-inolecule in 12,500 c.c.
Same as 1 mm. of last plate, but gradu
ally getting stronger.
2157
2207
2276
2303
2354
2354 to 2982
3148
2508
2508 to 2982
3323
2508
2508 to 2982
3323
2508
2508 to 2884
3872
3872
4414
3872
4636
4531
4393
4342
4248
4248 to 3353
3176
3987
3987 to 3353
3009
3987
3987 to 3353
3009
3987
3987 to 3467
2582
2582
2265
2582
1
ON ABSORPTION SPECTRA AND CHEMICAL CONSTITUTION.
155
Vbbatric Acid.
CsH,(OCH3),0OjH. + 2H,0. M.P. 179-180°
Solution in Alcohol.
(Fig. 12.)
Thickness of
J_
layer in
Description of Spectrum
A
millimetres
A
1 milligram-molecule in 100 e.e.
5 to 2
Spectrum continuous to . . .
3191
3134
1
>l M ...
3191
3134
Very faint prolongation to .
3246
3080
1 milligram-molecule in 500 c.c.
4 and 5
Spectrum continuous to . . .
3246
3080
3
i» i» ...
3296
3034
Absorption bcmd
3296 to 4230
3034 to 2384
Weak spectrum from 4230 to
4321
2314
Line showing faintly at . . .
4321
2314
2
Spectrum continuous to . . .
3323
3009
1st Absorption band ....
3323 to 3521
3009 to 2840
Very faint spectrum from 3521 to
3638
2749
2nd Absorption band ....
3638 to 4240
2749 to 2358
Weak spectrum from 4240 to
4321
2314
1
Spectrum transmitted to . . .
3354
2981
\st Absorption band ....
3354 to 3471
2981 to 2881
Weak spectrum from 3471 to
3694
2707
2nd Absorption band ....
3694 to 4106
2707 to 2435
Weak spectrum from 4106 to
4407
2269
1 milligram-molecule in 2,500 c.c
5
Spectrum transmitted to . . .
3354 1 2981
\st Absorption band ....
3354 to 3471 2981 to 2881
Spectrum from 3471 to .
3694 2707
2nd Absorption band ....
3694 to 4106 2707 to 2435
Weak spectrum from 4106 to
4407
2269
4
Spectrum transmitted to . . .
Very weak in position of 1st absorp-
tion band.
3694
2707
2nd Absorption band ....
3694 to 4106
2707 to 2435
Weak spectrum from 4106 to
4407
2269
3
Spectrum practically continuous to
Weak in position of absorption band.
3886
2573
2nd Absorption band ....
3886 to 4106
2573 to 2435
Lines showing faintly in 2nd absorp- (
4018, 4038,
2488, 2476,
tion band at .... 1
and 3994
and 2504
Weak spectrum from 4106 to
4407
2269
2
Spectrum transmitted to . . .
Very weak in position of 2nd absorp-
tion band.
4407
2269
1
Spectrum all transmitted.
156
REPORT — 1903.
PiPERONYLic Acid.
C6H3(CH,0„)CO,H. M.P. 225°.
Solution in Alcohol,
(Fig. 13.)
Thickness of
layer in
millimetreB
Description of spectrum
1
A
25,20,15andl0
5
5 and 4
3
2 and 1
1 milligravi-molecule in 500 c.c
Spectrum continuous to
•) »
Lines at . . .
Spectrum continuous to
Lines at ...
Spectrum continuous to
\st Absorption hand
Weak spectrum from 3520 to
2nd Absorption hand
Weak spectrum from 4102 to
Spectrum continuous to
\st Absorption band
Weak spectrum from 3471 to
2nd Absorption band
Weak spectrum from 4098 to
Spectrum continuous to
Weak in position of 1st absorption band.
Very weak in position of 2nd absorption
band.
1 milligram-molecule in 2'500 c.c
Spectrum continuous to . . .
Weak in position of 1st absorption band
.. <i 2nd „ „
Continuous to
Still weak in position of absorption band.
Spectrum practically continuous.
3148
3177
3191
3134
3638, 4230,
2749, 2364,
and 4300
and 2325
3191
3134
3560, 3630,
2809, 2755,
4230 & 4350
23G4 & 2299
3191
3134
3191 to 8520
3134 to 2840
3630
2755
3630 to 4102
2755 to 2439
4402
2272
3191
3134
319110 3471
3134 to 2881
3678
2719
3678 to 4098
2719 to 2440
4402
2272
4402
2272
4402
4402
2272
2272
ON ABSORPTION SPECTRA AND CHEMICAL CONSTITUTION.
157
CORYDALDINE.
OgH^NOCOCHj),. M.P. 175°.
Aqueous Solution,
(Fig. 14.)
Thickness of
layer in
millimetres
Description of Spectrum
1
A
A
1 milligram-molecule in 100 ex.
5 to 1 I
Spectrum transmitted to . . .
1 milligram-molecide in 500 c.c
1 3064
3264
5
Spectrum continuous to . . .
3064
3264
Lines faintly transmitted . v_
3148
3177
4 and 3
Spectrum transmitted to . . .
3148
3177
2
»? )» ...
3148
3177
Absorption land
3148 to 3494
3177 to 2862
Very feeble spectrum from 3494 to
3638
2749
1 milligram- moleovle in 2,500 c.i
'>
5
Spectrum continuous to . . .
1 3182
3143
Absorption hand
3182 to 3482
3i43 to 2872
Lines showing faintly in band
3295 & 3323
3035 & 3009
Very feeble spectrum from 3482 to
3638
2749
Lines faintly transmitted
4110 & 4124
2433 & 2425
i
Spectrum practically continuous to
4321
2314
Very weak beyond ....
3638
2749
Very weak in position of absorption
band.
3
Same as 4 m.m. but stronger.
Band still perceptible.
2 and 1
Spectrum transmitted to . . .
4412
2266
Still weak beyond
3638
2749
1 milligram-molecule in 12,500 c.(
5
Spectrum continuous to . . .
4533
2206
4
tt »» • • .
4656
2148
3, 2, and 1
Spectrum practically all transmitted.
158
REPORT — 1903.
w-Aminoethtlpipebonylcakboxtlic Anhtdeide.
CgH^NOCCHjO,). M.P. 181-182°.
Solution in Alcohol.
(Fig. 15.)
Thickness of
layer in
inillimetrea
Description of Spectrum
1
X
\
1 milligram-molecule in 100 e.c.
5
Spectrum continuous to . . .
2884
3467
Lines showing at
2982
3353
4
Spectrum continuous to . . .
2982
3353
3
i» ti ...
3002
3331
2
» >» ...
1 milligram-molecule in 600 c.c.
3064
3264
5, 4,3
Spectrum transmitted to . . .
3064
3264
2
>t »i ...
3148
3177
Ahsorj>tion land
3148 to 3521
3177 to 2840
Weak spectrum from 3521 to
3638
2749
•
1 milUgram-vwlecule in 2,500 c
c.
5
Spectrum continuous to . . .
3148
3177
Absorption band
8148 to 3471
3177 to 2881
Lines faintly transmitted in absorp-
tion band at
3295 & 3323
3035 & 3009
Weak spectrum from 3471 to
3886
2573
Lines faintly transmitted at
4111 & 4130
2432
4 and 3
Spectrum practically transmitted to .
4321
2314
Weak beyond
3638
2749
Position of absorption band still clearly
perceptible.
2
Spectrum transmitted to . . .
4412
2266
1
)» i> ...
1 milligram-molecule in 12,500 c.
4656
2148
5 to 1
Spectrum practically all transmitted.
1
ON ABSORPTION SPECTRA AND CHEMICAL CONSTITUTION.
159
Htdrastinine.
CjiHijNOj. M.P. 116°
Solution in Alcohol,
(Fig. 16.)
Thickness of
1
layer in
Description of Spectrum
A
millimetres
A
1 milligram-molecule in 600 c.c.
26, 20, and 15
Spectrum transmitted to . . .
2502
3997
1st Absorption band ....
2502 to 2892
3997 to 3459
Weak spectrum transmitted from 2892
to
3148
3177
10
Spectrum transmitted to . . .
2502
3997
Faint prolongation to .
2542
3934
1st Absorption band ....
2542 to 2884
3934 to 3467
Weak spectrum transmitted from 2884
to
3148
3467
5
Spectrum transmitted to . . .
Weak in position of 1st absorption band
3148
3177
2,nd Absorption band ....
3148 to 3638
3177 to 2749
Weak spectrum transmitted from 3638
to
3824
2615
4
Spectrum transmitted to . . .
3296
3034
2nd Absorption band ....
3296 to 3638
3034 to 2749
Weak spectrum transmitted from 3638
to
3824
2615
3
Spectrum transmitted to . . .
3296
3034
2nd Absorption band ....
3296 to 3638
3034 to 2749
Weak spectrum transmitted from 3638
to
3824
2615
Line in absorption band at .
3568
2803
2
Spectrum transmitted to . . .
3296
3034
2nd Absorption band ....
3296 to 3521
3034 to 2840
Spectrum transmitted from 3521 to
3824
2615
^rd Absorption band ....
3824 to 4114
2615 to 2431
Very weak spectrum transmitted from
4114 to
4420
2262
1 milligram-molecule in 2,500 c.c
5
Spectrum transmitted to . . .
Still weak in position of 2nd absorption
band.
ird Absorption band ....
3886
2573
3886 to 4114
2673 to 2431
Spectrum transmitted from 4114 to
4556
2196
4
Spectrum transmitted to . . .
3886
2573
^rd Absorption band ....
3886 to 4114
2573 to 2431
Spectrum transmitted from 4114 to
4555
2195
3 and 2
Spectrum transmitted to . . .
Weak in position of 3rd absorption
band.
4656
2148
1
Spectrum all transmitted.
160
REPORT — 1903.
OXTHYDRASTININE.
CioH^NOCCHjO,,)- M.P. 97-98°.
Solution in Alcohol.
(Fig. 17.)
Thickness of
layer in
millimetres
Description of Spectrum
1
A,
\
1 milligram-molecule i?t 100 ex.
5 to 1
Spectrum continuous to . . .
1 viilligram-molecnle in 500 c.c.
3064
3264
5
Spectrum transmitted to.
3064
8264
4
)> i> ...
3064
3264
Line faintly transmitted at .
3568
2803
3
Spectrum transmitted to . . .
3064
3264
Absorption hand .....
3064 to 3521
3264 to 2840
Spectrum feebly transmitted from 3521
to
3638
2749
2
Spectrum transmitted to , . .
3148
3177
Absorption band
3148 to 3482
3177to2872
Weak spectrum from 3482 to
3638
2749
1 milligram-violecule in 2,500 c.c
,
5
Spectrum continuous to
3148
3177
Absorjition band
3148 to 3482
3177 to 2872
Spectrum transmitted from 3482 to
4321
2314
Very weak beyond ....
3638
2749
Lines showing feebly in bands at
3295&3323
3035 &. 3009
4
Spectrum practically transmitted to
Weak towards end and in the position
of absorption band.
4321
2314
3
Same as 4 mm., but stronger.
2
Spectrum transmitted to . . ,
1 milligram-molecule in 12,500 c.c
4406
2269
5
Spectrum continuous to . . .
Weak towards end.
4555
2195
4tol
Spectrum practically all transmitted
and getting stronger.
I
ox ABSORPTION SPECTKA AND CHEMICAL CONSTITUTION.
16J
Quinine.^
C5oH,,N,0,,. M.P. 172-173°.
Solution in Alcohol,
(Fig. 18.)
Thickness of
layer in
millimetres
Description of Spectrum
1
\
4, 3, and 2
1 milligravi-violeciile in 100 c.c.
Spectrum tranamitted to
1 milUgravi'moleculc hi 500 c.g.
Spectrum transmitted to . . .
»» i» . • .
lift Absorption hand ....
Weak spectrum from 3300 to
2nd Absorption band ....
Very weak spectrum from 3837 to
Si^ectrum transmitted to . . .
\t!t Absorption band ....
Spectrum from 3300 to .
2nd Absorption band ....
Spectrum transmitted from 3837 to
1st Absorption band ....
Lines faintly showing where the 2nd f
absorption band occurred . . |
1 milligi-am-moleoHle in 2,500 c.c.
Spectrum transmitted to .
Weak in position of 1st absorption
band.
Spectrum transmitted to . . .
Weak transmission in position of 1st ,
absorption band. i
Spectrum practically all transmitted, '
but weak beyond.
2802
3569
2881
3467
2905
3442
2938
3403
2938 to 3300
3403 to 3030
3330
3003
3330 to 3837
3003 to 2606
3890
2570
2038
3403
2938 to 3300
3403 to 3030
3350
2985
3350 to 3837
2985 to 2606
2938
3404
2938 to 3295
3404 to 3035
2982, 3046,
3353, 3282,
3295 & 3923
3035 & 2549
4006
2496
4038 i 2476
4038
2476
QUINIDINE^ AND CUPEEINE,
The spectra of quinidiiie and cupreine are identical with those of
quinine.
IlYDllOaTJlNlNE.
C,„IL,N.p,.
The spectra of hydroquinine resembled those of quinine so closely that
no separate curve was drawn.
' Hartle}-, Plul, Ttans,, 1885, Part II., p, 471.
Hartley) loc. cit.
1903.
M
w
REPORT— 1903.
CiNCHONISE.l
Ci9H,,Np. M.P. 255-255"-5.
Solution in Alcohol.
(Fig. 19.)
Thickness of
layer in
millimetres
Description of Spectrum
1
A
A
1 viilligram-vwlccule ill GOO c.n
25, 20, 15
Spectrum transmitted to . . .
3076
3251
10
)i n • • •
3118
3207
5
H )> ...
3148
3177
Lines showing feebly at . . .
4117&4130
2429 & 2421
4 and 3
Spectrum transmitted to . . .
3148
3177
Abeorptioii, hniul ....
3148 to 3886
3177 to 2673
Very weak spectrum transmitted from
388G to
4130
2421
2
Spectrum transmitted to . .
3148
3177
Absorption bund .....
3148 to 3824
3177 to 2615
Weak spectrum transmitted from 3824 to
4175
2395
Line feebly transmitted in absorption
band
3295
3035
1 milligram- iiuileeulc in 2,500 cc.
5
Spectrum transmitted to . . .
Weak in position of absorption band.
4175
2395
4 and 3
Spectrum transmitted to . . .
Weak in position of absorption band.
4250
2353
2
Spectrum transmitted to . . .
4250
2353
1
)) >» ...
1 milligram-molecule in 12,500 cc
4418
2263
4 to 1
Spectrum all transmitted
OlSCnONIDINE.-
C,,,H„,N„0. M.V. 202°,
The spectra of cinchonicliiie are identical with those of cinchonine.
» Hartley, PJdl. Trans.t 1885, Part \ p. 471. " Hartley, loc. ci
ON ABSORPTION srECTRA AND CHEMICAL CONSTITUTION.
m
Morphine.^
C„n„NO, + H,0.
Solution in Alcohol.
(Fig. 1.)
ThicfenfesS df
layer in
milliliietrea
bescriptidn cif St^fectrhW
i
1 miUiffraln-moIctiulc in 100 fc.fc.
5 and i
Slaectrum continlious to . . . 3323 3000
3
„ „ ... 3323 3009
Line showing faintly at . . . 3824 2015
2
Spectrum continuous to . ; ; 3354 2981
Ahsorjrtioiihand . . . . . 3354 to3T53 2981 to8feB4
Lines showing faintly at . . . 38^1 fc 3886 SHl5.'c2573
1 milligram- niolccnh in 500 c.c.
5
Spectrum continuous to . . .
3354 ! 2981
Absorption, band ...
3354 to 3638 2981 to 2749
Weak spectrum from 3638 to
3886 2573
■I
Spectrum continuous to . . .
3354 i 2981
Absnrjdion band . .
3354 to 3638 2981 to 2749,
Lines faintly transmitted in ;ibsorp-
1
tion band at . . .
8471 & 3568 2881 & 2803
Spectrum continuous from 3658 to
3886 ; 2573 |
3 and 2
Spectrum practically transmitted to .
But still very weak in position of
absorption band.
3926 i 2547
•
1 wiUigram-molecide in 2,500 c.c.
5
Spectrum continuous to . . . | 4320 ' 2315
Very weak beyond . . . . 3886 2573
'1, 3, and 2
Spectrum continuous to . . . 4414 2265
Very weak beyond .... 3886 2,573
1
Spectrum all transmitted.
1
1
1
CODEINE.-
"The spectra of codeine are nearly identical with tliose of morphine.-
' Hartley, PIM. Trams. , 1885, Part II., p. 4TL = Hartlcj-, loo. vit.
m2
164
tlEPORT— 1903.
Thickness of
lajei- in
niillinietrea
50, 40, and 30
20
10 and 8
6
4
5 and 4
3
2
.5
4 to 1
COKTBTJLBINE.
C,,H„,NO,. M.P, 223-225^.
Solution m Alcohol.
(Fig. 200
Description of Specttum
1 milUgra'nl-vwlecule in T.OOO c.c
Spectrum trauMiiitted to . . .
>) 11 ■ • •
II I) ...
Ahaorption hand .....
Rather feeble spectrum from 3815 to .
Spectrum transmitted to . . .
Absorption hand
Spectrum fesbly transmitted from 3710 to
Spectrum transmitted to . . .
Ahsorjitioii hand , . ,
Weak spectrum from 3638 to
1 milligram-molecule in 2,500 c.c.
Spectrum transmitted to . . . 4117
Very weak in iiosition of absorption
band.
vSpectrum transmitted to . . . 4403
Very weak beyond .... 4117
Same as 3 mm., with additional line
showing at 4495
1 inillifjram- molecnle in 12,500 c.c.
Spectrum transmitted to . . . : 4549
Spectrum all transmitted.
1
\
A.
3296
3033
3323
3009
3323
3009
3323to3815
3009 to 2621
4017
2489
3334
2999
3334 to 3740
2999 to 2673
4028
2482
3334
2999
3334to3638
2999 to 2748
4104
2136
2128
2271
2428
2224
2198
BuLBOCArNIN.
C,,,H,,,NOj. M.P. 201".
Solution in Alcohol.
(Fig. 21.)
Thickness of
layer in
millimetrea
Description of Spectrum
1
A
25
20 and 15
10
5
4
3 aivl 2
1 miUigram.-molectdc in 500 c.c.
Spectrum continuous to . . .
U J» ...
). » ...
I! t> ...
» J» ...
>. >» ...
2938
2982
3013
.3064
3061
3076
3403
33.53
,3318
3263
3263
3250
ON ABSORPTION SPECTRA AND f'HEMlCAL CONSTITUTION.
165
BULBOCAPNIN — oontimied.
Thickness of
layer in
millimetres
Description of Spectrum
1 iHllliffram-moleculii in 2,500 c.o
Spectrum continuous to
Ahsurptiooi hand ....
Very weak spectrum from 388U to
Spectrum continuous to
Abnorjitwn hand ....
Spectrum from 3886 to .
Lines in absorption band feebly shown (
at I
Spectrum continuous to , , .
Absorj/tion band .....
Weak spectrum from 3824 to
Spectrum practically continuous to
Weak in position of absorption band.
Spectrum practically transmitted to
I 3521 I
3521 to 3886
I 4038
3521
3531 to 3886
4128
3508, :!638,
, and 3824
3C38
3638 to 3824
4128
i 3824
4050
2840
2840 to 2573
2476
2840
2840to2573
2422
2802, 2748,
and 2615
2748
2748 to 2615
2422
2015
2147
1 milUgram-molccuh in 12,500 cr.
Spectrum all transmitted. |
Nabceine.^
0,3 Ho,XO, + 3llfi. M.P. 1 4.0°
Solution in Alcohol,
(Fig. 22.)
Thickness of
layer in
Description of Spectrum
\
millimetres
A
1 milligrani-moleoule in 500 c.c
25
Spectrum continuous to . . .
:-5002
3331
20 and 15
» i» ...
;;o76
3251
10 and 5
1. >i ...
3148
3177
4
11 »• ...
3191
3134
3 and 2
»> S) ...
1 viiUigram-molecule in 2,500 c.c
3323
300:»
5 and 4
Spectrum transmitted to . . .
But very weak beyond.
3886
2573
3
Spectrum transmitted to . . .
Very weak beyond.
4123
2425
2
Spectrum transmitted to . . .
Very weak beyond.
1 milligram-molecule in 12,500 c.c
4411
2267
5
Spectrum continuous to . . .
4536
2204
Very weak beyond ....
4411
2267
4 and 3
Spectrum transmitted to . . .
4555
2195
Very weak beyond ....
4411
2267
2 and 1
Spectrum practically all transmitted.
I Hartley, Phil. Trans., 1885, Part JI., p. 4'fl,
166
REPORT — 1903.
The Absorption SjiecAra of Laudanine and Laudanosine in Relation to
their Co7istitutionJ By James J. Dobbie, Z).»Vc., 21. A., a?icZ Alexander
Lauder, B.Sc.
It has been shown that alkaloids which only differ from one another
in minor details of structure give similar absorption curves, whilst those
which differ widely in structure give coi'respondingly different series of
spectra. So far, no case has yet been encountered in which two substances
Fig. 2;5.— Laudauosine,
C,,H,,O^N.
{In alcoholic solution.)
*^i-ifle of vsfiUtttitiii'fri'qiii'iHif^.
ml
4- 1
H lillltll
:
llllltl
.40
OOl 2 J
•
llllll
iiulliii iiiihiii
piling
l"'^
'
(
|_
\
\
\
;
1
1
1
1
^_
^^
}
\,
"^
*^
S
'^1
>
.
1
Fig. 24. — Laudanine,
{Ill alcoholic solidion.)
Smli' iif oscillntioii-firqiieinifS.
■~ A
i o
~ rH
t
I-
mm.
* 1
e
7
6 S
jiitliiiliinl
4000| 2
3 4
lllllllUlilH
E
e
liili'i
r
mliiii
1
,'
"^
i
4
1
,
t
/
-
1 /
3
/
/
o
I
/
\
/
1
I
1
(
1
\
i
1
'
\
f
1
\
1
'
.^.
..
J
I
4
\
■__ J
:l
N
V
S
1
2
^ _
—
1
_
_
known to differ substantially in structui'e give an identical or nearly iden-
tical series of spectra.
This principle finds an interesting application in the case of laudanine,
C.2nH2,p,0<N, and laudanosine, C.^iH.jjOjN, two rare alkaloids separated
by Hesse - from opium. These differ from one another by CH.;, and since
the former contains three, and the latter four methoxyl groups, it has
been assumed that the substances are homologous, although the conversion
of laudanine into laudanosine has not yet been accorapli.shed. If this
view of their relation is correct, they should give practically identical
absorption curves, and this we have found to be actually the case, the
' Cfiem. Soc. Trans., 1903, 83, 62G.
= Anuulen, 1870, 77, 47; Sll2>^)l., 1872, 8, 261,
1
ON ABSORPTION SPECfRA AND CHElWlCIAL CONSTITUTION. 167
measurements of the photographs of the two series of spectra agreeing
almost perfectly.
The investigation of these compounds was undertaken solely with
reference to their suspected homology, but it was at once seen, on examin-
ing their spectra, that a close resemblance subsisted between them arid
tlie spectra of corydaline and tetrahydropapaverine. The photographs of
the spectra of corydaline and laudanosine in particular are almost indis-
tinguishable, and suggest a very close structural relation between these
two compounds. Laudanosine differs from tetrahydropapaverine by CH.n,
and may simply be a homologue of this substance, possibly having a
methyl group attached to carbon atom 4. (See papaverine, p. 127.)
Apart from the closer resemblance of their spectra, however, there is
some ground for believing that laudanosine is more nearly related to cory-
daline than to tetrahydropapaverine. It differs fi'om corydaline only in
having one atom of carbon less in its molecule ; the two substances cannot
therefore be homologous, if the formuliB of both have been correctly
determined.
Corydaline has recently been analysed by numerous investigators, with
concordant results, and its formula may be regarded as well established.
Laudanine and laudanosine, on the other hand, have been but little
examined, and there is a possibility that their formulfe may not yet have
been definitely settled. Assuming, however, as we are bound to do for
the present, that the analyses are correct, cases are known in which sub-
stances, other than homologues, which are nearly related structurally,
show as close an agreement between their spectra even when their formulae
differ more widely than those of corydaline and laudanosine.
Unfortunately, very little is known of the chemistry of laudanosine,
but that little is entirely in favour of the view expressed as to its close
relationship with corydaline and tetrahydropapaverine. Like those sub-
stances, it contains four methyl groups, and yields metahemipinic acid as
one of its products of oxidation. It further resembles corydaline in being
optically active and in the ease with which, when heated with dilute nitric
acid, it undergoes oxidation to a yellow base. This substance, which has
not been analysed, may be identical with meconidine,^ an alkaloid asso-
ciated with laudanosine in opium. The formula of meconidine, C.21H23O4N,
bears the same relation to that of laudanosine that the formulie of dehydro-
corydaline and berberine bear to those of corydaline and tetrahydrober-
berine respectively, as the following table shows : —
Ciiloiirless. Ydlow.
Corydaline, Dehydi'ocoryd aline,
Co.,Ho-0,,N, C.oHoaO.N,
m.p. i35°-5. m.p. 118-120°.
Tetl-ahydroberberine, Berberine,
C,„H.„04N, C.oH.^O.N,
m.p. 167°. m.p. 145°.
Laudanosine, Meconidine,
C.,,H.,,0,N, Co.HosO.N,
m.p. 89°. m.p. 58°.
* Hesse, Aomalen, 1870, 77, p. 47.
168
REPORT — 1903,
Whether the yellow substance produced by the oxidation of laudano-
sine is identical or not with uieconidine, the mere fact of the existence of
a coloured base in opium having a formula diflering from that of laudano-
sine by four atoms of hydrogen lends some support to the view of the
relationship of these substances set forth in this jiaper, and this hypothesis
receives some additional support from a comparison of the melting-points
of the substances. The question, however, as to whether laudanosine is
more closely related to corydaline or to tetrahydroberberine can only he
settled by further chemical investigation.
The point which we wish to emphasise is that it must, from the simi-
larity of the curve plotted from its spectra, be built on the same plan as
these two closely related compounds,
Laudanosine.
C,,iII,-NO,. M.P. 89°
Solution in Alcohol.
(Fig. 23.)
Thickness of
\
layer in
Description of Spectrum
A
millimetres
A
1 milligram-molec%tle in 500 c.c.
25, 20, 15 & 10
Spectrum transmitted to . . .
3323
3009
5
,, J, ...
3354
2982
Absorjjtion band
3354 to 3824
2982 to 2615
Spectrum transmitted from .S824 to
3930
2544
i
Spectrum transmitted to . . .
3354
2981
Absorption band .....
3354 to 3824
2981 to 2615
Spectrum transmitted from 3824 to
3930
2544
3
Spoclrum transmitted to . . .
3354
2981
Absorption band .....
3354 to 3754
2981 to 2664
Spectrum transmitted from H75-1 to
3930
2544
Line faintly showing at . . .
4003
2498
2
Spectrum transmitted to . , .
3388
2951
Absorption band .....
3388 to 3638
2961 to 2749
Spectrum transmitted from 3038 to
4038
247fi
1
Spectrum transmitted to . . .
But very weak in position of absorption
band.
1 miUit/ram-moh'Ciih' in 2, ,500 r.c
4038
2476
4
Spectrum transmitted to . . .
4115
2430 1
3
5» 9J ...
4428
22.58 i
2
II J» ...
4555
2195
1
„ all transmitted
1 miUi gram-molecule in 12,500 c.
c.
4 to 1
Spectrum all transmitted.
1
1
1
I
ON ABSORPTION SPECTRA AND CHEMICAL CONSTITUTION.
160
Laudanine.
Solutiim in Alcohol,
(Fig. 24.)
Thickness of
\
layer in
Description of Spectrum
A
millimetres
A
1 milUgram.-molecvlc in .500 c.c.
25, 20, and IS
Spectrum transmitted to . . .
.S323
3009
10
)) »» .
3323
3000
Line showing at .
3886
2573
E
Spectrum transmitted to
3354
2982
AbsorjJtiun band .
3354 to 3824
2982 to 2615
Spectrum transmitted from .
3824 to 4003
2C15to2498
4
Spectrum transmitted to
3354
2981
Alsurptioii hand .
3354 to 3824
2981 to 2615
Spectrum transmitted from .
3824 to 4003
2G15to2498
Faint indications of lines from
3754 to 3824
2064 to 261 5
and
from
4003 to 4038
2498 to 2476
3
Spectrum transmitted to
3354
2981
Ahsor2)tion hand .
3354 to 3754
2981 to 2664
Spectrum transmitted from
3754 to 4038
2664 to 2476
2
Spectrum transmitted to
3382
2957
Absorption hand .
3382 to 3654
2957 to 2737
Spectrum transmitted from
3654 to 4026
2737 to 2484
1
Spectrum transmitted to
4128
2422
Very weak in position of absorption
band.
1 viillif/ram-moleoile in 2,500 e.o.
4
Spectrum transmitted to . . .
4115
2430
3
!> )> ...
4428
2258
2
)» }i ^ • .
4555
2195
1
„ all transmitted
1 milligTam-molecule in 12,500 c.c
4 to 1
Spectrum all transmitted.
On the Possihiliti/ of Mahing Special Iteports more available than at
2n'esent. — Eeport of the Committee, consisting of Mr. W. A. Shen-
STONE (Chairman), Dr. M, 0. Forster (Secretary), Professor E.
Divers, Professor W. J. Pope, and Dr. A. W. Crossley,
The Committee recommend : —
1. That at the close of each annual meeting the Sectional Committee
shall request its secretaries to compile a list of the Special Reports, other
than those of Standing Committees, which have been presented to the
Section during the previous live years, and which have been published
in extenso, this list (see Appendix) to include those Reports of the
character specified which have been presented at the annual meeting
just terminated.
170 REPORT— 1903.
2. That the secretaries of the Sectional Committee be requested to
forward copies of the list to the secretaries of the Chemical (Societies of
London and Berlin, with the suggestion that the councils of these bodies
might be disposed to bring such lleports to the notice of Fellows by
inserting the references in one of the issues of their publications.
APPENDIX.
List of Special Reports pi-esented to Section B during 1898-1902,
indicating the type of Special Report to which attention might be drawn
in the manner indicated by the Committee : —
1900. 'The Constitution of Camphor.' By A. Lapworth.
1901. ' Methods of Determining the Hydrolytic Dissociation of Salts.'
By R. C. Farmek.
' On the Equilibrium Law as applied to Salt Separation and
to the Formation of Oceanic Salt Deposits.' By E. F.
Armstrong.
1902. ' Hydro-ai'omatic Compounds with Single Nucleus.' By A. W.
Crossley.
' Our Pi'esent Knowledge of Aromatic Diazo- Compounds.'
By G. T. Morgan.
Dtitlj-free Alcohol for Scientific Research. — Report of the Committee,
consisiinij of Sir H. E. RoscoE (Chairman), Professor H. B.
BixoN {Secretarii), Sir Michael Foster, Sir A. W. Ri cker, Dr.
T. E. Thorpe, Professor W. H. Perkin, ami Professor W. D.
Halliburton.
The Committee appointed at the Glasgow meeting in 1901 were unable
to report in 1902, as they were at the time of the Belfast meeting in the
midst of their negotiations with tlie Board of Inland Revenue.
After a preliminary meeting and correspondence in the winter of
1901-2 the Committee received iiiformati'm that the Government were
willing to adopt a clause in the Budget Bill of 1902 which would permit
the use of duty-free alcohol under conditions to be laid down by the
Board of Inland Revenue. AVhen the Budget Bill was passed a deputa-
tion from the Committee waited on the Chairman of the Board, and
after full discussion the Committee agreed to confine their application at
the present time to the use of duty-free alcohol (ethyl and methyl) and
of alcoholic derivatives for the purposes of research work and higher
teaching in the laboratories of universities, colleges, and public institu-
tions.
At the request of the Chairman of the Board of Inland Revenue the
Committee drew up the following statement : —
*7'o the Chairman of the Board of Inland Revemie,
' August G, ] 002.
' Sir, — At the meeting of the British Association held at Glasgow last
year a Committee was appointed to approach the Inland Revenue Cpw
09 DTJTY-FKEE AL{X)HOL FOR SCIENTIFIC RESEARCH.
171
missibners to urge the desirability of securing the use of pure alcohol
duty-free for the purposes of scientific research,
' It was pointed out at the Glasgow meeting that the low price of pure
alcohol and its derivatives on the Continent and the high duty payable in
the United Kingdom severely handicapped research workers here in
chemistry, physiology, and pathology, and to a smaller extent in zoology
and botany. In the recent debates on the Budget Bill this disadvantage
was recognised, and steps were taken with a view to remedy the evil.
' In the United States, where alcohol is taxed, permits are granted to
scientific institutions of certain rank enabling them to obtain duty-free
alcohol for use in their laboratories. The conditions under which these
permits are granted by the United States Treasury have been obtained by
this Committee. A copy of these regulations was placed in your hands at
the interview you were good enough to grant on the 9th inst. to members
of this Connnittee.
' In accordance with your request we have obtained .some statistics as
to the amount of alcohol (and its derivatives) used in English laboratories
for higher teaching and research work. It has not been possible to obtain
complete details, but the following figures, which are the average number
of gallons used per annum during the last three years in the laboratories
at Cambridge, at Owens College, and the Yorkshire College, may be taken
as typical : —
I. Cambridge.
(University and College
Laboratories.)
Chemical Laboratories .
Pathological ,,
Physiological ,,
Zoological and Botanical Labora-
tories
II. OWENS College.
Chemical Laboratories
Pathological ,, . . .
Physiological „ . . .
Zoological and liotanical Labora-
tories
III. Yorkshire College.
Chemical Laboratories
Medical Department
Absolute
Ethyl
Alcohol
T, , -c 1 Absolute ' „,, , ' KTethv-
^^^^^f Methyl E 'lyl ,^.^J
^P»''* , Alnohol I Ether ^^-^-^
30
15
15 1
10 \
20 I
30
10
20
60
10
10
80
12
600
100
5
25
120
50
150
It should be pointed out that if pure alcohol could be obtained duty-free
more would be used in scientific work instead of the methylated spirit
now used whenever possible.
' From the table given it will be .seen that the chief demand in scientific
laboratories is for pure ethyl alcohol and pure ethyl ether. But other
alcohols {e.g. methyl alcohol) and other derivatives of alcohols {e.g. methyl
and ethyl iodides) and ethereal salts {e.g. malonic ether) are largely used
in organic chewistrj^. These reagents are at present mainly imported
172 REPORT— 1903.
from Germany and pay duty to the Customs. There is therefore a desire
that such ethereal compounds might be imported duty-free for scientific
use.
' In the request that we now make for the use of duty-free ethyl
alcohol and its derivatives, for the purpose of higher teaching and
research, we would point out that the alcohol (or other reagent) is
destroyed or contaminated beyond recovery by the use to which it is put,
and such destruction or contamination could be certified by the director
of the laboratory.
' In the opinion of the Committee there would be no ditiiculty in
arranging for one distributing station in each university centre to supply
the several laboratories of that centre.'
On October 22 the Committee received from the Board a draft of the
suggested regulations under which it was proposed to authorise the issue,
in accordance with section 8 of the Finance Act, 1902, of pure spirit duty-
free for purposes of scientific research and education. The Board asked
for observations on the proposed regulations.
The Committee had copies of these proposed regulations sent to the
directors of the chief laboratories in the country, with a request that they
would forward any suggestions they jnight wish to make to the Committee,
After considering the suggestions sent in, the Committee submitted their
observations to the Board, who adopted the alterations suggested, and
informed the Committee that methyl alcohol might be obtained under the
same regulations.
The Committee, with the permission of the Board of Inland Revenue,
published the regulations in ' The Times ' and other newspapers with the
accompanying explanatory letter : —
' Diity-free Alcohol for Research,
' To the Editor of " The Times." '
'December 15, 1902.
' Sir, — It has long been felt by scientific workers in this country that
a serious drawback to the prosecution of research lies in the fact that the
full and very heavy duty has to be paid on pure alcohol, as distinguished
from methylated spirit, largely used in scientific laboi'atories where higher
teaching and research are carried on. And this appeared to be a hardship
in the first place because the alcohol thus used is eitlier destroyed or
rendered useless for potable purposes, and in the second place because no
such duty is paid in Germany, France, or the United States, and thus the
British is lieavily handicapped as against the foreign worker.
' At the meeting of the British Association held last year in Glasgow,
a Committee was appointed with instructions to approach the Board of
Inland Revenue with the object of endeavouring to secure the removal of
this grievance — a grievance which was recognised by Government in the
Budget Bill of this year. We are now glad to report that the Board has
met our suggestions in the fairest possible manner with an obvious desire
to extend facilities for scientific research in the direction indicated, as a
perusal of the regulations which we enclose will show.
' The Secretary to the Board of Inland Revenue informs us that pure
" methyl alcohol," also much used in chemical research, may be obtained
under the same regulations, and shoujd smaller quantities of methyl
ON bUTY-FKEE ALCOHOL FOR SCIENTIFIC RESEARCH. 173
alcohol be required than the minimum permitted in the case of ethyl
alcohol, the Board will consider special applications to that effect. —
We are, &c.,
' H. E. RoscoE, Chairman.
' H. B. Dixon, Secretary to the Committee.'
(Enclosure.)
Regulations for the Use of Duty-free Spirit at Universities, Colleges, (Sec.
1. An application must be made by the governing body or their
representatives, stating the situation of the particular university, college,
or public institution for research or teaching, the number of the laboratories
therein, the purpose or purposes to which the spirits are to be applied, the
bulk quantity likely to be required in the course of a year, and, if it
amounts to fifty gallons or upwards, the name or names of one or more
sureties, or a guarantee society to join in a bond that the spirits will be
used solely for the purpose requested and at the place specified.
2. The spirits received at any one institution must only be used in the
laboratories of that institution, and must not be distributed for use in the
laboratories of any other institution, or used for any other purpose than
those authorised.
3. Only plain British spirits or unsweetened foreign spirits of not less
than 50 degrees over-proof (i.e. containing not less than 80 per cent, by
weight of absolute alcohol) may be received duty-free, and the differential
duty must be paid on the foreign spirits.
4. The spirits must be received under bond either from a distillery or
from an Excise or Customs general warehouse, and (except with special
permission) in quantities of not less than nine bulk gallons at a time.
They will be obtainable only on presentation of a requisition signed by
the proper superA'isor.
5. On the arrival of the spirits at the institution the proper revenue
officer should be informed, and the vessels, casks, or packages containing
them are not to be opened until he has taken an account of the spirits.
6. The stock of spirits in each institution must be kept under lock in
a special compartment under the control of a professor or some responsible
officer of the university, college, or institution.
7. The spirits received by the responsible officer of the institution
may be distributed by him undiluted to any of the laboratories on the
same premises.
8. No distribution of spirits may be made from the receiving laboratory
to other laboratories which are n, with formation of a mixture of
<»'««s-hexahydrobenzenetetracarboxyHc acid (n) (hexahydropyromellitic
acid), and the double anhydride of the cis modification of the same
acid.
Tra7isjoriiiat{o7i of Ketones. — Cyclic alcohols when dehydrated often
form unsaturated hydrocarbons isomeric with those that would be expected
from the constitution of the alcohol, thus providing the initial step in the
transformation of a ketonic oxygen from one carbon atom to another. "■*
For example, 1:3: 3-trimethyl-5-ketohexahydrobenzene (i) (dihydroiso-
phoron) on reduction
CH, CH, CHj CH, CH
CH CH CH CH O
/\ //\ /\ /\ /%
CH., CH, HC CH, HO CH, H,C CH, CC CH
I I I mi' 11 HI I ■ 'I iv| ■ I V I
CO CCCHj), H,C C(CH,\, HC C(CH,), HC CCCH,), n^G C(CH,)
\/ '\/ ■ \/ ' ^/ \/
CH, CH, CH, CH CH,
gives the corresponding alcohol, which on dehydration yields a trimethyl-
tetrahydrobenzene identical in every respect with geraniolen, and there-
fore possessing formula 11 ; though a hydrocarbon with either formula in
or IV would naturally have been expected to result. On treating the
nitrosate of this trimethyltetrahydrobenzene with sodium methylate it
yields an oxime identical with the oxime of 1 : 3 : 3-trimethyl-6-keto-
tetrahydrobenzene (v). The ketone regenerated from this oxime can by
the usual reactions be converted into the corresponding saturated ketone
1:3: 3-trimethyl-6-ketohexahydrobenzene, thus completing the ti-ans-
formation of the ketonic group from its original position 5 to position 6.
Aromatic from Hydro-aromatic Substances. — Phosphorus pentachloride
in excess converts 3 : 5-dichlorodihydrobenzene into metadiohloroben-
zene,^ and dichlorodimethyldihydrobenzene into dichloro-ortho-xylene.'*
In the former case bromine reacts in the same way as phosphorus
pentachloride, but not so in the latter case, where there is obtained a
series of chlorobromoxylenes.
' Gregorj' and Perkin, J.C.S., 190.S, 83, 780.
- Wallach, Annalen, 1902. 324, 112.
' Crossley and Haas, J.C.S., 1903, 83, 502.
* Crossley and Le Sueur, J.C.S., 1902, 81, 153(!.
182 HEPORT— 1903.
Stereochemidnj. — A graphic method of demonstrating the nuliiber of
different stereoisomeric forms in which a substance can exist, has been
brought forward by Aschan,' as being preferable to the use of models.
It is shown in detail that the possibilities of isomerism in ring-systems
are more truly seen when the symmetry of the molecule is ,alone con-
sidered ; and further, it is demonstrated on these lines that optical activity
becomes possible in certain ring-systems in the absence of an asymmetric
carbon atom.
If one imagines the plane of a carbon ring of an alicyclic compound as
standing vertical to the plane of the paper, it can, provided the ring atoms
lie in one plane, be represented by a straight line on the paper. The sub-
stituents (omitting hydrogen atoms and unsubstituted methylene groups)
are then written, according as to whether they lie on the upper or lower
half of the ring, above or below the projected line. Only such forms
are identical as can be superimposed either directly or after turning
through 180° in the plane of the paper.
The simplest example is afforded by trimethylenedicarboxylic acid,
,CH . COOH
CH., !
CH . COOH
which can exist in the three following forms : —
COOH : COOH COOH COOH
COOH COOH
A plane of symmetry can be drawn through form 1, which is not
possible with 2 and 3, these being mirror images of one another. Aschan
defines as optically isomeric only those substances which are mirror
images of one another, Avhilst the term geometrical isomerism applies to
all those stereoisomeric foims, active or inactive, which show a dissimi-
larity in all their physical properties.
On Dihydrohenzenes and on Aromatic Compounds derived from
Hydro-aromatic Siihstances. By Dr. A. W. Crossley.
Dihydrohenzene. — It has been shown that the dihydrobenzene obtained
from dihydroresorcin ^ has the formula
.CH = CH
CH, \CH
\CH.,-CH
that is, the double bonds are in the 1 : 3 position. Up to the present
time it has not been found possible to prepare the hydrocarbon in a pure
condition, as it is contaminated with tetrahydrobenzene ; but further
experiments are being conducted in the hope of obtaining the pure
substance by this method.
A second means of producing this same dihydrobenzene seemed to
consist in the removal of two molecules of hydrogen bromide from
> Ber., 1903, 35, 3389. * J.C.S., 1903, 83, 494.
ON THE STUDY OF HYDllO-AROMATlC SUBSTANCES. 183
tlittromofcetrahydrobenzene, tliere being only one possible Avay in which
the hydrogen bromide could be eliminated.
,CH., . CHBr .CH=CH
CH, \cHBr = 2HBr + CH„ Ncfi
\CH, . CH, \CH.,— CH
This reaction has been tried by Baeyer ^ and Fortey.- The lattel*
Btates that -when dibroniotetrahydrobenztne is treated with quinoline,
dihydrobenzene is formed ; but no details of any sort are given. It
is therefore to be presumed the author concluded that the dihydro-
benzene so formed was the one giving a tctrabromidc melting at lSi°.
Preliminary experiments have conclusively proved that such is not
the case, for the hydrocarbon so obtained gives no trace of the tetra-
bromide melting at 184°, but only the dibromide melting at 101:°'5, thus
proving it to be A-'- ''-dihydrobenzene.
Final experiments, with larger quantities of material are now being
cariied out.
Aromatic Compouiuls derived from Hydro -ciromatic Suhsfdnces. — ■
When dichloro-dihydrobenzene ■* (i) and dichloro-dimethyldihydro-
benzene^ (ii)
.CH = CCl yCH = CCl
CHj I ^CH CMe, il \CH
\CH,— CCl \CH,— CCi
are treated with excess of phosphorus pentachloride, they are converted
respectively into metadichlorobenzene and 3 : 6-dichloro-ortho-xylene.
Bromine produces the same change with dichlorodihydrobenzene,' two
atoms of bromine being tirst added on and then eliminated on distillation
as hydrogen bromide.
it was thought that the reaction would be the same with bromine
and dichloro-dimethyldihydrobenzene, a supposition which proves to be
incorrect ; for though the aromatic substances obtained are always
substituted ortho-xylenes, they consist for the most part of dichloro-
bromoxylenes, of which both the possible forms with the chlorine atoms
in the 3 : 5 position have been isolated — namely, ." : 5-dichloro-4-bromo-
ortho-xylene and 3 : 5-dichloro-6-bromo-ortho-xylene. The work is nob
in a sufficiently advanced state to warrant the publication of further detailSs
Edenvale Caves, co. Clare. — Tleport of the Committee, consisting
of Dr. R. F. ScHARFF (Chairman), Mr. R. Lloyd Praeger (Secre-
tary), Mr. G. Coffey, Professor G. A. J. Cole, Professor D. J.
Cunningham, Mr. G. W. Lamplugh, Mr. A. McHenry, and Mr.
R. J. UssPiER, afpointedj to explore Irish Caves. (Dravm vp tnj
Mr. R. J. Ussher).
In April 1902 Dr. Scharff and Mr. R. J. Ussher visited some caves in the
CO. Clare, and decided to explore two at Edenvale, near Ennis, which
adjoined each other and proved to be connected.
' Annalen, 1894, 878. "- J.C.S., 1808, 73, 918.
" J.C.S., 1903, 83, 502. ' J.C.S., 1902, 81, 1531),
" J.aS., 1003, 83, 502.
18 i REPORT— 1903.
Another system of connected caves was subsequently explored there,
and both groups of cavities were found to be prolific in remains of animals
now extinct in Ireland, and in human relics of different periods.
Edenvale House stands on a ridge of Carboniferous Limestone, which
forms the western side of a deeply cleft anticlinal ; in the chasm thus
formed lies a lake of relatively great depth, which is surrounded by a steep
declivity on all sides but one.
The first two cavities referred to, which have been named the Alice
and the Gwendoline caves, open in a low escarpment on the western side
of the Edenvale ridge. Their aspect is southerly.
The Alice cave, after running a straight course for 80 feet, was found
to terminate in an upward opening that had been tilled in with earth and
stones, and contained material resembling that found in kitchen middens.
At 40 feet from the mouth of this cave a gallery branched off, and con-
nected it with the Gwendoline cave on a lower level.
At 15 feet from the mouth of the Alice cave a projection in the rocky
wall was worn smooth, as if by the constant rubbing of creatures which
had passed in and out.
In most parts of these caves two strata were distinguishable : —
1st and upper. Brown earth, occa.sionally containing calcareous tufa.
In this stratum was found much charcoal, bones of man and domestic
animals in a fragmentary state, and also objects of human art of various
descriptions — a bone pin or awl, an amber bead, a bracelet of bronze, and
another of gold.
2nd. A lower stratum composed of clay, generally of a yellow-ochre
tint, but sometimes purplish.
Bones and teeth of reindeer and bear were found chiefly in the latter
stratum, and the ursine remains indicated that they belonged to individuals
of great size.
Having removed the fossiliferous deposits of the above caves, opera-
tions were commenced at the orifice of the second group, opening in the
cliff-face under Edenvale House overlooking the lake.
This cave runs 60 feet into the rock, but is traversed by a series of
galleries, some of which are wide and confluent. One of these galleries
was excavated for a distance of 60 feet, and it was found to be crossed
by another cave that led out to the cliff, but whose orifice is blocked.
This system of caves is so extensive and complex that we have named
it the Catacombs. It has proved still more fruitful than the former caves
in relics of man and of extinct animals. Human bones were frequent,
and in one place an assemblage of these included a cranium not far from
which there were two stout iron knife-blades. A strap of bronze bearing
a buckle was found elsewhere, ornamented with an interlaced pattern in
silver plating. In other parts of the Catacombs were chipped flint
scrapers, a bone piercer, a tusk of a large boar pierced as if to form an
amulet, and a marine shell similarly pierced.
Several marine shells occurred, although the sea is many miles away
from the site ; also much charcoal and bones of horse, ox, pig, sheep or
goat and dog.
Bones and teeth of bear and reindeer were of daily occuri'ence in
excavating the deposits, and in a few cases we obtained pieces of the bones
and of the antlers of the great Irish deer (Irish Elk).
The large collections of human and animal remains found in the Eden-
ON EDENVALE; caves, CO. CLAKE. IS
do
Vft]6 caves are in cour.se of e.xainination, and the further exploration of
tlie Catacombs is in progress, there being reason to believe that the un-
explored portions considerably exceed those that have been examined.
Life-zones in, the llriiisJi, Garhoniferous BofJis. — Heporl of the Cowr-
mittee, conf<istinij of Dr. J. E. Mark {Ghairmaii), ]^r. VVheelton
Hind (Secretary), Dr. F. A. Bather, Mr. G. C. Ckick, Dr.
A. H. FooRD, Mr. H. Fox, Professor E, J. Garwood, Dr. G. J.
HiNDE, Professor P. F. Kendall, Mr. E. Kidston, Mv. G. W.
Lamplugh, Professor G. A. Lebour, Mr. B. N. Peach, Mr. A.
Strahan, and Dr. H. Woodward. (Brawn up by the Secretary.)
The Secretary regrets that he has received no reports from members of
the Committee, and that the small sum of money voted last year, 51., has
not permitted work to be carried on on the usual scale.
In the spring, a chart of the cliief fossil shells found at variou.s
horizons of the North Staffordshire coalfield was published by the Institute
of Mining and Mechanical Engineers.
This chart was drawn up by Mr. J. T. Stobbs, F.G.S., and Dr. W.
Hind, F.G.S., and shows a section of the North Staffordshire coalfield,
with the marine beds at present known ; each bed in the section has
opposite to it the shells found in it, or a reference by a number to a shell
figured as being found in other beds. This chart is an amplification of a
section of North Staffordshire coalfields and on which the horizons at
which fossil shells occur, drawn up by Dr. W. Hind and published in his
monograph on CarhonicoJa, Anthraconiy'a, and Naiadites. The authors
contend that many of the important seams of the North Staffordshire coal-
field can be easily recognised by the mollusca found in connection with
them, and that the marine bands form absolutely certain indices of horizons.
Collecting has been carried on by Mr. J. T. Stobbs, F.G.S., in Wensley-
dale and in Teesdale.
The Secretary determined to examine the bed of Limestone mapped in
Quarter Sheet 102 S.E., which occurred intercalated in the Millstone Grit
beds. Mr. W. Gibson had called attention to this bed, thinking it possible
that the Pendleside fauna might be found there, but such is not the case.
The carefully drawn up reports and sections by Mr. Stobbs speak for
themselves. The fossils are unfortunately not worth preserving, but the
Secretary has been able to identify the great majority, and his identifi-
cations are included in the lists in Mr. Stobbs's report.
The district comprising Mickleton and Underthwaite Moors lies
between the River Lime and the River Balder (both of which are southern
tributaries of the River Tees), and is known as part of the area whence
the water-supply of Stockton and Middlesbrough is obtained. At the
present time thiee shafts and a tunnel are in progress of driving, the
positions of which are shown in fig. 1. The opportunity was taken of in-
specting the debi'is brought to the surface as a consequence of these works.
The rocks occupying tliis area belong to the upper portion of the
Yoredale series, and consist mainly of finely laminated black shales. The
freestones are hard and approximate to the ' gannister ' type. The
sections afforded by the streams marked (A) were also examined (see
fig. 2). The whole series of beds points to a gradual termination of those
186
REPoM— 1903.
recurrences of clear deep-soa conditions during Avhicli the Yoredale Lime-=
stones were deposited. In this district the Crystalline Limestones are
Fiu. 1.
^/
^P X Orassholm
7?tvci>
}^_^y' t a) ' botany
N ^ \
-^-^/y^ SAaf/ \ Hurij
. — ■>
\ ^^,U^3Shorr\ ^—-^"^
V_^^ \/ \,.^ ^^ A
A/ew Hous^S^ J
y "■■ +-
■ft cv c.r'
I
5co/t?
/ Inch - / M//e
very thin, whilst the thicker ones are shallow -sea deposits, as proved by
their detrital character.
No. 2 Shaft (tig. 1) at Bullhill Sike passed through the following
beds : —
ft. in.
Fossiliferous bullions.
Jidmoixlia sulcata, ProtoscMzodus
axiitiformis.
From the black shales the folloAving fossils were collected :—
ft. in
Black shales
. 40
Hard gannister .
. 3
Arclueocidaris sp.
Clwiu'tis Lfifjuessiana.
Di.'iciiia iiitida.
Linrjula mi/tiloides.
Orthis Mic/iclhii.
Orthotetes crcni stria.
Pi'i 'ductus lonyisjj'mus.
Sp'trifcra liiieatus.
Ctenodonta sp.
Si/nci/cloiiema sp.
Belleroplwn sp.
Jiapliistoma sp.
TrilohUe.
The mouth of the tunnel at No. 3 Shaft is driven in dark shale
containing a 1-inch band of Limestone, from which were obtained the
following : —
Camaroplwria crvmvna.
Orthotefps crenistria.
I'Toductua scabriculiis.
Mhynchonclla 2>lourodun.
Spirifera triffonalis ?
Phillipsia sp.
Reed-like plant-remains.
In the shale itself Aviculopecten dissimilis was obtained.
tlFfe-ZONES tN tHE tJRITtSH CARUONlPEROUS HOCKS:
187
The succession of beds in the stream (A) (fig. 1), which tloWs into the
reservoir near Hury, is shown in fig. 2.
1. Limestone ..«.•.
2. Limestone in tliin nodulixr bcils . •
3. CrystivUiue limestone ....
4. Blue shale
6. Limestone
ti. Finely laminated blue shale .
7. Limestone ......
8. Fissile shales . , , , -, m
9. Shales with calcareous nodules . ,
10. Dark fissile shale . • . • t
11. Grey fireclay
12. Freestone ,
13. Dark micaceous shales, with bullions
at base
Fiu. 2.
ft. in.
4
(!
2 n
1 U
2 9 (crinoidal)
•1 I)
lU
9
3
22
2
13
180 (estimated)
188
HEroRT-1903.
Beds (1) and (2) are detrital limestones, from which the following list
was collected : —
ProdiutKS icmireticulatiis (full sized).
Product us undat us.
Sjiirifcri/ia octopltcata.
titro2)kflmcHa analoga.
Aviculajiecien disswiilis.
sp.
Edmimdia sulcata.
Cuatlwj/hyllum sp., abundant near top.
Arclucocidaris sp.
Fciwstella sp., abundant in layers near top.
Athyrls amhigun.
Choiietes Bueliiaiia.
Product us ac uleatus.
,, pltcatilis.
The thin crystalline Limestone (7) weathers reddish-yellow, and from
its fossiliferous character it should constitute a good horizon for strati-
graphical work. The following list was obtained : —
Crinoid. JiJiynchonella 2ficurod(m.
Orthotctes crenistria. Edmondia sp.
Productus jiu netatus (abundant). Parnllelodoh sp!
„ tivabriculus. Bellerdplwii Vrei.
„ sinuntus. MacroclMillm sp.
No fossils were found in the shales (8), (9), and (10).
The grey fireclay (11) contained a fair. abundance of rootlets, and in
the Freestone (12) ^tvjmaria ficoidrs was found. No fossils were seen
either in the thick deposit of shale (13) or its contained bullions.
In Wensleydale the typical Yoredale Rocks were examined, and fo.ssils
were collected from the uninterrupted sections afforded by Mill Gill,
represented in fig. 3.
The following is a statement of the fossils found in the various beds : —
1. Cheity Limestone. Productus ffiffa/dcus {common').
2. Black shales. Productus giffantetis.
4. Strong calcareous shales.
Product If s gifftinfcus {abivadani).
„ hmgisjnnus.
0. Cherty Limestone. Productus gigantcvs
10. Black shale. Productus semireticulatus.
11. Limestone, the upper part is cherty; at the base is a layer crowded with
Lithostrotion, Sgringopor-a, and Cyathopligllum.
14. Black siiale. Spirvrbis helicteres '.' ; and fragments of plant-remains in the
roof-layer of (15) coal.
If). Fireclay. Kootlets
Fig. 3.
ft. ill.
Productus scmirvticulaiiis.
Sjyirifvra sp. (common).
1. Clierty limestono .
2. Black shale .
3. Lime.stoiie
4. Strong calciueous shales
B. Limcftone
G. Black shnle .
7. Limestinie
8. Black shale .
n. Cherty limestone
10. Black shale .
11. Limcstoue
4
1 ?,
3
11
' I y-
lie Limestone.
2 .1
G
10
LIFE-ZONES IN THE BRITISH CARBONIFEROUS ROCKS.
189
12. Sandstone .
13. Areuaoeous t^liale
14. Black sLale
15. Coal
lU. Fireclay .
17. Sandstone
18. Limestone
19. SftnJstoiie ami nrenaoeous slmles
20. Blaok shales
JWWW^W^v^m'!
i¥$$($;$sss($$$s$^
21. Limestone (six beds)
22. Black shale .
23. Limestone
24. Sliale
25. Limestone
26. Shale
27. Limestone
28. Sandstone
29. Arenaceous shales ,
80. Sandstone
31. Blaek sh.ale with noilnles
32. Limestone
33. Soft black shales .
34. Limestone
35. Black shales .
36. Limestone
37. Black shale .
38. Nodular limestone
39. Blaek shale .
40. Coal ....
41. Kireelay ....
42. Sandstone
SiSSMSSJmJiSSS
R
2
4
2 G
18
(estimated)
^Hawes Flags
1 9
52
(estimated)
8
15 3
10 /Simonside Limestona
1 U
1
2 9
4 6
IS
6 G
4
3 C
4 9
3
1
6
6
2
2
6
190
REPORT — 1903.
43. Sliale . . .
44. Saiulslone
45. Black shale .
46. Nodular limestone .
47. Black shale ,
48. Liinestoue
49. Black shale
50. Limestone
51. Sanilstone
53. Nodular limestone .
54. Shales .
P.B. .
55. Limestone
52. Black slialos with nodules .
4
10
1 (i
:i
5
9
Hardraw Scar
Limestone.
32
(estimated) I
35
(estimated)
15
3
5 U
y Great Scar Limestone.
Scale : 20 feet per inch.
20. Black shales.
I'enfistella sp.
Ortlt'is Michi'lini.
Productus semireticnlatus.
Annisium concentricttm .
Aviculopecte n clatkratns.
Pseudamvsiuni anisutus.
l^vomj>halvs carbonari us.
Itluqjistoma junior.
Philiij)sia sf.
LIFE-ZONES IN THE BRITISH CAKBONIFEROUS ROCKS,
191
32. Limestone.
AUoriama sulcata (common).
Natieojjsia,
34. Limestone. Produofus giganteus (in lower portion).
41. Fireclay cupper part gannister-like). Rootlets.
46. Nodular limestone. Natieopsix sp.
48, Limestone (Hardraw Scar). Upper portion weathers red.
Productii.1 gemireticulaius, var. Lithostrotion.
cnstatiin.
49. Black shale.
Produchis gigantevs.
51. Sandstone. Upper portion thickly bedded, lower portion flaggy.
52. Black shale with nodules.
Syncyclonema Somerhii.
Fenestclla sp.
Athyris ambigua.
Chonetes BucMwna.
„ painVionacea.
Bielasma Jinstata.
Orthis MicheUni.
„ res>ij>inata.
Orthotetes crenistria.
Prodiictus aciileaUiis.
,, costatus.
„ giganteus ?
„ iongisjnmts.
„ soabrimdus.
„ semireticulatus,
„ vndatus.
Mhynohonella pleurodon.
63, Nodular Limestone. 3Iacroclieilina sp.
C4, Shales.
Orthis Mu'heliiii,
Productvs seiniri'tlonlatm.
65. Great Scar Limestone. Prodiictus giganteus.
Rhynclumella trilateral
Spirifera, Uneata.
Spiriferina cristata.
Ariculopecteii clatliratus,
Ctenodonta lavirostris.
Edmondia McCogi.
, , u7iioniforiids (young).
Leiopteria squamosa.
Nucula luciniformis.
Psmdamiismm ellijjticum.
Scaldia Benediana.
iSyueyclonema Soicerbii.
Nacroclieilina acuta ?
Stroboceras snloatus.
PMllipsia sp.
PogidonomyaBecJwri (abundant
in layer marked P. B., fig. 3).
From the underset Limestone above Mill Gill, the following were
obtained : —
Productus giganteus.
„ latissimus.
„ punctatus.
Prodvotus semireticttlatus4
Spirifor oralis.
Atliytis sp.
Remarks : It will be observed that rroductns gigmitPAis ranges from
the bottom to the top of the .section and is met with both in the Lime-
stones and the shales.
Posidonomya Becheri is very abundant in a layer of shale about
9 inches above the Great Scar Limestone, and may be useful in de-
scribing that limestone in other districts.
The occurrence of Spirorbis lielicteres so low down on the carboniferous
system is especially noteworthj'. It is fairly abundant in the roof-shale
of (15) Coal, with which it is associated in the same way as with the
Coal-seams of the true Coal-measures.
The two thin coals (1-5) and (40) may be used as indexes to the
Middle Limestone and the Hardraw Scar Limestone respectively, No. 15
192 REPORT — 1908.
Coal being 10 feet 4 inches hehw the Middle Limestone, whilst No. 40
Coal is 11 feet 4 inches above the Hardraw Scar Limestone.
In conclusion the Committee would ask for a larger grant than 5^.,
which only covered railway fares and actual out-of-pocket expenses, and
would point out that the reports have always justified the grant.
Miss Jessie Barker sends me the following list of fossils which she
collected from a shale top at Newbrough. Professor Lebour informed her
that the horizon of that shale was somewhat doubtful owing to faulting,
but ' at any rate the shale is very near one of the limestones next beneath
the 4 fathom Limestone, and called the 3 yard, 5 yard, and Scar Lime-
stoiie respectively.'
1. MonticuUpora tutmila. 10. Productus longispimis.
2. Archa-ocidaris Ure/i. 17. Spirifcra conmiliita.
3. Poteriocrinu^ fusiform} s. 18. „ laminom.
4. Serpvlites carhmaHus. 19. Atliyris amhigua.
5. Ostracod, jiossibly Carhonia. 20. Dlelasma hastata.
6. Fcnestelia sp. 21. CJmietes Lagnessiana.
7. Rhabdomeson gracilc. 22. Ehynchonella prob. triangularis.
% Polupora sp. ? 2.S. Ortlwtctes crcnistria.
9' Poiyzoa genus ? 21. Myalina pernoides.
10. Liwpila mytiloides. 25. Actinppteria persulcata.
11 Cranial 20. Ptercmites avgustatus.
12. Po-odiictm semireticvlatvg. 27. Bellcrophon Urei.
13_ „ striatus. 28. Porcellio jnnio.
2^' "^ pnnctatns? 2'.K Strcpsodvn sanroideg.
I5I " giganifii.^. ->0. Lulyrinthodon.
1, 4, 6. 7, 8, 9, and 18 determined by Dr. G. J. H. ; 3, Mr. F. A. B.,
also 2, i think, but it is quite unmistakable ; 30, Dr. H. Woodward ; the
remainder by Dr. W. Hind.
77(6 Movements of Underground Waters of North-ivest Yorkshire. —
Fourth lieport of the Committee^ consisting of Professor W. W.
Watts {Chairman), Mr. A. R. Dwerryhouse (Secretary), Pro-
fessor A. Smithells, Rev. E. Jones, Mr. Walter Morrison,
Mr. George Bray, Rev. W. Lower Carter, Mr. T. Fairley, Mr.
Percy F. Kendall, and Mr. J. E. Marr. (Dratni vp hij the
Secretari/.)
[Plates IF. and III.]
The Committee is carrying out the work in conjunction with a committee
of the Yorkshire Geological and Polytechnic Society.
On April 4 the members of the joint committee resumed the work of
tracin" the underground waters of Ingleboro', described in previous reports.
On that day half a pound of fluorescein was put into the sink at the
Washfold (P 52) on Bent Hill Rig, Park Fell, at 2.15 p.m. This had
almost disappeared at 6.15 p.m., when a second half-pound was intro-
duced, this being arranged so as to flow in slowly and keep up the supply
for a considerable time. The stream was still coloured on April 5 at
1.30 P.M., when the remainder of the charge was sent down in a flush.
The stream was slowly dwindling on the 5th, it having been in flood on
the previous day.
All the springs in the neighbourhood were carefully watched for several
MOVEMENTS OF UNDERGROI'.XD WATERS OF NORTH-WEST YORKSHIRE. 103
days, but as yet no result has been observed. This sink will be again
tested during the current year.
AVhile waiting for the result of the above experiment the survey of the
underground passages in the neighbourhood of Alum Pot was continued.
Previous experiments tried at the stream sinking at P 14 on Parrar's
Allotment having been without result, 2 lb. of fluorescein were put in
there at 7 p.m. on June 26.
A look-out was kept at all the springs from Austwick Beck Head to
Turn Dub for a period of ten days, and also by residents in the neighbour-
hood up to the time of the next visit of the Committee, but without result.
On the day following the introduction of the test there was a very
heavy flood, which may account for the non-success of the experiment.
This stream will be tried again as soon as favourable conditions occur.
Streams near Ribblehead Station.
S 102 is a small spring issuing from the grit beds of the Yoredale
Series, above Keld Bank, on Park Fell. The stream from this spring
sinks at P 73, about half a mile south-west of the station, at a height of
1,240 feet above the sea.
A quarter of a pound of fluorescein was introduced at P 73 at noon on
June 29, and was seen at S 103 at 3.30 p.m. on the same day. It again
sank at P 74, and reappeared at S 104 at 3.35.
About 30 yards below S 104 the stream has been partially diverted to
P 76, but a portion flows down the natural channel to P 75.
By turning the whole stream alternately down P 75 and P 76 it was
possible to trace both lines of flow.
First the stream \»^as turned down the normal channel to P 75, and the
fluorescein was seen at P 77 at 4.35 p.m., where it again sank, and was
seen half an hour later in P 78.
Secondly, the flow having been diverted into the artificial channel to
P 76, the colour was seen in a trough at Brock Holes, the flow being
partly by a natural channel parallel to the main joints in the limestone,
and partly by a pipe to supply the trough.
Fluorescein was next put into P 67, and was traced by S 95, P 68, S 69,
P 69, and S 97, to P 70, where it finally sank.
The fluorescein from all the above streams emerged at S 99, below the
Station Hotel at Ribblehead, and subsequently at Batty Wife Hole, S 100.
It then flowed overground to P 72, where it again sank, to come to light at
S 101, near the bank of the Ribble below Gauber Farm, and so into the river.
The spring at S 101 is .similar in appearance to Turn Dub, described
in the last report of the Committee, but is much smaller.
In wet weather the excess of water from Batty Wife Hole flows over
the surface, by way of Batty Wife Beck, into the Pibble, which it then
joins some 100 yards further up-stream tliau the water which goes under-
ground.
Streams near Colt Park Farm.
The streams sinking at P 62, P 63, and P 64, near High Barn, were
found to unite in the spring at 8 89 and to flow overground to Colt Park
Farm, where the Water sank, to reappear at S 90, whence it flowed over-
ground for a few yards and again sank. This water was again seen in
the spring S 93, in Salt Lake Quarry, where it forms a waterfall visible
from the railway. It then cresses beneath the railway and sinks in »
1 903,
194 REPORT— 1903.
mass of glacial gravel at P 65, below which point we were unable to trace
its course.
The fluorescein from the flows just described having been allowed to
pass off, the streams sinking at P 48 and P 49 near Bent Hill Rig Barn
were next tested. These were found to unite and to flow along a master
joint in the limestone via P 59 and P 60, and then to turn down a cross-
joint to S 88, on Ashes Shaw Pasture Rocks. From S 88, after an over-
ground journey of about ten yards, the water sinks at P61, and again
resumes the direction of the master joints, running parallel to the hillside
to Rake Spring, S 91.
The stream from Rake Spring flows overground past the south end of
Salt Lake Quarry, beneath the railway, and through Ashes Gill Planta-
tion to P 66, on Ashes Eller Bank, where it sinks in glacial drift near
the river.
Sinks on Fell Close.
There are three streams flowing over Fell Close, viz. Keld Bank Spring
East, sinking at P 79, Fairweather Spring East ; sinking at P 80, and Fair-
weather Spring West at P 81.
These three streams were found to unite, and to issue at Eller Keld
Spring, S 106, whence the water flows into the bed of Winterscale Beck,
otherwise known as Haws Gill, where it again sinks to join the main
drainage of Chapel-le-Dale, which will be described later.
Proceeding southwards, the next stream is Keld Bank Spring West,
which sinks on Scar Close Moss, at P 82.
Fluorescein was put into P 82 at 12 noon on July 4, and was seen at
S 105 and P 8.3 at 5 p.m. on the same day, and on the following day at
P 84, and at Eller Keld Spring, S 106.
The group of .small streams sinking at P 93, on Fenwick Lot, are
almost dry in summer, and have not yet been tested. They probably fall
into Douk Cave, P 95, but this will be determined in due course.
The Wash/old on Souther Scales Fell.
The group of streams sinking at the Washfold, P 94 and 96, on Souther
Scales Fell, were tested on June 30, at 2.30 p.m., and the fluorescein was
seen in Douk Cave, P 95, at 3.50 the same afternoon, having traversed a
well-marked joint running N, 10° W., via the pothole known as Little
Douk Cave.
In Douk Cave the water again sinks, and the green colour was
observed in Chapel Beck, in the pool below Gods Bridge, at 1 P.M. on
July 3, and was much stronger at 2.30 p.m.
The stream was low at the time, and there was little water above
Gods Bridge. Weathercote Cave, P 88, and Hurtle Pot, P 90, were care-
fully watclied from June 30 to July 3, but no trace of fluorescein was to
be seen in either. The conclusion arrived at was, therefore, that the water
from Douk Cave joins Chapel Beck on some part of its underground
journey between Hurtle Pot and Gods Bridge.
The main joint at Douk Cave runs N. 65 W., and this, if continued,
would strike the main stream in the neighbourhood of the Vicarage, which
agrees very well with the conclusion mentioned above.
The small streams sinking at P 97, P 98, and P 99, still remain to be
tested.
British A
[Platk II.
U NDERGROUND WATERS OF N . W. YORKS H IR C .
-==- iOUTHCRN APCA . -=-
SCALt —
[I'l.ATK II.
MOVEMENTS OF UNDERGROUND WATERS OF NORTH-WEST YORKSHIRE. 195
Mere Gill Hole.
Mere Gill rises on the upper slopes of Ingleboro', and flows down
the hollow known as Humphry Bottom, and sinks m a large open joint
running N. 50 W. at Mere Gill Hole, on Mere Gill Piatt.
Mere Gill was charged with fluorescein at 1 p.m. on July 4 and the
colour was observed on the following morning in the spring S 111, on the
left bank of Chapel Beck, immediately above Gods Bridge, and almost in
the direct line of the master joint at Mere Gill Hole. From bill the
water passed under Gods Bridge by way of P 91, and reappeared below
the bridge at S 112. ^ , „, . -mt 4.
The small streams sinking at P 101 and 102, on Black Shiver Moss, to
the south-west of Mere Gill Hole, have not as yet been tested.
Passing along the hillside in a south-westerly direction, the next
stream of importance is that at Crina Bottom, the course of which has
been described in a previous report.
Long Kin West.
The group of potholes known as Long Kin West, P 108, was
examined, and it was found that no water was flowing into them nor was
there any evidence that a stream had lately occupied any of them, and,
consequently, no test was possible.
By visiting these pots during heavy rain, when there is a large amount
of local surface drainage, we may be able to connect them with some ot
the neighbouring springs.
Grey Wife Sike.
On referring to the first report of the Committee, it will be found that
an unsuccessful attempt was made to trace the water flowing down P 1,
at the foot of Grey Wife Sike.
On that occasion methylene blue was employed, and, as that reagent
has since been found to be practically useless for our purposes, we deter-
mined to try again with fluorescein. j x -d i
Accordingly, about half a pound of fluorescein was introduced at ±^1 on
July 2, and another similar quantity on July 4. This came out at Moses
Well, S 7, a large spring on the right bank of Clapham Beck, on the 5th
and 6th.
The River Greeta.
The last piece of work undertaken this year was the tracing of the
underground course of the main stream in Chapel-le-Dale.
This stream flows underground in many places in normal weather,
but when in flood occupies a well-worn channel on the surface.
The upper part of the stream, above Weathercote, is known as Winter-
scale Beck, the portion between Weathercote and Gods Bridge as Chapel
Beck, and from that point down to Ingleton as the river Greeta.
The stream rises on the moors near the tunnel of the Midland Rail-
way, above the Ribblehead Viaduct, and soon sinks in a series of pot-
holes, there being, however, a well-marked open flood channel.
The whole stream again comes to the surface at the mouth ot Gate
Kirk Cave, S 107, and another large spring a few yards away.
It then flows through several large pools, and again goes underground
at P 85, leaving the stream bed dry, to again emerge about seventy yards
196 REPORT— 190B.
further down at S 109. It again sinks at the foot of Haws Gill, P 87,
where it is joined by the water from Eller Keld Spring.
Except in cases of exceptional flood, the bed of the stream below this
point is dry, and from the point where Philpin Lane crosses the channel,
to Philpin Hole, it is occupied by meadow land, which shows no sign of
having been recently overflowed.
In the clough above Weathercote Cave the water can be heard below
the stream bed, and actually comes to the surface in several places in wet
weather. It emerges in the flne waterfall in Weathercote Cave, and again
passes below the limestone at the bottom of that pot.
The water sinking in Weathercote Cave then passes through the pool
at the bottom of Hurtle Pot, and finds its way lieneath the surface to
Gods Bridge, where it finally comes to light, and flows off the carboniferous
limestone on to the Silurian rocks some 200 yards farther down stream.
In extremely wet weather Weathercote Cave fills up and overflows at
the surface, washing over the carriage drive, and flows into Jingle Pot,
and also down the, at other times deserted, river bed.
Hurtle Pot, when the stream is in moderate flood, makes an extremely
weird noise, similar to that produced by the inrush of water and air when
the plug is removed from the bottom of a lavatory basin, but immeasurably
louder. This noise is caused by the suction of air through gigantic eddies
produced in the deep pool at the bottom of the pot.
In extremely heavy flood Hurtle Pot fills up and overflows into the
surface channel, thus acting in a manner precisely similar to Footnaw's
Hole, described in the last report of the committee.
The surface channel from Chapel-le-Dale Church to Gods Bridge is
usually dry, but is occupied by the stream when in flood.
The underground channel seems to follow the direction of the open
one very closely, as the water can be heard at many points, and appears
at the surface in wet weather.
The following is the fluorescein record from which the above has been
deduced : —
Two pounds of fluorescein put into the stream just below the mouth of
Gate Kirk Cave, on the morning of August 23 : Sank at P 85, and emei'ged
at S 108 at 1 p.m. ; sank at P 8G at 1.30 p.m. ; seen at S 109 and P 87
at 2 P.M.
August 24. — Seen in Weathercote Cave at 9.15 a.m. ; seen in Hurtle
Pot at 10 A.M.
August 25. — Arrived at S 112 (Gods Bridge) at 12 noon.
It will be seen that the work on Ingleboro' is now almost completed.
It only remains to test two streams which have hitherto proved refractory,
and one or two small streams on the west side of the hill. These latter
should offer little difficulty, as the main flows on both sides of them have
been determined, and their possible range thus limited.
We have been unable as yet to carry out the proposed borings at Turn
Dub, owing to the absence of the owner of the property in South Africa,
and our consequent inability to obtain the necessary permission.
Through the courtesy of the Yorkshire Ramblers' Club several members
of the joint committee were enabled to make the descent of Gaping Gill,
the pothole mentioned in the first report of the Committee, and to explore
the extensive system of chambers and passages at the bottom of the shaft.
The thanks of the Committee are dufe id the follo\ring gentlemen, who
British As
[Plate III.
Iinti>.h Aftitoruitwn, T3id Report, Houthpoft. 1903.]
U NDERGROUND WATERS OF N W YOPKSHiR El .
-=- CHAPLL LL DAUAPEA -=-
[Plate III.
entlenien, who
lUnstrathig the Report on the Movemfiitu of U ml -iff run ml Wfitcm of Northwrsf Yoikxliin
J
MOVEMENTS OF UNDERGROUND WATERS OK NORTH-WEST YORKSHIRE. 197
have kindly assisted them in their work : — Professor Thompson and Mr.
E. J. Edwards, of the Yorkshire College ; Mr. Metcalfe, of Weathercote ;
Mr. Sydney Calow ; Mr. R. ISTowel], of Ribblehead ; Mr. Percy Lamb, of
Clapham ; Mr. Taylor, of Crummack ; and Mr. Cook and Mr. Hunt, of
Horton-in-Ribblesdale.
The Committee asks to be reappointed, and to be allowed to retain the
unexpended balance of the grant made at the Belfast meeting.
I'liotographs of Geological Interest in the United Kingdom. — Fourleenth
Report of the Committee, consisting of Professor James Geikie
{Chairman)^ Professor W. W. Watts (Secretary), Professor T. G.
BoNNEY, Professor E. J. Garwood, Professor S. H. Reynolds,
Dr. Tempest Anderson, Mr. Godfrey Bingley, Mr. H. Coates,
Mr. A. K. Coomaraswamy, Mr. C. V. Crook, Mr. J. G. Good-
child, Mr. William Gray, Mr. Egbert Kidston, Mr. J. St. J.
Phillips, Mr. A. S. Reid, Mr. J. J. H. Teall, Mr. R. Welch,
and Mr. H. B. Woodward. (Drawn up by the Secretary.)
The Committee have to report that during the year 463 new photographs
have been received, bringing the total number in the collection to 3,771.
This exceeds by 50 the largest number of new photographs previously
recorded in a single year, and the yearly average now reaches 268. About
60 additional photographs have been sent in since this Report was written.
The usual geographical scheme is appended. Brecknock, Cardigan,
Nairn, and Ross appear for the first time, and very substantial additions
are made to Cheshire, Dorset, Norfolk, Yorkshire, Glamorgan, the Channel
Islands and Scilly, Inverness, Sutherland, Antrim, and Louth. The fol-
lowing twenty-five counties are still entirely unrepresented : — Cambridge,
Huntingdon, Rutland, Carmarthen, Clackmannan, Dumbarton, Dumfries,
Kincardine, Kinross, Roxborough, Selkirk, Carlow, Kildare, Kilkenny,
King's Co., Leitrim, Longford, Monaghan, Queen's Co., Roscommon,
Tyrone, Waterford, Westmeath, Wexford, and AVicklow.
The high standard mentioned in the last Report is maintained, the
photographs being usually taken in sets and with a definite geological aim.
Mr. AV. Jerome Harrison sends two large series taken to illustrate glacial
phenomena on the Norfolk and Holderness cliffs. Mr. Morton and Mr.
Howard contribute illustrations from Brecknock ; Mr. Pv.. H. Preston from
the Scilly Islands ; Mr. Guiton from Jersey ; and Mr. Maidwell from the
Nuneaton district. Mrs. Coomaraswamy has taken several series from the
north of Scotland and of Ireland ; Mr. Wright a useful set from Dublin ;
and Mr. Lamond Howie some interesting Scottish mountain photographs.
The Croydon Natural History and Scientific Society continues to illus-
trate the geology of Surrey ; Dr. Abbott that of Durham ; Mr. Hopkinson
that of Bedfordshire ; and Mr. Hodson that of Leicestershire.
The members of the Committee have not been idle, as is testified by
Professor Reynolds' series from Dorset, Gloucestershire, Somersetshire,
Glamorgan, Antrim, Down, and Kerry ; Mr. Bingley 's sets from Cheshire
and Yorkshire ; Mr. A. K. Coomaraswamy 's series from Ross, Sutherland,
and Berwick ; Professor Garwood's contribution from Westmoreland ;
Mr. Teall's photographs from Hertfordshire ; and Mr. A. S. Reid's
continuation of his series from Eigg and Perthshire.
198
REPORT — 1903.
To all those contributors named and to the following the Committee
desire to tender their warmest thanks for photographs received or help
-rendered: Mr. J. B. Scrivenor, Mr. C. M. Gillespie, Mr. Howard Fox,
Mr. G. T. Atchison, Mr. A. Wheen, Mr. E. M. Wrench, Mr. H. A.
Hinton, Mr. R. H. Rastall, Mr. C. H. B. Epps, Mr. F. Greenwood, Mr.
A. A. Armstrong, Mr. W. G. Fearnsides, Mr. J. H. Baldock, Mr, N. F.
Robarts, Mr. C. G. Cullis, Mr. Caradoc Mills, Mr. G. E. Blundell, Mr.
H. W. Monckton, Mr. E. K. Hall, and Mr. H. B. Woodward.
A few phot,ographs have been received for the duplicate series, Ijut
will be held over for the present. This collection has been sent during
the year to natural history societies at Winchester and Croydon, and
accounts of the work have been given by Mr. Whitaker.
Previous Collec-
tion
Additions
(1903)
Total
England —
Bedfordshire ....
4
2
6
Berkshire .
5
—
5
Buckinghamshire
Cambridgeshire
Cheshire .
7
46
1
23
8
69
Cornwall .
60
7
57
Cumberland
39
4
43
Derbyshire
Devonshire
44
176
1
3
45
178
Dorset
101
35
136
Durham .
117
19
136
Essex
6
—
6
Gloucestershire
51
16
67
Hampshire
Herefordshire .
36
1
—
36
1
Hertfordshire .
10
5
15
Huntingdonshire
Kent
79
O
81
Lancashire
68
1
69
Leicestershire .
138
6
144
Lincolnshire
6
—
6
Middlesex
7
—
7
Monmouth
5
—
5
Norfolk .
23
44
67
Northamptonshire
Northumberland
6
70
3
6
73
Nottinghamshire
Oxfordshire
14
1
—
14
1
Rutlandshire .
—
. — .
—
Shropshire
Somersetshire .
51
66
3
4
54
70
Staffordshire .
53
—
53
Suffolk .
21
—
21
Surrey
Sussex
47
12
7
54
12
Warwickshire .
39
5
44
Westmoreland .
78
4
82
Wiltshire .
5
2
7
Worcestershire
26
—
26
Yorkshire
644
60
604
Total .
•
2,051
257
2,308
ON PHOTOGRAPHS OF GEOLOGICAL INTEREST.
199
Previous Collec-
tion
Additions
(1903)
Total
Wales —
Anglesey 5
Brecknockshire ... —
8
5
8
Cardigan.shire ....
Carmarthenshire
• — -
1
1
Carnarvonshire ... 92
4
96
Denbighshire ....
16
—
16
Flintshire ....
5
—
5
Glamorganshire
i 41
13
54
Merionethshire
19
—
19
Montgomeryshire
Pembrokeshire ....
1 11
1 15
—
11
15
Eadnorshire ....
Total
Channel Islands .
20
1
—
20
224
26
250
15
23
38
Isle of Man ....
60
—
60
Scotland —
Aberdeenshire . . ■ .
6
—
6
Argyllshire
Ayrshire .
Banffshire
20
6
11
3
23
6
11
Berwickshire .
4
5
9
Bute
6
—
6
Caithness .
4
—
4
Clackmannan .
—
—
—
Dumbarton
—
—
Dumfries .
—
— ■
Edinburgh
47
—
47
Elgin
Fifeshire .
9
24
—
9
24
Forfarshire
7
—
7
Haddingtonshire
Inverness .
4
115
23
4
138
Kincardine
— .
—
Kinross
—
■ —
Kirkcudbright .
3
—
3
Lanarkshire
t 11
—
11
Linlithgow-
2
—
2
Nairn
—
2
2
Orkney and Shetlan
Perthshire
I
3
22
2
3
24
Eenfrewshire .
1
—
1
Ross-shire
—
19
19
Eoxborough
Selkirk .
—
—
—
Stirlingshire .
Sutherlandshire
15
6
42
15
48
Wigtown .
—
—
—
Total .
•
•
326
96
422
200
REroRT — 1903.
Previous Colleo-
I tion
Additions
(1903)
Total
Ireland —
Antrim
Armagh .
Carlow
Cavan
Clare
Cork
Donegal .
Down
Dublin .
Fermanagh
Galway
Kerry
Kildare ,
Kilkenny .
King's Co.
Leitrim .
Limerick .
Londonderry
Longford .
Louth
Mayo .
Meath
Monaghan
Queen's Co.
Koscommon
Sligo
Tipperary
Tyrone
VVaterford
Westmeatli
Wexford .
Wicklow .
Total .
Rock Steucturks, ^^c.
Foreign .
England .
WALE.S
Channel Islands .
Isle of Man .
Scotland
Ireland .
Rock Structures, &;c.
Foreign .
Total
•2-M
2
1
2
50
88
33
r,
29
2ti
2
23
1
II
3,308
34
10
(I
1
13
2
50
98
39
5
29
30
2
23
8
14
536
61
597
96 1
—
96
—
—
—
2,051
257
2,308
224 1
2(;
260
15 1
23
38
60
—
60
326
••6
422
536
61
597
96
i
—
96
463
3,771
The collection is stored at the Mu.senm of Practical Geology, Jermyn
Street, and the Committee wish to express their thanks to the Director
and to Mr. Crook for the care taken of it and the space devoted to it.
The second of the three contemplated issues of the published series of
photographs has been sent to subscribers. The issue consists of eighteen
half plates, four quarter-plates, and four whole-plates, and it has been
ON PHOTOGRAPHS OF GEOLOGICAL INTEREST. 201
published in the form of mounted and unmounted prints and lantern-
slides. The negatives were contributed by thirteen photographers, and
the descriptions by twenty geologists. To all who have thus contributed
to the success of the issue the Committee give their best thanks.
The process of selection for the third issue is well advanced, and it is
hoped that j)ublication will take place early next year.
The Committee are prepared to publish a second series if there is a
demand for it. The number of names at present sent in is only about
sixty, and at least twice that number would be required to put the issue
on a possible financial basis. The first two issues of the first series show
a small profit. The Committee intend to apply one-half to the purposes
of the collection, and thus avoid calling upon the Association for any
grant for a few years, while they are returning the other half to the
subscribers in the form of additional photographs. The subscribers have
already received an ' interim dividend ' (rather a larger one than the
present profits warrant) in the form of four whole-plate photographs and
additional slides.
With regard to finances, it seems a good opportunity to state that there
has been granted to the Committee since 1889 the sum of 130/., of which
they have spent 101/. 10s. This sum has been used in acquiring, mounting,
and storing 3,771 photographs. In other words, the Association has obtained
this valuable, and unique collection at the cost of rather less than 6\d.
per print. In addition to this, it possesses a duplicate collection of over
•150 prints and slides, and, if the publication scheme continues to turn out
well, the money invested by the Association will yield a further similar
return for the next four or five years.
Applications by Local Societies for the loan of the duplicate collection
should be made to the Secretary. Either prints or slides, or both, can be
lent, with a descriptive account of the slides. The carriage and the
making good of any damage to slides or prints are expenses borne by the
borrowing society.
The Committee recommend that they be reappointed, without a grant
and with the addition of Mr. W. Jerome Harrison and Mr. W. Whitaker.
FOURTEENTH LIST OF GEOLOGICAL PHOTOGRAPHS.
(To August 17, 1903.)
This list contains tlie geological photographs which have been
received by the Secretary of the Committee since the publication of the
last report. Photographers are asked to afiix the registered numbers,
as given below, to their negatives for convenience of future reference.
Their own numbers are added in order to enable them to do so.
Copies of photographs, desired can, in most instances, be obtained
from the photographer direct, or from the officers of the local society
under whose auspices the views were taken.
The price at which copies may be obtained depends on the size of the
print and on local circumstances over which the Committee have no control.
The Committee do not assume the copyright of any 2}hotoyraphs
included in this list. Inquiries respecting photographs, and applications
for permission to reproduce them, should be addressed to the photographers
direct.
202
REPORT — ^1903.
It is recommended that, wherever the negative is suitable, the print be
made by the cold-bath platinotype process. The very best photographs
lose half their utility, and all their value as documentary evidence, unless
accurately described ; and the Secretary would be grateful if, whenever
possible, such explanatory details as can be given are written on the forms
supplied by him for the purpose, and not on the back of the photograph
or elsewhere. Much labour and error of transcription would thereby be
saved. It is well, also, to use a permanent ink for this purpose. A local
number by which the print and negative can be recognised should be
written on the back of the photograph and on the top right-hand corner
of the form.
Copies of photographs should be sent unmounted to W. W. Watts,
The University, Birmingham, and forms may be obtained from him.
The size of photographs is indicated as follows : —
L = Lantern size.
1/4 = Quarter-plate.
1/2 - Half -plate.
1/1= Whole-plate.
10/8 = 10 inches by 8.
12/10 = 12 inches by 10, &c.
E signifies Enlargements.
* Indicates that photographs and slides may be purchased from the donors, or
obtained through the address given with the series.
LIST I.
ACCESSIONS IN 1902-1903.
ENGLAND.
Bedfordshire. — Photographed by J. Hopkinson, F.G.S., Weetwood,
Watford. 1/4.
Regd.
No.
3295 (12) Stone Lane Pits, Heath, Ferruginous Sandstone in Lower Green-
Leighton Buzzard. sand, Boulder-clay on top. 1902.
3296 (13) Castle Hill Pit, Clophill, 10' Clay in thin layers in Lower Green-
Ampthill. sand. 1902.
Buckinghamshire. — Photographed by J. Hopkinson, F.G.S., Weetwood,
Watford. 1/4.
3297 (11) Eddleborough Church, near Outlier of Totternhoe Stone. 1902.
Dunstable.
Cheshire. — Photographed by Godfrey Bingley, Thorniehurst,
Headingley, Leeds. 1/4.
1903.
3298
(6117)Meolse,
near
Hoylake
. Submerged Forest
3299
(6118) „
SI
)»
3300
(6119) „
)»
)»
3301
(6120) „
•
3302
(6121) „
»J
1}
3303
(6122) „
>l
3304
(6123) „
)»
»»
3305
(6124) „
,,
1*
3306
(6125) „
»f
»l
3307
(6112) Hilbre
Kirby.
Point
, near West
J Bunter Sandstone.
3308
(6128) Middle Island, Hilbre .
11
3309
(6129)
»» • •
i>
ON rnOTOGRAPHS OF GEOLOGICAL INTEREST.
203
Regd.
No.
3310 (6130) mibre Island
3311 (6132) „ „ North
3312 (6136) „
3313 (6133) „
3314 (6131) „
3315 (6134) „
3316 (6135) „
3317 (6142) Higher Bebingtou
3318 (6141)
3319 (6140)
3320 (6138)
Biinter Sandstone. 1903.
„ Cross-bedding. 1903.
Keuper Sandstone, Fault. 1903.
Sandstone slab with Footprints. 1903.
Cornwall. — Photographed hy J. B. Scrivenor, M.A., F.G.S.,
28 Jermyn Street, S. W. 1/4.
3321 (1) Cligga Head
3322 (3) „
Alternations of Granite and Greisen. 1902.
Greisen Bands. 1902.
Fhotograjjhed by C. M. Gillespie, M.A., Yorkshire College, Leeds. 1/4.
3323 ( ) Bude Anticline in Culm. 1902.
3324 ( ) „
Photographed by Howard Fox, Mr. Shephard, and W. M. Harrison, and
presented by Howard Fox, F.G.S., Rosehill, Falmouth. 1/2 and 5/4.
3325 (434) Jangye-ryn, Gunwalloe
3326 (136) West Kennack, Lizard .
3327 (135) Boulder, near Cavouga
Rocks, between Caerleon
Cove and Kennack Sands.
Contorted Grit and Shale (Ordovician ?).
1900.
Porphyritic Diorite. 1890.
1888.
Cumberland.^ — Photographed by G. T. Atchison, M.A., Holmwood,
Sutton Coldfield. 1/2.
3328 (43) Langdale Pikes, from Borrowdale Rocks. 1902.
Elterwater.
3329 (45) The Bowder Stone, Borrow- „ „ „
dale.
3330 (44) Half-mile below Lodore, Quarry in Borrowdale Series. 1902.
Borrowdale.
3331 (48) Below Watendlath, Bor- ' The Devil's Punchbowl.' 1902.
rowdale.
Derbyshire. — Photographed hy A. Wheen, Baslow, and presented by
E. M. Wrench, Park Lodge, Baslow. 1/2.
3332 (3) Cutting in Old Pack-horse Boulder-clay. 1899.
Road, N.E. corner of Chats-
worth Park.
Devonshire. — Photographed by H. A. Hinton, F.G.S., 7 Cranhurst
Road, Willesden Green, N.W. 1/4.
1900.
3333 ( ) Chagford, Dartmoor
3334 ( ) Bovey Tracy .
Dyke of red, schorlaceous Granite.
Clay-pit in Lignite Beds.
2C4 REPORT— 1903.
Fhotograplbed hy E. H. Rastall, B.A., Christ'^ College, Camhridge. 1/4.
Regd-
No.
3335 ( ) Budleigh Salterton . . Triassic Pebble-bed. l'.)0;!.
DoKSET. — Photographed by Profes.sor S. H. Reynolds, M.A., F.G.S.,
University College, Bristol. 1/4.
3336 (13) Ballard Down . . . Chalk Sea-stacks. 1902.
3337 (16) Near Handfast Point . Early stage in formation of Sea-stack.
1902.
3338 (12) Handfast Point . , . Promontory and Sea-stack of horizontal
Chalk. 'l902.
3339 (U) „ Staire in formation of Sea-stack. 1902.
3340 (1.5) Near Handfast Point . Sea-stacks in horizontal Chalk. 1902.
3341 (33) Peveril Point and Ballard Chalk and Purbeck Rocks; differential
Down. denudation. 1902.
3342 (18) Peveril Point, Swanage . Weathered surface of Purbeck Marble.
1902.
3343 (21) Near Peveril Point, Swan- Weathered surface of Corhula bed in
age. Middle Purbeck. 1902.
3344 (17) Durlston Bay . , . Chert in lower beds of M. Purbeck. 1902.
3345 (19) „ ... Weathered suface of 'Cinder Bed' of
M. Purbeck. 1902.
3348 (-20) „ ... Thin bands of 'beef in M. Purbeck clays.
1902.
3347 (22) „ ... Middle and Lower Purbeck. 1902.
3348 (23) Durlston Head . . . Portland Stone capped by Purbeck. 1902.
3349 (32) „ ... Portland Beds. 1902.
3350 (21) Between Tilly Whim and Upper beds of Portland Stone. 1902.
Durlston Head.
3351 (25) Seacombe Quarrj' . . Weathering of Portland Stone. ,,
3352 (26) E. of St. Alban's Head
3353 (27) Dancing Ledge . . . Portland Stone. 1902.
3354 (28) Dancing Ledge Quarry . Portland Stone and Purbeck Beds. 1902.
3355 (29) Winspit Quarry . . . „ „
3356 (30) Tilly Whim, Durlston Head Sea-caves in cherty beds of Portland Stone.
1902.
3357 (34) „ „ Chert in Portland Stone. 1902.
3358 (31) E. of St. Alban's Head . Sea-caves in Portland Stone. 1902.
3359 (3.')) EmonetHilland St.iilban's Portland Beds overlying Kimmcridge Clay.
Head. 1902.
3360 (37) Emonet Hill, W. of St. Portland Stone and Sand.
Alban's Head.
3361 (36) Hounstout CliS . . . Portland Beds overlying Kimmeridge Clay.
1902.
3362 (39) „ ... Portland Stone, Sand, and Kimmeridge
Clay. 1902.
3363 (38) Chapman's Pool . . . Y-shaped valley. 1902.
3364 (40) Between Hencliff and Lower Kimmeridge Clay and beds of
Freshwater Steps. impure Limestone. 1902.
3365 (41) Cliffs W. of Freshwater Kimmeridge Clay Cliffs. 1902.
Steps.
3366 (42) Cliffs E. of Kimmeridge Kimmeridge Clay, Stone-bands, and old
IBay. Coal-workings. 1902.
3367 (43) Hencliff and Kimmeridge Ledges due to Stone-bands in Kimmeridge
Bay. Clay. 1902.
3368 (44) Between Broad Bench and Kimmeridge Ledges. 1902.
Kimmeridge Bay.
3369 (45) W. side of Kimmeridge Kimmeridge Clay and Stone-bands. 1 902.
Bay.
3370 (46) Near Worth Matravers . Terraces (lynchets) probably due to
ploughing.' 1902.
ON PHOTOGRAPnS OF GEOLOGICAL LVTEREST,
205
Durham. — Plioloyraphed hy G . Abbott, M.R.C.S., 33 Upper Grosvenor
Road, Tunhridye Wells. 1/2.
Kegd.
No.
3734 (140) Fiihvell Hill, Quarry in
Magnesian Limestone .
3735 (141) Fulwell Hill, Quarry in
Magnesian Lirncstone .
3736 (1.51) Fulwell Hill, (Quarry in
Masfuosian limestone .
3737 (152) Fulwell Hill, Quarry in
Magnesian Limestone .
3738 (1G7) Fulwell Hill, Quarry ia
Magnesian Limestone .
3739 (19?,) Fulwell Hill, Quarry in
Magnesian Limestone .
3740 (101) Fulwell Hill, Quarry in
Magnesian Limestone .
3741 (182) Fulwell Hill, Quarry in
Magnesian Limestone .
3742 (137) Fulwell Hill, Quarry in
Magnesian Limestone .
3743 (221) Fulwell Hill, Quarry in
Magnesian Limestone .
3744 (159) Fulwell Hill, Quarry in
Magnesian Limestone .
3745 (163) Fulwell Hill, Quarry in
Magnesian Limestone .
3746 (158) Fulwell Hill, Quarry in
Magnesian Limestone .
3747 (183) Fulwell Hill, Quarry in
Magnesian Limestone .
3748 (180) Fulwell Hill, Quarry in
Magnesian Limestone .
3749 (179) Fulwell Hill, Quarry in
iSlagnesian Limestone .
3750 (188) Fulwell Hill, Quarry in
Magnesian Limestone .
3751 (17?) Fulwell Hill, Quarry in
Magnesian limestone .
3752 (187) Fulwell Hill, Quarry in
Magnesian Limestone .
' Flag'bed^-, 20" Marl, and part of lowest
cellular Limestone bed. 1902.
' Flag 'beds, 20" Marl, and part of lowest
cellular Limestone bed. 1902.
' Flag' beds, 20" Marl, and part of lowest
cellular Limestone bed. 1002.
'Flag' beds, 20" Marl, and part of lowest
cellular Limestone bed. 1902.
' Flag' beds, 20" Marl, and pai-t of lowest
cellular Limestone bed. 1902.
Concretion ; spherical ' honeycomb ' (a).
1 902.
Concretion; spherical 'honeycomb' (a).
1902.
' Honeycomb ' (a) and (b) in situ. 1902.
(b). 1902.
„ (c), early stage. 1902.
'Coralloid ' bed (part of ' flags '). 1902.
Gloucesteesiiire. — Photographed by Professor S. H. Reynolds, ]\f.A.,
F.G.S., University College, Bristol, 1/2 and 1/4.
3371 (55) Cutting W. of Stoke Gilford Lower Lias and Rhrctic Beds. 1902.
Station.
3372 (56) Cutting "W. of Stoke Gifford Zone of A. planorlis overlying Ehaetin
Station. 1902.
3373 (57) Near Stoke GifEord Station Red Marl faulted against Rh^tic and Tea-
green Marl. 1902.
3374 (58) Stoke Gifford Station . Red Marl faulted against Rhajtic and Tea-
green Marl. 1902.
3375 (59) „ „ . Red Marl faulted against Rhaetic and Tea-
green Marl. 1902.
3376 (60) East of Lilliput, Chipping Block of Rhretic Bone-bed. 1902.
Sod bur J*.
3377 (61) E. of Chipping Sodbury . Rhastic and Lower Lias. 1902.
3378 (62) Half-mile E. of Lilliput, Rhsetic resting unconformably on Old Red
Chipping Sodbury. Sandstone. 1902.
3379 (63) Cutting, B. end of Sodbury Great Oolite and Forest Marble. 1902:
Tunneli
206
REPORT — 1903.
Regd.
No.
3380
(61) Cutting S. of Badminton .
3381
(66)
3382
(72) Aust Cliff . . . .
3383
(68) „ . . . .
3384
(69)
3385
(70) „ . . . .
3386
(71) „ . . . .
Forest Marble. 1902.
Reaper Marl and Rhretic Beds. 1902.
Juxtaposed faults. 1902.
Gypsum in Keuper Marl. 1902.
Hertfordshire. — Photographed hy3. J. H. Teall, M.A., F.R.S ,
28 Jermyn Street, S. W. 1/4.
3387 (1) Pinner's Cross, Smith's End,
S. of Barley, near Royston.
3388 (2) W. of Newsell's Park, N. of
Barkway, near Royston.
3389 (3) W. of Newsell's Park, N. of
Barkway, near Royston.
3390 (4) N. of Reed, near Royston .
3391 (5)
Inclined Chalk and Boulder-clay banked
up against it. 1903.
Chalk greatly disturbed, with Boulder-clay
underlying it. 1903.
Chalk greatly disturbed, with Boulder-clay
underlying it. 1903.
Chalk arching over, glacial disturbance.
1903.
Chalk arching over, glacial disturbance.
1903.
Kent. — Photographed by G. Abbott, M.R.C.S., .3.3 Upfer Grosvenor
Road, Tunbridge Wells. 1/2.
3753 (8) Opera House, Tunbridge Earth Creep. 1902.
Wells.
3754 (9) Opera House, Tunbridge „ „
Wells.
Lancashire. — Photographed by *F. Greenwood, 5 St. Mary's Gale,
Rochdale. 1/2.
3393 ( ) Blackstone Edge, Rochdale Roman Road. 1895.
3393 (
3394 (
3395 (
3396 (
3397 (
3398 (
Leicestershire. — Photographed by G. Hodson, M.Inst.C.E.,
Loughborough. 1/4.
Blackbrook, Charnwood
Trench cutting Blackbrook Rocks, looking
E.
Trench cutting Blackbrook Rocks, looking
E.
Trench cutting Blackbrook Rocks, looking
W.
Trench cutting Blackbrook Rocks, looking
W.
Trench cutting Blackbrook Rocks, looking
N.W.
Trench cutting Blackbrook Rocks, looking
N.
Norfolk. — Photographed by W. Jerome Harrison, F.G.S., 52 Clare-
mont Road, Handsworth, Birminghajii. 1/2 and 1/1.
3399 (1897) Trimingham . . . Drift Cliffs. 1896.
3400 (1895) „ . . .
3401 (1850) Cromer .... Mr. Savin's collection of bones from the
Forest Bed. 1896.
3402 (1862) Sidestrand Beach . . ' Mud glacier ' from the drift cliffs. 1896.
3403 (1899) Sidestrand, E. of Cromer Old Church Tower on cliffs. 1896.
ON PHOTOGRAPHS OF GEOLOGICAL INTEREST,
207
Regd.
No.
3404
3405
3406
3407
3408
3409
3410
3411
3412
3413
3414
3415
3416
3417
3418
3419
3420
3421
3422
3423
3424
3425
3426
3427
3428
3429
3430
3431
3432
3433
3434
3435
3436
3437
3438
3439
3440
3441
3442
(1794) Half a mile B. of Cromer
(683) Beeston Regis
(1829) ClifEs W. of Cromer
(1818)
(1825)
(1836e)
(1830) W. end of Cromer
(.692) Near Runton
(1817) Runton ClifEs
(1836)
(1824) Runton Gap .
(1816)
(1778) West Runton .
(698) Runton Cliffs.
(700) Cliffs, near Runton
(690) Runton .
(699) Runton Cliffs
(696) Beeston, E. of Shering-
ham.
(695)
(1870)
(1823)
(693)
(686)
(1822)
(1836d) E. end of Sheringham
Beach.
(501) E. end of Sheringham .
(1877) Beeston Beach
(1777) Sheringham Beach
(1836a)
(1834) Cliffs, near Sheringham .
(1894)
(691) W. of Sheringham
(694)
(1833)
(1820)
(1821)
(1836b) Upper Sheringham
(508) Wey bourn
(496) Coast W. of Weybourn .
E. of Sheringham .
Cliffs, E. of Sheringham
Contorted Drift. 1896.
Drift Plain between cliffs and hills. 1896.
Drift, with included Chalk Boulders,
1896.
Drift. 1896.
'Elbow ' in Contorted Drift. 1896.
Contorted Drift. 1896.
Sandy Drift. 1896.
Loamy Drift (contorted). 1896.
Large Chalk Boulder. 1896.
Long Chalk Boulder. 1896.
Folds in Chalk, covered by Drift. 1896
Contorted Drift. 1896.
Drift. 1896.
Contortions in Drift. 1896.
Contorted Drift. 1896.
Paramoudra. 1896.
Paramoudra in Chalk. 1896.
Ring of Flint. 1896.
Contorted Drift. 1896.
Large Chalk Boulder. 1896.
»» M ,»
Pinnacle of Chalk, embedded in Drift.
1896.
Pinnacle of Chalk, embedded in Drift.
1896.
Pinnacle of Chalk, embedded in Drift.
1896.
'Stone-bed.' 1896.
Basalt Boulders. 1896.
Chalk covered by Clay. 1896.
Pebble Beach and Lagoon. 1896.
Northumberland. — Photographed by A. A. Armstrong, M.A. 1/2,
3443 (1) Bamborough Castle . . Junction of Whin Sill and Carboniferous
Limestone. 1902.
3444 (2) Fame Island and shore Thin bedding, folding and jointing in Car-
opposite, boniferous Rocks. 1902
3445 (3) ' Limestone Bank,' 2 m. W. Outer fosse of Roman Wall cut out of
of Chollerford. Basalt. 1902.
^n-ROVsniWE.— Photographed hy W. G. Fearnsides, B.A., F.6.S., Sidney
Sussex College, Cambridge. 5/4.
3446 (5) Hope Dingle, near Min- 'Boulder-bed' in Arenig Ash. 1902.
sterley.
208 REPORT— 1908.
Regd.
No.
3447 (11) Lower Ashes Hollow, Longmyndian Scenerj'. 1902.
Longmynd.
3448 (12) Upper Ashes Hollow, „
Longmynd.
Somerset. — Pliotographed hy Professor S. H. Reynolds, M.A., F.G.S.,
University College, Bristol. 1/4.
3449 (48) Goblin Combe .
3450 (47)
3451 (49)
3452 (30)
Drj' Valley in Carboniferous Limestone.
1902.
Dry Valley in Carboniferous Limestone.
1902.
Disintegration of Carboniferous Lime-
stone by tree-roots. 1902.
Disintegration of Carboniferous Lime-
stone by tree-roots. 1902.
Surrey. — -Photographed hy J. H. Baldock, 3 St. Leonard's Road,
Croydon, and sent through the Croydon Natural History and Scientific
Society. 1/2.
3453 ( ) Croham Hurst, Croydon . Conglomerate. 1901.
3454 ( ) Bacteria Tanks, Bedding- Shelly Woolwich Beds. 1902.
ton.
3455 ( ) Bacteria Tanks, Bedding- ,, „ „
ton.
3456 ( ) Foundations of Wolding- Red Clay- with-flints in Chalk 'Pipes.' 1902.
ham Fort, facing N.
3457 ( ) Foundations of Wolding- ,, ,, ,, „
ham Fort, facing S.
3458 ( ) Foundations of Wolding- ,, ,, ,, ,,
ham Fort, facing E.
3459 ( ) Foundations of Wolding- ,, „ „ „
liam Fort, facing W.
Waravick. — Photographed by F. T. Maidwell, 50 Compton Road,
Wolverhamjjton. l/J.
3460 (1) Moor ^Vood, Chapel End, Unconformity, Coal-measures on Stock-
near Nuneaton. ingford Shales. 1899.
3461 (2) Moor Wood, Chapel End, Soil Creep. 1899.
near Nuneaton.
3462 (3) Midland Quarry, Nuneaton Quartzite and Diorite Sill, Unconforraably
overlain by Keuper Sandstone. 1898.
3463 (4) Near Church, Radford, Boulder of Charnwood Syenite. 1897.
Coventry.
3464 (5) Near Church, Radford, „ „ „
Coventry.
Westmoreland. — Photographed by Professor E. J. Garwood, M.A., F.G.S.,
University College, London. 1/4.
3292 ( ) High Cup Nick, Appleby Valley cut in Whin Sill.
3293 ( ) „
Photographed hy Godfrey Bingley, Thorniehur.^t, Headingley, J^eeds.
1/4.
3465 (6084) Kirkby Stephen, Bed of Jointing in Lower Brockiam. 1!)02.
River Eden.
8466 (608.5) Kirkby Stephen, Bed of ,; ,j „
Hiver Eden;
ON PHOTOGRAPHS OF GEOLOGICAL INTEREST. 209
Wiltshire. — Photographed by Professor S. H. Reynolds, M.A^ F.G.S.,
University College, Bristol. 1/4.
Regd.
No.
3467 (65) Cutting N.W. of Hulla- Forest Marble. 1901,
vington.
3468 (G7) Cutting N.W. of Halla> „ „
vington.
YoKKSHiRE. — Photographed hy W. Jerome Harrison, F.G.S.,
52 Claremont Road, Handaworth, Birmingham. 1/1 and 1/2.
3469 (3G8) Flamborough Head. . Chalk Cliffs, showing coast-erosion. 189!^.
3470 (3S1) S.W.ofFlamboroughHead Drift on Chalk. 1898.
3471 C^H3) „ „ Caves in Chalk. 1898.
3472 (886) Near Danes' Dyke, Flam- Chalk. 1S9S.
borough.
3473 (893) North Sea Landing, Flam- Drift ou Chalk. 1898.
borough.
3474 (894) North Sea Landing, Flam- „ „
borough.
3475 (897) South Landing, Flam- ,, „
borough.
3476 (900) King Rock, Flamborough Boulder-clay on Chalk. 1898.
Head.
3477 (2070) Tbornwick Bay, Flam- Drift on Chalk. 1898
borough.
3478 (2072) Tliornvvick Bay, Flam- „
borough.
3479 (2077) Thomwick Bay, Flam-
borough.
3480 (2078) Near Thornwick Bay . „ „
3481 (884) Sewerbv, Flamborough . Buried Cliff. 1898.
3482 (375) Hilderthorpe Cliffs, S. of Purple Boulder-clay. 1898.
Bridlington.
3483 (.•)74) Hilderthorpe Cliffs, S. of Stratification in Boukler-clay. 1898.
Bridlington.
3484 (882) Hilderthorpe Cliffs, S. of Drift. 1898.
Bridlington.
3485 (C94) Hilderthorpe Cliffs, S. of „ „
Bridlington.
3486 (378) Hilderthorpe Cliffs, S. of Lamination in Djift. 1898.
Bridlington.
3487 (883) Hilderthorpe Cliff's, S. of Boulder-clay, Loams, and Gravels. 1898.
Bridlin£;ton.
3488 (377) Hilderthorpe Cliffs, S. of Drift. 1898.
Bridlington.
3489 (59.^) Hilderthorpe Cliffs, S. of „ „
Bridlington.
3490 (37G) Hilderthorpe Cliff's, S. of „ „
Bridlington.
3491 (881) Hilderthorpe Cliffs, S. of
Bridlington.
Photographed by Godfrey Bingley, Thorniehurst, Headingley, Leeds
\l'2 and 1/4.
3492 (6111) Meanwood Valley, Leeds. Fossil Tree in Gannister. 1902.
3493 (6088) Hambleton Quarry, Bol- Contorted Toredale Limestones. irf02
ton Abbey Station.
3494 (6091) Hambleton Quarry, Bol- „ „ „
ton Abbey Station.
1903. p
210
REPORT — 1903.
Begd.
No.
3495
3496
3497
3498
3499
3500
3501
3502
3503
3504
3505
3506
3507
3508
3509
3510
3511
3512
3513
3514
3515
3516
3517
3518
3519
3520
3521
3522
3523
3524
3525
609-i) Hambleton Quarry, Bol-
ton Abbey Station.
6095) Hambleton Quarry, Bol-
ton Abbey Station.
6097) Brimham Rocks, near
Pateley Bridge, Nidderdale.
6098) Brimbam Rocks, near
Pateley Bridge, Nidderdale.
6100) Brimham Books, near
Pateley Bridge, Nidderdale.
6101) Brimham Rocks, near
Pateley Bridge, Nidderdale.
6102) Brimham Rocks, near
Pateley Bridge, Nidderdale.
6103) Brimham Rocks, near
Pateley Bridge, Nidderdale.
6105) Brimham Rocks, near
Pateley Bridge, Nidderdale.
6106) Brimham Rocks, near
Pateley Bridge, Nidderdale.
6107) Brimham Rocks, near
Pateley Bridge, Nidderdale.
6070) Penyghent, from near
Hull Pot.
6072) Hull Pot, Horton-in-
Ribblesdale.
6071) Hull Pot, Horton-in-
Ribblesdale.
6059) Alum Pot, near Selside,
Ribblesdale.
6067) Turn Dub, near Horton-
in- Ribblesdale.
6066) Turn Dub, near Horton-
in-Ribblesdale.
6068) Footnaw's Hole, Ribbles-
dale.
6069) Footnaw's Hole, Ribbles-
dale.
6062) Upper part of
Churn, Ribblesdale.
6062a) Upper part of Long
Churn, Ribblesdale.
6063) Entrance to Long Churn,
near Selside, Ribblesdale.
6061a) Entrance to Long Chm-n,
near Selside, Ribblesdale.
6064) Dickon Pot, near Sel-
side, Ribblesdale.
6069) Horton Scar, N.W. side
of Penyghent, Ribblesdale.
6073) Hunt Pot, near Horton-
in-Ribblesdale.
6075) Hunt Pot, near Horton-
in-Ribblesdale.
6074) Hunt Pot, near Horton-
in-Ribblesdale.
6078) Bed of River Bain, Bain-
bridge.
6079) Lund's Fell, near Hawes
Junction.
ROSl) Hon Gill. T.nnd'sFell.
Contorted Yoredale Limestones. 1902.
Millstone Grit; atmospheric erosion.
' Dancing Bear.'
atmospheric erosion.
Mountain Limestone and Millstone Grit.
1902.
Pot-hole in Carboniferous Limestone. 1902.
300 feet deep, in Carboniferous Limestone.
1902.
Exit for water from Alum Pot. 1902.
Long Pot-hole in Carboniferous Limestone. 1902.
Interior of Pot-hole in Carboniferous
Limestone. 1902.
Carboniferous Limestone. 1902.
Pot-hole in Carboniferous Limestone. 1902.
Yoredale Limestone. 1902.
Source of River Ure. 1902.
Source of River Eden. 1902.
ON PHOTOGRAPHS OF GEOLOGICAL INTEREST. 211
Eegd.
No.
3526 (6083) Hell Gill, Lund's Fell. Source of River Eden. 1902.
3527 (6086) Clapham Beck Head. Outlet of stream from Gaping Gill. 1902.
3528 (6087) Grummack Dale, near Carboniferous Limestone resting uncon-
Clapham, E. side. formably on Silurian Grits. 1902.
WALES.
Brecknock.— Photographed by P. Morton, M.A., Christ's College,
Brecon, and presented by F. T. Howard, 3I,A., F.G.S. 1/2.
3529 (1) Canal Aqueduct, Brecon . Taken before the frost. 1890.
3530 (2) „ „ . Effect of frost on leakage. 1895.
3531 (3)
3532 (4)
3533 (5) Rhyd-goch Falls, Brecon, Grits amongst Shales and Clays. 1891.
River Gwdi.
3534 (6) Cilieni, just entering River Usk cuts down the more rapidly as it
Usk, 8 m. W. of Brecon. follows the outcrop of Old Red Sand-
stone Clays. 1890.
3535 (7) Llyn-cwm-llwch . . . Glacial Mounds. 1900.
3536 (8) Near Llyn-cwm-llwch, N. of Moraine at foot of Old Red Sandstone—
y Fan-cwm-du. escarpment. 1900.
Cardigan. — Photographed by C. G. Cullis, Eoyal College of Science,
South Kensington, S. W, 1/4.
3537 ( ) New Quay, Cardigan Bay. Llandovery (?) Rocks ; relation of Cleavage
to hard and soft beds. 1903.
Carnarvon. — Photographed by Caradoc Mills, Plas Helyg, Llanrwst.
1/4.
3538 (1) Near Llyn Geirionydd, Tre- Boulders. 1902.
friw.
3539 (2) Near Llyn Geirionydd, Tre- Perched Block. 1902.
friw.
3540 (3) Near Llyn Geirionydd, Tre- „ „
friw.
Photographed by W. G. Fearnsides, B.A., F.G.S., Sidney Sussex College,
Cambridge. 5/4.
3541 ( ) Tu-hwnt-yr-bwlch, near Tremadoc Slates with fossils. 1902.
Portmadoc.
Glamorgan. — Photographed by G. E. Blundell, F.G.S.,
Wellington College, Berks. 5/4.
3542 ( ) Spritsail Tor, Gower. Cave and Kitchen Midden. 1902.
Photographed by H. W. MoNCKXON, F.G.S., F.L.S., 3 Ilarcourl
Buildings, Temple, E.C. 1/4.
3543 (1694) ClifE between Caswell Raised Beach. 1902.
Bay and Brandy Cove.
212
REPORT — 1903.
Regd.
No.
3594
3545
3546
3547
3548
3549
3550
3551
3552
3553
3554
Photogi'aphed by Professor S. H. Reynolds, At. A., P.G.S.,
University College, Bristol. 1/4.
(1) Mumbles Head .
(3) Above the Lifeboat House,
Mumbles Hea'l.
(7) W. of Mumbles Head
(5) E. of Oystermouth
(«)
W ..
(8) Bishopston Common
(2) Limeslade Bay and TwtHill
(9) Limeslade Bay .
(10) Between Limeslade Bay
and Langland Bay.
(11) Between Limeslade Bay
and Langland Bay.
Dip of Carboniferous Limestone. 1902.
Dolomitisation of Carboniferous Lime-
stone. 1903.
Honeycomb weathering of Carboniferous
Limestone. 1902
Dolomitised patches
Limestone. 1902.
Dolomitised patches
Limestone. 1902.
Dolomitised patches
Limestone. 1902.
Stream disappearing in ' daw-pit.' 1902.
Dip of Carboniferous Limestone and old
shore platform. 1902.
Weathered surface of ' Head.' 1902.
Raised Beach on Carboniferous Limestone.
1902.
Raised Beach on Carboniferous Limestone.
1902.
in Carboniferous
in Carboniferous
in Carboniferous
THE CHANNEL ISLANDS.
Jersey. — Pliotoyraphed hy E.
Jer>>ey
3555 (1) ' Creux Gabourel'
3556 (2) St. Laurence Valley .
3557 (3) Near Rozel Bay, Le Sauchet
3558 (4) Tortelet Bay
3559 (5)
3560 (6) ' Fosse Vourin,' St. Brelade
3561 (7) Le Pinacle, St. Ouen's .
3562 (8)
3563 (9) ,.
3564 (10)
3565 (11) Blanches Banques, Quen
vais, St. Brelade.
3566 (12) Blanches Banques, Qucn
vais, St. Brelade.
3567 (13) Blanches Banques, Quen
vais, St. Brelade.
F. GuiTON, 8 Victoria Crescent,
1/2.
Three levels of Sea-beaches. 190L
Ripijle-marked Shale. 1902.
Marine erosion of Conglomerate. 1902,
Raised Beach. 1902.
'Creux'; formation of Blowhole. 1902.
Granite and Diabase. 1 902.
Vein of Diabase and Marmite. 1902.
' Marmite ' or marine pot-hole. ,,
Mound of Blown-sand. 1902.
SciLLY Islands. — Photographed by R. H. Preston, Alverne House
Penzance. 1/1.
3568 (18) Peninnis Head, St. Mary's. Weathering of Granite. 1895.
3569 (27) Dick's Cam, St. Mary's . „ ,,
3670 ( ) 'The Tooth Rock,' St. „ „ „
Mary's.
3571 (22) 'The Monk's Cowl,' St. „ „ „
Blarys.
3572 ( ) 'the Pulpit Rock,' St.
Mary's.
3573 (29) 'The Loaded Camel,' St. „ „ „
Mary's.
3574 (75) 'The Punch-bowl,' St. Agnes „ „ .,
3575 (26) ' The Drum Rock,' St. „ „ ' , . .
Mary's.
ON PHOTOGRAPHS OF GEOLOGICAL INTEREST. 213
Regd.
No.
3576 ( ) 'The Giant's Chair,' St. "Weathering of Granite. 1893.
Mary's.
3577 (72) 'The Nag's Head,' Sr. Agnes.
SCOTLAND.
Argyllshire. — Photographed by A. K. CoomaraswAmy, B.Sc, F.G.S. (a),
«?tcZ Mrs. CooM.\RASWAMY (b), Walden, Wor])le.sdon, Gnildford. 1/4.
3578 (79a) S. of Dun Dubhaidh, lona. Schistose Marble and Gneisses. 1902.
3579 (19b) Balephetrish, Tirec . . Well-foliated Marble. 1902.
3580 (20b) „ „ . . Weathered Marble, with Forsterite,
Spinel, &c. 1902.
Berwickshire. — Pholographed hy A. K. Coomaraswamy, B.Sc, F.G.S. (a)
a?i.c? Mrs. CoomAraswamy (b), Walden, Worplesdon, Guildford. 1/4.
3581 (la) 'The Leithies,' near North Dyke in Carboniferous Tuff . 1902.
Berwick.
3582 (2a) 'The Leithies,' near North Bedded Carboniferous Tuff, with large
Berwick. Bomb. 1902.
3583 (3a) ' The Leithies,' near North Bedded Carboniferous Tuff, with large
Berwick. ejected blocks. 1902.
3584 (4a) North Berwick Law . . Carboniferous Trachyte ' Neck,' ' Crag and
Tail.' 1902.
3685 (28b) The Bass Eock, from near Carboniferous Trachyte. 1902.
North Berwick.
Inverness. — Photographed hy W. Lamond Howie, Hanover
Lodge, Harrow. 5/4, 12/4, 18/4, &c.
3294 ( ) The ' Parallel Roads,' Looking N.N.W. from slope of BohuntJne
Glenroy. Hill. 1896.
3587 ( ) Scuir-na-Gillean, Skye . Gabbro. 1903.
3588 ( ) Summit of Blaven, from ,, ,,
Marscow.
3589 ( ) The Cuillins, from N. . 190.3.
3590 ( ) The Cuillins and Glen
Sligachan, from E.
3591 ( ) Glen Brittle and the Cuil- „
lins, from Col to Loch Brittle,
from W.
3592 ( ) Coire-na-Creiche . . „
3610 ( ) Ben Alder and Cam Dearg. From Meall Cruaidh. 1902.
Photographed hy A. S. Eeid, M.A.. F.G.S., Trinity College,
Glenalmond, Perth. 1/2, one E.
3593 (SE 27) Island of Eigg, fiom Outline of Scuir. 1901.
Muck.
3594 (SE 22) E. end of Scuir of Eigg, Steps of Basalt, surmounted by Scuir Pitch-
from sea. stone. 1901.
3595 (SE 6) Scuir of Eigg, fiom Position of tributary valley (Cornbheinn)
E.N.E. in relation to Scuir valley. 1901.
3596 (SE 17) E. end of Scuir of Eigg, Pitchstonc occupying old valley in
from S.E. Bas.alts. 1901.
3597 (SE29) BideinBoidheach.N.W. Paver Conglomerate under Pitcbstone and
end of Scuir of Eigg. (E.), resting on eroded Bfisalt. 1901,
from seit.
214 REPORT — 1903.
Regd.
No.
3598 (SE 33) Scuir of Eigg, from Physical features of Scuir ridge. 1901.
Beannan Breaca.
3599 (SE31) Scuir of Eigg, from high Pitchstone in main and tributary valleys.
g]-ound S.W. of Loch Beinn 1901.
Tighe.
3600 (SB 35) E. prolongation of Scuir Pitchstone Ridge, to show varying trend.
of Eigg, from N.W. 1901.
3601 (SE 11) Scuir of Eigg, Eastern Relation of main to tributary valley.
prolongation, from W.N.W. 1901.
3S02 (SE34) Scuir of Eigg, from Relation of main to tributary valley,
knoll N.W. of Loch an 1901.
Nighean Dughaill.
3603 (SE 40) Shoreof Laig Bay, Eigg. Basalt Dyke in Jurassic Rocks. 1901.
3604 (SE 9) Cleadale, Eigg . . Bedded' Basalts of Small Isles Plateau.
1901.
3605 (SE 36) S. Shore, Ruadh'an Tan- Two Pitchstone Dykes in Basalt. 1901.
caird, Eigg.
3606 (SE 37) S. Shore, Ruadh'an Tan- Pitch.stone Dyke in amygdaloidal Basalt.
caird, Eigg. 1901.
3607 (SE 38) S. Sliore, Ruadh'an Tan- Pitchstone Dyke in amygdaloidal Basalt.
caird, Eigg. 1901.
Jii AIRTS. —Phofographed hy E. K. Hall, Nairn, N.B. l\l^.
3608 ( ) Tom Riach, near Clava . Boulder. 1901.
3609 ( ) „
Perthshire. — Photographed hy A. S. Reid, M.A.,F.G.S., Trinity College,
Glenalmond, Perth. 1/2.
3611 (CL 20) Wester Glenalmond, River Terrace and Moraine Mounds.
near Auchnafree. 1901.
3612 (CL36) Sma' Glen, Glenalmond A few hours' Pluvial Denudation. 1901.
Uoss-sniRE.— Photographed by A. K. CoomaraswAmy, P.Sc, F.G.S. (a)
awe? Mrs. CoomIraswamy (b), Walden, Worplesdon, Guildford. 1/4.
3586 (67a) River Kanaird, near Road Erosion of earlier Terrace by river ; depo-
sition inside curve of stream. 1902.
3613 (62a) HiUs above Hotel, Gair- Perched Block. 1902.
loch.
3614 (61a) Hills above Hotel, Gair-
loch.
3615 (64a) Shore, Gairloch . . Ripple-marked Sand. 1902.
3616 (38b) Gairloch Hotel . . 50' Raised Beach. 1902.
3617 (63a) Shore, Gairloch . . Torridon Sandstone, Basement Conglome-
rate. 1902.
3618 (65a) ,, „ . . Augen-gneiss, vertical foliation. 1902.
3619 (76a) Head of Loch Maree, Kinlochewe River, and Delta filling lake.
from Kinlochewe Forest. 1902.
3620 (73a) Ben Eadh, near Loch Quartzite scenery and glaciation. 1902.
Maree.
3621 (35b) Ben Eadh, near Loch „ „ „
Maree.
3622 (36b) Ruadh Stac Mor and Sail White Quartzite cap on mountains of
Mor, from Glen Goudie, Loch Torridon Sandstone ; moraines. 1902.
Maree.
2 23 (37b) Half-mile N.E. of Fumes, Contorted Limestone in Gneiss. 1902.
Letterewe, Loch Maree.
ox PHOTOGRAPHS OF GEOLOGICAL INTEREST.
215
Begd.
No.
3624
3625
3626
3627
3628
3629
3630
(74a) Kinlochewe Forest, Loch
Maree.
(75a) Glen Goudie, Loch Maree
(72a) Opposite Ullapool, on
Loch Broom.
(69a) Braemor, head of Loch
Broom.
(39b) Corryhalloch, Braemor .
(8a) Oykell Bridge .
(9a) ,, „ . , .
Quartzite scenery, Eastern Schists. 1902.
Wilderness of Moraines. 1902.
Outcrop of Thrust-planes. 1902.
Gorge and small Waterfalls in Eastern
Schists. 1902.
Gorge and small Waterfalls in Eastern
Schists. 1902.
Monotonous scenery of Eastern Schists.
1902.
Silvery Eastern Schists. 1902.
Sutherland. — Photographed by A. K. CoomAraswAmy, B.Sc, F.G.S. (a)
amc? Mrs. CoomAraswAmy (b), Walden, Worplesdon, Guildford. 1/4.
3631 (14a) Coul Mor, from head of ToiTidon Sandstone hill with Quartzite
Loch Veigatie. summits. 1902.
3632 (82a) Summit of Coul Mor . Quartzite on Torridon Sandstone. 1902.
3633 (21a) Near Summit of Coul Mor Weathered Torridon Sandstone. 1902.
3634 (18a) Cani.sp and Suilven, from Torridon Sandstone hills. 1902.
Glen Canisp, near Lochinver.
3635 (29b) Suilven, from Coul Mor . Torridon Sandstone Mountain and Gneiss
Plateau. 1902.
3636 (15a) Canisp and Suilven, from Torridon Sandstone. 1902.
S. of Loch Urigill.
3637 (12a) Tributary of Alt Achaidh, Peat on Drift (Alluvial Cone). 1902
W. of Cromalt.
3638 (11a) Tributary of Alt Achaidh, Peat on Drift with tree stumps. 1902.
W. of Cromalt.
(10a) Tributary of Alt Achaidh, „ „ „ „
W. of Cromalt.
(5a) Cnoc an t'Sassunaich General view. 1902.
(Knockan Cliff), Ullapool.
(7a) Cnoc an t'Sassunaich Sole of Thrust-plane. 1902.
(Knockan Cliff), Ullapool.
3639
3640
3641
3642
3643
3644
3645
3646
3647
3648
3649
3650
3651
3652
3653
(3a) S.W. shore of Cama Loch.
(31b) Sronchrubie Cliff, Inch-
nadamff.
(29a) Inchnadamff .
(28a) Cnoc an Droighinn, Inch-
nadamff.
Torridon Sandstone, Basement Conglome-
rate. 1902.
Edge of Limestone Plateau. 1902.
Durness Limestone Plateau and Sronch-
rubie Cliff. 1902.
' Pipe-rock ' ; half-inch pipes. 1902.
(22a) Traligill Burn, Inch- Conimheall (Ben More) ; Major Thrust-
nadamff. plane in Durness Limestone. 1902.
(23a) Traligill Burn, Inch- Conimheall (Ben More); Major Thrust-
nadamff. plane in Durness Limestone and dry
valley. 1902.
(24a) Traligill Burn, Inch- Conimheall (Ben More); Major Thrust-
nadamfl'. plane in Durness Limestone and dry
valley. 1902.
(31ab) Alt Uamh, near Inch- Large stream issuing from under Lime-
nadamff. stone hill. 1902.
(32b) Near Loch Gillaroo, Stream disappearing into Swallow-hole.
Inchnadamff. 1902.
(25a) Conimheall (Ben More), Quartzite. 1902.
Assynt.
(33b) Top of Conimheall . . Weathering of Quartzite. 1902.
(31a) From Cnoc an Droighinn. Outliers above Ben More Thrust-plane,
1902.
21G
nF.roRT— 1908.
Kegd.
No.
3654 (o6a) Old Man of Stoer .
3655 (55a) „ „ . .
3656 (32a) Uamh Rhuadhrige, near
Kylesku.
3657 (33a) Half-mile S.S.W. of
Kylesku Inn.
3658 (34bj Aird Du Locli, from S.
side of Loch Glencoiil.
3659 (38a) Glen Dhu, from Unapool,
near Kylesku.
3660 (39a) From base of Stack of
Glencoul.
3661 (3Ga) Loch Glencoul, N. side .
3662 (41a) Stack of Glencoul, from
N.N.VV.
3663 (30b) Quinaig, from Kyle
Strome.
3664 (44a) N. of Scourie .
3665 (4oa) Creag a mhail, Scourie
Bay.
3666 (52a) Quinaig, Suilven, &c.,
from Scourie.
3667 (50a) 1 m. E.S.E. of Laxford
Bridge.
3668 (48a) Ben Stack
3669 (51a) Mainland, from Handa
Island.
3670 (42a) C^oast opposite
Island.
3671 (59a) H.anda, Sea Cliffs
3672 (60a) Handa Island .
Stack of Torridon Sandstone. 1902.
J) .> n .1
Nearly horizontal Foliation in Hebridean
Gneiss. 1902.
'Slack' due io weathering out of Basic
Dyke in Gneiss. 1902.
Glencoul Thrust-plane. 1902.
Cliff of Eastern Schists; Moine Thrust-
plane. 1902.
Glencoul Thrust-plane ; Gneiss on Durness
Limestone. 1902.
Moine Schists, Moine Thrust, Cambrian
rocks, and Gneiss. 1902.
Torridon Sandstone Mountain and Gneiss
Plateau. 1902.
Hummocky (glaciated?) Gneiss. 1902.
Basic Augen in Gneiss. 1902.
Torridon Sandstone and Gneiss. 1902.
Basic Auge in Gneiss. 1902.
Gneiss Mountain, 2364 ft. 1902.
Ben Arkle and Ben Stack. 1902.
Handa Vertical Thrust-plane in Gneiss. U02,
. Torridon Sandstone. 1902.
. Torridon Sandstone Stack. 1902.
IRELAND.
AsTRiM.— Photogra2)hed by Mrs. Coomarasw.4MY, Walden, Worplesdon,
Guildford. 1/4.
3673 (24) Coast from Dunluce Castle Basalt filling Ancient Valley in Chalk.
towards Portrush. 1902.
3674 (23) The Gobbins Cliffs . . Higher Lava filling crack in lower. 1902.
3675 (22) ,, ,, . . Junction of two Lava-flows. ,,
3676 (21) Giant's Causeway . . Transverse Jointing in Columnar Basalt.
1902.
Photographed hy Professor S. H. Reynolds, M.A., F.G.S., University
CoUeye, Bristol. 1/4.
Spheroidal 'Weathering of Ba.salt. 1902.
'» " »i »i
Erratic block and Boche Moutimnie. „
Camptonite Dyke. ,,
Puckered Gneiss. „
Old Sea-caves, raised. ,^
Slipped Basalt and Chalk. „
Standing on strip of faulted Basalt.
3677
) Giant's Causeway
3678
)
3679
) Fair Head
3680
) Rue Bane Point
3681
)
3682
) S. of Cushendall
3683
) Garron Point .
3684
)
3685
) Garron Point .
3686
)
3687
) ., . .
3688
) Garron Tower . ,
.
ON PHOTOGRAPHS OF GEOLOGICAL INTEREST.
217
Regd.
No.
3689 (
) Garrou Point, ' Leg of
Mutton Rock.'
3690 (
) Glenarm Quarry
3691 (
) Ballygally Head
3692 ( ;
Magheramorne .
3693 c
' J) . . .
3694 (
) The Gobbins Cliffs .
3695 (
' i> ji • •
3696 (
' )» »» • •
3697 (
) Beechmount, Belfast
3698 (
' i» »» •
3699 (
' »1 M •
3700 (
' tt »• •
3701 ( :
»» »»
3703 (
1)1 11 •
3703 ( :
) Cave Hill, Belfast .
3704 (
' 11 l» • •
3705 (
1 II II • •
3706 (
1 11 II • •
Marine undercutting. 1902.
Basalt overlying Chalk. ,,
Fault between Chalk and Basalt. ,,
Basalt overlying Chalk. „
Amj'gdaloidal Basalt. ,,
Amvgdaloidal Basalt with vertical amyg-
duTes. 1902.
Tongue of Upper Lava piercing Lower
vesicular Lava. 1902.
Basalt Dyke in Trias. 1902.
Keuper. 1902.
Boulder-clay on Keuper. „
>> •> ••
Laminated Boulder-clay. „
Deceptive appearance of horizontality in
Trias. 1902.
Junction of Basalt and Chalk. 1902.
Basalt Dyke in Chalk. „
DOAVN, — Photographed by Mrs. CoomArasw.\my, Walclen, Worplesdon.
auildford. 1/4.
3707 (27) Castles of Kivvitar, Mourne Granite, weathering. 1902.
Mountains.
3708 (26) Castles of Kivvitar, Mourne „ „ ,.
Mountains.
3709 (25) Slieve Commedagh, Mourne „ „ „
Mountains.
Photographed hy Professor S. H. Reynolds, M.A., F.G.S., University
College, Bristol 1/4.
. Basalt Dyke in Trias. 1902.
. Basalt Dyke in Trias. Cracks filled with
Calcite. 1902.
. Sills breaking across bedding. 1902.
. Basalt Sills in Trias. „
. Basalt Dyke and Sills in Trias. „
. liasalt Dyke cutting Trias and Basalt Sills.
190-'.
3710
Scrabo Hill
3711
1! •
3712
3713
»1 •
3714
3715
»l
3716
l>
Dublin. — Photographed hy W. B. Wright, 14 Hume Street, Dublin,
1/4.
3717 (I) Greenhills .
3718 (2)
3719 (3)
3720 (4)
3721 (5)
372§ (f.)
Even and Current-bedded sand in Esker.
1902.
Ripple-bedding in E.sker. 1902.
Silts in Esker ; crumpled band and amid
evenly bedded silt and sand. 1902.
Boulder in current-bedded sand in Esker.
1902.
Sand and silt layers truncated by coarse
gravel in Esker. 1902.
Sand and silt layers in Esker. 1902.
218 REPORT — 1903.
Regd.
No.
Kerry.— PAoto^rmyteo^iy Professor S. H. Reynolds, M.A., F.G.S.,
University College, Bristol. 1/4.
3723 (51) W. of Dunquin, Dingle . Points formed by relatively hard beds.
1900.
3724 (52) Sight Point, Dingle . Highly inclined Smerwick Beds. ] 900.
3725 (53) „ „ . . Rugged Old Red Sandstone.
3726 (54) E. side of Smerwick Har- Clitf on Boulder-clay.
bour.
LovTK.— Photographed by Professor S. H. Reynolds, M.A., F.G.S.,
University College, Bristol. 1/4.
3727 ( ) Greenore
3728 ( ) „
3729 ( )
3730 ( ) „
3731 ( ) Barnavave,
3732 ( )
. Basalt Sills in Carboniferous Limestone.
1902.
. Basalt Sills in Carboniferous Limestone.
1902.
. Basalt Sills in Carboniferous Limestone.
1902.
. Basalt Sills with included Gabbro frag-
ments. 1902.
Carlingford . Granophyre network in Gabbro. 1902.
3733 ( ) „ „ . Banded Gabbro.
Ustuarine Deposits at Kirmington, Lincolnshire. — Preliminary Report
of the Committee, consisting of Mr. G. W. Lamplugh {Chairman),
Mr. J. W. Stather {Secretary), Mr. F. W. Harmer, Mr. P. F.
Kendall, Mr. Clement Reid, and Mr. Thomas Sheppard,
appointed to investigate the Ilstuarine deposits at Kirmington,
Lincolnshire, and to consider its position with regard to the Glacial
Deposits. {Drawn up by the Secretary.)
Your Committee report that, as a favourable opportunity presented itself
during the summer, preliminary operations were undertaken to investigate
the beds underlying the estuarine deposit, by means of boring, and the
results obtained are of such general interest that it is proposed to continue
the work, and to apply for a grant of 251. to enable this to be done.
While it would be premature at present to enter into a detailed
account of the investigation, it may be advisable to state briefly the
problems which are involved, and the results already obtained. Attention
was first called to the fossiliferous nature of the deposit by Messrs. Wood
and Rome on the ' Glacial and Post-glacial Structure of Lincolnshire and
South-east Yorkshire,' in which they refer to it 'as a portion of the
Hessle clay formation.' Mr. C. Reid gives a fuller account of the bed
in his ' Survey Memoir on the Geology of Holderness ' (p. 58), stating
that though the sand underlying the warp probably rested directly on
the chalk, the deposit was an estuarine clay of interglacial age. Mr. G. W.
Lamplugh some time later made passing reference to the Kirmington
section, and suggested that the bed was probably older than any of the
Yorkshire glacial deposits.
The warp, which is well exposed in a brickyard, is situated on a low
hill about 80 feet above sea-level. The upper portion has yielded a few
species of estuarine shells, but, as our recent investigations have shown,
fresh-water shells occur in a peaty bed at its base. It is proposed to
investigate the fauna and flora of this bed very carefully.
ON ESTUARINE DEPOSITS AT KIRMINGTON, LINCOLNSHIRE. 219
Below the warp a few feet of sand is exposed in the brickyard, but
until our boring was put down there was no information as to the under-
lying bed. Our boring proved a thickness of 12 feet of sand and fine
chalky gravel, resting on 12 feet of stiff purple clay with foreign
stones, evidently a glacial clay, and then 11 feet of silt, sand, and fine
chalk rubble, below which it was impracticable to carry the boring
without tubing the hole, for which we had not the appliances.
As boulder-clay is seen at one corner of the pit to overlie the fossili-
ferous warp, there seems no doubt that the bed lies between two glacial
deposits, but it is highly desirable that the section should be carried
downward to the chalk.
The thanks of the Committee are due to Mr. J. Villiers of Beverley,
who very kindly put the boring down at his own cost ; also to the Earl of
Yarborough (landlord), Mr. Hervey (tenant), and Mr. E. P. Hankey (agent).
Investigation of the Fauna and Flora of the Trias of the British Isles. —
Report of the Committee, consisting o/ Professor "W. A. Herdman
(Chairman), Mr. J. LoMAS (Seeretari/), Professor W. W. Watts,
avd Messrs. P. F. Kendall, E. T. Newton, A. C. Seward, and
W. A. E. UssHER. (Bravm up hy the Secretary.)
[Plates IV.-VIII.*]
The scheme of work undertaken by the Committee includes the fol-
lowing : —
(1) To record all fossils from the British Trias now deposited in
museums (public or private), special care being taken to get the exact
locality and horizon from which the fossils were obtained.
(2) To compare the fossils from different horizons in order to see
whether any changes can be traced in the character of the fauna and
flora during Triassic times, and if geographical limits can be made out for
certain species.
(3) To collect data regarding deep borings which show Triassic rocks.
(4) To obtain photographs of slabs showing footprints or other fossils,
and of quarries and beds in which organic remains have been found.
(5) To compile a bibliography of works and papers dealing with the
subject.
Considerable progress has been made as the result of the Committee's
first year's work, and many offers of assistance have been received. The
Committee is especially indebted to Mr. H. C. Beasley, who has furnished
a report on cheirotheroid footprints, and has promised to write other
reports on rhyncosauroid and chelonoid footprints next year.
REPORT ON FOOTPRINTS FROM THE TRIAS.— Part I.
Introduction.
The organic remains found in the Trias of Great Britain are so rare,
and confined to so few localities, that the animal life of the period might
appear to have been very limited, both in the number of species and of
individuals, but for the records of the presence of an abundant fauna pre-
* The plates are reproductions of photographs taken by kind permission of the
authorities of the Museums mentioned.
220 REPORT— 1903.
served in the footprints of vertebrates and the tracks of invertebrates
found in different horizons over extended areas wherever the conditions
were favourable to their preservation.
The small prospects of satisfactory results, the certainty of the expendi-
ture of much labour and time, and the necessity for the exercise of so
much patience have caused the systematic study of this particular branch
of palaeontology to receive less attention than it deserves.
The paper of Dr. Duncan in 1828,^ the great work of Sir W. Jardine
on the Ichnology of Annandale, and the numerous papers by Huxley,''*
Owen, Egerton, Black, Mantell, Cunningham, Harkness, A. S. Woodward,
and others, scattered througii the transactions of various societies, are
mainly concerned with describing prints found in the special localities to
•which the papers relate, and not to the review of the subject as a whole.
Dr. T. C. Winkler,^ in the archives of the Musee Teyler, brought together
abstracts of the most important papers that had appeared up to that time,
and gave a description of the examples in the museum of that institution ;
but he did not attempt to correlate the results.
The footprints in the Trias in England, and probably also in Scotland,
are with some doubtful exceptions confined to the Keuper.**
Whether this indicates any great difference in the mode of deposition
and prevailing conditions or not, the fact remains that from the base of
the Lower Keuper to well up in the Upper Keuper footprints are met with
at intervals whenever there are beds suitable for their formation and pre-
servation.
The tracks of vertebrates are associated with those of invertebrates,
probably representing Vermes, Mollusca, and Crustacea, or at any rate
resembling the tracks made by recent members of these classes.
On looking through collections of Triassic footprints it will be seen
that the greater number has been obtained in this country from Storeton,
Runcorn, Weston, and Lymm, all in Cheshire, or in other places in the
same series of exposures of the basement beds of the Keuper and those
beds immediately overlying them. They have also been recorded from
beds occupying a similar horizon at Grimsill in Shropshire, and
in Staffordshire, both north and south, particularly from quarries a few
miles north-west of Wolverhampton and from the neighbourhood of
Warwick. They have also been noticed in the St. Bees Sandstone near
Appleby. In Scotland the counties of Elgin and Dumfries are classical
localities, and a little search would probably prove their presence in most
districts where the bed of the upper division of the Trias are quarried.
The earliest finds of footprints in this country seem to have been those
at Corncockle Muir in Dumfriesshire in 1824, and at Tarporley in Cheshire,
' ' An Account of the Tracks and Footprints of Animals found impressed on Sand-
stone in the Quan-y of Corncockle Muir in Dumfriesshire,' by the Rev. Henry Duncan,
D.D., Minister of Ruth well, Trans. Roy. Soc. Edin., vol. xi. 1828. Read January 7,
1828.
- Memoirs of the Geological Survey, Monograph III., by T. H. Huxley, on
' Crocodilian Remains from the Elgin tjandstone, with Remarks on the Ichnites of
('ummingstone.'
- ' Etude Ichnologique sur les Empreintes de Pas des Animaux Fossiles,' Archwet
Miiaie Teyler, Harlem, second series, vol. ii., part 4, 188C.
* Tliere are in Owens College Museum, Manchester, two slabs with footprints,
said to have come from the Bunter Pebble Beds, near Eastham, Cheshire, and given
by Sir J. Leader Williams. As a quantity of stone for use in the construction of the
Manchester Ship Canal was obtained from the Runcorn and Weston Quarries there
is a possibility of error as to the original source of the specimens.
iNVESflGATION OF FAUNA ANd FLOHA OF TRIAS OF BRITISH ISLES. 221
also in 1 824. The former were found by Dr. Duncan and described four
years later in the paper referred to above. The latter, although found in
1824, were not recognised as footprints by Sir P. Grey Egerton ' till 1836,
and were described in 1838 in a paper read at the Geological Society's
meeting, December 5, and at the same meeting the prints from Storeton
were described.^
The footprints vary greatly both in size and form, the smallest noticed
being about one-eighth of an inch and the largest 15 inches in length. The
variation in form is not only caused by differences in the form of the foot
itself, but also by the conditions under which the tracks were made, such
as the consistence of the mud, the action of the animal, whether moving
rapidly or otherwise, and the inclination of the surface.'*
The prints are generally preserved as casts on the under surface of the
overlying sandstone. The bed of marl on which the original prints were
made, being very thin and friable, is seldom fit for removal. Immediately
after a slab is lifted the perfect prints are often visible, but rapidly
become obliterated. At Corncockle Muir, however, the prints themselves
are frequently preserved.
The bed of marl is often much broken up by desiccation cracks and
otherwise deformed in drying, which greatly interferes with the preserva-
tion of impressions, and casts of these cracks often form a network of
ridges on the overlying sandstone.
The beds in which the prints were made appear to have resulted from
temporary accumulations of water, which, as they disappeared, left behind
the mud, on which were preserved tlie footprints of whatever animals
happened to cross it. In the loose sand which formed the general surface
of the country such records of their presence would not be preserved.
There is no indication in the forms preserved that they were produced
by water-loving animals ; there is no more reason for supposing that the
mud attracted an unusual concourse of animals than that it merely
recoi'ded the presence of the usual inhabitants.
There is every probability that the sand was usually deposited on the
mud by a^olian rather than by aqueous agency. The prints were often
made in a very thin layer of mud (occasionally so thin that it adhered to
the foot of the animal, leaving the underlying sand exposed), and this
thin layer in drying was broken up by shrinkage and divided into a
number of curved plates, the curved surfaces being perfectly reproduced
on the under surface of the layer of sandstone above. Had this mud
been again covei-ed with water it would have lost its curvature, and the
' ' On two Casts of Impressions of the Hind Foot of a gigantic Clieirotherium from
the New Red Sandstone of Cheshire,' by Sir P. Grey Egerton, Proe. Geol. Sou.,
vol. iii. p. 11. Read December 5, 1838.
• ' An Account of the Cbeirotherium and other unknown Animals lately discovered
in the Quarries of Storeton Hill, in the Peninsula of Wirrall, between the Mersey and
the Dee,' Proc. Geol. Soc, vol. iii. p. 12. Read December 5, 1838. This appears to
have been a report by the Liverpool Natural History Society written by Mr. J.
Cunningham and submitted by the Geological Society in London.
^ A letter from Professor Buckland, dated Oxford, December 12, 1827, quoted in
Dr. Duncan's paper referred to above, shows how fully the importance of studying the
effect of varying conditions on the prints left by recent animals was recognised by
earlier investigators.
Professor T. McKenna Hughes in the Qiiarfi'vly Journal Geological Society, vol. s.].
p. 178, pis. 7-11, has a paper on ' Some Tracks of Terrestrial and Freshwater Animals,'
which, though referring to the tracks of invertebrates, has an important bearing on
the present subject.
222 REPORT — 1903.
overlying sandstone would have been flat on its under surface, as has
been shown by Messrs. Davies and Reade.^
Again, we could hardly expect to find the sharpness of the prints to
be so well preserved had they been subjected to the erosive action of
water moving with sufficient rapidity to carry fairly coarse sand.
There are, however, some few cases in which the sand would appear to
have been deposited by water, where the casts of the prints consist of laminie
of rather micaceous sandstone. An example of this may be seen in the
collection at University College, Liverpool. Such prints are very imperfect. *
Occasionally prints are met with on rippled surfaces with the ripples
extending across the prints. An example of this may be seen in a large
rippled slab at the Liverpool Public Museum, where the ripple marks
are distinctly traceable across some large imperfect prints ; but a long
series of smaller prints crossing these seem to have been made subsequently
to the rippling. There is also one large print from Storeton in the
University College, Liverpool, collection distinctly showing the same
thing. In these cases the larger prints may have been made whilst there
was a thin layer of water over the mud, just sufficient to form the short
ripples represented. Such rippled surfaces are usually free from desicca-
tion cracks, and the wind-borne sand may have been deposited before the
water had quite disappeared. The drying would in that case be very
gradual, and the curvature of the layer by the very unequal rate of
desiccation of the upper and lower surfaces would be prevented. The
covering of the mud by wind-borne sand whilst it still retained its moisture
will explain the absence of cracks on some surfaces, and their presence in
others where the thickness of the beds of marl is the same.
Character of the Beds in which Footprints occur.
Cheshire. — The quarries at Storeton are in the Lower Keuper Sand-
stone. It is here brought down by a trough fault into the Upper Bunter,
which bounds it on the east and west, and so forms the ridge that runs
approximately north and south from Oxton to Higher Bebington.
The point now being worked, and where footprints are obtained, is at
the northern end of the south quarry, and the working shows a vertical
face of 120 feet. The footprint beds occur rather above the middle of the
face, and just there are three in number, confined within a thickness of
3 or 4 feet. They were estimated by Mr. Morton ^ to be about
124 feet above the base of the Keuper. The stone obtained is a fine
grained sandstone, white or cream-coloured, with occasionally more
deeply iron-stained surfaces. There are a few beds of very red marl from
an inch to some feet in thickness, and thinner beds of a fine white clay.
In the stratum containing the footprint beds the sandstone is flaggy, but
the rest is rather massive and compact, somewhat soft towards the top,
harder below, the best stone being obtained below the footprint bed.
The method of working is to clear a space of 30 or 40 feet square
and work downwards, so that the surface of the footprint beds is only
exposed occasionally and its extent limited. It is hoped that careful
observations may be continued in order to ascertain whether some slight
difierences that have been noticed in the footprints from the three beds
are really characteristic of the three beds over a larger area.
' ' Description of the Strata exposed during the Construction of the Seacombe
Branch of the Wirral Railway,' Proc. Liverpool Geol. Soc, vol. vii. p; 329.
' Gcdo.jii <J' the Country around Livurjjool, 2nd edit., p. 106.
INVESTIGATION OF FAUNA AND FLORA OF TRIAS OF BRITISH ISLES. 223
The beds of white clay in which the prints were made are so thin as
to be hardly discernible on the freshly worked face, but become readily
traceable, after a few years' weathering, when a scant vegetation has taken
root in the softer places.
The quarries in the neighbourhood of Runcorn extend about a mile
along the escarpment of Lower Keuper, forming the crest of the hills
facing the estuary of the Mersey from Runcorn to "Weston.
The sandstone is of coarser grain than at Storeton, and of a dull red
colour ; but the position and nature of the footprint bed are about the same,
and it can be traced the whole length of the hill until it passes beneath
the floor of the principal quarry now worked. The spoil banks covering
the larger area of the old quarries still yield numerous examples, and in
spite of the coarse nature of the stone and the deformation of its surface
by desiccation, cracks, kc. some very perfect specimens have been pre-
served. While the larger forms are less plentiful than at Storeton, the
smaller ones are more numerous and varied.
There is a second bed, a considerable distance below the footprint bed,
which yields very many curious markings, but none that can be said with
certainty to be of organic origin.
At Lymm the quarries in the neighbourhood are mostly closed, and
the spoil banks covered with vegetation.
Near Tarporley and in Delamere ForeM beds which have yielded foot-
prints are found. They occur at horizons rather higher in the Keuper
than those at Storeton and Runcorn.
Shropshire. — -The quarries at Grimsill, Shropshire (easily reached
from Yorton station on the Crewe and Shrewsbury Railway), are very
extensively worked, and yield from time to time not only numerous
footprints but remains of rhynchosaurus.
They are very like the quarries at Storeton both in the character of the
stone and the position of the beds.
Warwickshire. — Near Warwick the quarries at the Coten End in the
Lower Keuper are not much worked now. The small but very interesting
quarry at Shrewly, a mile or so from Hatton Junction, on the Great West-
ern line, is in the Upper Keuper Sandstones, with the marls above and
below. Footprints are frequently found, and the remains of invertebrates.
Staffordshire. — Traces of footprints have been noticed in quarries at
Alton and HoUington, in North Staffordshire, in the building stones of the
Lower Keuper.
In South Staffordshire footprints are very numerous in the quarries
along the outcrop of the harder beds of the Keuper a few miles north-
west of Wolverhampton. Some of the sections have recently been
described by Mr. Beeby Thompson, F.G.S.'
Scotland. — The footprint-yielding quarries in Dumfriesshire do not
seem to be much worked now ; the footprint beds are described as extend-
ing through a thickness of about forty-live feet (see Dr. Duncan's paper
referred to above).
For an account of the quarries at Elgin see Huxley's monograph,
previously referred to ; also ' Reptiliferous Sandstones of Elgin,' by
Rev. George Gordon, LL.D., ' Trans. Geological Society Edinburgh,'
February 1892.
• 'Some Trias Sections in South Staffordshire,' by Beeby Thompson. F.G.S.. fycnl.
Maf) , Dec. iv., vol. ix., May 190:2.
224 RtePoRT— 1903.
Descrijytion of the Footprints.
In describing the footprints in detail it will be convenient to consider"
them merely as footprints, regarding only the features they individually
present, without reference to the animal that may be supposed to have
made them, except in the case where two forms have frequently been
found together in such a position as would warrant our considering them
as representing the fore and hind feet of the same animal.
If we bear this principle in mind and fully recognise that the nomen-
clature ' does not involve any assumption as to their origin, it will be well
to group together certain of them as cheirotheroid, rhynchosauroid, and
chelonoid, the prints in each group having a certain resemblance to those
ascribed by the earlier writers to the Cheirotherium, the Rhynchosaurus,
and ' some Chelonian ' respectively. This will be the more convenient, as
the forms in each group differ greatly from those in either of the others.
There will remain many other forms that cannot be included in these
groups, but they may be considered later, the above being taken first, as
they contain the more common forms.
Cheirotheroid Forms.
The most striking of the footprints found in the Triassic rocks is that
to which Professor Kaup gave the name ' Cheirotherium ' when it was dis-
covered at Hessburg, near Hildburghausen, in 1835. He also suggested
the alternative name of ' Cheirosaurus ' in the event of the animal whose
presence it recorded proving to be a saurian. As we are still ignorant of
the nature of the animal I'eferred to it will be well to adhere to the
original name.
The print is pentadactylatc. and roughly resembles a human hand. It
varies from 5 to 15 inches in length, the average being from 8 to 9 inches.
The middle digit is the longest, those next on either side being rather
shorter, and the outer ones considerably shorter still.
The divisions between the outer digits and those next them extend
farther back than those on either side the middle digit.
Four of the digits are only slightly divergent, and each shows the
presence of a sharp claw at the extremity. The outer digit on one side
has its origin further back than the corresponding digit on the other side,
is broader in proportion to its length, diverges considerably from the axis
of the rest of the foot, and is usually curved outwards : it does not show
any trace of a claw.
Where a series of prints is shown it is usually found that they are in
a single line, and that the curved digit occurs alternately on the right and
left side. If a line be drawn through the middle digits of the prints
having the curved digits on the one side and the corresponding digit of
those having the curved digit on the other, it will be found that the distance
between the two lines is seldom over 3 inches. This would point to
the curved digit being the fifth ; but the suggestion has been made that
the animal may have crossed its feet to the extent of 3 inches, and that
the curved digit was the first. However, tracks have been found where
the distance between the lines of the right and left feet is much greater.
There is a slab in the Warrington Museum from Lymm where the lines
are fully 6 inches apart, and another in the British Museum, No. R. 728,
' In the detailed description which follows the various forms have been indicated
by letters. These correspond with the nomenclature adopted in my previous papers,
Proe. Liverponl. Geol. Soc, vol. vii. p. S91 ; vol. viii. p. 233; vol. ix. pp. SI and 23S.
iNVESflGATlON OF FAUNA AND FLORA OF TKIAS OF BRITISH ISLES. 225
from Hildburghausen, very similar, in both of which the curved digit is
still the outer one. It is therefore clear that it represents the fifth or
outer digit, and for the purposes of this report Avill be described as such.
At the base of each digit there appeai-s to be a pad or cushion, often
merging into that of the next digit ; that at the base of the fifth digit is
larger than the others and quite separate from them, and it forms the
posterior outer margin of the print ; but on the inner side the margin
of the print is very slightly marked, sometimes not at all, between the
pad at the base of the first digit and that of the fifth.
Occasionally the fifth digit is not curved, and is only slightly divergent
from the other digits. Two prints from Grimsill, Salop, show this
peculiarity : one is in the Ludlow Museum and the other at Shrewsbury.
A short distance in front of the prints just described indications are
found of the presence of a smaller foot. The print is frequently very
slight, but is sometimes very clearly defined, and its axis coincides with
that of the larger print.
It consists of five short divergent digits, the fifth being nearly at right
angles with the third ; there is no clear indication of an ungual termina-
tion ; the print is rather broader than long, and varies from a third to
half the size of larger print, which we may consider as that of the pes,
and the smaller as the manus. There are pads at the base of the digits
which coalesce and form the posterior margin of the print.
The weight of the body was principally borne by the pes, as, although pre-
senting a much larger surface than the manus, it made a deeper impression.
Both pes and manus seem to have been almost digitigrade, the distal
extremities only of the metatarsals and metacarpals reaching the ground :
these being represented by the pads at the base of the digits.
Traces of a Caudal Appendage.
No certain traces of a tail have been seen associated with these foot-
prints. In the British Museum there is a slab of prints from Storeton,'
R. 730, on which is a long tapering mark, with rows of scales on the
thicker part and terminating in some indistinct rod-like markings.
This, it has been suggested, may indicate the presence of a tail. Very
similar markings are present on a large slab from Lymm, in the Warwick
Museum. In neither case does the marking in question occupy the
position in regard to the footprints that might have been expected, and it
is possible the marks in question may have had a vegetable origin.
Undoubted tail-marks have been observed, but they were not associated
with the Cheirotherium footprints. As will be seen later, a small print
bearing some resemblance to the Cheirotherium does show the presence of
a tail, and there is a very clear track of a tail associated with some
webbed footprints on a slab at Warwick.
Traces of the Integument.
Professor W. C. Williamson - recorded and figured a print from
Daresbury, a few miles from Runcorn, which showed the presence of
small scales covering the sole of the foot. He says : — ' Many of them (tha
scales) run across the foot in oblique lines, thus leaving no doubt they
' Described and tigured in Geolojij of Country around Liverpool, Append.,
p. 300.
- ' Cheirotherium I'ootprint from the Bate of the Keuper Sand&tone, Dare&bnry,
by Professor "\V. C. Williamson, Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc, vol. xsiii. 1867, p, 36.
1903. q
226 REPORT— 1903.
fepresent true scales and not irregular tubercles as are seen on the skin
of many batrachians. The scales on the toes and anterior part of the
foot are smaller than on the posterior.' Several footprints from Storeton
are similarly, though not so distinctly, marked, and Mr. Beeby Thompson
has found an example ' from South Staffordshire. The markings very
much resemble the scales on the feet of recent crocodilia.
The Cheirotherium footprints show considerable variation, even in the
same quarry ; but it is generally such as might arise from the age of the
individual making the print. Some prints, for instance, suggest a large
fleshy foot, with the nails but faintly shown ; others are more slender,
with the details more distinct. There are, however, forms showing more
important variations, with the same distinctive fea-
A 1. 1 — Left Pes tures frequently recurring.
and Manus. ^ j — The most common form is that figured by
Mr. G. H. Morton '^ as representing
Clie'iTotherium stortonense.
Cheirosaurus storto?iensis.
In addition to the pads at the base of the digits this
form shows similar pads on the digits themselves, pre-
senting gently rounded surfaces divided by slight
constrictions which probably mark the position of the
joints of the phalanges. The prints of the digits are
broadest about the middle and narrow towards the
base. (Plate IV.)
The natural cast figured by Mr. Morton is in the
British Museum (R. 2591), and measures 9 inches in
length. A slab with a series of three hind feet is in
the Bootle Museum,^ and is supposed to be one of
those referred to by Mr. Cunningham in his original
paper. The feet correspond in size and form to those
figured by Mr. Morton. The distance between the
print of the left foot and the next print of the same
foot is a little over 3 feet 7 inches, and the distance between the centre
of the right foot and a line joining the centres of the two prints of the
left is less than 3 inches.
The somewhat elongated posterior portion of the print in Mr. Morton's
specimen is very possibly caused by the foot having moved slightly
forward after being put down ; there is some indication of the mud
having been slightly raised in front of the print, but at any rate this
elongation is not common in the Storeton prints.
The impressions of the pads on the digits are so imperfectly and
irregularly preserved that, supposing they coincide with the phalanges,
the number of these in each digit of the pes cannot be determined with
the certainty that is desirable. So far as has at present been observed
the formula would be g ^^' ™' ^J' \ As there are no clearly marked
' Described and a portion figured in Geol. Mag. for May 1902. ' Footprints from
the Keuper of South Stafiordshire,' A. S. Woodward, LL.D., F.R.S., &c.
2 Geology of Country m-ouncl Liverpool., pis. 8 and 9.
Mr. Morton suggested the specific name 'Stortonense" in a paper read March 17,
1863, ProG. Liverpool Geol. Soo.. vol. i.
^ The fifth digit of the middle print of this series has been chipped, giving a
different form from that of the other two. This, i& not shown in a drawing made
about 1839, so the damage is probably subsequent to that date.
British Association, ISrd EejMrt, Houthport, 1903.]
[Plate IV.
■^,'t?iiigr"
k..'^^'
Slab of sandstone, probably from Storeton, with two series of footprints of Al in relief.
Owens College Museum, Manchester.
.f-y
Ulustratiiuj the Report on the Investigation of the Fauna and Flora of the
Trias of the British Isles.
British Association, I'drcl Report, SotttJqyort, 1903.]
[Plate V.
Natural Cast of A2 from Storeton. British ]\[useiim, Natural History. K414.
Illustratimj the Ueport on tlie Investigation of the Fauna and Flora of the
Trias of the British Isles.
INVESTIGATION OF FAUNA AND FLORA OF TRIAS OF BRITISH ISLES* 227
A 2.
i _
6-
-Left Pes.
pads on the fifth digit, the number of joints has been estimated from its
curvature.
The pads, if there are any on the manus, are too slightly marked to
o-uide us in making any formula for that foot. The manus, whenever at
all clearly shown, shows distinctly that it was pentadactylate like the pes.
The larger and stouter prints from Storeton appear practically identical
with those from Hildburghausen, to which the name Cheirotherium was
originally given.
A 2. — A form differing somewhat from the typical Cheirotherium
stortonense is found occasionally at Storeton, but more frequently in the
Lymm district. The print is broader than A 1, and
the digits are rather shorter in proportion to the
length of the foot, and are widest at the base, where
their width slightly exceeds that of the middle of the
Cheirotherium stortonense. They taper rapidly to
their extremities, which show the pi-esence of nails.
The sole of each of these digits, instead of present-
ing a gently rounded surface, rises sharply from each
side towards the middle line, forming there a slight
ridge. There are no indications of pads on the digits,
but those at their base are clearly marked.
The first and fifth digits are both much shorter in
proportion to the others. The fifth, whilst projecting
outwards at a considerable angle, has not the curva-
ture so characteristic of Cheirotherium stortonense,
neither does it nor its pad form so conspicuous a feature.
The size of the foot is generally about the same as Cheirotherium
stortonense. (Plate V.)
The manus in the few specimens seen would seem to be rather
broader and the digits rather stouter and more
divergent than in Cheirotherium stortonense ; pos-
sibly these are only individual peculiarities.
A 3 is represented by the form found at Tar-
porley, Cheshire, and described by Sir P. Grey
Egerton ' under the name Cheirotherium Hercidis
from the specimens now in the British Museum
(R. 295) : in many respects this resembles A 2 ;
but besides being much larger — about 15 inches
in length — it is much elongated and the digits
are shorter in proportion to the whole length.
No impression of the manus has been recorded as
associated with it. (Plate VI.)
The possibility of the appearance of the first
four digits in A 2 and 3 being due to the condi-
tion of the mud in which the prints were made
and that such conditions might be more frequent
in the Lymm district or the horizon in which
these prints have been found, has not b'een over-
looked ; but as the digits of this form are associated with a much smaller
' ' On two Casts in Sandstone of the Impressions of a gigantic Cheirotherium from
the New Red Sandstone of Cheshire, Proc. Geol. Soc. voL iii. p. 14, and ' Notes on
Type Specimen of Clieirotkerium, HerculAs (Egerton),' H. C. Beasley, Proc. Liverpool
Geol. Soc, voL ix. p. 81, pi. 5, March 12, 1901.
Q 2
A3.
X _
6-
-Left Pes
228 REPORT— 1903.
fifth digit it seetos we are justified in considering the difference as struc-
tural.
The three forms described may be provisionally grouped utidet*
letter A : —
A 1. Cheirotheriiim stortonense.
A 2. The Lymm form.
A 3. Cheirotherium llerculis.
K. — The next form to be considered is one that would seem at first
sight to be altogether dissimilar to the foregoing, but is possibly very
intimately connected with them : it is a short
K. l- — Left Pes. round print, rather broader than long, and mea-
sures about 5 inches across. It shows four toes,
greatly resembling the first four of A 2, and, like
them wide at the base and tapering rapidly to a
point without trace of pads, except at the base,
and presenting the longitudinally ridged appear-
ance described. The other digits are somewhat
curved laterally, and a similar curvature is obser-
vable in the Cheirofherium llerculis.
It has been found at Storeton, but is more
common in the Lymm district. There are two examples from Lymm in
the Grosvenor Museum, Cheshire.
This corresponds, in fact, somewhat to the distal portion of A 2, the
fifth digit not having appai-ently reached the ground, or at any rate not
having left an impression. However, as there is no sign of its being a
merely imperfect pi-int, it has been described separately as K.^
B 1 is a suaall form described and figured by Mr. G. H. Morton -
from a specimen in the Liverpool Free Museum from Storeton. It
consists of four stout rapidly tapering digits, slightly diver-
1^1- G- — Left gent, and a fifth short and broad standing outwards at a
considerable angle. The points of difference between A 1
and A 2 are greatly accentuated, the breadth of the digits
being much greater and the length less in proportion to the
size of the print. Mr. Morton has named this C/teiro<Aert«?u
^— ^ minus. It is doubtful whether it is the same as the print
^ to which Sickler gave that name in 183-5 ; but no oppor-
tunity has occurred for comparison. The small print in the
British Museum, R. 419, supposed by Lydekker^ to represent this, is
rather obscure, but seems to difier from the Liverpool print. The length
of the print is nearly 3 inches, but the Avriter has one about half
the size — also from Storeton — in which the peculiar features of the print
are more strongly marked. This may possibly point to the prints being
made by an immature animal, as suggested on the original label in the
Liverpool Museum. This print will be referred to as B 1.
B 2. There is some resemblance between the form just described and
the prints on a slab in the Bootle Museum (No. 5) showing a series of
five prints, with a slightly sinuous furrow following the middle line, ap-
' 'On two Footprints from the Lower Keuper audtlieir Relation to Chcirotlierium
Stortoneuse,' Proc. Liverjjuol (reuL Soc, vol. ix. p. 238, pi. 15.
- Geoloijy of the Cowntrt/ arovncl Liverpool, Append., p. 2.^9.
' Catati-KjiK- of Fossil Ii'cpti'ia itt British 2Itucuin, \ol. iv. p. 217.
British Association, 13rd Report, Southporl, 1903.]
[Plate VI.
>
X
'%i
y "i^x-^^^^^^-
t
y'fi
^ >^W'^
Natural casts of two prints A3. Cheirotherium Herculis, Egerton.
British Museum, Natural History.
Illustrating the Report on the Investigation of the Fauna and Flora of the
Trias of the British Isles.
British Association, 13rd Beport, Southport, 1908.]
[Plate VII.
Part of a slab of sandstone from hitoreton, with prints in relief of a series of Ai,
crossed obliiiuely by another series of smaller prints of L. British Museum,
Natural History. The whole slab measures about 7 feet inches in lenKth ;
only about half of the length is shown in the Plate.
Illustrating the Report on the Investigation of the Fauna and Flora of the
Trias of the British Isles.
INVESTIGATION OF FAUNA AND FLORA OF TRIAS OF BRITISH ISLES. 229
parently caused by a tail. This is almost certainly the slab described by
Mr. Cunningham ^ as having been found at Flaybrick Hill, Birkenhead
(it is labelled ' Probably Runcorn ' at present). There are
two prints of the right foot and three of left, 6 inches sepa- b ''. 4- Left
rating the right line from the left ; length of stride from Pes,
one print to the next of the same foot is 1 5 inches. The
prints are Ih inch long, and are rather more slender than
B 1 ; both the first and fifth digits diverge considerably
from the others ; there is no curvature discernible on the
fifth ; the pes appears to have been placed upon the print
of the manus, obliterating it and confusing both ; but one
of the prints is fairly clear and was figured. Other imperfect prints
probably representing this have been seen, but at present we have no
knowledge of the manus. This form will be described as B 2.-
L. — One other form must be included in this group. It is a small form
about 4 inches in length, and resembles Cheirotherium in every respect
except that it presents only four digits. Three are long,
straight, and nearly parallel, the middle one the longest, -'■-'■ '^Tr^^^*' '^^^
and all terminating in long claws, and a fifth, somewhat ^° " '
curved, occupying nearly the same position as the fifth in
A ; but it is rather further back and slightly nearer the 1""'^^
middle line of the foot.
The pads at the base of the digits are well marked.
The digits represented are probably 2, 3, 4, and 5. The
curve on the fifth digit is almost entirely confined to the
bending of the last joint. The most perfect specimen seen
is from Guyscliff*, Warwick, now in the Bootle Museum.
In it there is a very clearly defined margin on the inner
side of the print extending from the tip of the second digit
to the posterior margin of the pad, with no trace of a
first digit reaching the ground. The same form has been
found at Storeton lately, and there is in the British Museum a long slab
of Cheirotherium prints (R. 729) on which a series of these prints cross
the others obliquely. In these the prints of the manus (not shown on
the other examples) is seen. It consists of three short stout digits, and
is three-quarters of an inch in length and about the same in breadth.
(Plate VII.)
This form has been described under the letter L.^
This print seems to agree in some respects with the description given
of Cheirotherium minus (Sickler) in Lydekker's ' Catalogue of Fossil
Reptilia and Amphibia in the British Museum,' vol. iv. p. 217, which is
apparently taken from Sickler, but it does not agree with that figured by
Winkler (see anf.e).'^
The foregoing have all been seen to have a form resembling the
Cheirotherium print and readily take their places in this group ; and
' Proc. Liverpool Lit. and Phil. Sue, vol. i. (figure).
" In the Musee Teyler, Harlem, there is a print described and figured by Winkler
as Cheir other i] on. minor. M. Sickler (^Archives, vol. ii. p. 430, pi. 3, fig. 2). He
suggests it may be the print of a j'oung animal, but the figure does not agree with
the prints discussed above.
' Proc. Liverpool Gcol. Soc, vol. ix. p. 289, pi. 15.
* See also Buckland's Bridgwater Treatise, 1st edit., vol. i. p. 265, and vol. ii.
pi, 26.
230 REPORT— 1903.
although in two cases only four digits are represented, the foot was
probably pentadactylate ; in the case of K, the lifth digit, and in L the first
digit failing to reach the ground, or at any rate not leaving any trace of
its having done so. Whether this may or may not be due to a gradual
shortening of the outer toes and the development of a form with only
three functional digits is a matter worth considering. For this reason it
may be well to notice here a form that can hardly be considered
cheirotheroid, nor can it well be classed in either of the other groups. It
is a three-toed form found in the dolomitic conglomerate of Glamorgan-
shire and described by Mr. W. J. Sollas ^ under the name of Brontozoum
TJbomasi. There are three impressions of the left foot and two of the
right. The footprint ' shows the mark of three toes diverging from a
posterior heel ; the middle toe is the most regularly defined, the outer
comes next in regularity, and the inner last.' ' The outer toe is confluent
with the heel ; the middle and inner toes are separated from it and from
each other.' The total length of the impression from the point of the nail
of the middle toe to the back of the heel is 10 inches ; the angle contained
between the inner and outer toes is .50°, and the projection of the middle
toe beyond a line joining the points of the inner and outer toes is 3^ inches.
The middle toe shows the existence of a nail, which is not so clearly shown
on the others. The length of stride is 3 feet 2 inches. The slab is now
in the Cardiff Museum. Owing to the generally unsuitable nature of the
matrix impressions would have been seldom made and still less frequently
preserved. (Plate VIII.)
In connection with the subject of this report the writer had occasion
to examine the footprints of the following museums : — Bi'itish Museum,
Natural History ; Museum of the Geological Survey ; Liverpool, Free
Museum ; Liverpool, University College Museum ; Bootle (Lancashire),
Free Museum ; Manchester, Owens College Museum ; Salford, Peel Park
Museum ; Warrington, Municipal Museum ; Chester, Grosvenor Museum ;
Shrewsbury, Free Museum ; Warwick, Naturalists and Archteologists'
Field Club Museum ; Cambridge, Woodwardian Museum ; Ludlow
Museum ; and he has to thank those in charge of these collections for the
facilities and assistance aflforded him, particularly Dr. A. S. Woodward,
F.R.S., Mr. E. T. Newton, F.R.S., F.G.S., Ac, and Dr. C. ^Y. Andrews
for advice and assistance.
Unfortunately the time at the writer's disposal has not been sufficient
to enable him to do more this year than give an account of one group of
footprints ; but should the Committee be reappointed, and see fit to allow
him to continue the report, he hopes to describe the remaining two groups
and such other footprints as have come under his notice in time for the
succeeding meeting of the Association.
' ' On some Three-toed Footprints from the Triassic Conglomerate of S. Wales,'
by Mr. W. J. Sollas, M.A., F.G.S., Quart. Jonrn. Geol. Soc, vol. xxxv. p. 511. Read
April 9, 1879.
British Association, ISrd Beport, Southport, 1903.] [Plate VITI.
^:
-\
-^^^^^^^^^^1
^^l^
■■
^^^1
Footprints from the Triassic Conglomerate of Newton Nottage,
Glamorgan. Cardiff Museum.
Illustrating the Beport on the Investigation of the Fauna and Flora of the
Trias of the British Isles.
ON ERRATIC BLOCKS OF THE BRITISH ISLES. 231
Erratic Blocks of the British Isles. — Mghth Report of the Gorrmiittee
consisting of Dr. J. E. Marr (Chairman), Mr. P. F. Kendall
(Secretary), Professor T. G. Bonney, Mr. 0. E. De Hance,
Professor W. J. Sollas, Mr. E. H. Tiddeman, Rev. S. N.
Harrison, Dr. J. Horne, Mr. F. M. Burton, Mr. J. Lomas, Mr.
A. R. DwERRYHOUSE, Mr. J. W. Stather, Mr. W. T. Tucker,
and Mr. F. W. Harmer, appointed to investigate the Erratic Blochs
of the British Isles and to take measures for their preservation.
(Braivn up by the Secretary.)
The majority of the records received during the present year has been
contributed by workers in Yorkshire, and it is satisfactory to note that
one of the few areas in that county inadequately studied hitherto is now
receiving attention. The Thirsk Naturalists' Club has organised a sub-
committee acting in co-operation with the ^Yorkshire Boulder Committee,
and the first results of its investigations in the Vale of Mowbray are
now presented. The present writer visited Thirsk in the spring of this
year and identified many boulders which will serve as types for the
guidance of the local workers. The observations made in the Vale of
Mowbray may be said to close up the last gap in the network of obser-
vations which now extends over the whole of the great county of York
from the Tees on the north to Sheffield on the south, and from Ingleton on
the west to the sea. The thoroughness with which the search for erratics
has been made is very gratifying, yet the fact that fresh types of erratics
still continue to be recorded shows that this well-worked field is far from
being exhausted.
In the present report we record the recognition by Professor Brogger
of yet another type of igneous rock derived from the prolific country near
Christiania, and the visit of the Yorkshire geologists to the Tweed Valley,
referred to in the report presented last year, has borne fruit in the
identification at two localities in Yorkshire of examples of the trachytes
so characteristic of the south-east of Scotland. Other boulders worthy of
mention are the small boulder of Borrowdale Ash, found by Mr. Gregory,
near Keighley, at an altitude of 900 feet O.D. This is an interesting
confirmation of a record to be found in the report for the year 1875.
Mr. Hemingway sends some valuable notes on the puzzling drift-area
about Barnsley.
A welcome contribution to the knowledge of a little known area is
the report on boulders in co. Durham sent by the Rev. W. J. Wingate.
A series of records from East Anglia (including the first sent to this
Committee from the county of Norfolk) shows that valuable results would
repay workers in the district ; and it should be pointed out that with the
centralisation of the brickmaking industry at a few centres, and the
general introduction of road-metal from distant places, the opportunities
for observation are being rapidly diminished by the closure of brickyards
and gravel-pits which furnish at present the most numerous and con-
venient opportunities for the study of erratics, especially the smaller
ones, at the same time the larger boulders are being broken up for
road-mending. It should here be again pointed out that the smaller
stones are frequently of greater interest than large ones. Some of the
232 REPORT— 1903.
most interesting erratics yet recorded in England, such as the Norwegian
rhomb-porphyries and the Riebeckite-Eurite of Ailsa Craig, have never
been found in large blocks, and usually are littl00.
15.
Disley.
. 1899.
16.
Dukintield to Lyne Edge ,
1888.
17.
Goyt Hall, Stockport .
1892.
18.
Guilden Sutton, ueai
Chester.
• 1878.
10.
Hatherlow .
1891.
20.
Hazel Grove
1891.
21.
Hilbre.
1892.
22.
Hyde ....
. 1891.
23.
Knutsford .
1891.
,, ...
. 1895.
24.
Leasowe Castle .
. 1875.
25.
Little Grange
. 1892.
26.
Little Storeton .
1892.
27.
Lyne Edge to Harrop Edge
1888.
28.
Lyme Park .
1893.
29.
Macclesfield
1891.
»» •
1895.
30.
Macclesfleld District .
1893.
31.
Marple
1891.
,, ...
1892.
32.
Mottram
1891.
33.
Norbury . . . .
1891.
34.
Norbury Moor
1891.
35.
Northen Etchells
1891.
36.
Offerton . . . .
1891.
37.
Overton, Taxal .
1890.
38.
Kaby to Willaston
1896.
39.
Kock Ferry .
1890.
40.
Setter Dog, Macclesfield
1891.
41.
Spital
1892.
42.
Stockport .
1891.
43.
Storeton
1892.
44.
Styal
1891.
4.5.
Taxal
1800.
46.
Thornton .
1892.
47.
Thornton Hough
1892.
48.
Werneth Low
, 1890.
49.
West Kirby
1892.
oO.
West Kirby to Pa,rk Gate
1879.
Esk., Rhy. Brec, ? Butt., Grail.
Esk.
Gall., L.D.A. Agg., Limes., Sil, Grit.
L.D. And.
Diab. rare.
Fels. L.D.A., Sil. Grit.
Hornb. Feist., Criff., L.D. Grit, Butt. L.D,
Vole.
L.D.A. Brec. and Ash, Criff.. Sil. Grit,
Ba., Esk., Butt., Criff., Dalb., Dior., Diab.
(/ Scott.), Carb. Sands., M.G., Quartzite,
Fels., Trias.
Diab. rare.
L.D.A., Esk., Ailsa Craig, Criff., Flint,
Esk..
Fels., Gran., And., And. Ash, Microgran..
Esk.
Gall., L.D.A.
Lias.
L.D.A., Gall., Gran.
L.D. And.
L.D. Agg. and Ash., Diab.
L.D. And. Agg. Rhy., Quartz Porpb,,
.' Perm. L., CM. Sands., Ardwick Limea.,
Esk., Butt., Gall., ? Sil. Grit.
Gran., ? Gall.
Esk., Butt., Gall., L.D.A.
Greenstone Dior. w. Isorine, Syen., Ash.
Gran.. Sil. Grit.
Yew. Broc, Gall., Sil. Grit, Dior,, L.D.A.
And. Ash., Rhy. Brec, Esk., Vein.
Gran., L.D.A.
Gran.
L.D.A.
Butt., Esk., L.D.V., Ba., Gall., Gran., Grit..
Gran., L.D.A. Brec, ? Esk., ? Gall.
L.D.A.
L.D.A.
Gran., And.
L.D. And., Butt.
L.D. And. and Rhy. Scott., Flint, Ebk., Gall'.,.
Ba., Butt., Fels.
Esk., Gall, L.D.A. Brec, Rhy., Gran.,.
'.' CM. Sands., Butt.
Butt.
Gall., Sil. Grit, Diab., L.D.A., Butt., .Striic.
Strias.
Butt., Dalb.?, Criff., Porph. Gall., Quartzite,
L.D. And. Rhy. Agg.
Fels., Sil. Grit, L.D.A. and Ash., Gall., Butt ,
Carb. Sands.
Esk., L.D. And. Brec.
L.D.A., Dior., Sil. Grit, Gall.
Esk.
Eskdale, Butt., L.D. And., Gall., Quartzite,
Gall. Gran., Trias.
Gran., L.D.A. and Agg., Diab., Sil. Grit.
Gran., L.D.A. and Agg., Criff'., Dalb., Sil.
Grit.
Esk., Butt., L.D. And. Rhy., Porph. Agg.,
Sil. Grit, CM. Sands., Quartzite, Trias.
Ba., Gran., L.D.A. Agg.
Greenstone, Scott. Gran., Dior.
ON ERRATIC BLOCKS OF THE BRITISH ISLES.
241
51. Wilmslow
52. Wirral
53. Woodley
1. Mary port
2. Skiddaw
3. Whitehaven, Coast N.
1. Cefn Cave .
2. Eryrys .
3. Glyn Ceiriog
4. Llanrwst Gorphwysfa
5. Minera
6. Ruabon
7. Trevor
8. Wrexham
1 . Broadhurst Edge .
2. Bugs worth .
3. Buxton
4. Chapel-en-le- Frith
5. Doveboles .
6. Hayfleld
7. Little Hayfield .
8. Millersdale .
1. Ashburton .
2. Barnstaple Bay .
3. Berry Head .
4. Bickington .
5. Bishop's Teignton
6. Cleve .
7. Churston
8. Diptford .
ft. Englebourne
10. Harberton .
11. Kingston
12. Maristowe .
13. Rival ton
14. Santon
15. Start Point to Prawle
16. Tamerton Foliot .
17. Waddeton .
1. Barnard Castle
2. Blackballs .
1903.
1891. L.D.A., Esk.
1876. Aren.
1879. Greenstone.
1891. L.D.A. Rhy. and Brec, Esk.,
Gall.,
Butt.,
? CM. Sands., ? Carb. L.
1892. L.D., Scott., Ard. Limes.
Cumberland.
. 18S1. Gran., Trias.
. 1901. Striifi.
of . 1879. Criff., Greenstone.
Denbighshire.
. 1876. Aren.
. 1876. Aren.
. 1876. Aren.
. 1874. Sils. Congl., Felspc. Stone.
. 1881. Flint, Esk., Aren.
. 1876. Aren.
. 1876. Strife.
. 1878. White sil. Rock (? Jur.).
. 1877. Esk., Trias.
Derbyshire.
1901. L.D. And., Rhy., Porph. Fels., Butt, M.G.,
Grit, Trias.
1891. L.D.A. and Rhy. Agg., Criff., M.G., CM.
Sands., Vein Quartz, Butt., Esk., Gall.,
Flint, Trias, Carb. L. Chert and Sands.
1895. L.D. And. and Ash, Butt., Chert, Canister,
Toadstone.
1893. L.D.A., Gran., Vein Quartz.
1893. L.D.A., ?Gran., Flint.
1893. L.D.A., Agg., Butt., Esk.
1891. Butt., Esk.
1892. Butt.
1893. L.D.A.
Devonshire.
1877. Greenstone.
1873. Gran.
1875. New Reds.
1879. Gran.
1874. Travelled Boulders.
1880. Quartzite.
1875. New Reds.
1880. Quartzite, Greenstone.
1875. ' Trap.'
1877. Not erratics.
1880. Greenstone.
1880. Quartz.
1 876. Felsite.
1873.
1880. Schorlaceous Gran.
1880. Quartzite.
1875. New Red Sand., Dol. Limes.
Durham Co.
1903. Whin Sill, Carb. Sands., L.D. And. Asn.
1903. Gran. (? Dumfries), Porpli. (Chev.), Augen-
Gneiss, Gneiss, Quartz Porphyry, Gran.
242
REPORT — 1903.
3.
Beda Hills .
. 1895.
Carb. L. S. and Irons., L.D. And. and Ash,
Gran., Quartz Porphyry (? Armb.).
4.
Bishop Auckland
. 1897.
Shap.
„
. 1903.
Carb. L.
5.
Darlington .
. 1887.
Shap.
C.
Durham City
. 1895.
L.D. A., Gran. (? Scott.).
7.
Etherley ".
. 1897.
Shap brought from Tees.
8.
Harperley .
. 1903.
Vole. Brec. (? L.D.).
9.
Harton
. 1889.
Ba.
10.
Kip Hill .
. 1895.
Carb. L. and S., L.D. A. and Porph.
11.
Lindisfarne .
. 1903.
And. Ash (L.D.).
13.
Low Coniscliffe .
. 1887.
Shap.
13.
Oxenlow
. 1903.
And. (L.D.).
14.
Piercebridge
. 1887.
Shap.
T1 •
. 1903.
And., Brec. (.L.D.).
15.
Sadberge
. 1887.
Carb. Limes.
IG.
Seaham Harboui'
. 1888.
Carb. Limes.
Essex.
1.
Barnston
. 1888.
Carb. L., M. Sch., Syen.
2.
Becking Place
. 1888.
Gneiss.
3.
Braintree .
. 1888.
Gneiss, Carb. L.
»i ...
. 1903.
Ter. Sands., H.P.L.
4.
Causeway End .
. 1888.
Sands., 01. Dol.
5.
Fclstead
. 1888.
Sands., Dol., Porphyrite, Hypersthene Dol.
„ (General)
. 1888.
Quartzite, Mica Schist, Quartz I'orph., Silici-
(ied Wood, M.G. with Shells.
G.
French Green
. 1888.
Sands, Flint, Porph,, 01., Ba. Dol., Carb. L.,
Jur. L.
7.
Great Saling
. 1888.
Dolerite, 01. Dol.
8.
Great Leighs
. 1888.
Herts P.S. Sands.
0.
Great Waltham, North
End. 1888.
Sands., Herts P.S. Porph.
10.
Great Waltham, Ford I
Ina . 1888.
Sands., Carb. h.. Flint, Dol.
11.
Little Dunmow .
. 18S8.
01. Dol., Sands., Flint. Sven., Carb. L., Spher.
Felsite, Clunch (? Oxf. Clay), Quartz
Tourm. Rock.
12.
Little Saling
". 1888.
Calc. Sands., Sands, with Bel. (? Kell.), 01. Dol.
13.
Little Easton
. 1888.
Sands., Limes. (? Oxf.), Herts P.S.
14.
Little Leighs
. 1S88.
Dol. Fels. Porp. Sands.
15.
Littley Green
. 1888.
Carb. L.
16
Littley Park
. 1888.
Sands.
17.
Mill House .
. 1888.
Sands.
18.
Newport
. 18S4 and 1903. Ter. Sands. (Not M.G. as in 1884
Report).
19.
Pond Park .
. 1888.
Sands. (Neoc), Septaria, Flint, Herts P.S.,
Dol.
20.
Potash Farm
. 1888.
Sands. Quartz-rock.
21.
Snows Lane
. 1888.
01. Dol.
22.
Stanstead .
. 1903.
Ter. Sands.
23.
Stebbing
. 1888.
Sands., Dol., 01. Dol., Quartz, Quartzite,
Fels., Carb. L., Porph.
24.
Takeley Street .
. 1903.
Ter. Sands., Schist.
25.
Woolpits Farm .
. 1888.
Dol.
26.
Whelpstones Farm
. 1888.
Sands.
J^'lintshire.
1
Bach-y-Graig
. 1893.
Butt., Gall., Welsh Rocks.
2
Caergwrle .
. 1876.
Aren.
3.
Greenbach .
. 1893.
Butt., Gall., Aren. Fels.
4
Halkin Mountain
. 1876.
Aren.
5
Holywell .
. 1876.
Aren.
ON ERRATIC BLOCKS OF THE BRITISH ISLES.
243
G. Marion Mills
7. Muliden
8. Mold .
9. Pandy .
10. Tremeirchion
1893. Carb. L.
1893. L.D.A. and Ash, Gall., Sil. Grit (Scott.),
Porph. (.' Chev.), Grit (Welsh), Kby.
(Welsh), Sands., Esk., Slates.
1876. Arcn.
1893. Esk., Butt., Gall., Ailsa, ?Mynydd Mawr,
Carb. L.
1892. AiLsa Craig.
180;!. Grits (Welsh), Aran. Fels., Carb. L. and S.,
M.G., Slate, Quartzite, Trias, Gall, L.D.V.
1. Danbar
Haddingtonshire.
1902. Zirc. Syen., Laurv. (Ballast),
Hertfordshire.
1.
Am well
. 1S85.
Sand.
2.
Ashwell
. 1871.
Sands., Sands. Neoc, Carb. L., Ba., Gneiss,
Sands, (Ool.), Chalk Marl, Porph. (? Chev.),
Gran. c.f. Criff., M.G , S. (? Carb.), ? Sept.
Kim. or Oxf., Lr., Lias, L. Ool.
»• •
. 1877.
Sands.
r>
Bayford
. 1 S85.
Herts P.S.
4.
Bishop's Stortford . . 1903.
Chalk (liard), Flint, Green Flints (Eoc),
Lias, Kim. Clay, Del., Ool., Sands., Jsecc.
Sands., H.P.S.
5.
Brickendon Green . . 188.5.
Herts P.S., Sands.
6.
By grave
. 1 883.
Sands.
7.
Essendonbury
. 1885.
Sands.
8.
Goose Green
. 1885.
Sands.
9.
Hertford .
. 1885.
Herts P.S.
10.
Kitchen
. 1883.
Limes. ? Lias, Sands, L. (? Carb. or Sil.), I.,
Ba., Cone. (? Oxf.), L. (?Ool.), Gran.,
Carb. L., M.G.
11.
Hoddesdon .
. 1885.
Sands., Herts P.S.
12.
Kelshall
. 1883.
Ba., Carb. L.
13.
Mangrove Lane
. 1885.
Sands., Herts P.S.
14.
Royston
. 1877.
M.G.
15.
Tolmer's Church
. 1885.
Herts P.S.
16.
Ware .
. 1885.
Sands., Herts P.S.
17.
■Westmill(nearBv)
ntingford) 1875.
Carb. L.
Isle of Man.
1 . Ballafaj-le .
2. Ballajora
3. Claghbane to Ballaskaig
4. Douplas Head
5. Kirkbride .
6. Maughold
7. North Barrule (S. side)
1891.
1891.
1892.
1893.
1893.
1896.
1897.
1892,
1892.
Gran.
Gran.
Dalb., Loch Skerrow Gran., Bed Sands.,
Greenstone, Grit, Vein Quartz, Gran.,
Slatey Cong., Diab., Clay-Slate, Porph.,
Quartz, Siln. Grit.
Slate (prob. from Dhoon).
Vein Quartz, Grit, Queensbur}' Grit, Crifif.,
Syen., Shap, Gneiss, Porphyry, Pitch-
stone, Loch Doone Gran., Limes., Sands.,
Gran.
Airan Gran., Felsp., Porph.
Shap.
Biotite Gran., And. Agg., Grit, Gran., Red
Sands., Vein Quartz, Loch Doone Gran.,
Butt., Clay-Slate (local), ' Trap.'
Grit, Micaceous Grit, Vein Quartz, Giit
Quartz, Clay-Slate, Dhoon Gran.
k2
244
REPORT — 1903.
8.
Port e Bloggan
1891.
9.
Port Lewaigue
1891.
1) »i • ■
1897.
10
Port Mooar .
1891.
11.
„ „ Shore
1891.
12.
„ „ to Coma .
1891.
13.
Port e Vullyn to Coma
1891.
»i ») »«
1892.
14.
Traie na Feeinney
1891.
15.
Traie Uanaigue .
. 1891.
Gran., Ba.
Gran., Grey Gran., Trap.
Shap.
Gran.
Gran, (coarse grey). Gran, red, Sj'en.
Gran., Porphyrj'.
Gran., Grey Gran., Pitchstone.
Pitchstone of Corriegills.
Gran.
Porphyry, White Limes., Quartzite.
1. Arden Mills, near Woodley,
Cheshire (for which see
other records).
2 . Bacup .
3. Barton-on-Irwell
4. Bolton-le- Sands .
u. Bootle .
6. Bootle Dock
7. Castleton, Rochdale
8. Cowm Top, Rochdale .
9. Crosby
10. Decoy Marsh to Ditton
11. Dingle Point to Hale Head
(River Mersey)
M n »»
12. i'acit, Rochdale .
13. Fallowfield (Manchester) .
14. Greenbooth, Rochdale .
15. Haughton Green .
16. Hale Head to Decoy Marsh
17. Heaton Chapel
18. Heaton Mersey
19. Hey Houses (near Lytham)
20. Hest Bank ....
21. Heywood . . . .
22. Hopwood, near Rochdale .
23. Irlam
24. Kensington, near Liverpool
Lancashire.
1891. L.D. Rhy., Esk.
1888. Reference.
1891. CM. Sands., Esk., L.D.A.
1891. Carb. L.
1877. Hornb. Feist., Esk.
1879. Greens., Scott. Gran.
1891. L.D.A., and Rhy., Butt., Gall., M.G.,
Esk., Carb. Sands, Quartz Porph., Sil.
Grit.
1892. L.D.A., Rhy. and Porphyrite, Butt., Gall.,
Carb. Sands.
1891. Grit (M.G.), Gall., Esk., Quartzite, L.D. Rhy.,
Quartz Porph .
1892. L.D.A. and Rhy.
1879. Greens., Stri:«.
1893. L.D.A. and Brec, Felsite, Sil. Grit, Esk,
Gall., Butt., Ba., Carb. L. and Sand.,
Dalb., Dior., CM. Sand.
1892. L.D.A. Brec, Gall., Sil. Grit, Dior, Felsite,
Grit, Limes., Sil. Limes., Ba.
1896. Goat Fell Gran.
1891. Butt., L.D. Rhy. and A., Quartzite, Quartz,
? Gall.
1896. Esk., Quartz Syenite, Butt., L.D.A. and Rhy.,
Carb, Sands.
1890. Butt., L.D.A.
1891. Butt., QuartzPorph.,Quartzite,HEem.,L.D.A.
and Rhys., ? Gall., Esk.
1891. L.D.A. and Rhy., Gall., Butt.
1892. Dalb., L.D.A. Brec, Butt., Criff., Dior., Sil.
Grit, Gran., Felsite, Trias Sands, Gall.,
Sands., Esk.
1891. CM. Sands.
1891. Esk., Butt., L.D.A. Rhy. Brec, Gall., Dalb.,
Ba., Perid., Quartz Porph., M.G., Carb. L.
and Sand., New Red Sand., Sil. Grit.
1892. L.D. Porphy. and And., Gran., Butt.,
Gall.
1891. Shap, Perm. Congl., Sil. Grit, Carb. L.
Chert., Sands., M.G., L.D. Brec, Rhy. and
And., Mica Trap.
1891. Carb. L., L.D.A., Esk., Butt., ? Gall , Grit,
Quartzose Rock, Gran., Vein Quartz,
? Syenite.
1892. Limes., Gall., Gran., Butt., L.D.A.
1891. CM. Sands.
1875. L.D.V.
ON ERRATIC BLOCKS OK THE BRITISH ISLES.
246
25. Langden End, near Rochdale 1892.
26. Levenshulme
27. Liverpool .
28. Manchester.
29. Millbottom to Micklehurst
30. Moorside, near Rochdale
31. Newchurch in Rossendale
32. Old Trafford
83. Piethorne, Rochdale .
34. Rawtenstall
35. Rochdale
36. St. Helen's .
37. Scambrick .
38. Shaw Moor .
39. Snape ....
40. Sparth Bottoms, Rochdale
41. Swaindrod, near Rochdale
42. Spotland, Rochdale
43. Stonyhurst .
44. Wardle, near Rochdale
45. Whitworth, near Rochdale
1891.
1893.
1875.
1880.
1891.
1893.
1888.
1891.
1889.
1890.
1878.
1890.
1891.
1892.
1893.
1891.
1874.
1888.
1874.
1891.
1892.
1892.
1890.
1891.
1890.
1896.
Gall., Butt., Esk., L.D.A. and Porph., Quartz
Felsite.
CM. Sands., Ard. Limes.
Ba., Gall., Sil. Grit, CM. Sands.
L.D.V.
Grit.
CM. Sands.
Gall.
Esk., And. Ash, Fels., Syenite, Vein, Butt.
Sil. Grit., Butt.
L.D.V.
CM. Sands.
Lias.
L.D.A., Butt., Gran., Esk., Gall., Criff. Gran.,
Vein Quartz, Carb. L. and Chert, Red Sand.
Gall., Carb. Sands., Butt., L.D. Agg., Quartz
Porph.
Carb. Sands, Esk., L.D.V., Quartzite, L.D.A.
Butt., Gran.
Quartz Porph. ,Granophyre, L.D.A. Brec. Rhy .,
Butt., Esk., ?Gall., Sil. Grit., Quartzite,
Carb. L. Grit and Sand., Hsem., Butt.
Butt., Sil. Grit, GaU., Gran,, ?Esk., L.D.A.
Gran.
L.D.V., Criflf.
Gran.
Gall., L.D.A. and Rhy., M.G., Carb. L. and
Sands., Esk., Quartzite, H»m.
L.D. Porphyrite, Gall., Carb. Sand.
Gneiss, Gran., ? Gall.
L.D.A., Criff., Carb. Sand.
Perm., Marl, and Sands., L.D.A. and Rhy.,
Butt.
Carb. Sands.
Carb. Limes.
Leicestershire.
1.
Aylestone .
. 1878.
Syen. (Charn.) Flint.
j»
. 1880.
Syen.
>»
. 1881.
Syen.
i»
. 1882.
M.G. Sands., Markfield Syen.
2.
Beeby .
. 1877.
Coal.
3.'
Bushby
. 1880.
Syen. (Mt. Sorr.)
4.
Carlton
. 1880.
Ash, Syen.
5.
Countesthorp
. 1880.
Trias, Col. L., ' Greenstone,' M.G.
6.
Desford
. 1874.
Syen., Gran., Greenstone, Ba. Chert, Carb. L.,
Lias, Sands.
7.
Evington
. 1877.
Gran., M.G., Limes., Chert, CM. Sands.,
Trias, Syen., Greenstone.
>»
. 1878.
Syen., Trias, M.G., Carb. Limes., Gran.
(Mt. Sorr.)
8.
Hallaton
. 1883.
Flints, M.G., Carb. L., CM. Sands.,
? Marlstone.
9.
Hoby .
. 1874.
Syen., Gran., Greenstone, Ba., Chert, Carb. L.,
Lias, Sands.
,, . . .
. 1875.
M.G., Ba.
10.
Hugglescote
. 1873.
(Charn.) Rocks., M.G., Greenstone.
11.
Humberstone
. 1878.
Syen. (Mt. Sorr.)
12.
Kirby Muloe
. 1883.
Markf ., Syen.
13.
Knighton
. 1881.
Syen. (Mt. Sorr.)
>)
. 1882.
L. Lias, Gran., Syen., Greenstone.
246
14. Leicester
REPORT — 1903.
15. Leicester Abbey
16. Leicester Forest
17. Loseby
IS. Loughborough to Ashby
1 9. Blarket Bosworth
20. Melton
21. Newfound Pool .
22. Newton Unthank
2.S. Norraanton .
24. Oadby.
25. Ratlitfe
2(5. Ridge way .
27. Saffron Lane
28. St. Margaret's, Evington
29. Shakerstone
iiO. Stoughton
iM. Sayston
32. Thurnby
1874.
1878.
1880.
1881.
1882.
1883.
1886.
1888.
1874.
1883.
1877.
1878.
1883.
1880.
1874.
1888.
1883.
1875.
1880.
1874.
1880.
1882.
1878.
1881.
1875.
1881.
1880.
1877.
1880.
1882.
Dol. or ? Dior. (.' non-British).
Syen.
Syeu., Chert.
M.G., Gran., Gran., Syen., Slate, Grit, &'ands.,
Carb. L., Ool., Lias L., Marl-St., Chalk,
Coal, Shale, CM.
Syen. of Enderby or Croft.
Gran. (Mr. Sorr.)
M.G., Carb. L., L. Ool., Syen. (Charn.), Coal.
Grail. (Mt. Sorr.), M.G., Ool., Lias L.
? M.G. or Trias.
Markf., Syen.
Gran., Quartz, Coai.
JI.G., Flint, Clialk, Lias, Sands.
M.G.
Ash, Agg. (Charn.), Syen.
Sj-en., Gran., Greenstone, Ba., Chert, Caib.
L., Lias, Sands.
Groby or JIarkf., Bone of Wliale.
Markf., Syen.
(Charn.) Forest Rocks.
Gran. (Mt. Sorr.)
Syen. Gran., Greenstone, Ba.,Cliert, Carb. L.,
Lias. Sands.
Gran. (Mt. Sorr.)
Gran. (Mt. Sorr.). Ba., M.G., Carb. L. and
Chert, L. Lias.
Syen., Trias, M.G., Ool.
Gran. (Mt. Sorr.), M.G.,
Porph. Greenstone of
Syen., Ba.
Syen. (Mt. Sorr.)
Ash, Agglom. (Charn.).
Gran., Syen., Greenstone.
Syen. (Alt. Sorr.), Brec, Trias or Perm.
Carb. L., M.G., Perm.
SI. (Swithlaud).
Whitwick, Gran.,
Lincolnshire.
1 . Aylerby
2. Barnoldsby
3. Barton on Humber
4. Beechby .
5. Bcnniworth
(). Bradley
7. Bradley Wood .
8. Brigsley .
9. Brocklesby
10. Cadency .
11. Cleethorpes
12. E. Ravendale .
*13. Gainsborough .
14. Great Coates
15. Grimsby .
10. Brigg Howsham
17. Humberstone .
189S.
1898.
1896.
1898.
1896.
1898.
1898.
1898.
1896.
1901.
1901.
1898.
1900.
1898.
1895.
1896.
1898.
Whin Sill, Sands., Gran.
Whin Sill.
Shap, Ba., ? Gran.
Quart zite.
Aug. S3-en. (Laurv.), Sands.
Gran., Quartzite, Sands., Ba.
Whin Sill.
Sands., Ba., Whin Sill.
Sands. (Primarj-), Ba., Quartz.
Augen-Gneiss, ? Limes., Neoc, Red Chalk,
Ba., Limes. (? Lias), Sands., Shale.
Rh. P., El. Syen., Chev. Porph., Gray
Eycott Hill Dol., Flints (Grey, Black,
Pink, and Green).
Sands., Whin Sill.
Shap, Greenstone.
Ba., Rh. P., Gran., Ool. Limes., Schist,
Limes., Sands.
Gran., Syen., Dol.
Spilsby Sands.
Ba., Sands., Whin Sill, Quartzite,
Doubtful records, almost certainly brought by barges.
ON ERRATIC BLOCKS OF THE BKITISH ISLES.
247
18. Irby .
19. Kirmingtoii
20.
»*
. 1S!)7.
Laurv.,
i»
. IStJS.
Basic R(
21.
Ludborough
. 189G.
Ba.
22.
S. Elkington
. 180G.
Gran.
23'.
S. Ferriby .
. 1896.
Eh. P.,
Black
Sands
24.
Stewton
. 18<1«.
Ba.
25.
Ulceby
. lS9(i.
Ba.
20.
Waltliam
. 189G.
Ba.
1896. Shap, Ba., Sands. (Secondary), Gran.
1896. Rh. P.
1895. Dol., Sands. (? Jur.), Gran.
1896. Ba., Gran., Eh. P., Laurv., Lamprop., Dior,,
Gneiss, Quartz Porph.,Carb. L. and G.,Lias,
Torph., Halleflinta, M. Schist, Flint ( Black
and Green), Ba., Congl., M.G., Irons.
(? Lias), Septarian (.' Kim.).
" Rh. P., Garb. L.
Quartz P., Ba., Carb. L. and S.,
Fl., Shap, Gneiss, Schist, Gran.,
, Porph., Limes. (.' OoL), M.G.
1. Carnedd-y-ci
2. Glyn-Ceiriog
:>. Llandrillo .
■1. Llan-y-cil (Bala)
Meeionethsiiire.
1900. Quartzite and Greenstone from Cader
Berwyn.
1900. Welsh Felsitcs and Denbigh Grits.
1900. Ash and Greenstone.
187G. Striic, Aren.
1. Kerry Hill .
Montgomeryshire.
. 1883. Sil. Grit.
Norfolk.
1. Bacton
2. Bedingham .
.'5. Boyland Hall
4. Broom Ford, Ditcbington
5. Catton ....
G. Coiton
7. Diss ....
8. E. Dereham
1903.
1903.
1903.
1903.
1903.
1903.
1903.
1908.
9. Forncett
. 1903
10. Happisburgli
. 1903
11. Hellesdon .
. 1 903
12. Hempnall .
. 1903
13. Paketield .
. 1903
14. Scole .
. 1903
15. StanfieldHall .
. 1903
16. Swaffham .
. 1903
17. Tharston
. 1903
18. Walcott
. 1903
19. Wymondham
. 1903
Rh. P., Laurv., Dol., Jasper.
Kim. Clay, Dol., Chalk (Hard and Soft).
Neoc. Sands., Kim. Clay.
Kim. Clay.
Shap, Quartz Porph., Ba.
Flints, Dol.
Neoc. Sands.
Sands., Quartzite, Irons., Dol., Granitoid
Rock (like Rock from Ercal (Wrekin),
Porph., Jasper, Greywacke, Neoc. Sands.,
Ter. Congl., Flint, Chalk (Hard and
Soft).
Chalk, Flints, Kim. Clay, Dol., Hornb. Sch.,
Quartzite (? Trias), Neoc. Sands., Carb.
Sands., L. Lias., Ool., lied Chalk.
Laurv.
Rh. P.
Neoc. Sands.
Flints, Hard Chalk, Kim. Clay, L. Lia.<-,
Neoc. Sands., Porph. (? Chev.), Dol.
Dol.
Ganister, M.G.
Sept. with Amm. (? Kim.)
Ter. Sands., Neoc. Sands.
Dol.
Sands., Grit, Rh. P., Dol.
248
REPORT — 1903.
1. Akeld ....
2. Little Mill .
3. Rochbury (? Eothbury)
4. Roddam Dene
Northumberland.
. 1900. Porph. (?Chev.), Greywacke.
. 1895. Dol., Sands., Carb. L., Jasper, Porph.
(?Chev.), Striaj.
. 1874. Carb. Sands.
. 1900. Porph. (? Chev.), Greywacke.
1. Harworth
2. Plumtree
3. Stanton
4. Sth. Notts
Nottinghamshire.
. 1897. Chalk, Flint, Mag. L.
. 1875. Lias L.
. 1875. Lias L.
. 1S75. Quartzite (? Trias), M.G., Carb. L.
1. Wolvercote
Oxfordshire.
1876. Sands. (? Ter.)
1. St. Davids
1. Beguildy
2. Rhayader
1. All Stretton
2. Bridgenorth
3. Cefn .
4. Chirk '. '.
5. Church Stretton
6. Claverly
7. Clunbury Hills
8. Clun .
9. Comley
10. Crickheath .
11. Elle.smere .
12. Halfpenny Green
13. Ketley, Wellington
14. Leebotwood
15. Lilleshall .
16. Llanfair Waterdine
17. Llanymynech Hill
18. Shifnal to Tong .
19. Waystone .
20. Wellington .
21. Welsh Frankton
22. Wroxeter .
'EMBE
okeshire.
1885.
Picrite.
Radnorshire.
1883.
Sil. Grit.
1885.
Ditto.
Shropshire.
1900.
Trias.
1876.
Esk.
1876.
Aren.
1878.
Ditto.
1876.
Ditto.
1878.
Ditto.
1900.
Criff., Esk., Butt., Perm. Sands.
1883.
Gran., Fels.
1883.
Sil. Grit.
1882.
Ditto.
1883.
Ditto.
1883.
Quartzites (Stiperstones).
1900.
Eskdale.
1892.
Strise.
1878.
White sils. Rock(?Jur.).
1883.
Vein Quartz.
1873.
? L.D. Gran., ? Scott. Gran., Charnw.
stone, O.R.S., Sil. Limes., Shells.
Green -
1883.
Gran. (Scott, or L.D.)
1877.
Feist.
1886.
Shells.
1883.
Sil. Grit.
1892.
Argillite, Limes., Caradoc Sands.,
Strise.
Trap,
1887.
Esk., Syen. (? Scott), CriS., Butt.
And.,
And. (? Welsh), Gran. (? Scott.),
Quartz
Fels., L.D, Rhy.-Brec.
1883.
Felstone.
1886.
Shells.
1878.
Aren., Sil. Grit, Carb. Sands, and Quartzite.
1877.
Feist.
ON ERRATIC BLOCKS OF THE BRITISH ISLES.
249
Staffordshire.
1. Burton-on-Trent .
. 1878
2. Codsal.
. 1887
3. Colton ....
. 1883.
4. Gunston
. 1887.
5. Hanley
. 1893.
6. Harborne .
. 1873.
»» ...
. 1876.
7. Gospel Ash .
. 1883.
S. Highgate Common
. 1883.
9. Little Madelej' .
. 1891.
10. Madeley
. 1891.
11. Manor Green, Walsall.
. 1879.
12. Moseley Hole
. 1879.
13. Needwood Forest
. 1878.
14. Newcastle, Stoke-on-Tre
nt . 1877.
15. Red Hill Farm, nr. Stafl
ford 1873.
16. Rugeley
. 1883.
17. Tettenhall .
. 1873.
18. Wolverhampton .
. 1876.
>»
. 1879.
»»
. 1886.
19. Wightwick .
. 1877.
M.G., Syen., Lias.
Gran., Esk., L.D.V., Felstone (? Scott.),
Gran. (? Scott.), CrifE., Felstone (? Welsh),
Butt., Porph. Scott., Vole. (? Ghev.), Ash.
CrifEel, Aren.
Gran. (? Scott.), ? Butt.
L.D. And. and Agg., Butt., Gall., M.G.,
Esk., Trias.
Gran.
Quartzite, Vein Quartz.
Butt., Felsite, Mica Syen.
Gran.
Gran., Chalk, Flint, Shells.
Trap, Gran.
Fels.
Gran.
Garb. L. and Chert, Tored. Sands., M.G.
(? Gran.), Porphyry, Syen., Greenstone,
Trachyte, Toadstone, Lias, Ool.
Feist., Gran.
Gran.
Aren. Fels.
Gran.
CrifE., Esk.
Fels., Gran., Slate, Quartzite (Trias).
Flint, L.D. Scott.
Feist.
1. Baddesley .
2. Birmingham
3. California
It
4. Coventry
5. Eddsone
1882.
1886.
1874.
1886.
1895.
1874.
6. Exhall.
. 1890
7. Hatton-Wilmcote
. 1874
8. Hatton
. 1874.
9. Hazeler
Warwickshire.
1874. ? Scand. Quartzites (Camb.), Carb. L. and S.,
Chert, Lias, Gt. Ool., Cornb., Feist. (Cumb.
or N. Wales) Wrekin Vole, Amygd.
Gran. (? Malv.), Pale. Limes., Greens.,
Trap, Vole. Grit, Gran., Syen., Grit,
Quartz, Jasper, Agate, Slate, Sands., Feist.,
Dol., Chalk, For. Marble, Gt. Ool., Lias,
Mag. L., M.G., Perm., Sil. Fossil.
Felsites and Ash(Aren.),ShaIe,Quartz Congl,,
Flagstone, Quartzite, M.G., Sil. Sands.
Striae.
Aren.
Mt. Sor. Syen., Syen. c.f. Sapcote.
? Scand., Quartzites (Camb.), Carb. L. and S.
Chert, Lias, Gt. Ool., Cornb., Feist. (Cumb'
or N. Wales) Wrekin Vole, Amygd"
Gran. (?Malv.) Pale. Limes., Greens."
Trap, Vole. Grit, Gran., Syen., Grit'
Quartz, Jasper, Agate, Slate, Sands., Feist.'
Dol., Chalk, For. Marble, Gt. Ool., Lias-
Mag. L., M.G., Perm., Sil. Fossil.
Vein Quartz.
Flints and Chalk.
7 Scand., Quartzites (Camb.), Carb. L. and S.,
Chert, Lias, Gt. Ool., Cornb., Feist. (Cumb.
or N. Wales), Wrekin Vole, Amygd.
Gran. (? Malv.), Pal. Limes., Greens., Trap,
Vole. Grit, Gran., Syen., Grit, Quartz,
Jasper, Agate, Slate, Sands., Feist., Dol.,
Chalk, For. Marble, Gt. Ool., Lias, Mag.
L., M.G., Perm., Sil. Fossil.
1874. Ditto.
250
REPORT — 1903.
10. King's Norton
11. Knowle
12. Lapworth .
. 1874
1.^. Packwood .
. 1874
14. l^reston
. 1874
15. Kowington .
. 1874
)f • .
. 1874
16. Sherbourn .
. 1890.
17. Stirchley
. 1884
18. Temple Balsall .
. 1874.
19. Watton Wawcn
20. Wroxall
1884. Fels. Ash (Aren.).
1874. '/ Scand., Quartzites (Camb.), Carb. L. and S.,
Chert, Lias, Gt. Ool., Comb., Feist. (Cumb.
or N. Wales), Wrekin Vole, Amj'gd.
Gran. (? Malv.), Pal. Limes., Greens., Trap,
Vole. Grit, Gran., Syen., Grit, Quartz,
Jasper, Agate, Slate, Sands., Feist., Dol.,
Chalk, For. Marble, Gt. Ool , Lias, Mag.
L., M.G., Perm., Sil. Fossil.
Ditto.
Ditto.
Ditto.
Ditto.
Ool., Chalk, Flint.
M.G., Gran.
Fels., Slate, CM. Shale, Car. Grit, Trias.
.' Scand., Quartzites (Camb.), Carb. L. and S.,
Chert, Lias, Gt. Ool., Comb., Feist. (Cumb.
or N. Wales), Wrekin Vole, Amygd.
Gran. (? Malv.), Pal. Limes., Greens., Trap,
Vole. Grit, Gran., Syen., Grit, Quartz,
^ Jasper, Agate, Slate, Sands., Feist, Dol.,
Chalk, For. Marble, Gt. Ool., Lias, Mag.
L., M.G., Perm., Sil. Fossil.
1874. Ditto.
1874. Ditto.
Westmoreland.
1. Brackenber Mooi
, Hilton
. 1903.
Shap.
2. Burney, near Milburn.
. 1903.
Whin Sill, Carb. Sands.
3. Castle Hill, Kendal .
. 1878.
Shap.
4. Cunswick Scar
, ,
. 1878.
No Limes. Sil., L.D.V.
5. Farletoii Fell
,
1878.
Carb. L., Sil.
6. Hazelrig, near Gamblesby
. 1903.
Basement Carb., Gran. (Gall), Lanipro. (c.f
Knock Pike), Shap, Dalb. Gran., Whin Sill
7. Helm .
1878.
Shap.
8. Helm End .
1878.
Shap.
9. Hincaster .
1878.
Shap.
10. Kendal
1878.
Shap, L.D.V.
11. Kent River.
1878.
No Shap, W.
12. Larkrigg
1878.
Shap.
13. Milburn
1903.
Whin Sill, Carb. Limes, and Sands.
14. Milnthorpe .
1878.
Shap.
15. Natland
1878.
Shap.
16. Oxenholme .
1878.
Shap.
17. Scout Scar .
1878.
No Limes., but Sil., L.D.V.
18. Sedgwick .
1878.
Shap.
19. Sellet Hall .
1878.
Shap.
20. Spital Wood
1878.
Shap.
21. Staintou
1878.
Shap, L.D.V.
22. Storth End .
1878.
Shap.
2H. Wath Sutton
1878.
Shap.
24. Whitbarrow
1878.
Sil., L.D.V.
2.5. Windy Hill, near
Kendal
1878.
Shap.
WORCESTEKSHIRE.
1. Bromsgrove
1875.
Felstone, Ash.
»j •
188G.
Welsh.
2. Burcott
1875.
Ash, Prem. Brec.
3. California .
1876.
Gran.
4. Canister
1875.
Ash.
ON ERRATIC BLOCKS OP THE BKITISH ISLES.
251
5. Catshill , .
1875.
Porph.
J1 • • • ■
1878.
Aren.
<;. Clent
188;!.
Felstone.
7. Frankley Hill
1879.
Ba., Diab. (Aren.), Felsites.
8. Fringe Green
1875.
It. Haglejr ....
1875.
Aren.
10. Hales Owen
1876.
Fels. (Aren.)
11. King's Norton
1875.
Felstone.
12. Northfield and King's Norton
187.5.
Felstone, Porph.
13. Perry Hall ....
1875.
Ba., Ash.
14. Ran Dan Woods .
1875.
Ash.
15. St. Claines, near Worcester.
1887.
Criff.
Ifi. Stoke Elm ....
1875.
Felstone, Ash, Sil. L.
17. Whetley ....
1875.
Porph.
18. Woodcote Farm .
1875.
Ash.
19. Woodrow ....
1875.
Porph.
20. Worcester ....
1892.
Vein Quartz, Agate, Butt., Welsh V., Flint,
Esk., Gall. Wrekin Kh., Sil. L.
YORKSHIRK.
1. Airy Hill, Hunmanby
1888.
Jur. Sands, Gran., Shap, Ba.
2. Airton ....
1887.
Garb. Cong.
3. Aldbrough, Holderness
1902.
Haggis.
i»
i9o:i
Tooth of Mammoth.
4. Aldfield ....
1902.
Ba.
5. Ainthorpe, near Danby
1899.
Porph., L.D.V.
G. Arkendale ....
1889.
Garb. Limes.
7. Atwick ....
1896.
Shap.
)i
1898.
Gneiss, Shap.
:»
1900.
Shap, Laurv., Rli. P.
8. Ayton, near Scarborough .
1901.
Rh. P.
9. Balby, near Doncaster
1890.
Limes., Gran.
»j
1890.
Mag. L., CM. Sands. &c., M.G., Garb. L.
Chert, Gypsum, Tr. Quartzite, Tr. or
Perm. Sands., L.D.V., Threl., Gran.,
Shap.
»
1897.
Ba., Granoph., Gran., Gneiss, Vole. Aggl.,
Quartz Porph.
»
1898.
Esk.
10. Baldersby ....
1887.
M.G.
11
1895.
Shap.
11. Bainton-on- Wolds
1899.
Ba., Brock, Gran., Grit.
12. Bannacks . . . .
1895.
Garb. Sands.
13. Barnsley . . . .
1895.
Sbap, Gran., Rhy., ? Armb., Butt., And.,
Ba.,Carb. L., Mag. L., Flints, I. Lias.
14. Bartindale, North Burton .
1901.
Ba.
15. Barton (N.R.) .
1891.
Shap.
Ki. Barugh Hill, R.H. Bay .
1900.
Porph., Ool. L.
17. Bempton ....
1887.
Ba.
,,
1888.
Sands., Ba.
18. Bentham ....
1889.
' Fourstones.' Not err.itic.
19. Bilborough
1896.
Garb. L. Sands, and Chert, Trias, Mag. L.,
Ba., Shap, Clay Ironstone.
20. Blackstone Edge
1890.
L.D.V.
21. Bold Venture, near Hutton
1899.
Porph., Vole. Ash.
22. Bowes ....
1903.
Shap.
23. Bowland ....
189(1.
? L.D.V.
24. Bradford ....
1875.
B. And.
11
1896.
Garb. L.
25. Brandsburton .
1899.
Eh. P.
26. Brantingham Thorp .
1899.
Rh. P.
27. Branton ....
1896.
Gran.
252
REPORT — 1903.
28. Brearly
29. Bridlington
1896. Gran., Butt.
1899. Sands., Shap, Ba., Carb. L.
1903. Trachyte (S. Scotland).
1899. Rh. P.
30. Brigham Hill, near N.
Frodingham.
31. Brompton, near Northaller- 1901. Rhy., Ba., ? Gabb., Carb. L.S.
ton.
11 n
1903.
And. (Borr.)
32. Brough-on-Humber .
1898.
Rh. P.
11
1903.
Laurv.
33. Buckton (Flamborough
1888.
Ba., Sands.
Head).
34. Burmiston.
1889.
Shap.
11
1898.
Shap.
35. Burstwick ....
1900.
Shap, Rh. P.
»»
1902.
El. Syen.
n
1903.
Trachyte (? Eildon Hills), Dol. (? Black Hills),
Quartz Porph.
36. Carlton Bank .
1899.
Carb. Grit, Porph., Vole. Ash.
37. Camaby ....
1902.
Ba.
38. Castleshaw
1889.
Syen. (? Butt.), Sil. Grit, Esk. Horn. Trap,
? L.D.A.
39. Cayton ....
1888.
Ba., Gran., Carb. L. Sands.
40. Cayton Bay
1899.
Shap.
41. Chalk Villa
1895.
Sch., Gran., Ba.
42. Cherry Burton .
1901.
Chev. Porph., Ba., Greywacke, Lias.
43. Church Carlton, nr. Barns-
1903.
Micro. Gran.
lev.
44. Claro ....
1889.
Carb. L.
4.5. Claro Hill ....
1897.
Shap.
46. Cloughton ....
1898.
Chalk.
47. Coast Cloughton to Horn-
S6£l.
1879.
Shap.
48. Commondale
1899.
Porph., Sparag. ? H. Sch., Shap.
49. Coney Garth, near Brands-
1899.
Rh. P.
burton.
50. Coniston, Holdemess
1896.
Gran.
51. Cotherstone, Barnard
1897.
Shap.
Castle.
52. Cottingham
1895.
Ba.
53. Cox wold ....
1902.
Carb. L., S. and Ch., L.D.A.
54. Cropton (V. of P.) .
1888.
Sands.
55. Crosspool (730 O.D.), near
1883.
Felstone, Felsite, Quartz, Fels., TufE, Mag.
Sheffield.
L., Slate, Sands., Rhv., ? Sil. Grit, Qzite..
56. Cundall, near Borough
bridge.
57. Cuts worth and Sprot-
borough.
58. Cusworth, near Doncaster
59. Danby
60. Dearne Valley
61. Deepdale .
62. Dewsbury .
63. Dimlington
64. Doncaster .
65. Driffield .
66. Easington (Holdemess)
Carb. Chert, ? Trias, M.G. The Vol-
canics prob. L.D., and others from S.
of Scotland.
1888. Shap.
1897. Shap, Orth., Porph., Dior., Ba., Carb. Grit,
Carb. L., Gran.
1900. Ba.
1899. Porph. Gran., Rh. P., Porph. Gran., Flint,
Ba.
1896. Gran, Ba., Carb. L., Rhy. and And.
1887. Shap.
1892. Butt. Gran.
1898. Laurv., Rh. P.
1901. Eycott Dol., Carrock.
1902. Zir. Syen., Swed., CM., Chalk.
1897. Ba.
1889. Ba., Carb. L. and S., Lias, Gran., Ba.
1902. Rh. P.
1890. Boulders.
ON ERRATIC BLOCKS OF THE BRITISH ISLES.
253
66.
Easington (Holderness)
. 1898.
Shap, Rh. P., Gran., Laurv., Gneiss, Ba.,
Carb. L. Sands, and Basement, Brock,
Mag. L., Lias, Crioceras, Black and Pink
Flint, Bel. lanceolata.
»»
. 1902.
Shap.
67.
Easington Beck (N.R.)
. 1896
Shap.
68.
East Ayton
. 1899.
Sch.
69.
Eastington Moor
. 1899.
Gn., Rh. P.
70.
East Hutton
. 1889.
Ba.
71.
Egton
. 1902.
H.
72.
EUand
. 1893.
Esk., Butt., L.D.V., Carb. L.
73.
Elloughton (Brough).
. 1899.
Laurv.
74.
Elmire
. 1887.
Shap.
75.
Elton, near Beverley .
. 1901.
Chev. Porph., Greywacke, Lias.
76.
Escrick
. 1903.
Carb. L
77.
Extwistle Moor .
. 1903.
Sil. Grit.
78.
Falsgrave .
. 1891.
Ba., Gran., Lias, Syen., Quartzite, M.G.,
Carb. L., Ool., Chalk F.
79.
Far Hollingworth
. 1896.
Gran., Butt.
80.
Ferriby Common
. 1901.
Rh. P., Ba., Carb. L.
81.
Filey.
. 1879.
Shap.
jj . ■ . >
. 1880.
Shap.
ji • • • •
. 1888.
Ba., Mica T., Limes., L. Lias, Quartz F.,
Freestone, Shap, Sands., Ba.
J) . . . .
. 1890.
Ba., Sands., Carb. L. Grit, Ool. Sands.
»»•••.
. 1899.
El. Syen., Lias, Eh. P.
82.
Flamborough
. 1879.
Shap.
»» ...
. 1887.
Gran., Ba., Sands., M. Sch., Limes.
»> ...
. 1888.
Ba., Sands.
i» ...
. 1899.
Rh. P.
83.
Flaxby, near Borough bri
age 1903.
Whin Sill.
84.
Flaxton
. 1889.
Carb. L.
85.
Flinton
. 1896.
Sands.
86.
Flixton (Filey) .
. 1889.
Carb. L. and S. Sands., Ba.
87.
Folkton .
. 1891.
Ba., Carb. L., Dior., Sands.
88.
Fordon-on-Wolds
. 1900.
Gneiss, Ba., Carb. Sands.
89.
Foston-le-Clay .
. 1889.
Limes., Gran., Shap, Sands.
90.
Fulford .
. 1896.
Carb. L. and Chert, Sands., L.D.V.
91.
Ganton
. 1891.
Shap, Ba., Ool. Sands.
92.
Gardham (near Beverlej
7) . 1901.
Chev. Porph., Ba., Carb. L.
93,
Garton (Holderness) .
. 1898.
Carb., Basement, Carb. L. and Sands., M.G.,
Lias, Gneiss, Gran., Ba., Rh. P., Quartzite,
Porphyrite.
94.
Garton-on-Wolds
. 1899.
Rh. P.
95.
Giggleswick
. 1902.
M.G., Carb. L. Sh. Grit, Sil. Grit.
96.
Goathland .
. 1899.
Sch.,Gneiss,Cleveland Dy ke.Flint, Trias, Ool.
Sands., Chev. Porph., 1 Sparag., Fels., Ba.
97.
Gordale
. 1897.
Carb. Congl.
98.
Great Ayton
. 1899.
Porph., M.G., Carb. L. and Ch. L. and M.G..
Lias, Trias, Jur. Grit, Mag. L., Flint.
99.
Green Dyke (Peak) .
. 1899.
Quartz P., Porph., Gran., Ba., H.
100.
Grimdale-on-Wolds .
. 1901.
Ba.
101.
Gristhorpe .
. 1888.
Sands., Ba.
1) ...
. 1899.
Rh. P.
n . • .
. 1902.
Gabbro (Norse), P. and Jasp., Quartz
Porph.
102.
Grosmont
. 1888.
Shap.
»»
. 1896.
Shap.
103.
Guisborough
. 1888.
Gran.
»»
. 1896.
Shap.
104.
Haddockstones .
. 1899.
Not Erratics.
105.
Harfa Bank
. 1899.
Carb., Ch.
106.
Harrogate .
. 1896.
M.G.
107.
Hazelgrove to Marske
. 1896.
Carb. L., Yore. L., Ba., Whin Sill.
254
REPORT — 1903.
108. Hawks Clough,
Valley.
109. Hayburn Wyke .
110. High Catton .
111. High Lee .
112. Holderness Coast
113. Holtby" .
114. Horbury .
Calder 1896. Vein Calcite, Sil, Quartzite.
115. Hornsea
116. Hunmanby
)» ■ •
117. Hutton, near Guisborough
118. Hutton Bushel .
119. Hutton Moor, near Eipon
120. Iburndale .
121. Ingleby Greenhow .
1902.
1896.
1896.
1896.
1897.
1896.
1893.
1901.
1879.
1896.
1898.
1901.
1902.
lOO:!.
1888.
1889.
1899.
1900.
1901.
1887.
1899.
1887.
1888.
122.
lugleton .
. 1892.
123.
Keighley .
. 1874.
. 1879.
124.
Kels'ey Hill '.
. 190:J.
125.
Kettleness .
. 1901.
126.
Kilburn
. 1902.
. 1903.
127.
Kilnsea
. 1890.
128.
Kirkby Underdale .
. 1SS8.
129.
Kirklington, near Ripon
'» ♦»
. 1895.
1901.
130.
Kirkmoorgate, R.H.B.
. 1 900.
131.
Kirkthorpe
. 1893.
132.
Laithkirk . ,
»» ■ • .
. 1890.
. 189.3.
133.
Langcliffe (Settle) .
. 1902.
134.
Lealholm ,
. 1899.
135.
Lebberston
. 1888.
136.
Leconfield .
. 1901.
137.
Leeds
. 1887.
138.
Lindholme Hall, Hatfi
Chase.
5ld 188S.
139.
Lindrick (Ripon)
. 1893.
140.
Linton Wharf edale .
. 1903.
141.
Little Weighton
. 1902.
»» •
. 1903.
142.
Lockington
. 1890.
Haggis Rock.
Garb. L., Sands., and Chert, Flint, Carrock,
Mag. L., Trias, Brock, L.D.V., Shap.
Vein Quartz (Pebble).
Analysis of lUO Boulders.
Swed., Hel. lanceolata.
Carb. Sands., L. and Chert, Carb. Basement,
Ba., Keup. Marl, Gyps., Trias Sands.,
L. Lias, L.D V., Ba., Mag. L., Shap, Scott.
Gran. C L. Doone.)
Esk., Batt., L.D.V., Quartzite, Vein Quartz,
Ciiert.
Shap, Brockram, Bh. P., Flint,
Shap.
Carb. L., Ba.
Shap.
L.D. v.. Armb
Kh. P., Shap. L.D.V., Queensbury Grit.
M.G., Keuper Mail, Gran., Auyen-Gneiss,
Gran. (Dnlb.)
Shap. Sands., Gran. ^
Sands., Ba.
Porph.
Cliev. Porph., Mag. L., Kim. Gneiss, Gran.
Rh. P.
Gran., M.G.
Shap, Gran., Porpli.
And. and Porjjh , Chev. and S., Scott., Ba.,
CI. Dyke. ? H. Criff., ? Shap, Kelso Trap.
Ba., ? Critf., Greywacke, Vein Quartz, Threl.
Quartz Porph., L.D.V., M.G., Carb. L.S. and
Grit, Jur. S.
Lamprophyre.
Hitchingstone, M.G.
Not erratic.
Carb. L.
Chev. Porph., El. Syen., Gneiss.
Shap, And., Ash.
DoL, M.G., Limes. (Carb.)
Shap.
Ool. L.
Ba.
Carb. Sands.
Rh. P.
Esk., Butt , L.D.V.
Shap.
Shap.
StriiE.
Flint, Porph., And , Gran., ? Sparag.. Quart-
zite, Ba., Ool. L., Carb. Chert, ^Mag. L.,
M.G., Quartzite, Porph.
Ba., Sands.
Chev. Porph., Greywacke.
M.G.
Mag. L., Carb. Sands., M.G., Chert,
Porph., Ba., Quartzite, Vein Quartz, Flint,
Congl., Halleflinta.
Shap.
Sil. SI.
Chev. Porph.
Ba., Quartzite, Sands.
? M.G.
ON ERKATIC J
RLOCKS
OF THE BRITISH ISLES.
255
143.
Lockwood . . . .
1899.
Porph.
144.
Long Lee . . , .
1896.
Butt., L.D.V., Esk.
145.
Lowthorpe
1890.
Ba., Garb. L., Ool. Sands,, Red Sands
,
146.
Luddendenfoot .
1893.
L.D. Vole.
147.
Lund . . . .
1891.
Gran., Ba., Dior., Sands.
148.
Malham . . . .
1887.
Garb. Congl.
149.
Manfield, near Darlington.
1889.
Fels. Trap (?And.).
150.
Market Weighton
1892.
Ool. Sands.
»» ■ •
1895.
Garb. Sands.
»t ' •
1898.
Black Flint.
151.
Marton-cum-Grafton
1889.
Shap.
152.
Meaux . . . .
1901.
Rh. P., Chev. Porph., Garb. L. and S.
, Lias.
153.
Middleton-on-Wolds .
1902.
Rh. P., Gran., Ba., Garb. S. and Grit
Porph., Lias.
Chev.
154.
Mirfield . . . .
1893.
Butt.
n . . « •
1896.
L.D.V., Butt., Esk., Garb. Grit, Gran.
L.D.)
(Not
15.5.
Mount Grace
1898.
Shap.
15C.
Mulgrave Park .
1890.
Shap.
157.
Muston, near Filey .
1888.
1889.
Ba., Grit.
Sands., Gran., Ba.
158.
MytholDiroyd .
1896.
1902.
Esk., Butt., Gneiss, ? L.D.V.
L.D. And. Rhy., Butt., Esk.
159.
Neswick . . , .
tt . , . .
1888.
1889.
Ba.
Ba.
IGO.
Newbald . . . .
1903.
Ba.
IGl.
Newbold . . . .
1895.
Gran., Limes.
162.
Newby (Scarborough)
1890.
Sands.
168.
New Year's Bridge, Den-
shaw Valley.
1889.
Syen., Dior.
164.
Noblethorpe (Cawthorne)
1896.
L.D.V.
165.
Norber . . . .
)i ...
1887.
1888.
Garb. Congl.
Sil. Grit.
166.
North Cave
1895.
Ba.
167.
North Dean
1893.
L.D.V., Butt., Gran., Esk.
168.
North Ferriby .
. 1896.
Garb. L. Sand. Grit Congl., Lia?,
Ba., Gran., Sch., Gneiss.
Chalk,
1G9.
North Otterington
1888.
Gran.
170.
North Stainley .
1888.
Garb. Grit.
171.
Old Bridlington
1888.
La., Sands.
172.
Out Newton
. 1895.
1902.
El. Syen., Laurv., Rh. P.
Shap.
173.
Patrington
. 1898.
Ba., Gneiss, Porph., Rh. P., Garb.
Sands., Lias, Flint.
L. and
174.
Peak Station
. 1899.
Gneiss, Porph., Gran., Ba., Flint, Mag. L.,
Quartzite, Vein Quartz, ? Sparag
, Grit.
Trias, M.G., Qz. P., And., Jasp., H
Sch.
)»
. 1900.
Rh. P., Shap.
175
Pickering .
. 1896.
Ool. Lime and Sands.
176.
Pickhill .
. 1892.
Ba.
177
Pierce Bridge .
. 1887.
Shap.
178
Preston (Holderness)
. 1896.
Ba., Garb. Sands.
179
Kainton (N.R.).
. 1891.
M.G.
180
Redcar to Saltburn .
. 1896.
Garb.L. Sands ,Grit, Mag.L., Lias, Ba.,Gran.
181.
Eeighton .
. 1888.
Gran., Garb. L.
»» ...
. 1889.
Ba.
182
Robin Hood's Bay
. 1887.
Shap.
»»
. 1889.
Garb. L., Shap, Grit, Sands. (? Jur.),
Ba., Felstone.
Gneiss,
>i •
. 1896.
Shap, Sch., Garb. L., Ba., Gran.,
Armb., Dalb., Gran., Rh. P., Qz. P.,
Porph., M.G., Brock, Mag. L., Tr.
Gyps., Lias, Ool., Flint.
Gneiss,
Laurv.,
Sands,,
)» •
. 1902.
CR.S. and Jasper, Haggis Rock.
256
REPORT — 1903.
183. Rokeby .
184. Rough Ground .
185. Rough Lee (Rendle Water)
186. Royston .
187. Rudstone .
188. Runswick .
189. Runswick Bay .
190. Ruston Parva
191. Sand Hutton .
192. Sandle Mere (Holderness)
193. Saltburn .
194. Sawley Abbey
195. Scalby
196. Scarborough
197. Scartii Nick
198. Scugdale .
199. Seamer
200. Seamer Beacon .
201. Seamer Beacon .
202. Settrington (V. of P.)
203. Sinderby .
204. Skeffling .
205. Skelton Beck. .
206. SkidbyandLittleWeighton
207. Skinning Grove .
208. Skipsea .
209. Skirlaugh .
210. Sleights .
211. Slippery Foot, Keighley
212. Smalley Bight .
213. Sneaton .
214. Southburn, near Driffield
215. Southburn (Kirkburn)
216. South Cave
217. Sowerby Bridge
218. Speeton ' .
219. Sprotborough
220. Staintondale
221. Staithes
222. Stanghow
223. Stanley
224. Startforth
225. Staveley
226. Staxton (Scarborough)
227. Stillington
1892. Ba.
1882. Shap, Carb. L.
1887. Carb. Congl.
1895. Vole. Ash, Chert, Mag. L., Threl., Ba.
1899. Rh. P.
1889. Gran., Shap.
1900. Shap, Brock., Mag. L.
1890. Dior.
1891. Shap.
1903. Tooth of Mammoth.
1888. Shap.
1896. Ba.
1897. Laurv.
1892. Perm. Congl., Limes.
1890. Ba.
1898. Ool. Sands., Carb., Ba., Chalk.
1892. Ba., Limes., Shap.
1891. Ool. Sands.
1899. Ba., L.D.V., Porph.
1899. Grit, Carb. Chert, Gran., Vole. Ash,
Porph.
1888. Gran., Shap., M. Schist.
1889. Ba., Sands.
1890. Ba., Sands. Ool. Sands., Carb. L., Gran.
1899. Ba.
1900. Ba.
1901. Rh. P., Chev. Porph., Ba., Gran., Mag. L.,
Carb. L., Flint, Lias.
1900. Jur. Sands., Chev. Porph., Ba.
1900. Jur. Sands., Chev. Porph., Ba.
1901. ? Quartzite, Trias, Vein Quartz, Carb. Sands.,
Jasper, Flint, Ba., Gneiss.
1892. Carb. L.
1898. Ba , Gneiss, Porph., Rh. P., Carb. L. and Sand.,
Lias, Flint.
1896. Whin Sill.
1895. Ba
1887. Gran.
1893. Ba.
1896. Ba.
1888. Gran.
1903. Ash (Borr.).
1893. L.D.V
1896. Shap.
1899. Ba.
1890. Ba.
1895. Limes.
1893. L.D. Vole.
1902. Carb. Sands.
1888 Ba., Sands.
1890. Sands., Ba., Shap, Carb. L., Gran., M. Sch.,
Red Sands., L. Lias, Ool. Irons.
1899. Rh. P.. Sil.
1900. Shap.
1897. Shap, Orth. Porph., Dior., Ba., Carb. Grit,
Carb. L., Gran.
1890, Shap.
1897. Rh. P.
1899. Shap.
1893. Esk., L.D.V.
1892. Shap, Grey Gran.
1889. Sands., Carb. L., Shap.
1889. Carb. L., Ba.
1888. Limes.
ON ERRATIC BLOCKS OF THE BRITISH ISLES.
257
228. Stonegate
1899.
• • •
. 1902.
229.
Stonegate, Eskdale .
1903.
230.
Stonehouse
1896.
231.
Strensall .
1889.
232.
Striaesclale (Oldham W.W.)
1899.
233.
Stump Howe, near Whitby
1900.
234.
Sultoa-on-Hull .
. 1895.
235.
Swanland .
1896.
236.
Swine
1893.
237.
Tanfield .
1893.
238.
Teeside
1892.
239.
Thirkle Bridge (Holderness
) 1903.
240.
Thirley, Cloughton .
. 1900.
241.
Thirsk
1903.
242.
Thornborough (W. Tanf.)
1889.
243.
Thornes
1893.
244.
Thornton Dale (V. of P.)
. 1901.
245.
Thornton-le-Beans
1888.
246.
Thornton-le-Clay
1889.
247.
Thorn ton-le- Moor
1888.
248.
Thornwick Bay .
. 1899.
249.
Todmorden
. 1896.
250.
Topcliffe .
. 1893.
251.
Upper Foot
. 1896.
252.
Upsal.
1903.
253.
Wakefield .
. 1892.
,, ...
. 1893.
254.
Wassand (Hornsea) .
1898.
255.
Wath (N. Eiding) .
1890.
256.
Wawne
, 1902.
237.
Weeton
. 1898.
258.
Welwick .
. 1898.
259.
West Rigg (Lockwood)
1899.
260.
West Tanfield .
. 1889.
261.
Wetwang .
1903.
262.
Washton (Bourn Cas)
1897.
263.
Wheatcroft, near Scar-
borough.
1900.
264.
Whitby .
1889.
»f • . •
1899.
i< . • .
1900.
„ . . • .
1902.
265.
Whorlton .
1887.
266.
Wighill, near Tadcaster .
1901.
i» »»
1903.
267.
Willerby, near Hull .
1898.
268.
Winestead .
, 1890;
tf . . .
, 1892.
269.
Winterbut Lee .
. 189(3.
270.
Withernsea
1898.
? Sparag., Porph., Ba., Gran., Quartz Porph.,
And., Carb. Chert L. Basement, M.G-.,
Flint, Jasper, Red Sands., ? Old Red S.,
Gneiss, H. Sch., Quartzite, Vein Quartz,
U. Lias, Mag. L , M. Lias.
Queensbury Grit, H.
Syenitic Dyke-rock (Norw.).
Gran.
Sands., Ba.
Sil. Grit, Syenites, L.D. (prob. Butt.), Carb.
L.B., Quartzite, ' Trap.'
Rh. P.
Ba., Carb. L., L. Lias, Gran.
Gran., Ba., Saads.
Ba., M.G., Carb. L.
Shap.
Shap, Armboth, Carrock.
Dol.
Jur. Sands.
Gabb. (Carr.), Porph. (Chev.), Gran., Ool.,
Carb. Congl., Shap.
Grit.
Esk., Butt., L.D. v., Vein Qaartz.
Ool.
Shap.
Carb. L. and S., Ba., Sands., Gran., Lias.
Gran., Ba., ? Ash.
Laurv.
L.D.V.
M.G.
L.D.V.
Gabb. (Carr.), Gran. (? Chev.), Dol., M.G.,
Carb. L.
Butt., Gran.
Esk., L.D.V.
Ba.
Laurv., Rh. P., Ba., Greywacke, Chev. P.,
Flint.
Ba., Gneiss, Porph , Rh. P., Carb. L. and
Sands., Lias, Flint.
Ditto.
Flint, Porph , ? Sparag., Quartzite, Grit,
And., Carb., Chert, Sch., Gran., Rh. P.
Carb. L.
Quartz.
Shap.
Shap.
Carb. L., Shap.
El. Syen., Doleritc.
Jur. Sands., Blag. L., Carb. L., Ba., ? Sparag.,
Jasp., M. and L. Lias.
L.O.R.S., Ba.
Gran.
Ba., Chert.
Whin Sill.
Carb. L. Sands., Bi,, Jur., Gran., Gneiss,
Rh. P., Black Flint, Bel. lanceolata, L. Lias.
Ba , Carb. L.
Carb. L.
Gran., Quartzite.
Shap, Blue Gneiss, Bel. lan':eolata, Black
Flint.
1903.
25S REPORT— 1903.
271. Wykeham . . , . 1901. Ba., Chev. Porph. and And., Flint, El. Syen.,
Lias.
.... 1902. Flint.
1903. Whin Sill.
272. Yedmandale, near W. 1899. Eh. P.
Ay ton.
„ „ 1900. Chev. Porph., Greywacke, Jasper, Gran.
273. York 1888. Shap, Limes., Est. Sands., Carb. L., Jur.
Sands, and Limes., And.
, 1889. Carb. L.
„ 1893. M.G.
„ 1901. Carb. Sands.
274. Youlthorpe, near Stamford 1888. Sands.
Bridge.
Observations on Ghanr/es in the Sea Coast of tJie United Kingdom. —
Report of the Committee^ consisting of Sir Archibald Geikie,
Captain E. W. Creak, Mr. L. F. Vernon-Harcourt, Mr. A. T.
Walmisley, Mr. W. Whitaker, and the General Officers,
appointed hy the Council.
[PLATE IX.]
In 1898 the following resolution was referred by the General Com-
mittee of the British Association to the Council for consideration and
action if desirable : —
'That the Council be requested to bring under the notice of the
Admiralty the importance of securing systematic observations upon the
Erosion of the Sea Coast of the United Kingdom, and that the co-opera-
tion of the Coastguards might be profitably secured for this purpose.'
On the recommendation of a Committee of the Council appointed to
consider the above resolution, the Council decided to inquire whether the
Admiralty would be willing to arrange that observations of a simple
character on changes in the sea coast be recorded and reported by the
Coastguards. A favourable answer having been received from the Lords
of the Admiralty, the Committee, at the request of the Council, proceeded
to draw up suitable forms on which to make the reports and a scheme of
instructions to guide the observers in recording their observations. A
supply of these forms with instructions was then forwarded to their
Lordships, and issued by them to the Coastguards in 1899. Since that
date forms, duly filled in, have been received regularly from the Coast-
guard stations of the United Kingdom and filed in the offices of the
Association in Burlington House.
The observations having accumulated to an extent sufiicient to justify
an attempt being made this year to tabulate them, the present Committee,
having been appointed to superintend and direct the work, with the
consent of the Council, obtained the services of Mr. John Parkinson, B.A.,
of St. John's College, Cambridge, to collate the data in hand. Mr.
Parkinson has devoted himself with much ability and zeal to the some-
what laborious task he undertook, and has prepared a most valuable
repoi't and map which the Committee are pleased to incorporate in
their report to the Council.
[Plate IX.
he United Kingdom.
Brituh Asioeiation, 73rrf Heporl, Southport, 1903.]
Oaln of land Ludicat^d bj
Lm> at land LndicaUxl b; ^m
Mo attempt U nuxte to sbow lulatiro rapidity ot eltboi gain
lUuttTiiling the Reporl of ihe Committee on Observations on Changes in the Sea Coast of the Unili'd Kiutjdom.
/
OBSERVATIONS ON CHANGES IN SEA COAST OF UNITED KINGDOM. 259 ~
The Committee recommend that their report be communicated to the
■Geological Section at the Southport meeting of the Association, and that
it be published in the Annual Report.
The Committee further recommend that copies of the report be sent
to the Admiralty, that their Lordships be informed of the valuable and
important information which has been obtained through their assistance
and co-operation, and that an offer be made to forward to them copies of
the report for distribution to the Coastguard stations if considered
desirable.
In conclusion the Committee consider that the best thanks of the
Council are due to Mr. Parkinson for his report and to the various
officers in the Coastguard Service who have furnished the information
upon which it is based.
Report to the Committee hy John Parkinson.
The observations on which this report is based were sent to the British
Association by the Coastguards on forms supplied to them. These forms
were of two kinds. No. I. when filled in gives information as to the nature
of the coast reported on, the vertical range of ordinary spring tides, the
evidence for encroachment of the sea or for gain of the land, the artificial
causes influencing natural changes and details concerning the removal of
shingle, ifec. Form II. is used to record any changes of especial interest,
such as falls of cliff or the erection of new groynes.
In this summary the observations are treated in oi'der round the coast,
beginning with the county of Wigtown and following on from point
to point in the direction taken by the hands of a watch. Ireland
is treated last, the same arrangement being adopted, beginning at
Galway Bay.
Scotland.
The reports received from Scotland — forty-eight in all — are for the
most part confined to the eastern coast ; the western, including the
Hebrides, being unrepresented as far south as the mouth of the Clyde.
The distribution of the reports in the maritime counties and adjacent
islands is as follows : — Wigtown, 5 ; Ayr, 3 ; I. of Arran, 2 ; I. of
Bute, 1 ; Renfrew, 1 ; Orkney Isles, 2 ; Shetlands, 1 ; Caithness, 2 ;
Eastern Sutherland, 1 ; Eastern Cromarty, 1 ; Eastern Inverness, 1 ;.
Elgin, 3 ; Banff, 1 ; Aberdeen, 5 ; Kincardine, 6 ; Forfar, 5 ; Fife, 5 ;
Haddington, 2 ; Berwick, 1.
The following alterations are recorded : —
Some enci-oachment of the sea takes place in the neighbourhood of
Stranraer. Concrete walls now protect an endangered road ; a break-
water, piles, &c. have been built at the head of the loch and groynes
erected at Broadstone (IJ miles N.W. of Stranraer).
No other change is on record until we reach the eastern coast of
Sutherland, where at Helmsdale, behind the west pier, there has been
some loss of land. This is now partially stayed by a breastwork of
wooden piles. No gravel is removed. In Banff a slight loss occurs to
the east of Portsoy Harbour, and stones &c. are constantly removed.
The southern part of the Kincardine coast suffers loss in two adjacent
places : first at Gourdon through the shingle being removed for indus-
trial purposes, and the absence of groynes ; second in the neighbour-
hood of Johnshaven, where the loss occurs about 300 yards south of the
S2
260 REPORT — 1903.
C.G.S. and between East and West ' Mathers,' on the Lawrencekirk
estate The damage is done by south-easterly winds and spring tides,
and a short wall, 60 feet long, has been built 300 yards south of Johns-
haven to save the land. No shingle is removed.
Part of the sandy shore has been removed by the sea between East
and "West Haven, Carnoustie (Forfar). There are no groynes, and beach
material is occasionally removed by the permission of the factor of the
estate.
The cliffs in certain parts of St. Andrews Bay are being worn away
by the sea, and near the town have to be supported by masonry and con-
crete walls. Within the past three years several cases of landslip are
recorded. As before no groynes have been built, and material is taken
from the east sands by contractors for building purposes.
The only gain in land from the Scottish coast is reported from
Burntisland owing to the accumulation of sandbanks on the foreshore ;
much sand is dredged for the construction of the new docks.
Finally, in the counties of Haddington and Berwick, from Pefferburn
to St. Abb's Head, a distance of 29 miles, a loss of cliff takes place at
spring tides with north-easterly gales. The coast is unprotected, and no
shingle &c. is removed.
England.
From St. Abb's Head to Saltburn.
The changes on this coast appear to be insignificant, but losses are re-
corded in the neighbourhood and to the north of Hartlepool, near Shields,
and on the northern side of Blyth, the latter part being now protected.
On the other hand, small gains of land are reported from Holy Island
Sands and St. Gan IBreakwater, Redcar. As regards the coast-protections
Berwick is shielded by a pier, while Newliggin and Cresswell (Wansbeck
Road to Chevington Burn) are groyned. South of this section the list of
coast-protections given in the returns apparently understates the truth,
nothing of the kind being mentioned from Tynemouth and South Shields.
The northern side of Blyth Harbour is protected by a wall, and piers
have been built at Sunderland and Hartlepool. At the latter town the
sea- and dock-walls have a tendency to keep the sand in the bay. The
concrete pier erected at Skinningrove is said not to affect the beach.
Sand is removed from Berwick, Bamburgh, the Amble and Hauxley
district (Alnmouth), from the neighbourhood of North Shields (from Brier
Dene Burn to Low Light), Sunderland, and the north of Seaham, and
from Saltburn. On the contrary it is not removed from the ten miles of
coast between Wansbeck River and Brier Dene Burn (Blyth Haven) from
S. Shields to Souter Point, and from Seaham Harbour and Hawthorn Hive.
The Yorkshire Coast south of Saltburn.
For the stretch of coast between Saltburn and Scarborough Bay no
returns have been received, but for the important district between Filey
Point and Spu-rn Head the records are complete, and the following may
be taken as a general summary.
Between Filey Point and Flamborough Head the coast line is practi-
cally stationary, except in Filey Bay, from Filey Brig to the King and
Queen Rocks at Speeton, where the average loss for some twenty-eight years
is about 3 feet per annum. On the southern side of Flamborough Head the
OBSERVATIONS ON CHANGES IN SEA COAST OF UNITED KINGDOM. 261
rate of erosion is about the same. The town of Filey is protected by a
sea-wall. No groynes exist at Speeton, and shingle and sand are being
constantly removed during the winter months ; but on the southern side
of Flamborough Head (at Sands Road), one groyne has been built which
retains the beach sufficiently to enable carts to get down to and to remove
the sand. This loss is stated to have no apparent effect. At Bridlington
Quay parades and a sea-wall prevent subsidence to the north and south of
Bridlington Harbour, where there was formerly an annual loss: of about
six feet. Piles are driven in close to the sea-wall, and groynes prevent
the scour of the beach and retard the travelling sand and shingle. To the
north of Wilsthorpe Gap groynes protect the beach, but do not prevent
subsidence of the cliff. At Flamborough Head, Bridlington Bay, fresh-
water springs cause the initial slipping of the cliff. The Divisional Officer,
writing from Bridlington Quay concerning the coast from 3^ miles north
of Filey Brig to Grimston Garth, 9 miles south of Hornsea, states that
shingle, sand, and stones are removed from most places, except from Atwick
Gap to Garton Gap, where the beach is protected by order of the Board of
Trade. Along this coast, from Bridlington Quay to Spurn Head, pi-acti-
cally the whole coast is receding at an average rate of 6 feet per annum,
where not especially protected, as in Bridlington Harbour.
Groynes exist at Hornsea, both to the north and south of the village,
and keep the shingle in place ; elsewhere the loss appears to be between
3 and 4 feet per annum. At Withei-nsea groynes in a very bad state of
repair are placed 100 yards apart, but the average annual loss is 9 feet
per annum. Shingle is not removed. At Sandlemere and Hompton an
annual loss of 9 feet per annum is also recorded.
From Kilnsea Warren to Spurn Point, a distance of 4 miles, groynes
retain and build up a good beach ; nevertheless the annual loss is given
as 6 feet. Three observations of definite change witnessed have been
supplied on Form II. The first relates to a large fall of clay in June 1899
at Pampletine Cliff, Filey. The mass was 60 yards in length by 9 yards
in breadth, having a depth of some 100 feet. Such slips, which are not
uncommon, are produced, not merely by the encroachment of the sea, but
also through heavy rains and springs. At Ulrome (between Hornby
Eunnell and Atwick) about 15 feet of cliff disappeared in 1899; the
average annual rate is estimated at 6 feet. The cause is locally attri-
buted to the scarcity of sand at the base of the cliff ; and it is noted
that the loss is greatest where the cliffs are highest.
An undated report (probably 1899-1900) from Kilnsea records a very
rapid loss of land. In two months these slips reached the extent of
50 yards inland and 100 yards in length, and occurred at intervals along
some five miles of coast. Additional information, received in July 1903,
from Withernsea states that a large quantity of cliff has been washed
away since 1899 or 1900 from Wareholme, Garton, and Dimlington.
The shingle is not removed from Hornsea to Kilnsea.
The Humber Estuary.
The records for the Estuary of the Humber are also fairly complete
up to and beyond Barton. On the northern bank Cherry Cob Sands and
Sunk Island Sands show slight gains, due to the building of five chalk-
stone groynes. On the southern bank, the more northerly part of Clee-
thorpes shows some gain : it is protected by a sea wall and groynes.
262 REPORT— 1903.
Also at Tetney Haven, to the south of Cleethorpes, sediment is deposited
upon the foreshore for an area of some 2^ miles in length and i mile in
width at spring tides. The observations extend as far south as North-
cotes Point. The low and muddy shores of Marfleet and Paull, on the
northern bank, show no change, but variable erosion is reported from Barton
and Killingholme, where the shore is unprotected, and on the southern
.shore of Cleethorpes through heavy gales. Nearly all the southern bank
of the estuary is protected by sea-walls or groynes. At Killingholme the
clay banks, their summits 6 or 8 feet above the beach, are covered, more
or less completely, by an apron of chalk and ironstone. A shingle bank
■is said to be accumulating on the northern shore of South Killingholme
Haven, and a large sandbank in the river between North Terriby and
Hessle. In the neighbourhood of Terriby Hall, Barton Cliff, and
Barton Ness (Barton-on-Humber) the recorded loss is from 4 to 6 feet
in 2^ years. Small groynes have been built from the B;ifle Butts (3 miles
west of Hull) to . North Terriby, but are said to have no effect on the
beach. Docks and piers occupy part of the bank between Barrow Haven
and Chalk Point, and stones have been deposited to protect the banks near
Barton Cliffs. Apparently erosion in the estuary of the Humber is not
very serious, for (in July 1903) the loss of land at Barton-on-Humber is
said to have been imperceptible since 1899, while at Killingholme no
change has been recorded in the same time. At Cleethorpes, however,
about 20 feet of bank have been washed away in this period ; but the
sea-wall is now being extended for | mile E.S.E. to protect the part in
question.
Lincolnshire and the Wash.
Along the I'emainder of the Lincolnshire coast, the borders of the Wash,
and the Norfolk coast as far east as Salthouse at Lower Sheringham the
losses of land are also insignificant. From Northcotes Point (south of the
Humber estuary) as far south as Ingoldmells Point losses occur at
Sutton-le-Marsh and Chapel St. Leonards. Elsewhere the coast-line is
stationary. At Anderby there are no groynes and the shore is fringed
with sandhills covered by gorse and grass ; while from Theddlethorpe
northwards it is protected by groynes at intervals. At Chapel parts of
the sandbank are washed away during each winter, but the shore is pro-
tected by groynes and faggots, which help to make up the banks. No
sand is removed for any purpose. In the neighbourhood of Sutton and
Mablethorpe the low sandy beach suffers a similar loss, and the shore,
moreover, is unprotected by groynes. As at Chapel, no sand or shingle is
allowed to be removed.
On the remaining Lincolnshire coast, and that of Norfolk as far as
Salthouse, but one loss is on record — viz. between Old and New Hun-
stanton. The contrary is the case in many parts of the Wash ; thus from
Lynn Cut to Wooten Creek the sea has apparently been receding during
the last five years, and land once under water is now covered only by
high spring tides. Banks are built to keep back the sea and reclaim the
land for cultivation. The same system is adopted east of Sutton Bridge
(near mouth of the river Nene), where the last inclosure (1899) was
made in 1865. From the south point of Fleethaven to the Lighthouse
(river Nene), Drove End detachment C.G.S., the land is reported to be
gaining on the sea. It is protected by banks near Freiston and Butter-
wick on the western side of the Wash. At Ingoldmells C.G.S piers
OBSERVATIONS ON CHANGES IN SEA COAST OF UNITED KINGDOM. 263
tend to keep the sand and shingle up to the banks. Beach material (or
mud locally) is removed from the neighbourhood of Ingoldisthorpe, the
river Witham, and Skegness. The low coast of the last-named place
is unprotected by groynes.
East Anglia.
Entering the East Anglian coast at Salthouse we find an almost con-
tinuous record of erosion as far south as Harwich. But four gains of land
are recorded and but one stationary coast-section (Sizewell). Taking the
gains of land first, we note that a local increase is recorded opposite the
'C.G.S. at Winterton ; and at North Yarmouth, where the increase is
supposed to arise from the piers and jetty stopping the shingle travelling
•from the north. The third locality which shows a gain is the coast to
the north of Orford Ness, and that without the aid of groynes, while the
fourth and most southerly is on the eastern bank of the river Deben. On
the western side of the river the sea is encroaching. The gain at Winter-
ton appears to be purely local ; since both to the north and south of the
■C.G.S. losses occur in spite of three groynes to the north of the station.
Losses are reported from all other stations (nineteen in number), with
the exception mentioned above at Sizewell, where the coast line is said to
be stationary. The erosion necessarily varies greatly from point to point,
but may be taken as from 6 feet to 9 feet per annum. An exceptional
•case is that of the Low Lighthouse on Lowestoft Ness, which has been
moved back 249 feet in consequence of a loss to the headland on which it
■stood of 120 feet in the year (probably 1899). Out of twenty-four coast-
guard stations sixteen are reported as being protected by groynes ; the
•exceptions are Orford Ness and to the north, the coast south of Great
Yarmouth, and north of Happisburgh.
Shingle is removed from twelve stations along the coast, Shering-
liam, Cromer (by Lords of the Manor and Urban District Council),
Mundesley, Bacton, and Happisburgh (above high-water mark), Winterton
i(in quantity), Caister (except between Scratby and the lifeboat house,
•Caister), N. Yarmouth, Gorleston, Thorpe (in small quantities), Orford
Haven, and Felixstowe (between Beach Station Road and Martello
Tower Q).
Taking the various stations in order, the following details may be
noted as being of interest. Information from Weybourne (Clay Sluice to
Sparrow Gap) is that ' most of the shingle beach for a quarter of a mile
to the west of the station was washed away, but is now coming back,
while 6 yards of cliff have been washed away to the eastward of the
station during the eight years the present occupier has been in charge '
[up to July 1903]. At Sheringham six groynes exist, and liave made an
improvement in the beach, and a sea-wall is under construction. At
Cromer the coast is protected by six permanent or pile-driven groynes and
twenty-four Case groynes. Occasional large landslips and frequent small
landslips occur. Several important ones are recorded in 1899, 1901, and
1902 along the coast from Runton to Sidestrand : they varied from
100 to 160 yards in length and 18 to 70 yards in depth. Eight wooden
groynes have been built at Muiidesley, by which the shingle is at times
retarded, but at others it is scoured away. Several falls of cliff have
taken place since 1899. At Cox's Point the sea is said to have gained
20 yards since that date, and the annual loss over about five miles of
coast is estimated at 5 yards.
264 REPORT— 1903.
At Happisburgh the groynes put down in 1893 were carried away by
gales in 1895, and the annual loss is estimated at 9 feet ; but the writer
was informed in July 1903 that the yearly loss between Harboro' Gap
and Ostend Gap is about a foot.
Five groynes have been placed ' near Eccles steeple,' and prevent the
beach from scouring away, while ridges of thorns are placed in trenches
at the foot of the sandhills. The average height of these hills is 15 feet.
Since 1899 an encroachment of 8 to 12 feet has taken place between
Eccles Point and Horsey Gap, the greatest loss being at Eccles Beach.
For one mile north of Winterton Ness there has been an annual loss
of about 6 feet, with ' a corresponding gain to the south of that point.'
A similar loss is recorded between California and Caister Points, but
groynes erected by the Midland Railway Company H mile north of
Caister have there caused an increase of sand and shingle.
The cliff north of Baker's Score at the end of Corton village sustains
an annual loss of 3 feet, but erosion is prevented south of this point by
Mr. Colman's defences. North-easterly winds appear to be very destruc-
tive to this coast (and also easterly and south-easterly), since by removing
the beach they allow the tide to get close up to the cliff. With westerly
winds the sand again makes up to the depth of 4 or 5 feet.
Between 1899 and 1903 about 50 yards of land have been washed
away from Pakefield Cliff for the length of a mile ; but opposite the
coastguard station (at Lowestoft) a gain of 20 yards has taken place for
a length of some 600 yards. A report, dated February 1900, remarks
that the footpath has been lost between the lighthouse and the R.N.R.
battery through high tide and wind. The heavy loss on Lowestoft Ness
has been referred to above. From Kessingland C.G.S. an outline of the
coast has been forwarded (from Pakefield Gap to Covehithe, a distance of
about 6 miles) contrasted with its appearance fifty years ago, i.e. in 1849.
During that time the shore has receded nearly 1,200 feet to the north
of Kessingland Church and at Covehithe.
Around Southwold an encroachment of 30 to 40 feet has taken place
since 1899, giving an average yearly loss of 10 or 12 feet from Covehithe
to Dunwich (G^ miles) ; and in a report of earlier date the estimate is still
higher. From 500 yards north to 500 yards south of Thorpe C.G.S. the
sea has encroached (August 1899) 150 feet since 1882 ; a northerly wind
greatly increases the height of the tide, and there are no groynes or other
protection. Between East Lane C.G.S., Bawdsey, and Woodbridge Haven
there has been a yearly loss since February 1900 of about 15 feet, appli-
cable to H mile of coast. Groynes have been built locally. Between
Felixstowe Pier and Felixstowe Point (2| miles) the coast gains through
being groyned. North-easterly winds tend to wash the beach to the
southern side of the groynes, south-westerly to the northern. A southerly
wind tends to make the beach, a northerly having the contrary effect.
Groynes have been built at intervals along the Sheringham, Cromer,
Overstrand, Mundesley stretch of coast. As above mentioned, they existed
formerly at Happisburgh ; while allusion has been made to those built
at Eccles, Winterton, and Caister. Immediately to the south of Great
Yarmouth the coast is unprotected ; but groynes have been constructed
locally between Gorleston and Corton. Lowestoft and Southwold have
certain coast-defences ; the south beach at the former place has a system
of Case groynes ; and thirty have been constructed at Soutlawold, wliere
they are stated to have a good effect.
OBSERVATIONS ON CHANGES IN SEA COAST OF UNITED KINGDOM. 265
The Kessingland and Dunwich coasts are unprotected, and no beach
is removed with the exception mentioned below. At Coney Hill, near
Misner Haven, one groyne has been placed ; here also nothing is taken
away fur industrial or other purposes. Southwards groynes have not been
erected ; but Orford Haven is partly groyned, as is the coast from Bawd-
sey to Woodbridge Haven. The effect is to collect the shingle, of which
none is taken away.
At Felixstowe (to the entrance to Harwich Harbour) a sea wall was
in course of erection in August 1899, a few yai'ds above H.W.M.O.S.T.,
between Landguard Lodge and Beach Station Road. Between Towers
Q and II (and also extending round Felixstowe Point) groynes have
been constructed ; but these were partly washed away during heavy
weather. The effect of the wind on the beach has been already noticed.
Two reports have been received relative to the erection of new coast
defences. At Cromer these refer to the extension of the pier and the
promenades ; at Bacton to the building of a sea-wall of concrete between
Walcott and Ostend Gaps (report received in June 1899). Especial men-
tion should be made of the large quantity of shingle removed (February
1900) from above high-water mark along the coast 50 yards north of
Dunwich. This has been done by order of the Blything Rural District
Council.
Essex.
Concerning the coast from Harwich to the Roach River, observations
from thirteen stations provide evidence of little change, since ten
record no alteration — a result no doubt of the artificial protections.
A gain is reported from Walton-on-the-Naze following the lengthening
of the pier, and a loss from near Harwich Harbour, where the sea-wall is
broken in, with local slips at Clacton at unguarded spots. Every station
is protected, usually with sea walls ; while Harwich, Walton, Clacton,
and the eastern side of Mersea Island are provided with groynes.
Shingle is remoAed in small quantities fi'om Harwich, Clacton, Colne
Point, and from the southern side of the Blackwater River.
Kent and East Sussex,
The next reports are sent from the mouth of the Medway, and we'
may consider the Kentish together with the Sussex coast as far west as
Goring, near Worthing. (Sheet 20 and 24 of the 4 miles=l inch map.)
We have to deal with seventy-three observations, amongst which six
gains of land arp recorded.
Taking these first, a gain of 60 feet in seven or eight years is reported
from Walmer, and from Kingston in the same neighbourhood (south of
Deal). The beach also accumulates between Littlestone and Greatstone,
and southwards almost to the point of Dungeness ; indeed Littlestone
Point is said to have lengthened out 100 to 150 yards in the last three
years (up to 1899). This report, dated from Romney C.G.S., records
that ' the whole of the Hoy has been, and the mouth of the Hoy is now,
thickly faggoted in square patches representing small square fields,
which by accumulating mud and sand are gradually filling up the Hoy
to nearly tide level/
Gains occur at Rye Harbour, Newhaven Harbour (insignificant), and
at New Shoreham. The first place is protected by groynes and a sea-wall.
-266 REPORT— 1903.
On the western side flints are collected and sent to Stafford for the manu-
facture of pottery, and sand and gravel are removed for making concrete
and for building purposes. At Shoreham groynes have been placed
1^ mile west of the harbour, and accumulate the shingle &c.
Compai'ing the erosion which occurs on the various parts of the
Kentish coast, it would appear that the northern shore is the greatest
sufferer, the amount of erosion decreasing in passing from the eastern to
the southern coast and the borders of Sussex. Omitting those localities
where the shingle gains, and also those where there is a loss in one place
And a gain at another, as in parts of E.ye Bay, the relative losses on the
three parts of the coast may be roughly expressed by the figures 61, 59,
and 54, these representing percentages of loss on the total number of
•observations.
As before, various points of interest will be noticed in sequence in
passing round the coast. In the parish of Minster, Sheppey, about two
acres of cliff fell in January 1903, half way between the Coastguard Flag-
staff and Bell Farm.
Eastward very little change is reported from Whitstable since 1899,
•except for a slight increase of shingle near the old coastguard buildings
at Swale Cliff, with, however, a considerable loss near the new station,
where in May 1903 about an acre fell, and the whole edge is reported as
seeming to be in a crumbling condition.
At Heme Bay, from Hampton west of the old pier to Hampton
Point, a distance of a mile, a report dated July 1903 records falls
•of cliff owing to the beach being scoured away. Near Hampton the
yearly loss has been 15 to 20 yards, but gradually less northward
for the remainder of the cliff. Moreover, the loss of land increases
rapidly each year. Hampton Pier causes a scour to the west, but
•collects the shingle on its eastern side. To the west of this pier four Case
.groynes have been erected to protect the cliff.
Frequent slips and falls of cliff occur at Reculvers during the rainy
season after a long pei-iod of dry weather or when a thaw sets in after a
irost. No important changes are reported since 1899 between Cold
Harbour on the east and Beltinge Lane on the west, but the cliff between
Reculvers and Heme Bay loses about 4 feet per annum. Groynes have
been erected by the High Commissioner of Sewers, by Mr. A. CoUard and
Miss A. Monckton. For a mile W.S.W. of Birchington Station towards
Heculvers the average yearly loss through falls of the cliff has been 6 feet.
At the termination of the cliff groynes are placed, and cause a large
accumulation of shingle which is not removed.
From the east end of Margate to the North Foreland the annual loss
■of land is about one-tenth of an acre, for heavy falls of the chalk cliff
take place in wet or frosty weather.
From the North Foreland to Dumpton Gap (Broadstairs C.G.S.) four
falls of cliff took place in 1901, and three in 1903, the average yearly loss
since 1899 being about one-fifth of a foot. For one mile south of the coast-
guard station at No. 2 Battery, Deal, the annual loss is 12| feet. South
of this again the coast is stationary, while at Kingsdown, as above
mentioned, the beach is ' making ' to the north of the station. To the
south, however, the loss has been heavy. A carriage drive formerly
existing south of this station to St. Margaret's Bay is now destroyed,
although a margin of 50 yards of land lay once on its seaward side. At
high spring tides the sea now reaches the base of the cliffs. To the north
of the coastguard station shingle is I'emoved in large quantities.
OBSERVATIONS ON CHANGES IN SEA COAST OF UNITED KINGDOM. 267
The losses of cliff at St. Margaret's Bay form the subject of a number
of reports on Form II. In Februai-y 1900 between 400 and 500 tons of
chalk fell from the western end of the bay ; in March of the following
year the sea made breaches in the foreshore ; while in December two falls
are reported of 100 and 500 tons, the first one mile N.E. of the bay, the
second half a mile S.W. of South Foreland High Light. In February of
1902 800 tons of chalk fell from the cliff 200 yards east of Cornhill
C.G.S., while in November and December of the following year a fall of
100 tons of chalk took place about one mile north of the bay, and one of
1,500 tons from ' Fan Bay,' 600 yards east of Cornhill C.G.S. In March
■of the same year (1903) the sea, aided by a strong wind from the N.N.W.,
«cut into the foreshore between North Point and Ness Point at various
places ; some of the hollows thus formed were 100 feet in length with
.a width of 30 to 50 feet.
At Black Rock (the eastern end of Dover Parade) the sea has
■encroached about 40 feet in the space of twenty years. The works
.at Dover, now nearing completion (July 1899), are probably the cause
■of certain alterations in the beach. Thus in the winter of 1898 the
.shingle was taken away by the sea from a point 600 to 700 yards east of
the Promenade Pier and collected at the western extreme. The Dover
Harbour Board are placing two new groynes with the intention of recover-
ing it.
At Sandgate extensive damage has been done to the foreshore and
sea-wall during the ten years fi-om 1899. Groynes have been built and
act favourably in retaining the beach.
Near Hythe the tram lines near the old Lifeboat House have been
undermined, and No. 17 Martello Tower is considered to be dangerous
for the same reason.
To the S.W. the coastguai-d station at St. Mary's has been given up
by reason of the encroachment of the sea. Here the groynes are reported
to have but little effect on the travelling shingle, although a temporary
accumulation of sand may be produced in the summer. The heads of
these groynes ' are a long way from the beach,' and the east winds carry
the shingle on towards Dungeness or Greatstone Point.
The coast around Dungeness is of considerable interest. As above
mentioned, gains are reported on the lee side, i.e. to the north of the
head, for some 6 miles ; but at the point itself and to the W.S.W. variable
conditions obtain. During the months of January and February 1899
* about 1 2 yards of beach inland ' were washed away by the sea : the
•exact po.sition is not stated, but presumably from the western side. A
report, dated July 1903, records an average gain to the shore at the
Point of about 12 or 15 feet per annum, with, however, losses to the
westward of about 4 to 6 feet, the district included being from Dungeness
Point to three miles westward. It is worth remarking that two new
lighthouses are being built. From 1^ to 3 miles west of Dungeness light-
house the average loss to the coast is 3 feet per annum (1903), an earlier
observer remarking that the ' former Hope and Anchor Inn is now on
fold of beach, and extraordinary spring tides wash the base.' A few
groynes have been constructed to protect the sluice that drains Dengemarsh,
and in 1902 a new groyne was laid down at Dengemarsh Gut.
To the north-east of Hastings, at Haddocks, Fairlight, and Eccles-
bourne, falls of cliff are frequent, and at Bexhill information gathered
from a member of the coastguard who has known this part of the coast
268 REPORT— 1903.
fi'om 1857 states considerable encroachments of the sea from the date
mentioned to 1899. It is reported, in addition, that the groynes laid down
as far as Clynde Arch have no apparent eflfect on the beach, but removal
of the shingle, formerly allowed, is now discontinued.
Loss of the cliff is reported from Birling Gap on the western side of
Beachy Head, and at Crowlink the cliff is slowly but constantly crumbling.
A slight encroachment is noted at Cuckmere owing to groynes having
been constructed at Seaford, 3 miles to the westward, and the mouth of
Cuckmere Haven, recently closed, is now again open owing to the con-
tinual shifting of the beach. Very little material is removed. From
the west end of Seaford Parade for three quarters of a mile westward
the estimated loss is 4 feet per annum, but a slight gain occurs from 400
yards west of the Buckle Inn to Newhaven Harbour. At Newhaven
itself falls of cliff are frequent, and the large breakwater on the western
side of the entrance to the harbour stops the shingle travelling eastward.
Passing on to Brighton, it is noteworthy that the groynes along the
sea front retard the shingle from working east, and by this means the
cliflf from the Aquarium eastwards to Roedean is laid bare. This clifl
constantly crumbles away with high winds and spring tides. Two wooden
groynes at the eastern end of Rottingdean Gap prevent the shingle working
eastwards with south-westerly gales. Wooden and stone groynes have
been constructed at Hove and Southwick.
The loss at Goring is suggested to be owing to defective groynes, and
in the winter a few years ago about 70 yards of a field adjoining the coast
were washed away during high spring tides. In this parish no beach
material is removed.
Other Coast-]}rotections. — The northern coast of Kent is, on the whole,
well protected with groynes, and locally by sea-walls. In the Isles of
Grain and Sheppey five stations out of seven are protected by groynes or
a sea-wall, or by both. From Whitstable Bay to Margate every station
is more or less protected, although losses are mentioned in almost every
report. At Westgate, since 1899, a slipway has been built and a groyne
run out to protect the new promenade ; also the five groynes in St. Mil-
dred's Bay are now completed. The cliff around Foreness Point and the
North Foreland is unprotected by groynes, while those existing at the back
of the harbour at Broadstairs and at St. Margaret's Bay are said to have
no effect on the shingle or sand. It is noteworthy, however, that flints
and sand are taken away from the beach for building purposes. The
groynes laid down at the northern end of Deal are causing the shingle
to shift further north. These groynes (apparently the same), put down
north of the pier in 1898, retain the shingle and sand, but are liable to be
scoured out by the set of the sea after north-westerly to north-easterly or
south-westerly gales.
From Dover to Littlestone (New Eomney) reports from eight stations
have been received covering the entire stretch of coast. In each case
protection by groynes, faggots, or piers has been afforded, and in six out
of the eight instances these are effective in accumulating shingle. The
alterations in the harbour works at Dover render any precise determination
difficult in that locality, while the groynes at St. Mary's have been already
mentioned. From Littlestone round Dungeness Point, as far as the
eastern side of Rye Harbour, five stations out of seven are protected.
Of the remaining two the one situated immediately north of Dungeness
Point shows a gain, the other to the south and west a loss. This loss,
OBSERVATIONS ON CHANGES IN SEA COAST OF UNITED KINGDOM. 269
as above noted, is continued westward, and it is noteworthy that the
groynes are few. Eight out of thirteen reports covering the coast from
Rye Harbour to the northern part of Eastbourne mention shore-protec-
tions which it would seem are effective, with the exception noted above
from Bexhill.
The remainder of the coast included in this section of the report, viz.
from Beachy Head to Goring, has been the subject of fifteen reports, of
which ten record the building of groynes or of a sea-wall. Some of these
have been already mentioned ; in the others the groynes appear to be
fairly efiective in accumulating and retaining the shingle and sand at the
places where they have been erected.
Beach material is definitely stated to be taken from the following
places : —
The Isle of Grain.
The western side of Sheerness.
Westgate-on-Sea.
The neighbourhood of Margate,
Broadstairs, and Ramsgate.
Kingsdown.
Dover (for building sea-wall
under Shakespeare's Cliff).
The foreshore at Folkestone.
The beach belonging to the
Hythe Corporation.
Rye Harbour.
Haddocks (occasionally).
The eastern side of Ecclesbourne
Station (hard stone).
Hastings, St. Leonards (at the
western end), and formerly from
Bexhill.
In large quantities from Lang-
ney (Pevensey Bay).
Portobello (between Newhaven
and Rottingdean).
Bhoreham.
Sand in great quantities from
Worthing.
West Sussex, ffavi20shire, the Isle of Wight, and Hast Dorset.
The next section of coast to be considered is comprised in Sheet 23 of
the 4 miles = 1 inch map (as far west as Portland Sound and in-
cluding the Isle of Wight). Of this the eastern part from Goring to
Chichester Harbour shows an almost uniform loss, the coast to the
south-west of Pagham being the only part which is reported as stationary.
From East Preston (near Littlehampton) a loss of 12 feet took place
in the ten years ending at July 1899. The groynes retain the travelling
sand and shingle to a great extent, but beach material, chiefly sand, is
removed for industrial purposes.
At the eastern end of the sea front at Littlehampton and at Elener
Point severe gales have caused an encroachment, but groynes stop the
eastward movement of shingle, and the removal of sand tends to prevent
the blocking up of the harbour-mouth.
At Felpham the groynes, which when in proper repair retain the
shingle, are now (1899) practically useless through neglect, and a loss of
40 feet is reported in the preceding two years, a road and pathway having
been washed away. The sea-wall and esplanade are being lengthened by
the Bognor Urban Council.
The eastern side of Selsey Bill loses ground, and groynes have
been erected to prevent this. Only small quantities of gravel are
removed.
Loss also takes place on the western side of Selsey Bill for some
2| miles from Corham's Gap to Thorney Barn, the damage being done
by heavy south-westerly winds in conjunction with spring tides. Groynes
270 REPORT— 1903.
have been built to aid the accumulation of sand and shingle, of which but.
little is removed.
From East Wittering, Bracklesham Bay, an average of 20 feet has
been washed away for a distance of 2 miles within two years, due, it is
supposed, tothe absence of groynes or other protection to the coast.
Beach material is not removed.
No groynes have been built on the eastern side of Chichester Harbour,
and a loss of land is reported, as a result of high tides and winds which by
undermining the cliflFs cause small falls, while the neck of shingle at the-
entrance to the harbour is being gradually driven inwards by the sea in
bad weather. No beach material is removed.
The coast from Chichester Harbour u]) Southampton Water as far as^
Woolston is described in eleven reports. The southern side of Hayling
Island is liable to inundation when strong south winds occur with high
tides ; but, with this reservation, no change is recorded, except a landslip
I mile west of Lee-on-Solent (Stubbington), where, owing to heavy rains
and strong winds, a mass of cliff 100 yards long and 4 to 5 feet deep fell.
The coast on the whole is well guarded. A sea-wall has been built at
Eastney (small quantities of shingle are occasionally taken by the Admiralty
Works Department), and groynes at Southsea, which prevent loss of
beach material, none of which is removed. The neighbourhood of Stokes
Bay and to the east (Clay Hall C.G.S.) is also well protected. Forts
Blackburn and Haslar are provided with ten wooden groynes which
accumulate shingle for the protection of the sea-wall and fort, and three
others at Gilkicker Point cause the shingle to gather and form a pro-
iecting spit.
Two low groynes built between Stokes Bay Railway Pier and Lee
Point have no effect.
It is worthy of note that the southern part of Hayling Island is
unprotected, and that the shingle aud sand of the beach are removed for
industrial purposes.
On Southampton Water rough wooden groynes protect Titchfield
Haven, and the groynes have been built near Warsash C.G.S. ; but little
shingle is removed, though mud is taken from the Hamble River for
cement making.
Ten observations from the northern, eleven from the southern coast
complete the circuit of the Isle of Wight. Five records on the mainland
side and no fewer than nine on the southern are of encroachment.
From no locality is a gain of land reported. Taking the northern shore
first, we may note that no appreciable erosion is taking place along the
coast from Nettlestone Point to West Cowes. Between the former
locality and Bembridge Harbour groynes have been erected in places,
and both sand and gravel are removed. Groynes have been built to
the eastward but not to the westward of Ryde Pier, and these collect
shingle and sand (the latter is not removed from close in shore). The
Binstead and Wootton district is low and muddy with a shingle beach,
there are a few groynes on the Osborne estate, and a sea-wall at East
Cowes but no groynes. From Colwell Bay to the Beacon at the Needles
the coast is stated to neither gain nor lose material. There are live
groynes in Colwell Bay. Along the remainder of the shore losses occur :
at Bembridge, in places unprotected by groynes which have been only
built locally; near Burnt Wood Copse, Gurnard C.G.S., where heavy
rains cause landslips, and groynes, moreover, are absent ; between
OBSERVATIONS ON CHANGES IN SEA COAST OF UNITED KINGDOM. 271
Hamstead Wood and Saltmead, where the sea has encroached 18 feet in five-
years, and groynes again have not been erected ; and in tlie neighbourhood
of Yarmouth. Here the cliffs for three miles east of Yarmouth Pier are-
continually sliding on to the beach carrying away small trees &c. in their
progress. To the west of Yarmouth Harbour a roadway along the beach
has been completely washed away during the five years preceding 1899.
From about 1894 to 1903 the annual loss of cliff has been three feet
along the stretch of coast from the west end of Yarmouth Common to-
Hampstead Point. The coast-defences are not unimportant. They consist
of a sea-wall 700 yards west and 300 yards east of Fort Albert and
another 100 yards long in front of Fort Victoi'ia, and also short groynes-
along the shore east of Yarmouth Pier. The latter are said, however, to-
have very little effect on the travelling sand &c. No beach material can
be removed without the permission of the Board of Trade, aiad then only
for use in sea-walls &c.
The stationary parts of the southern coast are at the eastern end.
From a point half way between Shanklin and Sandown to the Foreland
no change is reported. Groynes at the eastern part of Sandown retain
the sand, and a small breakwater near the Foreland C.G.S. collects the
shingle. Neither sand nor shingle is removed. Returning westward, we
find at Freshwater Bay an annual loss of about a foot for a distance of
about 300 feet where the cliff is soft. Near Brook (Comjjton Bay and
south-eastward) a report states (probably in 1899) that rocks which
thirty years ago formed part of the foot of the cliff are now 58 feet away.
Along the coast 3 miles north-west of St. Catherine's Lighthouse
the encroachment of the sea is said to be owing to the bed of the cliff
being of blue clay, which, being easily eroded by every gale, facilitates,
slipping in the overlying mass. There are no groynes, and nothing is-
removed. The eastern arm of Woody Bay, Ventnor, is disappeai-ing by
landslips and exposure to east winds much more rapidly than the western
arm, where there is little alteration. At Bennel (June 1899) subsidence
of the land is taking place, making a gradual but very rugged slope-
seaward (by reason of the cracks). A somewhat similar report deals
with the coast from Orchard Bay (Ventnor) to Dunnose Point, where
encroachment takes place on positions exposed to the S.E., S., S.S.W., and
N.S.W. winds. The few groynes along this station collect shingle with
W. and S.W. winds, such shingle being removed by easterly winds.
Nothing is taken away for any purpose. The lack of sufficient groynes-
has been given as the cause of the slight loss of land from Dunnose Point
to beyond Shanklin Pier. Those already built assist in accumulating the
beach, of which none is removed.
No reports have been submitted from the northern side of the Solent
or Christchurch Bay, but between Christchurch Head and Boscoiiibe Chine
an average loss of 3 feet per annum is recorded, with no groynes and
nothing removed. Erosion is taking place along the soft cliffs extending
from Bournemouth to Poole Head, consisting of the Bagshot beds and
plateau gravel, with an admixture of clay. The sandhills stretching from
Poole Head to North Haven Point, at the entrance to Poole Harbour,
were subject to erosion as far back as recoi-ds exist ; but some years ago
they were protected by the construction of a sea-wall near high-water
mark, of which a portion, for a length of about 1,940 feet from Poole Head,
is perfectly sound ; another portion further on is seriously damaged irk
places, and of the part nearer North Haven Point only traces exist. In
272 2EP0RT— 1903.
1896-98, however, thirteen groynes were erected along the foreshore
between Poole Head and North Haven Point, which have led to an accu-
mulation of sand along their western sides, and produced an advance of the
foreshore.^ A comparison of the Admiralty charts of 1849 and 1878 shows
that a considerable amount of accretion took place along the northern
foreshore of Studland Bay within this period, which may be attributed to
the protection afforded, during the latter part of this period, by a training
bank, carried out in a southerly direction from the southern extremity of
South Haven Point, for a length of 1,300 feet between 1860 and 1876 ;
but the latest charts indicate that some accretion has taken place since
1878 in the vicinity of South Haven Point. A small quantity of shingle
is occasionally taken from Ballard Point. From this promontory as far
as Swyre Head, West Lul worth, practically no loss seems to occur, and no
groynes have been built. From West Lulworth as far as the Chesil Beach
losses to the coast are common. High spring tides and strong winds,
heavy rains, and thaws after severe frosts, are responsible for the damage
done. Four groynes formerly erected along the shor 
TVNews
OpenLibrary